fv1
As
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
September 29, 2010
Registration
No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
TAL Education Group
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrants
name into English)
|
|
|
|
|
Cayman Islands
|
|
8200
|
|
Not Applicable
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
18/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian
District
Beijing 100080
Peoples Republic of
China
+86 (10) 5292
6669
(Address, including zip code, and
telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Law Debenture Corporate Services
Inc.
400 Madison Avenue, 4th
Floor
New York, New York
10017
(212) 750-6474
(Name, address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies
to:
|
|
|
Z. Julie Gao, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
c/o 42/F,
Edinburgh Tower, The Landmark
15 Queens Road, Central
Hong Kong
+852 3740 4700
|
|
Alan Seem, Esq.
Shearman & Sterling LLP
12th Floor, East Tower, Twin Towers
B-12 Jianguomenwai Dajie, Beijing 100022
Peoples Republic of China
+86 (10) 5922 8000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: as soon as practicable after the effective
date of this registration statement
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of each class of
|
|
|
aggregate
|
|
|
Amount of
|
securities to be registered
|
|
|
offering
price(2)
|
|
|
registration fee
|
Class A Common shares, par value $0.001 per
share(1)(3)
|
|
|
$100,000,000
|
|
|
$7,130.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes
Class A common shares that may be purchased by the
underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any. Also includes
Class A common shares initially offered and sold outside
the United States that may be resold from time to time in the
United States either as part of their distribution or within
40 days after the later of the effective date of this
registration statement and the date the shares are first bona
fide offered to the public. These Class A common shares are
not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United
States.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with
Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
|
|
(3)
|
|
American depositary shares issuable
upon deposit of the Class A common shares registered hereby
will be registered under a separate registration statement on
Form F-6
(Registration
No. 333- ).
Each American depositary share
represents
Class A common shares.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may
determine.
The information in
this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed.
These securities may not be sold until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell
these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
Subject to Completion.
Dated ,
2010.
TAL Education Group
American Depositary
Shares
Representing
Class A Common
Shares
This is an initial public offering of American depositary
shares, or ADSs, of TAL Education Group. We are
offering ADSs.
Each ADS
represents
of our Class A common share(s), par value $0.001 per share.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
ADSs or our common shares. We currently estimated that the
initial public offering price per ADS will be between
$ and
$ . We intend to list the ADSs on
the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol XRS.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 12 to
read about risks you should consider before buying the
ADSs.
PRICE
$
PER ADS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
Proceeds,
|
|
|
|
|
discounts and
|
|
before expenses,
|
|
|
Price to public
|
|
commissions
|
|
to us
|
|
Per ADS
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an
additional
ADSs from us at the initial public offering price less
underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from
the date of this prospectus.
Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has
approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the
accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs to purchasers on or
about ,
2010.
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
Piper
Jaffray |
Oppenheimer & Co. |
The date of
this prospectus
is ,
2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information different from that contained in this prospectus. We
are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ADSs only
in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The
information contained in this prospectus is current only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery
of this prospectus or of any sale of the ADSs.
We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of
the ADSs outside the United States or to permit the possession
or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
Persons outside the United States who come into possession of
this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any
restrictions relating to the offering of the ADSs and the
distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.
Through and
including ,
2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to
deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with
respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
i
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that
you should consider in making your investment decision. Before
investing in the ADSs, you should carefully read the entire
prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes
included in this prospectus and the information set forth under
the headings Risk Factors and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations. In addition, we
commissioned iResearch Consulting Group, or iResearch, an
independent market research firm, to prepare a report for the
purpose of providing various industry and other information and
illustrating our position in the K-12 after-school tutoring
service market in China. Information from the report prepared by
iResearch, or the iResearch Report, appears in
Summary, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Market Opportunity, Business and other
sections of this prospectus. We have taken such care as we
consider reasonable in the reproduction and extraction of
information from the iResearch Report and other third-party
sources. Student enrollments in this prospectus refer to the
cumulative total number of courses enrolled in and paid for by
our students, including multiple courses enrolled in and paid
for by the same student; if one student enrolls in two separate
tutoring courses, we count that as two student enrollments.
Our
Business
We are the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider
in China in terms of revenues in 2009, according to iResearch.
We offer comprehensive tutoring services to
K-12 students
covering core academic subjects, including mathematics, English,
Chinese, physics, chemistry and biology. We have successfully
established Xueersi as a leading brand in
Chinas K-12 private education market closely associated
with high teaching quality and academic excellence in China, as
evidenced by our students outstanding academic
performance, our over 70% annual retention rate, our ability to
recruit most of our students through
word-of-mouth
referrals as well as the numerous recognitions and awards we
have received. The K-12 after-school tutoring service market in
China is highly fragmented. In 2009, we had a 0.26% market share
in China and a 4.5% market share in Beijing, in each case as
measured by revenues for the year according to iResearch.
We deliver our tutoring services through small classes,
personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings. Our extensive network
consists of 109 learning centers and 87 service
centers in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin and
Wuhan, as well as our online platform. Our student enrollments
increased from 67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to 382,505 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010,
representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 137.2%.
Our student enrollment growth has been predominantly driven by
new students.
We are committed to providing our students with high-quality
services and an exceptional learning experience. Our commitment
is reflected in our continual focus on recruiting, training and
retaining teachers with strong academic credentials, relevant
experience and a passion for education; our emphasis on
developing, updating and improving our curricula and course
materials; and our focus on standardizing operating procedures
throughout our network. This in turn has led to a strong track
record of outstanding student achievement. In 2010, 169 out of
our 430 high school graduates were admitted to Peking
University or Tsinghua University, the two most prestigious
universities in China that collectively enroll only less than
0.1% of the high school graduates across the country. In the
same year, approximately 5,700 of our students in Beijing and
Shanghai were admitted to key high schools, representing over
60% enrollment rate in comparison to the regional average of
approximately 30%; and more than 5,500 of our students in
Beijing and Shanghai were admitted to key middle schools,
representing over 80% enrollment rate in comparison to the
regional average of 15-25%. In addition, our students have won a
significant number of regional, national and international math
competitions, including three gold medals in the International
Mathematical Olympiad in 2008 and 2009.
Our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas largest
and most active online education community for our existing and
potential students and their parents, and is the largest
Internet education portal in China, based on the average monthly
page views and average monthly unique visitors in the first six
months of 2010. It provides our existing and potential students
access to learning resources beyond our physical network,
1
increases student loyalty and stickiness and enhances our brand
awareness. In addition, our online platform enables us to
continue to roll out and expand our online course offerings. As
word-of-mouth referrals and our online communities have
contributed significantly to student recruitment, we have not
incurred significant advertising expenses in the past. Revenues
generated from our online course offerings have accounted for
less than 1.5% of our total net revenues since we began offering
online courses in 2010.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years. Our
total net revenues increased from $8.9 million in the
fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to $69.6 million
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, representing a
CAGR of 179.9%. Our net income increased from $1.5 million
in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$14.2 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, representing a CAGR of 206.9%. Our total net revenues for
the six months ended August 31, 2010 were
$53.0 million, and our net income for the same period was
$13.2 million.
Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we operate our
after-school tutoring service business primarily through our
variable interest entities and their subsidiaries and schools in
China. We do not hold equity interests in our variable interest
entities; however, through a series of contractual arrangements
with these variable interest entities and their respective
shareholders, we effectively control, and are able to derive
substantially all of the economic benefits from, these variable
interest entities.
Market
Opportunity
We believe that the K-12 after-school tutoring market is the
most attractive sector in Chinas private education market
given the large addressable market it serves, its rapid growth
rate and its highly fragmented nature. According to statistics
published by the Ministry of Education of China, there were
approximately 180 million students in primary, middle and
high schools in China at the end of 2008, presenting a large
addressable market for K-12 after-school tutoring services. The
growth of the K-12 after-school tutoring market is also
compelling. According to iResearch, the K-12 after-school
tutoring market in China grew from RMB123.8 billion in 2007
to RMB189.7 billion ($27.8 billion) in 2009,
representing a CAGR of 23.8%, and is projected to grow to
RMB447.2 billion ($65.5 billion) in 2014, representing
a CAGR of 18.7% from 2009. We believe that rising levels of
disposable income, increasing spending on private education, and
intense competition for quality education and job opportunities
in China are among the key factors that will contribute to the
future growth of the K-12 after-school tutoring market.
Moreover, the K-12 after-school tutoring market in China is
highly fragmented with no player holding over 1% market share.
This fragmented market presents opportunities for private
tutoring service providers that offer high-quality services and
have a strong track record, brand and reputation to attract and
retain more students and increase market share.
Our
Competitive Strengths and Strategies
We believe that the following competitive strengths have
contributed to our success and differentiate us from our
competitors:
|
|
|
|
|
largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider in China;
|
|
|
|
brand strength;
|
|
|
|
outstanding student performance;
|
|
|
|
high teaching quality, strong content development and efficient
education management system;
|
|
|
|
largest Internet education platform in China; and
|
|
|
|
innovative and entrepreneurial management team with a passion
for education.
|
We intend to pursue the following key growth strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
further penetrate our existing markets;
|
|
|
|
extend our geographic network into attractive new markets;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
expand our personalized premium services; and
|
|
|
|
further develop our online course offerings.
|
Our
Challenges
The successful execution of our strategies is subject to risks
and uncertainties related to our business and industry,
including those relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to attract students to enroll in our
courses;
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to recruit, train and retain qualified
teachers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to improve the content of our existing course
offerings and to develop new courses in a timely and
cost-effective manner;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain and enhance our brand;
|
|
|
|
our historical financial and operating results, growth rates and
profitability may not serve as an adequate basis to judge our
future prospects and results of operations;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain and continue to improve our teaching
results in terms of student performance and the level of
satisfaction with our services; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete effectively against our competitors.
|
In addition, we are subject to risks and uncertainties related
to our corporate structure and doing business in China,
including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
risks associated with our control of our variable interest
entities, which control is based upon contractual arrangements
rather than equity ownership;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with our ability to fund our expansion plan due
to PRC legal restrictions on foreign currency conversion and
restrictions on distribution of school profits, among others;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties with respect to PRC regulatory restrictions on
after-school tutoring services, including regulations issued by
certain provincial governmental authorities prohibiting private
schools from offering after-school tutoring classes to primary
and secondary school students; and
|
|
|
|
risks associated with our ability to obtain various operating
licenses and permits and to make registrations and filings for
all of our learning centers in China.
|
See Risk Factors and Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements for a discussion of these and
other risks and uncertainties associated with our business and
investing in our ADSs.
Our
Corporate History and Structure
Our founders, Mr. Bangxin Zhang and Mr. Yundong Cao,
offered our first after-school mathematics tutoring class in
August 2003 when they were still attending graduate school in
Peking University. In 2005, our founders established a domestic
company in China named Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co.,
Ltd., or Xueersi Education. In order to facilitate foreign
investment in our company, in January 2008, we incorporated TAL
Education Group, or TAL Group, to become our offshore holding
company under the laws of the Cayman Islands. TAL Group
established Xueersi International Education Group Limited, or
Xueersi Hong Kong, in Hong Kong in March 2008 as our
intermediary holding company. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
OperationsTaxationPRC for a discussion of tax
implications of having Xueersi Hong Kong as our intermediary
holding company. Xueersi Hong Kong subsequently established
three wholly owned subsidiaries in China: TAL Education
Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., or TAL Beijing, in May 2008;
Beijing Huanqiu Zhikang Shidai Education Consulting Co., Ltd, or
Huanqiu Zhikang, in September 2009; and Beijing Yidu Huida
Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Yidu Huida, in November 2009.
3
The following diagram illustrates our current corporate
structure:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each person is an ultimate
beneficial owner and also a director or executive officer of TAL
Group.
|
Due to the PRC legal restriction on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we rely on a
series of contractual arrangements among TAL Beijing, Beijing
Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Xueersi Education,
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd., or Xueersi
Network, and their respective shareholders, subsidiaries and
schools to conduct most of our tutoring services in China, while
our personalized premium services in Beijing are offered through
our subsidiary, Huanqiu Zhikang. These contractual arrangements
enable us to:
|
|
|
|
|
exercise effective control over Xueersi Education, Xueersi
Network and their respective subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries in
consideration for the services provided by us; and
|
|
|
|
have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests
in Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network when and to the extent
permitted under PRC law.
|
We do not have equity interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network; however, as a result of these contractual arrangements,
we are the primary beneficiary of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network and treat them as our variable interest entities under
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States,
or
4
U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, we refer to Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network collectively as our variable interest
entities, or VIEs. We refer to our VIEs and
the VIEs direct and indirect subsidiaries and schools
collectively as affiliated entities. Moreover, in
the contractual arrangements, the shareholders of the VIEs, in
exchange for relinquishing effective control over the VIEs,
received pro rata equity interests in TAL Group, which serves to
align their interests with our companys in performing
those contracts. For a more detailed discussion of the risk of
potential conflicts of interest associated with our corporate
structure, see Risk Factors Risks Related to
Our Corporate Structure The beneficial owners of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network may have potential
conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and
adversely affect our business and financial condition.
We have consolidated the financial results of our VIEs and their
subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP. For the fiscal years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010,
$8.9 million, $37.5 million and $68.9 million, or
100%, 100% and 99.0% of our total net revenues, respectively,
are attributable to our VIEs.
Huanqiu Zhikang operates our personalized premium services in
Beijing. Except for our personalized premium services in
Beijing, none of our existing services is conducted directly by
our subsidiaries. Yidu Huida was formed as part of our corporate
strategic planning and has yet to conduct any significant
business operations. Yidu Huida may in the future provide
information technology support to our other subsidiaries and
affiliated entities, which is within the business scope of Yidu
Huida.
For a more detailed description of our corporate history and
structure, see Our Corporate History and Structure.
For a detailed description of the regulatory environment for
private education that necessitates the adoption of our
corporate structure, see Regulation. For a detailed
description of the risks associated with our corporate structure
and the contractual arrangements that support our corporate
structure, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our
Corporate Structure.
Our
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 18/F, Hesheng
Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing
100080, Peoples Republic of China. Our telephone number at
this address is +86 (10) 5292 6669. Our registered office
in the Cayman Islands is located at Maples Corporate Services
Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman,
KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.
Our corporate website address is www.xueersi.com. The
information contained on our websites is not a part of this
prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the U.S. is
Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.
5
Conventions
Used in this Prospectus
In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context
otherwise requires, references to:
|
|
|
|
|
we, us, our company, or
our refers to TAL Education Group, its subsidiaries
and its affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
common shares refers to our Class A and
Class B common shares, par value US$0.001 per share;
|
|
|
|
preferred shares or Series A preferred
shares refers to our Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares, par value US$0.001 per share;
|
|
|
|
ADSs refers to American depositary shares, each of
which
representing
Class A common shares;
|
|
|
|
variable interest entities, or VIEs,
refer to Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. and
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., which are
domestic PRC companies in which we do not have equity interests
but whose financial results have been consolidated into our
consolidated financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP due to our having effective control over, and our
being the primary beneficiary of, these companies; and
affiliated entities refers to our VIEs and the
VIEs direct and indirect subsidiaries and schools;
|
|
|
|
student enrollments refers to the cumulative total
number of courses enrolled in and paid for by our students,
including multiple courses enrolled in and paid for by the same
student;
|
|
|
|
annual retention rate refers to the percentage of
our students who subsequently enroll in one or more of our
courses after enrolling in at least one course in the previous
fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
China or PRC refers to the Peoples
Republic of China, excluding for purposes of this prospectus
only, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau;
|
|
|
|
K-12 refers to the year before the first grade
through the last year of high school;
|
|
|
|
Renminbi or RMB refers to the legal
currency of China; and
|
|
|
|
$, dollars or
U.S. dollars refers to the legal currency of
the United States.
|
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this
prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their
option to purchase additional ADSs.
6
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Offering price |
|
We currently expect that the initial public offering price will
be between $ and
$ per ADS. |
|
ADSs offered by us |
|
ADSs. |
|
ADSs outstanding immediately after this offering
|
|
ADSs. |
|
Common shares outstanding immediately after this offering
|
|
shares, par value $0.001 per share, comprised of
(i) Class A
common shares, and
(ii) Class B
common shares. |
|
ADSs to Class A common share ratio |
|
|
|
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol
|
|
XRS. |
|
Common shares |
|
Our common shares are divided into Class A common shares
and Class B common shares. Holders of Class A common
shares and Class B common shares have the same rights
except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters
requiring shareholders vote, each Class A common
share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B common
share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B common share
is convertible into one Class A common share at any time by
the holder thereof. Class A common shares are not
convertible into Class B common shares under any
circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B common shares
by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an
affiliate of such holder, such Class B common shares shall
be automatically and immediately converted into the equal number
of Class A common shares. |
|
Depositary |
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
Over-allotment option |
|
The underwriters have a
30-day
option to purchase up
to
additional ADSs from us at the initial public offering price
less underwriting discounts and commissions. |
|
Reserved ADSs |
|
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up to 5% of the total number of
ADSs offered in this offering (assuming no exercise of the
over-allotment option) to some of our directors, officers,
employees, business associates and related persons through a
directed share program. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We plan to use the net proceeds received from this offering to
expand our network of learning centers and service centers,
build a national training center, pay a declared cash dividend
conditional upon the completion of this offering, strengthen our
curriculum and course material development capabilities and
improve our existing facilities, and for other general corporate
purposes, including strategic investments in and acquisitions of
complementary businesses, although we are not currently
negotiating any such investment or acquisition. See Use of
Proceeds for more information. |
7
|
|
|
Lock-up |
|
We, our directors and executive officers and all of our existing
shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to
certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of any
ADSs, common shares or similar securities for a period of
180 days after the date this prospectus becomes effective.
See Underwriting for more information. |
|
Risk factors |
|
See Risk Factors and other information included in
this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully
consider before investing in the ADSs. |
The number of common shares that will be outstanding immediately
after this offering:
|
|
|
|
|
assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs;
|
|
|
|
reflects the conversion of all outstanding Series A
preferred shares into 5,000,000 Class B common shares
immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
excludes 5,419,500 Class A common shares issuable upon the
vesting of restricted shares issued under our 2010 share
incentive plan that are outstanding as of the date of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
excludes Class A common shares reserved for future grants
under our 2010 share incentive plan.
|
8
Summary
Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data
You should read the following information concerning us in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following summary consolidated statements of operations data
for the three fiscal years ended February 29, 2008 and
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and the summary consolidated
balance sheet data as of February 28, 2009 and 2010 are
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated
balance sheet data as of February 29, 2008 are derived from
our audited financial statements, which are not included in this
prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements are
prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been audited
by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., an independent registered
public accounting firm.
The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the
six months ended August 31, 2009 and 2010 and the summary
consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 2010 have
been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We
have prepared the unaudited interim condensed consolidated
financial information on the same basis as our audited
consolidated financial statements. The unaudited financial
information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal
and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair
presentation of our financial position and operating results for
the periods presented. You should read the summary consolidated
financial information in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected in any future period.
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except for shares,
|
|
|
|
per share and per ADS data)
|
|
|
Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
$
|
37,476
|
|
|
$
|
69,594
|
|
|
$
|
32,983
|
|
|
$
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
18,922
|
|
|
|
31,945
|
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
26,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
|
15,465
|
|
|
|
10,355
|
|
|
|
14,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
9,299
|
|
|
|
15,624
|
|
|
|
10,339
|
|
|
|
14,916
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
(1,379
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividends on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
3,168
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per ADS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Each ADS
represents
Class A common shares.
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 29/28,
|
|
|
As of August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro
Forma(1)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
|
Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,704
|
|
|
$
|
29,693
|
|
|
$
|
50,752
|
|
|
$
|
81,495
|
|
|
$
|
81,495
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
8,131
|
|
|
|
38,553
|
|
|
|
65,504
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,714
|
|
|
|
18,023
|
|
|
|
29,408
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
7,012
|
|
|
|
26,198
|
|
|
|
38,578
|
|
|
|
56,234
|
|
|
|
56,234
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
12,355
|
|
|
|
26,926
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
17,926
|
|
|
|
32,281
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Reflects the automatic conversion
of all of our Series A preferred shares into 5,000,000
Class B common shares immediately prior to the completion
of this offering.
|
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flow data
for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six-Month Period Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
|
Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,324
|
|
|
$
|
23,468
|
|
|
$
|
27,175
|
|
|
|
16,198
|
|
|
|
30,955
|
|
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(1,470
|
)
|
|
|
(5,116
|
)
|
|
|
(5,250
|
)
|
|
|
(696
|
)
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
5,252
|
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
(1,622
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
The following table presents our selected operating data as of
the dates and for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for the
|
|
|
|
As of and for the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Selected Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Student enrollments
|
|
|
67,996
|
|
|
|
215,080
|
|
|
|
382,505
|
|
|
|
175,638
|
|
|
|
236,919
|
|
Learning centers
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
11
RISK
FACTORS
You should consider carefully all of the information in this
prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described
below, before making an investment in our ADSs. Any of the
following risks could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or
that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ADSs
could decline, and you may lose all or part of your
investment.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If we are
not able to continue to attract students to enroll in our
courses, our business and prospects will be materially and
adversely affected.
The success of our business depends primarily on the number of
students enrolled in our courses. Therefore, our ability to
continue to attract students to enroll in our courses is
critical to the continued success and growth of our business.
This in turn will depend on several factors, including our
ability to develop new programs and enhance existing programs to
respond to changes in market trends and student demands, expand
our geographic reach, manage our growth while maintaining
consistent and high teaching quality, effectively market our
programs to a broader base of prospective students, develop
additional high-quality educational content and respond
effectively to competitive pressures. If we are unable to
continue to attract students to enroll in our courses, our
revenues may decline, which may have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may
not be able to continue to recruit, train and retain qualified
teachers, who are critical to the success of our business and
effective delivery of our tutoring services to
students.
Our teachers are critical to maintaining the quality of our
services and our reputation. We seek to hire highly qualified
teachers who are dedicated to teaching and are able to deliver
effective and inspirational instruction. There is a limited pool
of teachers with these attributes, and we must provide highly
competitive compensation packages to attract and retain such
qualified teachers. We must also provide continued training to
our teachers to ensure that they stay abreast of changes in
student demands, academic standards and other key trends
necessary to teach effectively. Although we have not experienced
major difficulties in recruiting, training or retaining
qualified teachers in the past, we may not always be able to
recruit, train and retain enough qualified teachers in the
future to keep pace with our growth while maintaining consistent
teaching quality in the different markets we serve. A shortage
of qualified teachers or a decrease in the quality of our
teachers classroom performance, whether actual or
perceived, or a significant increase in compensation we must pay
to retain qualified teachers, would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We may
not be able to improve the content of our existing courses or to
develop new courses on a timely basis and in a cost-effective
manner.
We constantly update and improve the content of our existing
courses and develop new courses to meet market demands.
Revisions to our existing courses and our newly developed
courses may not always be well received by existing or
prospective students or their parents. If we cannot respond
effectively to changes in market demands, our business may be
adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop new courses
that are well received, we may not be able to introduce them as
quickly as our students may require. If we do not respond
adequately to changes in market requirements, our ability to
attract and retain students could be impaired and our financial
results could suffer.
Offering new courses or modifying existing courses may require
us to make investments in content development, increase
marketing efforts and re-allocate resources away from other
uses. We may have limited experience with the content of new
courses and may need to modify our systems and strategies to
incorporate new courses into our existing course offerings. If
we are unable to improve the content of our existing courses,
12
offer new courses on a timely basis and in a cost-effective
manner, our results of operations and financial condition could
be adversely affected.
If we are
not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and
operating results may be harmed.
We believe that market awareness of our Xueersi
brand has contributed significantly to the success of our
business, and that maintaining and enhancing our brand is
critical to maintaining our competitive advantage. If we are
unable to successfully promote and market our brand and
services, our ability to attract and enroll new students could
be adversely impacted and, consequently, our financial
performance could suffer. We mainly rely on word-of-mouth
referrals to attract prospective students. We also use marketing
tools such as the Internet, public lectures, outdoor advertising
campaigns and distribution of marketing materials to promote our
brand and service offerings. In order to maintain and increase
our brand recognition and promote our new service offerings, we
have increased our marketing personnel and expenses over the
last several years. A number of factors could prevent us from
successfully promoting our brand, including student
dissatisfaction with our services and the failure of our
marketing tools and strategies to attract prospective students.
If we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand or utilize
marketing tools in a cost-effective manner, our revenues and
profitability may suffer.
Moreover, we offer a variety of courses to primary, middle and
high school students in some of the largest cities in China. As
we continue to grow in size, expand our course offerings and
extend our geographic reach, it may be more difficult to
maintain quality and uniform standards of our services and to
protect and promote our brand name.
We cannot provide assurance that our sales and marketing efforts
will be successful in further promoting our brand in a
competitive and cost-effective manner. If we are unable to
further enhance our brand recognition and increase awareness of
our services, or if we incur excessive sales and marketing
expenses, our business and results of operations may be
materially and adversely affected.
Our
historical financial and operating results, growth rates and
profitability may not be indicative of future
performance.
Although we commenced operations in 2003, our significant growth
in terms of employees, operations and revenues has occurred
since 2008. Our total net revenues increased from
$8.9 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $69.6 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. Any evaluation of our business and our
prospects must be considered in light of the risks and
uncertainties encountered by companies at our stage of
development. In addition, the after-school tutoring service
market in China is still at the early stage of development,
which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and future
prospects. Furthermore, our results of operations may vary from
period to period in response to a variety of other factors
beyond our control, including general economic conditions and
regulations or government actions pertaining to the private
education service sector in China, changes in spending on
private education, our ability to control cost of revenues and
operating expenses, and non-recurring charges incurred in
connection with acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions
or under unexpected circumstances. Due to the above factors, we
believe that our historical financial and operating results,
growth rates and profitability may not be indicative of our
future performance and you should not rely on our past results
or our historic growth rates as indications of our future
performance.
If our
students level of performance falls or satisfaction with
our services declines, our annual retention rate may decline and
our business, financial condition, results of operations and
reputation would be adversely affected.
The success of our business depends on our ability to deliver a
satisfactory learning experience and improved academic results.
Our tutoring services may fail to improve a students
academic performance and a student may perform below
expectations even after completing our courses. Additionally,
student and parent satisfaction with our services may decline. A
students learning experience may also suffer if his or her
13
relationship with our teachers does not meet expectations. We
generally offer refunds for remaining classes to students who
decide to withdraw from a course. Although we have not
experienced any significant refunds in the past, if an
increasing number of students request refunds, our revenues and
results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, if
a significant number of students fail to improve their
performance after attending our courses or if their learning
experiences with us are unsatisfactory, they may decide not to
continue to enroll in our courses, and our business, financial
condition, results of operations and reputation would be
adversely affected.
We face
significant competition, and if we fail to compete effectively,
we may lose our market share and our profitability may be
adversely affected.
The private education market in China is rapidly evolving,
highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition to
persist and intensify. We face competition in each type of
services we offer and in each geographic market in which we
operate. Our competitors include New Oriental
Education & Technology Group Inc., Juren Education,
Ambow Education Holding Ltd., China Xueda Education Ltd., and
ChinaEdu Corporation.
Our student enrollments may decrease due to intense competition.
Some of our competitors may have more resources than we do.
These competitors may be able to devote greater resources than
we can to the development, promotion and sale of their programs,
services and products and respond more quickly than we can to
changes in student needs, testing materials, admission
standards, market trends or new technologies. In addition, some
smaller local companies may be able to respond more quickly to
changes in student preferences in some of our targeted markets.
Moreover, the increasing use of the Internet and advances in
Internet- and computer-related technologies, such as web video
conferencing and online testing simulators, are eliminating
geographic and physical facility-related entry barriers to
providing private education services. As a result, smaller local
companies may be able to use the Internet to quickly and
cost-effectively offer their programs, services and products to
a large number of students with less capital expenditure than
previously required. Consequently, we may be required to reduce
course fees or increase spending in response to competition in
order to retain or attract students or pursue new market
opportunities, which could result in a decrease in our revenues
and profitability. We will also face increased competition as we
expand our operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able
to compete successfully against current or future competitors.
If we are unable to maintain our competitive position or
otherwise respond to competitive pressure effectively, we may
lose our market share and our profitability may be adversely
affected.
Failure
to effectively and efficiently manage the expansion of our
service network may materially and adversely affect our ability
to capitalize on new business opportunities.
Our business has experienced significant growth in recent years.
The number of our learning centers increased from 30 as of
February 29, 2008 to 109 to date. We plan to continue to
expand our operations in different geographic markets in China.
Establishing new learning centers poses challenges and requires
us to make investments in management, capital expenditures,
marketing expenses and other resources. The expansion has
resulted, and will continue to result, in substantial demands on
our management and staff as well as our financial, operational,
technological and other resources. Our planned expansion will
also place significant pressure on us to maintain the teaching
quality and uniform standards, controls and policies to ensure
that our brand does not suffer as a result of any decrease,
whether actual or perceived, in the quality of our programs. To
manage and support our expansion, we must improve our existing
operational, administrative and technological systems and our
financial and management controls, and recruit, train and retain
additional qualified teachers and management personnel as well
as other administrative and marketing personnel. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to effectively and efficiently
manage the growth of our operations, maintain or accelerate our
current growth rate, recruit and retain qualified teachers and
management personnel, successfully integrate new learning
centers into our operations and otherwise effectively manage our
growth. Our failure to effectively and efficiently manage our
expansion may materially and adversely affect our ability to
capitalize on new business opportunities, which in turn may have
a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results
of operations.
14
If we
fail to successfully execute our growth strategies, our business
and prospects may be materially and adversely
affected.
Our growth strategies include further penetrating our existing
markets, extending the geographic scope of our network into
attractive markets, expanding personalized premium services and
further developing our online course offerings. We may not
succeed in executing our growth strategies due to a number of
factors, including, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
we may fail to identify new cities with sufficient growth
potential into which to expand our network;
|
|
|
|
it may be difficult to increase the number of learning centers
in more developed cities;
|
|
|
|
we may fail to effectively market our services in new markets or
promote new courses in existing markets;
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to replicate our successful growth model in
Beijing and Shanghai to other geographic markets;
|
|
|
|
our analysis for selecting suitable new locations may not be
accurate and the demand for our services at such new locations
may not materialize or increase as rapidly as we expect;
|
|
|
|
we may fail to obtain the requisite licenses and permits
necessary to open learning centers at our desired locations from
local authorities;
|
|
|
|
we may not be able to continue to enhance our online course
offerings, generate profits from online courses, or adapt online
courses to changing student needs and technological
advances; and
|
|
|
|
we may fail to achieve the benefits we expect from our expansion.
|
If we fail to successfully execute our growth strategies, we may
not be able to maintain our growth rate and our business and
prospects may be materially and adversely affected as a result.
At
present, we derive a majority of our revenues from Beijing and
Shanghai. Any event negatively affecting the private education
market in Beijing or Shanghai could have a material adverse
effect on our overall business and results of
operations.
Our services in Beijing and Shanghai currently contribute to
most of our revenues. We derived approximately 98% and 97% of
our total net revenues for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 and the six months ended August 31,
2010, respectively, from these two cities and we expect our
services in Beijing and Shanghai to continue to represent the
main sources of our income. If either city experiences an event
negatively affecting its private education market, such as a
serious economic downturn, natural disaster or outbreak of
contagious disease, or if either city adopts regulations
relating to private education that place additional restrictions
or burdens on us, our overall business and results of operations
may be materially and adversely affected.
If we
fail to expand our personalized premium services efficiently and
cost-effectively, our business and prospects could be
harmed.
One of our growth strategies is to further expand our
personalized premium services in Beijing and replicate that
model in other geographic regions in China. The expansion may
entail significant investment of human capital, financial
resources and management time and attention as such
one-on-one
tutoring services impose a different set of requirements on our
teachers and many other aspects of our operations than small
classes, which currently constitute the main format of our
service offerings. If we fail to manage our expansion in
personalized premium services efficiently and cost-effectively,
it could have an adverse effect on our business and prospects.
15
Accidents
or injuries suffered by our students or other people on our
premises may adversely affect our reputation, subject us to
liability and cause us to incur substantial costs.
Even though we carry certain liability insurance for our
students and their parents, in the event of accidents or
injuries or other harm to students or other people on our
premises, including those caused by or otherwise arising from
the actions of our employees or contractors on our premises, our
facilities may be perceived to be unsafe, which may discourage
prospective students from attending our classes. We could also
face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided inadequate
supervision to our employees or contractors and therefore should
be held jointly liable for harm caused by them or are otherwise
liable for injuries suffered by our students or other people on
our premises. For instance, in 2009, a student was injured while
attending our classes in a learning center in Beijing and
claimed that we were negligent and thus liable for the injury.
Although that incident was resolved without any material damages
to our reputation or business, there may be similar incidents in
the future. A liability claim against us or any of our teachers
or independent contractors could adversely affect our
reputation, enrollment and revenues. Even if unsuccessful, such
a claim could create unfavorable publicity, cause us to incur
substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of our
management.
Failure
to adequately and promptly respond to changes in examination
systems, admission standards and technologies in China could
render our courses and services less attractive to
students.
Under Chinas education system, school admissions rely
heavily on examination results. College and high school entrance
examinations in most cases are mandatory for graduating seniors
in high schools and middle schools in order to gain admission to
colleges and high schools, respectively, and therefore, a
students performance in those examinations is critical to
his or her education career and future employment prospects.
Although examinations are not required for entering middle
schools, many key middle schools administer their own assessment
tests to disqualify prospective students. It is therefore common
for students to take after-school tutoring classes to improve
test performance, and the success of our business to a large
extent depends on the continued use of assessment tests by
schools and colleges in their admissions. However, such heavy
emphasis on examination scores may decline or fall out of favor
with educational institutions or education authorities in China.
For example, education authorities in Yunnan Province stopped
administering provincial-level middle school entrance
examinations in 2010. Instead, high schools in Yunnan will start
to admit students based on a combination of middle school
examination results that have replaced raw scores with letter
grades and comprehensive evaluations of students aptitude
and performance by their middle schools. Yunnan Province also
prohibits subject competitions in primary and middle schools.
Although we do not offer after-school tutoring services in the
Yunnan Province, nor do we expect to do so in the near future,
it is possible that the local governments in the areas where we
have operations may adopt similar measures. Furthermore,
approximately 80 universities in China have been allowed to
recruit generally no more than 5% of their students through
independently administered examinations and admission procedures
in recent years. Candidates for admission to those universities
are still required to take college entrance examinations and
meet certain threshold requirements for minimum scores, but
their college entrance exam scores are no longer the sole
determining factor in the admission processes of those
universities. If we fail to adjust our services to respond to
any such material changes, our business may be materially and
adversely affected. In addition, admission and assessment tests
in China constantly undergo changes and development in terms of
subject and skill focus, question type, examination format and
the manner in which tests are administered. We therefore must
continually update and improve our course materials and our
teaching methods. A failure to track and respond to any such
changes in a timely and cost-effective manner could make our
courses and services less attractive to students, which may
materially and adversely affect our reputation and ability to
continue to attract students and in turn have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our new
courses and services may compete with our existing
offerings.
We are constantly developing new courses and services to meet
changes in student demands, testing materials, admission
standards, market trends and technologies. While some of the
courses and services that
16
we develop will expand our current offerings and increase
student enrollment, others may compete with or render obsolete
our existing offerings without increasing our total student
enrollment. For example, our online courses might attract
students away from our classroom-based courses. If we are unable
to increase our total student enrollment and profitability as we
expand our course and service offerings, our business and growth
may be adversely affected.
If we are
not able to continually enhance our online courses and services
and adapt to rapid changes in technological demands and student
needs, we may lose market share and our business could be
adversely affected.
Widespread use of the Internet for educational purposes is a
relatively recent occurrence, and the market for Internet-based
courses and services is characterized by rapid technological
changes and innovations, as well as unpredictable product life
cycles and user preferences. We have limited experience with
generating revenues from online courses and services, and their
results are largely uncertain. We must be able to adapt quickly
to changing student needs and preferences, technological
advances and evolving Internet practices in order to compete
successfully in online education. Ongoing enhancement of our
online offerings and technologies may entail significant
expenses and technological risks. We may not be able to use new
technologies effectively or may fail to adapt to changes in the
online education market on a timely and cost-effective basis.
Revenues generated from our online course offerings have been
insignificant, accounting for less than 1.5% of our total net
revenues since we began offering online courses in 2010. We
expect that revenues from our online course offerings will
increase. However, if improvements to our online offerings and
technologies are delayed, result in systems interruptions or are
not aligned with market expectations or preferences, we may not
gain market share and our growth prospects could be adversely
affected.
Our
success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior
management team and other key personnel and our business may be
harmed if we lose their services.
Our future success depends heavily upon the continuing services
of the members of our senior management team, which includes
Bangxin Zhang, our chairman and chief executive officer, Yundong
Cao, our director and president, Yachao Liu, our vice president,
Yunfeng Bai, our vice president and Joseph Kauffman, our chief
financial officer. If any member of our senior management team
leaves us and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new
personnel, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and
experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business,
financial conditions and results of operations could be
adversely affected. Competition for experienced management
personnel in the education industry is intense, and we may not
be able to retain the services of our senior executives or key
personnel, or to attract and retain high quality senior
executives or key personnel in the future.
Our success also depends on our having highly trained financial,
technical, human resource, sales and marketing staff, management
personnel and qualified teachers for local markets. We will need
to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows.
A shortage in the supply of personnel with requisite skills or
our failure to recruit them could impede our ability to increase
revenues from our existing courses and services, to launch new
course and service offerings and to expand our operations, and
would have an adverse effect on our business and financial
results.
Failure
to control rental costs, obtain leases at desired locations at
reasonable prices or protect our leasehold interests could
materially and adversely affect our business.
All of our offices and service and learning centers are
presently located on leased premises. At the end of each lease
term, which generally ranges from two to five years, we must
negotiate an extension of the lease and if we are not able to
negotiate an extension on terms acceptable to us, we will be
forced to move to a different location, or the rent may increase
significantly. This could disrupt our operations and adversely
affect our profitability. All of our leases are subject to
renewal at market prices, which could result in a substantial
rent increase at each time of renewal. We compete with many
other businesses for sites in certain highly desirable locations
and some landlords may have entered into long-term leases with
our competitors for prime locations. As a result, we may not be
able to obtain new leases at desirable locations or renew our
existing
17
leases on acceptable terms or at all, which could adversely
affect our business. In addition, we have not been able to
receive from our lessors copies of title certificates or proof
of authorization to lease the properties to us for five of our
leased properties of approximately 26,000 square feet in total
involving aggregate annual rentals of approximately
RMB2.3 million. Operations on these five leased properties
contributed approximately 3.2% and 2.8% of our total net
revenues for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 and
the six months ended August 31, 2010, respectively. As of
the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any actions,
claims or investigations threatened against us or our lessors
with respect to the defects in our leasehold interests. However,
if any of our leases are terminated as a result of challenges by
third parties or governmental authorities for lack of title
certificates or proof of authorization to lease, we do not
expect to be subject to any fines or penalties but we may be
forced to relocate the affected learning centers and incur
additional expenses relating to such relocation. If we fail to
find suitable replacement sites in a timely manner or on terms
acceptable to us, our business and results of operations could
be materially and adversely affected. We were aware of the
defects when we entered into those leases. In many cases, we
entered into leases upon promises from the lessors that relevant
certificates and authorizations would be delivered at a later
time, which did not eventually materialize. Our business and
legal teams followed an internal guideline to identify and
assess risks in connection with leasing the properties, and a
final business decision was made after our analysis of the
likely impact of the defects on the leasehold interests and the
value of the properties to our expansion plan. However, there is
no assurance that our decision would always lead to the
favorable outcome we expected to achieve.
Capacity
constraints of our teaching facilities could cause us to lose
students to our competitors.
The teaching facilities of our physical network are limited in
size and number of classrooms. We may not be able to admit all
students who would like to enroll in our courses due to the
capacity constraints of our teaching facilities. This would
deprive us of the opportunity to serve them and to potentially
develop a long-term relationship with them for continued
services. If we fail to expand our physical capacity as quickly
as the demand for our classroom-based services grows, we could
lose potential students to our competitors, and our results of
operations and business prospects could suffer as a result.
If we
fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and
business may suffer.
We consider our copyrights, trademarks, trade names and Internet
domain names invaluable to our ability to continue to develop
and enhance our brand recognition. Unauthorized use of our
copyrights, trademarks, trade names and domain names may damage
our reputation and brand. Our major brand names and logos are
registered trademarks in China. Our proprietary curricula and
course materials are protected by copyrights. However,
preventing copyright, trademark and trade name infringement or
misuse could be difficult, costly and time-consuming,
particularly in China. The measures we take to protect our
copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights
are currently based upon a combination of trademark and
copyright laws in China and may not be adequate to prevent
unauthorized uses. Furthermore, application of laws governing
intellectual property rights in China is uncertain and evolving,
and could involve substantial risks to us. There had been
several incidents in the past where third parties used our brand
Xueersi without our authorization and we had to
resort to litigation to protect our intellectual property
rights. These proceedings were all resolved in our favor and our
brand and business were not materially harmed. However, if we
are unable to adequately protect our trademarks, copyrights and
other intellectual property rights in the future, we may lose
these rights, our brand name may be harmed, and our business may
suffer materially. Furthermore, our managements attention
may be diverted by violations of our intellectual property
rights, and we may be required to enter into costly litigation
to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or
violation.
We may
encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the
intellectual property of third parties.
We cannot assure you that our course materials, online platform
or other intellectual property developed or used by us do not or
will not infringe upon valid copyrights or other intellectual
property rights held by third parties. We may encounter disputes
from time to time over rights and obligations concerning
intellectual
18
property, and we may not prevail in those disputes. Our teachers
may, against our policies, use third-party copyrighted materials
without proper authorization in our classes or our students may
post unauthorized third-party content on our websites. We may
incur liability for unauthorized duplication or distribution of
materials posted on our websites or used in our classes. Third
parties may bring claims against us alleging our infringement of
their intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual
property infringement claim could result in costly litigation
and divert our management attention and resources.
If we
fail to integrate or negotiate successfully any future
acquisitions, our business and operating results could be
adversely affected.
We may acquire complementary businesses in the future. If we are
unable to successfully integrate the acquired businesses, it
could harm our business and operating results. In addition, we
may revalue or write down the value of goodwill and other
intangible assets in connection with future acquisitions which
would harm our operating results. For example, we recognized an
impairment loss on goodwill of $1.2 million in the fiscal
year ended February 28, 2009 in connection with some of our
acquisitions. In order to remain competitive or to expand our
business, we may find it necessary or desirable to acquire other
businesses and we may be unable to identify appropriate
acquisition targets. If we identify an appropriate acquisition
target, we may not be able to negotiate the terms of the
acquisition successfully, finance the acquisition or integrate
the acquired businesses into our existing business and
operations. Furthermore, completing a potential acquisition and
integrating an acquired business may strain our resources and
require significant management time.
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of the ADSs.
Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate as a result of
seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes
in student enrollments. The fluctuations may result in
volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of the
ADSs. In addition, comparisons of our operating results between
different periods within a single financial year, or between the
same periods in different financial years, may not be meaningful
and should not be relied upon as good indicators of our
performance.
We have
limited liability insurance coverage and do not carry business
disruption insurance.
We have limited liability insurance coverage for our students
and their parents in our major learning centers. A successful
liability claim against us due to injuries suffered by our
students or other people on our premises could materially and
adversely affect our financial conditions, results of operations
and reputation. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could cause
adverse publicity to us, require substantial cost to defend and
divert the time and attention of our management. In addition, we
do not have any business disruption insurance. Any business
disruption event could result in substantial cost to us and
diversion of our resources.
System
disruptions to our websites or computer systems or a leak of
student data could damage our reputation and limit our ability
to retain students and increase student enrollment.
The performance and reliability of our websites and computer
systems is critical to our reputation and ability to retain
students and increase student enrollment. Any system error or
failure, or a sudden and significant increase in online traffic,
could disrupt or slow access to our websites. We cannot assure
you that we will be able to expand our online infrastructure in
a timely and cost-effective manner to meet the increasing
demands of our students and their parents. In addition, our
computer systems store and process important information
including, without limitation, class schedules, registration
information and student data and could be vulnerable to
interruptions or malfunctions due to events beyond our control,
such as natural disasters and technology failures. For instance,
we have in the past experienced interruptions to our operations
due to temporary computer system failures. Although we have a
daily backup system that runs on different servers for our
operating data, we may still lose important student data or
suffer disruption to our operations if there is a failure of the
database system or the backup system. Moreover, we would suffer
economic and reputational damages if a technical failure of our
systems causes a leak of student data, including
19
identification or contact information, although there has not
been any such leak in the past. Any disruption to our computer
systems could therefore have a material adverse effect on our
on-site
operations and ability to retain students and increase student
enrollments.
We face
risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other
outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our
operations.
Our business could be materially and adversely affected by
natural disasters or widespread epidemics. On May 12, 2008
and April 14, 2010, severe earthquakes affected parts of
Sichuan province in southeastern China and parts of Qinghai
province in western China, respectively, resulting in
significant numbers of casualties and property damages. While we
did not suffer any loss or experience any significant increase
in costs as a result of the earthquakes, if a similar disaster
were to occur in the future affecting any of the cities in which
we have major operations, our business could be materially and
adversely affected. In April 2009, a new strain of influenza A
virus subtype H1N1, commonly known as swine flu, was
first discovered in North America and quickly spread to other
parts of the world, including China. In early June 2009, the
World Health Organization declared the outbreak to be a
pandemic. Any outbreak of similar epidemics in China, including
severe acute respiratory syndrome, could require temporary
closure of our learning centers and have a material and adverse
effect on our business operations.
In the
course of preparing our consolidated financial statements, a
material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting was identified. If we fail to maintain an effective
system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be
unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent
fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs
may be adversely affected.
Our reporting obligations as a public company will place a
significant strain on our management, operational and financial
resources and systems for the foreseeable future. Prior to this
offering, we have been a private company and have had limited
accounting personnel and other resources with which to address
our internal control over financial reporting. We and our
independent registered public accounting firm, in connection
with the preparation and external audit of our consolidated
financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, identified a material weakness in our
internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness
identified related to insufficient accounting personnel with
appropriate U.S. GAAP knowledge. We have not undertaken a
comprehensive assessment and our independent registered public
accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal
control over financial reporting. Had we performed a formal
assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or
had our independent registered public accounting firm performed
an audit of our internal control over financial reporting,
additional material weakness and deficiencies may have been
identified. A material weakness is a deficiency, or
a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over
financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility
that a material misstatement of the companys annual or
interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected
on a timely basis.
We have taken measures and plan to continue to take measures to
remedy these deficiencies. However, the implementation of these
measures may not fully address the control deficiencies in our
internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to
address any control deficiency could result in inaccuracies in
our financial statements and could also impair our ability to
comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and
related regulatory filings on a timely basis. Moreover,
effective internal control over financial reporting is important
to prevent fraud. As a result, our business, financial
condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the
trading price of our ADSs, may be materially and adversely
affected.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we include a report from
management on the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting in our annual report on
Form 20-F
beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending
February 29, 2012. In addition, beginning at the same time,
our independent registered public accounting firm must report on
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. Our management and our independent registered public
accounting firm may conclude that our internal control over
financial reporting is not effective. This could adversely
impact the market price of
20
our ADSs due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability
of our reporting processes. We will need to incur significant
costs and use significant management and other resources in
order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Implementation
of the new labor laws in China may adversely affect our business
operations.
On June 29, 2007, the Chinese government promulgated a new
labor contract law which became effective on January 1,
2008, and subsequently issued the implementation rules of the
new labor contract law. Pursuant to the new law, employers are
subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor
contracts, fixing compensation levels, setting lengths of
employees probation periods and unilaterally terminating
labor contracts. The new law and the related implementation
rules impose greater liabilities on employers and may
significantly increase the costs to an employer if it decides to
reduce its workforce. In the event we decide to significantly
reduce our workforce, the new labor contract law could adversely
affect our ability to downsize based on business needs or to do
so in a timely and cost-effective manner, which in turn may
materially and adversely affect our financial condition and
results of operations.
We may be
classified as a passive foreign investment company under US tax
law, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax
consequences to U.S. holders of our ADSs.
Depending upon the value of our assets based on the market value
of our common shares and ADSs and the nature of our assets and
income over time, we could be classified as a passive foreign
investment company or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Based on our current income and assets and projections
as to the value of our common shares and ADSs pursuant to this
offering, we do not expect to be classified as a PFIC for the
current taxable year. While we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC
for the current taxable year, fluctuations in the market price
of our ADSs or common shares may cause us to become a PFIC for
the current or any subsequent taxable year. We will make a
separate determination for each taxable year as to whether we
are a PFIC (after the close of each taxable year) and disclose
such determination in our annual reports on
Form 20-F
to be filed with the SEC.
We will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year if either
(i) at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year
is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of our
assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is
attributable to assets that produce or are held for the
production of passive income. Although the law in this regard is
unclear, we treat Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and their
respective subsidiaries as being owned by us for United States
federal income tax purposes, not only because we control their
management decisions but also because we are entitled to
substantially all of the economic benefits associated with these
entities, and, as a result, we consolidate these entities
operating results in our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial
statements. If it were determined, however, that we are not the
owner of Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and their respective
subsidiaries for United States federal income tax purposes, we
would likely be treated as a PFIC for our taxable year ending on
February 28, 2011 and any subsequent taxable year. Because
of the uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules
and because PFIC status is a factual determination made annually
after the close of each taxable year on the basis of the
composition of our income and the value of our active versus
passive assets, there can be no assurance that we will not be a
PFIC for the taxable year ending on February 28, 2011 or
any future taxable year. The overall level of our passive assets
will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend our
liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Under
circumstances where we determine not to deploy significant
amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of becoming
classified as a PFIC may substantially increase.
If we were to be or become classified as a PFIC, a
U.S. Holder (as defined in TaxationMaterial
United States Federal Income Tax
ConsiderationsGeneral) may be subject to reporting
requirements and may incur significantly increased United States
income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition
of the ADSs or common shares and on the receipt of distributions
on the ADSs or common shares to the extent such gain or
distribution is treated as an excess distribution
under the United States federal income tax rules. Further, if we
were a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder held
our ADSs or common shares, we generally would continue to be
treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such
U.S. Holder held our ADSs or common shares. You are urged
to consult your tax advisor concerning the
21
United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring,
holding, and disposing of ADSs or common shares if we are or
become classified as a PFIC. For more information see
TaxationMaterial United States Federal Income Tax
ConsiderationsPFIC Considerations.
We have
granted and will continue to grant restricted shares, share
options and other share-based awards in the future, which may
materially reduce our net income.
We adopted a share incentive plan in 2010 that permits granting
of options to purchase our Class A common shares,
restricted shares and restricted share units under the plan. The
maximum aggregate number of Class A common shares that may
be issued pursuant to all awards under our share incentive plan
is 18,750,000. As of the date of this prospectus, we have
granted 5,419,500 restricted shares under our share incentive
plan to our employees. As a result of these grants and potential
future grants under the plan, we have incurred and will continue
to incur share-based compensation expenses. We had share-based
compensation expenses of $0.9 million for the six months
ended August 31, 2010. As of August 31, 2010, the
unrecognized compensation expenses related to the non-vested
restricted shares amounted to $22.8 million, which will be
recognized over vesting periods up to 4 years. Expenses
associated with share-based compensation awards granted under
our share incentive plan may materially reduce our future net
income. However, if we limit the size of grants under our share
incentive plan to minimize share-based compensation expenses, we
may not be able to attract or retain key personnel.
Risks
Related to Our Corporate Structure
If the
PRC government determines that the agreements that establish the
structure for operating our business in China are not in
compliance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be
subject to severe penalties.
PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity
that invests in the education business in China to be an
educational institution with relevant experience in providing
education services outside China. Our Cayman Islands holding
company is not an educational institution and does not provide
education services. We conduct our education business in China
through contractual arrangements with Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries, schools and
shareholders. Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network are directly
owned by four of our directors or officers who are citizens of
the PRC. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we rely on a
series of contractual arrangements entered into among TAL
Beijing, Xueersi Network, Xueersi Education and their respective
shareholders, subsidiaries and schools to conduct most of our
tutoring services in China. We have been and are expected to
continue to be dependent on our affiliated entities in China to
operate our education business until we qualify for direct
ownership of educational businesses in China. Pursuant to our
contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities, we,
through our wholly owned subsidiaries in China, provide
exclusive teaching support, technical service support and other
services to our affiliated entities in exchange for payments
from them. In addition, we have entered into agreements with
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, and each of their
respective shareholders, which provide us with the ability to
effectively control Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network and
their respective existing and future subsidiaries and schools.
If the corporate structure and contractual arrangements through
which we conduct our business in China are found to be in
violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or
if we fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or
approvals, we would be subject to potential actions by the
relevant PRC regulatory authorities with broad discretions,
which actions could include:
|
|
|
|
|
revoking the business and operating licenses of our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting related party transactions between
our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
imposing fines or other requirements with which we or our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities may find difficult or
impossible to comply;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
requiring us or our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities to
restructure the relevant ownership structure or
operations; and
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting the use of any proceeds from our
additional public offering to finance our business and
operations in China.
|
The imposition of any of these penalties could result in a
material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.
We rely
on contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities for our
China operations, which may not be as effective in providing
operational control as direct ownership.
We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual
arrangements with our affiliated entities to operate our
education business. For a description of these contractual
arrangements, see Our Corporate History and
StructureContractual Arrangements with Our Consolidated
Affiliated Entities. These contractual arrangements may
not be as effective in providing us with control over these
affiliated entities as direct ownership. If we had direct
ownership of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, we would be
able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes
in the board of directors of Xueersi Network or Xueersi
Education, which in turn could effect changes, subject to any
applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management level.
However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on
the performance by our affiliated entities and their respective
shareholders of their obligations under the contracts to
exercise control over our affiliated entities. In addition, we
may not be able to renew these contracts with Xueersi Network,
Xueersi Education and their respective subsidiaries or
shareholders if the beneficial owners of Xueersi Network or
Xueersi Education do not act in the best interests of our
company when conflicts of interest arise. Therefore, our
contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities may not be
as effective in ensuring our control over our China operations
as direct ownership would be.
Any
failure by our affiliated entities or their respective
shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual
arrangements with them would have a material adverse effect on
our business and financial condition.
If Xueersi Network, Xueersi Education or any of their respective
subsidiaries or schools or any of their respective shareholders
fails to perform its obligations under the contractual
arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and
resources to enforce our rights under the contracts, and rely on
legal remedies under the PRC law, including seeking specific
performance or injunctive relief and claiming damages, which may
not be effective. For example, if the shareholders of Xueersi
Network or Xueersi Education were to refuse to transfer their
equity interest in Xueersi Network or Xueersi Education to us or
our designee when we exercise the call option pursuant to these
contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in
bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to
compel them to perform their contractual obligations.
All the material agreements under our contractual arrangements
are governed by the PRC law and provide for the resolution of
disputes under the agreements through arbitration in Beijing.
Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance
with the PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in
accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the
PRC is not as developed as some other jurisdictions, such as the
United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal
system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual
arrangements. Under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final,
parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and the
prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in
PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings,
which would incur additional expenses and delay. In the event we
are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not
be able to exert effective control over our affiliated entities,
and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively
affected.
23
The
beneficial owners of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network may
have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may
materially and adversely affect our business and financial
condition.
The four beneficial owners of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network are also beneficial owners, directors or officers of TAL
Group. Among them, Mr. Bangxin Zhang and Mr. Yundong
Cao are directors of TAL Group and also directors of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network. Currently, these four individuals
beneficially own an aggregate of 76% of the outstanding share
capital of TAL Group on an as-converted basis. Upon the
completion of this offering, these four shareholders will
beneficially own an aggregate of %
of the outstanding share capital of TAL Group assuming no
exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the
underwriters. As such, the beneficial owners of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network may have potential conflicts of
interest with us. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of
interest arise, any or all of these individuals will act in the
best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved
in our favor. In addition, these individuals may breach, or
cause our affiliated entities to breach, or refuse to renew, the
existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our
affiliated entities. Currently, we do not have any arrangements
to address potential conflicts of interest between these
individuals and our company. We rely on these individuals to
abide by the laws of the Cayman Islands and China, which provide
that directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company that requires
them to act in good faith and in the best interests of the
company and not to use their positions for personal gains. If we
cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us
and the beneficial owners of Xueersi Network or Xueersi
Education, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which
could result in disruption of our business and subject us to
substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal
proceedings.
Our
affiliated entities may be subject to significant limitations on
their ability to operate private schools or make payments to
related parties, or otherwise be materially and adversely
affected by changes in PRC laws governing private education
providers.
The principal regulations governing private education in China
are The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and The
Implementation Rules for The Law for Promoting Private Education
(2004). Under these regulations, a private school may elect to
be a school that does not require reasonable returns or a school
that requires reasonable returns. At the end of each fiscal
year, every private school is required to allocate a certain
amount to its development fund for the construction or
maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrade of
educational equipment. In the case of a private school that
requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than
25% of annual net balance of the school, while in the case of a
private school that does not require reasonable returns, this
amount shall be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual
increase in the net assets of the school, if any. A private
school that requires reasonable returns must publicly disclose
such election and additional information required under the
regulations. A private school shall consider factors such as the
schools tuition, ratio of the funds used for
education-related activities to the course fees collected,
admission standards and educational quality when determining the
percentage of the schools net income that would be
distributed to the investors as reasonable returns. However,
none of the current PRC laws and regulations provides a formula
or guidelines for determining reasonable returns. In
addition, none of the current PRC laws and regulations sets
forth clear requirements or restrictions on a private
schools ability to operate its education business based on
such schools status as a school that requires reasonable
returns or a school that does not require reasonable returns.
Our schools are registered as schools that require reasonable
returns in some cities and as schools that do not require
reasonable returns in others. Unlike typical schools in
Chinas K-12 system which grant diplomas to students upon
graduation, we provide after-school tutoring services and do not
grant any diploma or certification to our students. However, the
current PRC laws and regulations governing private education may
be amended or replaced by new laws and regulations that
(i) impose significant limitations on the ability of our
schools to operate their business, charge course fees or make
payments to related parties for services, (ii) specify the
formula for calculating reasonable returns, or
(iii) change the preferential tax treatment policies
applicable to private schools. We cannot predict the timing and
effects of any such amendments or new laws and regulations.
Changes in PRC laws and regulations governing private education
could materially and adversely affect our business prospects and
results of operations.
24
Contractual
arrangements our subsidiaries have entered into with our
affiliated entities may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax
authorities and a finding that we or our affiliated entities owe
additional taxes could substantially reduce our consolidated net
income and the value of your investment.
Under PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions
among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by
the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year
when the transactions are conducted. We could face material and
adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine
that the contractual arrangements between our wholly owned
subsidiaries in China and our affiliated entities do not
represent an arms-length price and consequently adjust our
affiliated entities income in the form of a transfer
pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among
other things, result in a reduction, for PRC tax purposes, of
expense deductions recorded by our affiliated entities, which
could in turn increase their tax liabilities. In addition, the
PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other
penalties to our affiliated entities for unpaid taxes. Our
consolidated net income may be materially and adversely affected
if our affiliated entities tax liabilities increase or if
they are subject to late payment fees or other penalties.
If any of
our PRC subsidiaries, affiliated entities and their subsidiaries
becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding,
we may lose the ability to use and enjoy certain important
assets, which could reduce the size of our operations and
materially and adversely affect our business, ability to
generate revenue and the market price of our ADSs.
We currently conduct our operations in China through contractual
arrangements with our affiliated entities. As part of these
arrangements, our affiliated entities hold operating permits and
licenses and some of the assets that are important to the
operation of our business. If any of these entities goes
bankrupt and all or part of their assets become subject to liens
or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue
some or all of our business activities, which could materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations. If any of our affiliated entities
undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its
shareholders or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights
to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to
operate our business, which could materially and adversely
affect our business, our ability to generate revenue and the
market price of our ADSs.
Risks
Related to Doing Business in China
Uncertainties
with respect to the PRC legal system could have a material
adverse effect on us.
The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written
statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions in
a civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited
precedential value. Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations
have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various
forms of foreign investments in China. However, since these laws
and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system
continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws,
regulations and rules are not always consistent, and enforcement
of these laws, regulations and rules involve uncertainties,
which may limit the available legal protections. In addition,
the PRC administrative and court authorities have significant
discretion in interpreting and implementing or enforcing
statutory rules and contractual terms, and it may be more
difficult to predict the outcome of administrative and court
proceedings and the level of legal protection we may enjoy in
the PRC than under some more developed legal systems. These
uncertainties may affect our judgment on the relevance of legal
requirements and our decisions on the measures and actions to be
taken to fully comply therewith and may affect our ability to
enforce our contractual or tort rights. In addition, the
regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited
legal actions or threats in an attempt to extract payments or
benefits from us. Such uncertainties may therefore increase our
operating expenses and costs, and materially and adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
25
Uncertainties
with respect to PRC regulatory restrictions on after-school
services could have a material adverse effect on us.
In 2009, the Ministry of Education, together with a few other
PRC government agencies, issued implementation rules on
administration of education-related fee collection, which
provide, among other things, that schools that are part of the
compulsory education system are not allowed to charge students
additional fees for any type of after-school tutoring classes,
and that public schools and their teachers, whether or not in
cooperation with private schools, are prohibited from offering
any type of after-school tutoring or training classes for a fee
outside the school. Private schools, which are not part of the
compulsory education system, generally are permitted to offer
after-school tutoring services pursuant to their private school
operating permits issued by the relevant PRC governmental
authorities pursuant to the Law for Promoting Private Education
and implementation rules promulgated thereunder. However,
several provincial government agencies issued notices or rules
applicable in their respective provinces expressly prohibiting
even private schools from offering after-school tutoring classes
to primary and secondary school students. Among the areas where
we offer after-school tutoring services, local governments in
Shanghai and Tianjin issued notices in 2004 and 2005,
respectively, prohibiting private schools from offering
after-school tutoring services to primary and secondary school
students. Nevertheless, we are not aware of any instances in
Shanghai or Tianjin where the governmental authorities took
actions enforcing the aforementioned notices; nor have we
received any notices, warnings or inquiries from these
governmental authorities with respect to our tutoring services.
Net revenues attributable to tutoring services in Shanghai and
Tianjin accounted for less than 10% of our total net revenues
for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 and the six
months ended August 31, 2010. The aforementioned notices do
not provide any monetary penalties for violations and thus we
are not able to quantify the penalties that we may be subject to
if we are deemed not to be in compliance with these notices. We
are not aware of any imminent risks in connection with the
aforementioned notices. However, since PRC regulatory
authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and
implementing rules and regulations and that regulatory
enforcements can be inconsistent, we cannot assure you that we
will not in the future be subject to the above mentioned
regulations, fined or otherwise penalized by government
authorities for offering such classes, in which case our
business and operations could be materially and adversely
affected.
We are
required to obtain various operating licenses and permits and to
make registrations and filings for our after-school tutoring
services in China; failure to comply with these requirements may
materially adversely affect our business operations.
We are required to obtain and maintain various licenses and
permits and fulfill registration and filing requirements in
order to conduct and operate our after-school tutoring business.
For instance, to establish and operate a school to provide
after-school tutoring services, we are required to obtain a
private school operating permit and to make necessary filings
for each learning center with the Ministry of Education and the
Ministry of Civil Affairs or their local bureaus. As of the date
of this prospectus, 26 of our 109 centers in operation may be
subject to fines or other penalties due to their failure to
obtain the requisite operating permits from, or make requisite
filings with, the relevant governmental authorities. These 26
learning centers in the aggregate accounted for 15.3% of our
total net revenues for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010. We were unable to obtain certain requisite permits or make
certain filings in some districts in Beijing because the local
authorities discontinued granting permits or accepting filings
for administrative reasons for a period of time. Some of these
local authorities have recently begun to accept applications and
filings, and we are in the process of preparing filings and
applying for permits for these learning centers and expect to
complete and obtain most filings and permits in the near future.
In a few other cases, we were not able to obtain certain permits
because we have not yet met all the detailed requirements set
forth by the local authorities for granting the permits, and we
are taking steps to meet these requirements. We intend to ensure
compliance with applicable rules and regulations in establishing
new learning centers. Our business and legal teams are required
to follow an internal guideline to obtain all requisite permits
and make necessary filings on a timely basis for our new
learning centers. However, there is no assurance that our
efforts will result in full compliance given the significant
amount of discretion the PRC authorities have in interpreting,
implementing or enforcing rules and regulations and due to other
factors beyond our control. Although we have not been subject to
any material fines or other penalties in relation to any
non-compliance of licensing requirements in the past, if we fail
to cure any non-compliance in a timely manner, we may be subject
to fines, confiscation of the gains derived from our
noncompliant
26
operations or the suspension of our noncompliant operations,
which may materially and adversely affect our business and
results of operations.
If the
relevant PRC regulatory authorities subsequently determine that
personalized premium services must be operated through
registered schools or non-foreign-invested PRC companies, our
personalized premium services business may be exposed to
increased risks associated with the contractual
arrangements.
We currently offer our personalized premium tutoring services in
Beijing through Huanqiu Zhikang, our wholly owned subsidiary,
which is a foreign-invested company under PRC laws and
regulations. Huanqiu Zhikangs sole business is offering
personalized premium tutoring services in Beijing, which
contributed less than 1% of our total net revenues for the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2010. In Shanghai, our
personalized premium tutoring services are offered through our
affiliated schools pursuant to the local legal requirements. We
offer the personalized premium tutoring services in Beijing
through Huanqiu Zhikang, as opposed to through our PRC
affiliated entities, primarily because we believe that
one-on-one
tutoring services fall within the scope of for-profit
training activities and are not educational
activities under the jurisdiction of the Beijing Municipal
Education Commission, based on telephone inquiries we and our
PRC counsel made to the Beijing Municipal Education Commission,
which is the local bureau of the Ministry of Education in
Beijing. In addition, Huanqiu Zhikang has obtained a business
license from Beijing Administration of Industry and Commerce,
expressly permitting Huanqiu Zhikang to conduct
educational consulting services, which we believe
covers our personalized premium services in Beijing. We also
believe that providing personalized premium services through
Huanqiu Zhikang, a wholly owned subsidiary, enhances our
effective control over such business and improves management
efficiency. To the extent we view that the benefits resulting
from our current structure is greater than the risks associated
with the legal uncertainties, we intend to continue to offer
personalized premium services through Huanqiu Zhikang in Beijing
in our future expansion plan for these services.
However, the differences between educational
activities, on the one hand, and for-profit training
activities and educational consulting
services, on the other hand, remain unclear under the PRC
laws and regulations. The Law for Promoting Private Education
provides that educational activities, which are
required to be conducted through schools or educational
institutions, shall be regulated by the Ministry of Education
whereas for-profit training activities shall be
regulated by the Administration of Industry and Commerce in
accordance with separate regulations to be issued by the State
Council. To date, the State Council has not promulgated any
regulations with respect to for-profit training
activities and in practice, regulators in different local
jurisdictions may have different views and administrative
policies on
one-on-one
tutoring activities. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the
relevant government authorities will reach the same conclusion
in the future as we have regarding
one-on-one
personalized premium tutoring services.
If the relevant PRC regulatory authorities subsequently
determine that personalized premium services must be operated
through registered schools or non-foreign-invested PRC
companies, we may be required to restructure our operations to
offer personalized premium services through our affiliated
schools, which may expose our personalized premium services
business to increased risks associated with the contractual
arrangements with affiliated entities. See Risks
Related to Our Corporate Structure. If we fail to cure our
non-compliance in a timely manner, we may be subject to fines of
up to RMB100,000, suspension of such operations or other
penalties, which may materially and adversely affect our
business and results of operations.
Adverse
changes in political and economic policies of the PRC government
could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic
growth of China, which could reduce the demand for our products
and services and materially and adversely affect our competitive
position.
All of our business operations are conducted in China and all of
our sales are made in China. Accordingly, our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects are
affected significantly by
27
economic, political and legal developments in China. The economy
in China differs from the economies of most developed countries
in many respects, including:
|
|
|
|
|
degree of government involvement;
|
|
|
|
level of development;
|
|
|
|
rate of economic growth;
|
|
|
|
control of foreign exchange rates and currency conversion;
|
|
|
|
access to financing; and
|
|
|
|
allocation of resources.
|
Although China has been transitioning from a planned economy to
a more market-oriented economy since the 1970s, the PRC
government continues to exercise significant control over
Chinas economy through resource allocation, foreign
exchange control, monetary policies and administrative
regulations of certain industries and entities. In recent years,
the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the
reliance on market forces to promote economic reform, reduce
state ownership of productive assets and establish corporate
governance structures in business enterprises. Nevertheless, a
substantial portion of the productive assets in China are still
owned by the PRC government. The continued control of these
assets and other aspects of the national economy by the
government could materially and adversely affect our business.
While the Chinese economy has grown significantly in the past
30 years, the growth has been uneven geographically among
various sectors of the economy, and during different periods. We
cannot assure you that the Chinese economy will continue to
grow, or that if there is growth, such growth will be steady and
uniform, or that if there is a slowdown, such slowdown will not
have a negative effect on our business.
We may
rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs,
and any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make
payments to us could limit our ability to pay dividends to
holders of our ADSs and common shares.
We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our
business through our operating subsidiaries and consolidated
affiliated entities, which are limited liability companies
established in China. We may rely on dividends paid by our
subsidiaries for our cash needs, including the funds necessary
to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our
shareholders, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our
operating expenses. The payment of dividends by entities
organized in China is subject to limitations. In particular,
regulations in China currently permit payment of dividends only
out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC
accounting standards and regulations. PRC companies are also
required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax profit
based on PRC accounting standards each year to their general
reserves until the accumulative amount of such reserves reaches
50% of their registered capital. These reserves are not
distributable as cash dividends. In addition, PRC companies may
allocate a portion of their after-tax profit to their staff
welfare and bonus fund at the discretion of their boards of
directors. Our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs historically have not
allocated any of their after-tax profits to staff welfare and
bonus funds, since there is no legal requirement to do so, but
they may nevertheless decide to set aside such funds in the
future. There is no maximum amount of after-tax profit that a
company may contribute to such funds. Moreover, each of our
affiliated schools is required to allocate certain amount of
profits to its development fund for the construction or
maintenance of school facilities or procurement or upgrade of
educational equipment at the end of each fiscal year. See
RegulationRegulation on Private EducationThe
Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the
Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education
(2004) for a discussion on the requirements for private
schools to make allocations to school development funds. Any
direct or indirect limitation on the ability of our PRC
subsidiaries to distribute dividends and other distributions to
us could materially and adversely limit our ability to make
investments or acquisitions at the holding company level, pay
dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.
28
PRC
regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding
companies to PRC entities may limit the use of the proceeds we
receive from this offering for our expansion or
operations.
In utilizing the proceeds we receive from this offering in the
manner described in Use of Proceeds, as an offshore
holding company with PRC subsidiaries, we may (i) make
additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries,
(ii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital
contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, (iii) make
loans to our PRC subsidiaries or our VIEs, or (iv) acquire
offshore entities with business operations in China in an
offshore transaction. However, most of these uses are subject to
PRC regulations and approvals. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
capital contributions to our subsidiaries in China, whether
existing ones or newly established ones, must be approved by the
PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local bureaus;
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our subsidiaries in China, each of which is a
foreign-invested enterprise, to finance their activities cannot
exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the PRC
State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local
bureaus;
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our VIEs and their respective subsidiaries, which
are domestic PRC entities, must be approved by the National
Development and Reform Commission and must also be registered
with SAFE or its local bureaus.
|
In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated
Circular 142, a notice regulating the conversion by a
foreign-invested company of its capital contribution in foreign
currency into Renminbi. It requires that Renminbi converted from
foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested
enterprise may only be used for purposes within the business
scope approved by the relevant government authority and may not
be used to make equity investments in China, unless specifically
provided otherwise. Moreover, the approved use of such Renminbi
funds may not be changed without approval from SAFE. Renminbi
funds converted from foreign exchange may not be used to repay
loans in Renminbi if the proceeds of such loans have not yet
been used. Any violation of Circular 142 may result in
severe penalties, including substantial fines. We expect that if
we convert the net proceeds from this offering into Renminbi
pursuant to Circular 142, our use of Renminbi funds will be
for purposes within the approved business scope of our PRC
subsidiaries. However, we may not be able to use such Renminbi
funds to make equity investments in the PRC through our PRC
subsidiaries.
We expect that the PRC regulations of loans and direct
investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may
continue to limit our use of proceeds of this offering. There
are no costs associated with registering loans or capital
contributions with relevant PRC governmental authorities, other
than nominal processing charges. Under PRC laws and regulations,
the PRC governmental authorities are required to process such
approvals or registrations or deny our application within
90 days. The actual time taken, however, may be longer due
to administrative delay. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a
timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future plans to use
the U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for
our expansion and operations in China. If we fail to receive
such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds
of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
PRC
regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special
purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident
beneficial owners to personal liability and limit our ability to
acquire PRC companies or to inject capital into our PRC
subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiarys ability to
distribute profits to us, or otherwise materially and adversely
affect us.
The State Administration of Foreign Exchange issued Circular 75,
requiring PRC residents, including both legal persons and
natural persons, to register with the relevant local branch of
the State Administration of Foreign Exchange before establishing
or controlling any company outside of China, referred to as an
offshore special purpose company, for the purpose of
raising funds from overseas to acquire assets of, or equity
interest in, PRC companies. In addition, any PRC resident that
is the beneficial owner of an offshore special purpose company
is required to amend his or her registration with the local
branch of the State Administration
29
of Foreign Exchange, with respect to that offshore special
purpose company in connection with any increase or decrease in
its capital, transfer of shares, merger, division, equity
investment or creation of any security interest over any assets
located in China. Any failure to comply with the above
registration requirements could result in PRC subsidiaries being
prohibited from distributing their profits and proceeds from any
reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to their
offshore parent companies, offshore parent companies being
restricted in their ability to contribute additional capital
into their PRC subsidiaries, and other liabilities under PRC
laws for evasion of foreign exchange restrictions.
We believe that all of our shareholders who are PRC citizens or
residents have completed their required registrations with SAFE,
or are otherwise in the process of registering with SAFE.
However, we may not at all times be fully aware or informed of
the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are PRC
citizens or residents, and we may not always be able to compel
our beneficial owners to comply with Circular 75; nor can we
ensure you that their registrations, if they choose to apply,
will be successful. The failure or inability of our PRC resident
beneficial owners to make any required registrations or comply
with these requirements may subject such beneficial owners to
fines and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to
contribute additional capital into or provide loans (including
using the proceeds from this offering) to our China operations,
limit our PRC subsidiarys ability to pay dividends or
otherwise distribute profits to us, or otherwise materially and
adversely affect us.
Any
requirement to obtain prior approval from the China Securities
Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, could delay this offering
and a failure to obtain this approval, if required, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
reputation and trading price of our ADSs.
On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the
Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and
Administration Commission, the State Administration for
Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce,
the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers
and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors,
or the M&A Rule, which became effective on
September 8, 2006. The M&A Rule purports to require,
among other things, offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs,
formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies and
controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the
approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities
on an overseas stock exchange. While the application of the
M&A Rule remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice
of our PRC counsel, Tian Yuan Law Firm, that CSRC approval is
not required in the context of this offering as we are not a
special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of acquiring
domestic companies that are controlled by PRC individual
shareholders, as we acquired contractual control of, rather than
equity interest in, our domestic affiliated entities. However,
we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government agency,
including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC
counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agency subsequently
determines that we need to obtain the CSRCs approval for
this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC
regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies
may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC,
limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the
repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, or
take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations, and
prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or
other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us
to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs
offered by this prospectus.
The
discontinuation of any of the preferential tax treatments
currently available to us in China could adversely affect our
overall results of operations.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, which
became effective on January 1, 2008, the statutory
enterprise income tax rate is 25%, except where a special
preferential rate applies.
Our affiliated entity, Xueersi Education, was qualified as a
High and New Technology Enterprise, under the EIT
Law effective January 1, 2008 and therefore was qualified
for a preferential tax rate of 15%. In addition, since Xueersi
Education is located in a high and new technology industrial
zone in Beijing and qualified as a High and New Technology
Enterprise, it was entitled to a three-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2006 to 2008 and a
further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5% from
30
calendar year 2009 to 2011. Our wholly owned subsidiary, TAL
Beijing, was qualified as a Newly Established Software
Enterprise under the EIT Law and therefore entitled to a
two-year exemption from the enterprise income tax from calendar
year 2009 to 2010 and a further tax reduction to 50% of the
applicable rate from calendar year 2011 to 2013. Our affiliated
entities, Xueersi Network and Beijing Haidian District Xueersi
Training School, were entitled to a one-year tax exemption in
calendar year 2007 as newly established companies in that year.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157, Further Clarification on Implementation
of Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods, or
Circular 157. Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance
on the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if a high and new
technology enterprise strongly supported by the state or
High and New Technology Enterprise was in a tax
holiday period that provides for
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate or
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate or other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to its High and New Technology
Enterprise status under the EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay
tax at the rate of 7.5%. Circular 157 appears to have the effect
that such an entity is entitled to pay tax at the lower of 15%
and 50% of the standard PRC tax rate, which is currently 25%. It
is unclear whether Circular 157 would apply retrospectively
but we understand that the State Administration of Taxation has
recently taken the position that Circular 157 applies only
to tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax authority, we believe that entities that are
qualified for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as High and New Technology Enterprises
and are registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing will continue to pay income tax at a
rate of 7.5%. Since Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a High and New Technology Enterprise
registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing, we believe that Xueersi Education
will continue to pay income tax at the rate of 7.5%. We cannot
assure you, however, that the tax authorities will not in the
future change their position on our preferential tax treatments.
The discontinuation of our preferential tax treatments may
materially increase our future tax liabilities.
Under the
EIT Law, we may be classified as a resident
enterprise of China. Such classification could result in
unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC
shareholders.
Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China
with de facto management body within China is
considered a resident enterprise, meaning that it
can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for
enterprise income tax purposes, although the dividends paid to
one resident enterprise from another may qualify as
tax-exempt income. The implementing rules of the EIT
Law define de facto management as substantial and overall
management and control over the production and operations,
personnel, accounting, and properties of the enterprise. A
circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation on
April 22, 2009 provides that a foreign enterprise
controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group will be
classified as a resident enterprise with its
de facto management body located within China if all
of the following requirements are satisfied: (i) the senior
management and core management departments in charge of its
daily operations function are mainly in the PRC; (ii) its
financial and human resources decisions are subject to
determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC;
(iii) its major assets, accounting books, company seals,
and minutes and files of its board and shareholders
meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) at least
half of the enterprises directors with voting right or
senior management reside in the PRC.
We do not believe that either TAL Group or our Hong Kong
subsidiary, Xueersi Hong Kong, meets all of the conditions
above. Each of TAL Group and Xueersi Hong Kong is a company
incorporated outside the PRC. As holding companies, these two
entities key assets and records, including resolutions of
its board of directors and resolutions of its shareholders, are
located and maintained outside of the PRC. In addition, we are
not aware of any offshore holding companies with a similar
corporate structure as ours ever having been deemed to be PRC
resident enterprises by the PRC tax authorities.
Therefore, we believe that neither TAL
31
Group nor Xueersi Hong Kong should be treated as a
resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However,
as the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to
determination by the PRC tax authorities, there are
uncertainties and risks associated with this issue. If the PRC
tax authorities determine that TAL Group and Xueersi Hong Kong
are resident enterprises for PRC enterprise income
tax purposes, a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could
follow. First, we may be subject to enterprise income tax at a
rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable income, as well as PRC
enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Second, although
under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, dividend income
between qualified resident enterprises is a tax-exempt
income, we cannot guarantee that dividends paid to TAL
Group from our PRC subsidiaries through Xueersi Hong Kong would
qualify as tax-exempt income and will not be subject
to withholding tax, as the PRC foreign exchange control
authorities, which enforce the withholding tax, have not yet
issued guidance with respect to the processing of outbound
remittances to entities that are treated as resident
enterprises for PRC enterprise income tax purposes.
Finally, the new resident enterprise classification
could result in a situation in which a 10% withholding tax is
imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise
shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC
enterprise shareholders from transferring our shares or ADSs, if
such income is considered PRC-sourced income by the relevant PRC
authorities. This could have the effect of increasing our and
our shareholders effective income tax rates and may
require us to deduct withholding tax from any dividends we pay
to our non-PRC shareholders. In addition to the uncertainties
regarding how the new resident enterprise
classification may apply, it is also possible that the rules may
change in the future, possibly with retroactive effect.
Moreover, pursuant to the Arrangement between the PRC and Hong
Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double
Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion, dividends declared
after January 1, 2008 and distributed to our Hong Kong
subsidiary by our PRC subsidiaries are subject to withholding
tax at a rate of 5%, provided that our Hong Kong subsidiary is
deemed by the relevant PRC tax authorities to be a
non-resident enterprise under the EIT Law and holds
at least 25% of the equity interest of our PRC subsidiaries. The
State Administration for Taxation promulgated the Notice on How
to Understand and Determine the Beneficial Owners in Tax
Agreement on October 27, 2009, or SAT Circular 601,
which provides guidance for determining whether a resident of a
jurisdiction with tax treaties with the PRC is the
beneficial owner of an item of income under PRC tax
treaties and tax arrangements. According to SAT
Circular 601, a beneficial owner generally must engage in
substantive business activities. An agent or conduit company
will not be regarded as a beneficial owner and, therefore, will
not qualify for treaty benefits. A conduit company normally
refers to a company that is set up for the purpose of avoiding
or reducing taxes or transferring or accumulating profits.
Although we may use Xueersi Hong Kong as a platform to expand
our business in the future, Xueersi Hong Kong currently does not
engage in any substantive business activities and thus it is
possible that Xueersi Hong Kong may not be regarded as a
beneficial owner for the purposes of SAT
Circular 601 and the dividends it receives from our PRC
subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of
10%.
We face
uncertainties with respect to application of the Circular on
Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for
Share Transfer of Non-PRC Resident Enterprises.
Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of
Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident
Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the State Administration
of Taxation on December 10, 2009, where a foreign investor
transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise
indirectly via disposition of the equity interests of an
overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer,
and such overseas holding company is located in a tax
jurisdiction that (i) has an effective tax rate less than
12.5% or (ii) does not tax foreign income of its residents,
the foreign investor shall report the Indirect Transfer to the
competent tax authority. The PRC tax authority will examine the
true nature of the Indirect Transfer, and if the tax authority
considers that the foreign investor has adopted an abusive
arrangement in order to avoid PRC tax, it may disregard
the existence of the overseas holding company and
re-characterize the Indirect Transfer and as a result, gains
derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC
withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also
provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its
equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related
parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the
competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable
adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction. Circular
698
32
is retroactively effective from January 1, 2008. The
relevant PRC authority has not yet promulgated any formal
provisions or formally declared or stated how to calculate the
effective tax in a foreign jurisdiction and how a foreign
investor shall report to the competent tax authority an Indirect
Transfer. Since Circular 698 was newly promulgated, there are
uncertainties as to its application. It is possible that we or
our non-resident investors may become at risk of being taxed
under Circular 698 and may be required to expend valuable
resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish that we or
our non-resident investors should not be taxed under Circular
698, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition
and results of operations or such non-resident investors
investment in us.
We face
risks and uncertainties with respect to the licensing
requirement for Internet audio-video programs.
On December 20, 2007, the State Administration of Radio,
Film and Television, or SARFT, and the Ministry of Industry and
Information Technology, or MII, issued the Administrative
Measures Regarding Internet Audio-Video Program Services, or
the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, which became
effective on January 31, 2008. Among other things, the
Internet Audio-Video Program Measures stipulate that no entities
or individuals may provide Internet audio-video program services
without a License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs
through Information Network issued by SARFT or its local
bureaus or completing the relevant registration with SARFT or
its local bureaus, and only entities wholly owned or controlled
by the PRC government may engage in the production, editing,
integration or consolidation, and transmission to the public
through the Internet, of audio-video programs, or the provision
of audio-video program uploading and transmission services. On
February 3, 2008, SARFT and MII jointly held a press
conference in response to inquiries related to the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures, during which SARFT and MII
officials indicated that providers of audio-video program
services established prior to the promulgation date of the
Internet Audio-Video Program Measures that do not have any
regulatory non-compliance records can re-register with the
relevant government authorities to continue their current
business operations. After the conference, the two authorities
published a press release that confirmed the above guidelines.
There are still significant uncertainties relating to the
interpretation and implementation of the Internet Audio-Video
Program Measures, in particular, the scope of Internet
Audio-Video Programs.
Furthermore, on April 1, 2010, SARFT promulgated the Test
Implementation of the Tentative Categories of Internet
Audio-Visual Program Services, or the Categories, which
clarified the scope of Internet audio-video programs services.
According to the Categories, there are four categories of
Internet audio-visual program services which are further divided
into seventeen
sub-categories.
The third
sub-category
to the second category covers the making and editing of certain
specialized audio-video programs concerning, among other things,
educational content, and broadcasting such content to the
general public online.
Since we began offering online courses in 2010, revenues derived
from audio-video program services that may be subject to the
Audio-Video Program Measures were less than 1.5% of our net
revenue. In the course of offering online tutoring services, we
transmit our audio-video educational courses and programs
through the Internet only to enrolled course participants, not
to the general public. The limited scope of our audience
distinguishes us from general online audio-video broadcasting
companies, such as companies operating user-generated content
websites. In addition, we do not provide audio-video program
uploading and transmission services. As a result, we believe
that we are not subject to the Internet Audio-Video Program
Measures. However, there is no further official or publicly
available interpretation of these definitions, especially the
scope of Internet audio-video program service. If
the governmental authorities determine that our provision of
online tutoring services falls within the Internet Audio-Video
Program Measures, we may not be able to obtain the License for
Disseminating Audio-Video Programs through Information Network.
If this occurs, we may become subject to significant penalties,
fines, legal sanctions or an order to suspend our use of
audio-video content.
Fluctuation
in the value of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect
on your investment.
The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other
currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in
Chinas political and economic conditions and Chinas
foreign exchange policies. The conversion of
33
the Renminbi into foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar,
has been based on exchange rates set by the Peoples Bank
of China. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its
decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi solely to
the U.S. dollar. Under this revised policy, the Renminbi is
permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against
a basket of certain foreign currencies. Following the removal of
the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated approximately
21.5% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years.
Since July 2008, however, the Renminbi has traded within a
narrow range against the U.S. dollar, remaining within 1% of its
July 2008 high. As a consequence, the Renminbi has fluctuated
significantly since July 2008 against other freely traded
currencies, in tandem with the U.S. dollar. On June 20,
2010, the Peoples Bank of China announced that the PRC
government will further reform the Renminbi exchange rate regime
and enhance the Renminbi exchange rate flexibility. It is
difficult to predict how this new policy may impact the Renminbi
exchange rate going forward.
Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material
adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent
that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this
initial public offering into Renminbi for our operations,
appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would
have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive
from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our
Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making
payments for dividends on our common shares or ADSs or for other
business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against
the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the
U.S. dollar amount available to us.
Governmental
control of currency conversion may affect the value of your
investment.
The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the
Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the
remittance of currency out of China. Under our current corporate
structure, our income will be primarily derived from a share of
the earnings from our PRC subsidiaries. Revenues of our PRC
subsidiaries are all denominated in Renminbi. Shortages in the
availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our
PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay
dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their
foreign currency-denominated obligations. Under existing PRC
foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items,
including profit distributions, interest payments and
expenditures from trade-related transactions, can be made in
foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying
with certain procedural requirements. However, for any PRC
company, dividends can be declared and paid only out of the
retained earnings of that company under PRC law. Furthermore,
approval from SAFE or its local branch is required where
Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted
out of China to pay capital expenses, such as the repayment of
loans denominated in foreign currencies. Specifically, under the
existing exchange restrictions, without a prior approval of
SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our subsidiaries in
China may be used to pay dividends by our PRC subsidiaries to
TAL Group through Xueersi Hong Kong and pay employees of our PRC
subsidiaries who are located outside China in a currency other
than the Renminbi. With a prior approval from SAFE, cash
generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries and
affiliated entities may be used to pay off debt in a currency
other than the Renminbi owed by our subsidiaries and affiliated
entities to entities outside China, and make other capital
expenditures outside China in a currency other than the
Renminbi. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict
access in the future to foreign currencies for current account
transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us
from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our
currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign
currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs.
Risks
Related to Our ADSs and This Offering
There has
been no public market for our common shares or ADSs prior to
this offering, and you may not be able to resell our ADSs at or
above the price you paid, or at all.
Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public
market for our common shares or ADSs. We have applied to list
our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. Our common shares will
not be listed on any exchange or quoted for trading on any
over-the-counter
trading system. If an active trading market for our
34
ADSs does not develop after this offering, the market price and
liquidity of our ADSs will be materially and adversely affected.
The initial public offering price for our ADSs will be
determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and
may bear no relationship to the market price for our ADSs after
this initial public offering. We cannot assure you that an
active trading market for our ADSs will develop or that the
market price of our ADSs will not decline below the initial
public offering price.
The
market price for our ADSs may be volatile.
The market price for our ADSs is likely to be highly volatile
and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors such as:
|
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results,
|
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts,
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic performance or market valuation of other
education companies,
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of material acquisitions,
|
|
|
|
strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments,
|
|
|
|
addition or departure of our executive officers and key
personnel,
|
|
|
|
intellectual property litigation,
|
|
|
|
release or expiration of
lock-up or
other transfer restrictions on our outstanding Class B
common shares or ADSs, and
|
|
|
|
economic, regulatory or political conditions in China.
|
In addition, the performance, and fluctuation in market prices,
of other companies with business operations mainly located in
China that have listed their securities in the United States may
affect the volatility in the price and trading volume of our
ADSs. Furthermore, the securities market has from time to time
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are
not related to the operating performance of particular
companies. These market fluctuations may also have a material
adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs.
Our
dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence
corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any
change of control transactions that holders of our Class A
common shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.
Our common shares are divided into Class A common shares
and Class B common shares. Holders of Class A common
shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of
Class B common shares are entitled to ten votes per share.
We will issue Class A common shares represented by our ADSs
in this offering. All of our existing shareholders as of
September 29, 2010, including our founders, hold our
Class B common shares, and our outstanding preferred shares
will be automatically converted into Class B common shares
immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We intend
to maintain the dual-class voting structure after the completion
of this offering. Each Class B common share is convertible
into one Class A common share at any time by the holder
thereof. Class A common shares are not convertible into
Class B common shares under any circumstances. Upon any
transfer of Class B common shares by a holder thereof to
any person or entity which is not an affiliate of such holder,
such Class B common shares shall be automatically and
immediately converted into the equal number of Class A
common shares. In addition, if at any time Mr. Bangxin
Zhang, Mr. Yundong Cao, Mr. Yachao Liu,
Mr. Yunfeng Bai, Tiger Global Five China Holdings and KTB
China Optimum Fund and their respective affiliates collectively
own less than 5% of the total number of the issued and
outstanding Class B common shares (taking into account all
of the issued and outstanding preferred shares on an
as-converted basis), each issued and outstanding Class B
common share shall be automatically and immediately converted
into one share of Class A common share, and we shall not
35
issue any Class B common shares thereafter. Due to the
disparate voting powers attached to these two classes, we
anticipate that our existing shareholders will collectively own
approximately % of the voting power
of our outstanding shares immediately after this offering and
will have considerable influence over matters requiring
shareholder approval, including election of directors and
significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or sale of
our company or our assets. In particular, our founders and
senior management, Mr. Bangxin Zhang, Mr. Yundong Cao,
Mr. Yachao Liu and Mr. Yunfeng Bai and their
respective affiliates, will beneficially own
approximately % of our total
outstanding shares, representing %
of our total voting power immediately after this offering. This
concentrated control will limit your ability to influence
corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any
potential merger, takeover or other change of control
transactions that holders of Class A common shares and ADSs
may view as beneficial.
Our
corporate actions are substantially controlled by our officers,
directors, principal shareholders and their affiliated
entities.
After this offering, our executive officers, directors and their
affiliated entities will beneficially own
approximately % of our total
outstanding shares, representing %
of our total voting power. These shareholders, if they acted
together, could exert substantial influence over matters
requiring approval by our shareholders, including electing
directors and approving mergers or other business combination
transactions and they may not act in the best interests of other
minority shareholders. This concentration of ownership may also
discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company,
which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to
receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our
company and might reduce the price of our ADSs. These actions
may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders,
including those who purchase ADSs in this offering.
If
securities or industry analysts publish negative reports about
our business, the price and trading volume of our securities
could decline.
The trading market for our securities depends, in part, on the
research reports and ratings that securities or industry
analysts or ratings agencies publish about us, our business and
the K-12 after-school tutoring market in China in general. We do
not have any control over these analysts or agencies. If one or
more of the analysts or agencies who cover us downgrades us or
our securities, the price of our securities may decline. If one
or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail
to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in
the financial markets, which could cause the price of our
securities or trading volume to decline.
Because
the initial public offering price is substantially higher than
our net tangible book value per share, you will incur immediate
and substantial dilution.
If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for
your ADSs than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for
their Class A common shares on a per ADS basis. As a
result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution
of approximately $ per ADS
(assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to
acquire additional ADSs), representing the difference between
our net tangible book value per ADS as of August 31, 2010
after giving effect to this offering and an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
ADS, the midpoint of the range shown on the front cover page of
this prospectus. In addition, you may experience further
dilution to the extent that our restricted shares are vested.
See Dilution for a more complete description of how
the value of your investment in our ADSs will be diluted upon
completion of this offering.
Substantial
future sales or the expectation of substantial sales of our ADSs
in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to
decline.
Sales of our ADSs or Class A common shares in the public
market after this offering, or the perception that these sales
could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to
decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have
Class A and Class B common shares outstanding,
including Class A common shares represented by ADSs. All
ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable without
restriction or
36
additional registration under the U.S. Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The remaining common
shares outstanding after this offering will be available for
sale upon the expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
period beginning from the date of this prospectus and, in the
case of the Class B common shares and Class A common
shares that certain option holders will receive when they
exercise their share options, subject to volume and other
restrictions as applicable under Rule 144 and Rule 701
under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares (other than
those held by certain option holders) may be released prior to
expiration of the
lock-up
period at the discretion of the underwriters. To the extent
shares are released before the expiration of the
lock-up
period and these shares are sold into the market, the market
price of our ADSs could decline.
In addition, several of our shareholders have the right to cause
us to register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act
upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. See
Description of Share CapitalShareholders
Agreement and Registration Rights. Registration of these
shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares
becoming freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the
registration of these shares. Sales of these registered shares
in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to
decline.
Our
post-offering articles of association contain anti-takeover
provisions that could discourage a third party from acquiring
us, which could limit our shareholders opportunity to sell
their shares, including Class A common shares represented
by our ADSs, at a premium.
Our articles of association that will become effective
immediately upon the completion of this offering contain
provisions that limit the ability of others to acquire control
of our company or cause us to engage in
change-of-control
transactions. These provisions could have the effect of
depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their
shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by
discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our
company in a tender offer or similar transaction. For example,
our board of directors has the authority, without further action
by our shareholders, to issue preferred shares. These preferred
shares may have better voting rights than our Class A
common shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, and could be
issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a
change in control of our company or make removal of management
more difficult. If our board of directors decides to issue
preferred shares, the price of our ADSs may fall and the voting
rights of the holders of our common shares and ADSs may be
diluted.
Certain actions require the approval of a supermajority of at
least two-thirds of our board of directors which, among other
things, would allow our non-independent directors to block a
variety of actions or transactions, such as a merger or asset
sale, even if all of our independent directors unanimously voted
in favor of such action, thereby further depriving our
shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a
premium. See Description of Share CapitalCommon
SharesVoting Rights.
Holders
of ADSs have fewer rights than shareholders and must act through
the depositary to exercise those rights.
Holders of ADSs do not have the same rights of our shareholders
and may only exercise the voting rights with respect to the
underlying Class A common shares in accordance with the
provisions of the deposit agreement. Under our post-offering
memorandum and articles of association, the minimum notice
period required to convene a general meeting is ten days. When a
general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient
notice of a shareholders meeting to permit you to withdraw
your common shares to allow you to cast your vote with respect
to any specific matter. In addition, the depositary and its
agents may not be able to send voting instructions to you or
carry out your voting instructions in a timely manner. We will
make all reasonable efforts to cause the depositary to extend
voting rights to you in a timely manner, but we cannot assure
you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure
that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ADSs.
Furthermore, the depositary and its agents will not be
responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to
vote, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect
of any such vote. As a result, you may not be able to exercise
your right to vote and you may lack recourse if your ADSs are
not voted as you requested. In addition, in your capacity as an
ADS holder, you will not be able to call a shareholders
meeting.
37
You may
not receive distributions on our common shares or any value for
them if such distribution is illegal or if any required
government approval cannot be obtained in order to make such
distribution available to you.
The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash
dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on
common shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs,
after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these
distributions in proportion to the number of Class A common
shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not
responsible if it decides that it is unlawful, inequitable or
impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of
ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution
to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require
registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly
registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from
registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not
feasible to distribute certain property through the mail.
Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less
than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary
may determine not to distribute such property. We have no
obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs,
common shares, rights or other securities received through such
distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other
action to permit the distribution of ADSs, common shares, rights
or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not
receive distributions we make on our common shares or any value
for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them
available to you. These restrictions may cause a material
decline in the value of our ADSs.
You may
be subject to limitations on transfers of your ADSs.
Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary.
However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time
or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with
the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may
refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs
generally when our books or the books of the depositary are
closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deem it advisable
to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government
or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit
agreement, or for any other reason.
Your
right to participate in any future rights offerings may be
limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.
We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders,
including rights to acquire our securities. However, we cannot
make rights available to you in the United States unless we
register the rights and the securities to which the rights
relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the
registration requirements is available. Also, under the deposit
agreement, the depositary will not make rights available to you
unless the distribution to ADS holders of both the rights and
any related securities are either registered under the
Securities Act, or exempted from registration under the
Securities Act. We are under no obligation to file a
registration statement with respect to any such rights or
securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement
to be declared effective. Moreover, we may not be able to
establish an exemption from registration under the Securities
Act. Accordingly, you may be unable to participate in our rights
offerings and may experience dilution in your holdings.
We are a
Cayman Islands company and, because judicial precedent regarding
the rights of shareholders is more limited under Cayman Islands
law than that under U.S. law, you may have less protection for
your shareholder rights than you would under U.S. law.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and
articles of association, as amended and restated from time to
time, the Cayman Islands Companies Law (as amended) and the
common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to
take action against the directors, actions by minority
shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors
to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by
the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the
Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited
judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as that from
English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding,
authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our
shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors
under Cayman Islands law are not
38
as clearly established as they would be under statutes or
judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States.
In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of
securities laws than the United States. In addition, some
U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed
and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the
Cayman Islands.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have
more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of
actions taken by management, members of the board of directors
or controlling shareholders than they would as shareholders of a
U.S. public company.
You may
experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process,
enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions in
China against us, our management or the experts named in this
prospectus.
We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our
assets are located outside of the United States. All of our
current operations are conducted in the PRC. In addition, most
of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of the
PRC. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service
of process within the United States or elsewhere outside China
upon these persons. It may also be difficult for you to enforce
in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based
on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal
securities laws against us and our officers and directors, most
of whom are not residents in the United States and the
substantial majority of whose assets are located outside of the
United States. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether
the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or
enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities
laws of the United States or any state and it is uncertain
whether such Cayman Islands or PRC courts would be competent to
hear original actions brought in the Cayman Islands or the PRC
against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws
of the United States or any state. In addition, since we are
incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and our
corporate affairs are governed by the laws of the Cayman
Islands, it is difficult for you to bring an action against us
based upon PRC laws in the event that you believe that your
rights as a shareholder have been infringed. See
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.
We have
not determined any specific use for a portion of the net
proceeds to us from this offering and we may use such portion of
the net proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.
We have not allocated a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to any specific purpose. Rather, our management will
have considerable discretion in the application of such portion
of the net proceeds. See Use of Proceeds. You will
not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision,
to assess whether such proceeds are being used appropriately.
You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the
application of such proceeds we receive from this offering. Such
proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve
our profitability or increase our ADS price. Such proceeds we
receive from this offering may also be placed in investments
that do not produce income or that may lose value.
39
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect
our current expectations and views of future events. The forward
looking statements are contained principally in the sections
entitled Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Market
Opportunity and Business. You can identify
some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases
such as may, will, expect,
anticipate, aim, estimate,
intend, plan, believe,
is/are likely to, potential,
continue, seek, should,
predict, anticipate or negative versions
of these words or other similar expressions, although not all
forward-looking statement contain these words.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to,
statements relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
our anticipated growth strategies;
|
|
|
|
competition in the K-12 after-school tutoring market;
|
|
|
|
our future business development, results of operations and
financial condition;
|
|
|
|
expected changes in our revenues and certain cost and expense
items;
|
|
|
|
our ability to increase student enrollments and course fees and
expand course offerings;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the expansion of our geographic reach;
|
|
|
|
the expected increase in spending on private education in
China; and
|
|
|
|
PRC laws, regulations and policies relating to private education
and providers of after-school tutoring services.
|
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our
current expectations and projections about future events and
financial trends that we believe may affect our financial
condition, results of operations, business strategy and
financial needs. Although we believe that our expectations
expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable,
our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. Our actual
results could be materially different from our expectations.
Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors,
including those important risks and factors that could cause our
actual results to be materially different from our expectations
are generally set forth in SummaryOur
Challenges, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Business,
Regulation and other sections in this prospectus.
You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents
that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future
results may be materially different from and worse than what we
expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements with
these cautionary statements. Other sections of this prospectus
include additional factors which could adversely impact our
business and financial performance.
This prospectus contains statistical data that we obtained from
various government and private publications. Statistical data in
these publications also include projections based on a number of
assumptions. The market for K-12 after-school tutoring services
in China may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or
at all. The failure of this market to grow at the projected rate
may have a material adverse effect on our business and the
market price of our ADSs. Furthermore, if any one or more of the
assumptions underlying the market data is later found to be
incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based
on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on
these forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate
only to events or information as of the date on which the
statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by
law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which
the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the
documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as
exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus
is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual
future results may be materially different from what we expect.
40
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering
of approximately $ million,
or approximately $ million if
the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
ADSs in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
These estimates are based upon an assumed initial offering price
of $ per ADS (the midpoint of the
estimated initial public offering price range shown on the front
cover page of this prospectus). A $1.00 increase (decrease) in
the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per ADS would increase
(decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by
$ million, assuming the
number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
The primary purposes of this offering are to create a public
market for our shares for the benefit of all shareholders,
retain talented employees by providing them with equity
incentives, and obtain additional capital. We plan to use the
net proceeds from the offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $ million to
expand our network of learning centers and service centers;
|
|
|
|
approximately $ million to
build a national training center;
|
|
|
|
approximately $30 million to pay a declared dividend
conditional upon the completion of this offering (see
Dividend Policy);
|
|
|
|
approximately $ million to
strengthen curriculum and course material development
capabilities;
|
|
|
|
approximately $ million to
improve our existing facilities; and
|
|
|
|
the balance for general corporate purposes, including strategic
investments in and acquisitions of complementary businesses,
although we have not identified any near-term investment or
acquisition targets.
|
The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our
present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the
net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will
have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net
proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or
business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this
offering differently than as described in this prospectus. To
the extent that a certain portion or all of the net proceeds we
receive from this offering are not immediately applied for the
above purposes, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term
interest-bearing debt instruments or bank deposits.
In using the proceeds of this offering, as an offshore holding
company, we are permitted, under the PRC laws and regulations,
to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or
capital contributions and to our PRC affiliated entities only
through loans, subject to satisfaction of applicable government
registration and approval requirements. There are no costs
associated with registering loans or capital contributions with
relevant PRC authorities, other than nominal processing charges.
Under PRC laws and regulations, the PRC governmental authorities
are required to process such approvals or registrations or deny
our application within 90 days. The actual time taken, however,
may be longer due to administrative delay. We cannot assure you
that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or
approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See Risk
FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in ChinaPRC
regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding
companies to PRC entities may limit the use of the proceeds we
receive from this offering for our expansion or operations.
41
DIVIDEND
POLICY
On September 29, 2010, we declared a $30 million cash
dividend payable to our shareholders of record as of that date,
subject to the completion of this offering. However, we do not
have any present plan to pay any other cash dividends on our
common shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to
retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future
earnings to operate and expand our business.
Our board of directors has complete discretion whether to
declare dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to
declare dividends, their form, frequency and amount will depend
upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements
and surplus, general financial condition, contractual
restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may
deem relevant.
Holders of our ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends, if
any, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same
extent as the holders of our Class A common shares. Cash
dividends will be paid to the depositary of our ADSs in
U.S. dollars, which will distribute them to the holders of
ADSs according to the terms of the deposit agreement. Other
distributions, if any, will be paid by the depositary to the
holders of ADSs in any means it deems legal, fair and practical.
See Description of American Depositary Shares.
We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We
may rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our
cash needs. To pay dividends to us, our subsidiaries in China
shall comply with the current PRC regulations. See Risk
FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in ChinaWe
may rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash
needs, and any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to
make payments to us could limit our ability to pay dividends to
holders of our ADSs and common shares.
42
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
August 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect the automatic conversion of all
of our Series A preferred shares into 5,000,000
Class B common shares immediately upon the completion of
this offering; and
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the pro
forma adjustments above, (ii) the payment of a
$30 million cash dividend declared to our then existing
shareholders and payable upon the completion of this offering;
and (iii) the sale
of
Class A common shares in the form of ADSs by us in this
offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
estimated range of our initial public offering price, after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
You should read this table together with our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus and the information under
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
adjusted
|
|
|
Series A preferred shares ($0.001 par value,
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value,
500,000,000 shares authorized and nil issued and
outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, nil
issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as
adjusted)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized, 120,000,000 shares
issued and outstanding, and 125,000,000 shares issued and
outstanding on a pro forma
basis)(1)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital(2)
|
|
|
1,699,503
|
|
|
|
10,694,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained
earnings(3)
|
|
|
30,173,018
|
|
|
|
30,173,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
32,280,747
|
|
|
|
41,280,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
|
32,280,747
|
|
|
|
41,280,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Effective September 29, 2010,
our share capital was re-designated into Class A and
Class B common shares under our third amended and restated
memorandum and articles of association.
|
|
(2)
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ would increase (decrease) each
of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders equity and
total capitalization by $ .
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes $4.9 million in
statutory reserves that are not available for distribution
pursuant to PRC laws.
|
43
DILUTION
If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the
extent of the difference between the initial public offering
price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this
offering. Dilution results from the conversion of our
Series A preferred shares and the fact that the initial
public offering price per ADS is substantially in excess of the
book value per common share attributable to the existing
shareholders for our presently outstanding common shares.
Our net tangible book value as
of
was approximately $ million,
or $ per common share and
$ per ADS as of that date. Net
tangible book value represents the amount of our total
consolidated tangible assets less the amount of our total
consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting
net tangible book value per common share, after giving effect to
the conversion of all outstanding Series A preferred shares
into Class B common shares upon the completion of this
offering and the additional proceeds we will receive from this
offering, from the assumed initial public offering price per
ADS, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public
offering price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible
book value
after ,
other than to give effect to (i) the conversion of all
outstanding Series A preferred shares into Class B
common shares upon the completion of this offering,
(ii) our sale of the ADSs offered in this offering at the
initial public offering price of $
per ADS after deduction of the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and
(iii) the payment of a $30 million cash dividend
previously declared to our then existing shareholders and
payable upon the closing of this offering, our pro forma net
tangible book value as
of
would have been $ million, or
$ per outstanding common share and
$ per ADS. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$ per common share and
$ per ADS to the existing
shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book
value of $ per common share and
$ per ADS to investors purchasing
ADSs in this offering. The following table illustrates such
dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Per ADS
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net tangible book value per share as
of
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to the conversion of our Series A preferred shares
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to the conversion of our Series A preferred shares and this
offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per share to new
investors in the offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as
of ,
the differences between existing shareholders, including holders
of our Series A preferred shares that will be automatically
converted into Class B common shares immediately prior to
the completion of this offering, and the new investors with
respect to the number of Class A common shares (in the form
of ADSs or shares) purchased from us, the total consideration
paid and the average price per Class A common share/ADS
paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses. The total number of common
shares
44
does not include Class A common shares underlying the ADSs
issuable upon the exercise of the over-allotment option granted
to the underwriters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Common shares
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Consideration
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
ADS
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except number of shares and percentages)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price
of $ per ADS would increase
(decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after giving
effect to the offering by
$ million, the pro forma net
tangible book value per common share and per ADS after giving
effect to the automatic conversion of our Series A
preferred shares and this offering by
$ per Class A common share
and $ per ADS and the dilution in
pro forma net tangible book value per common share and per ADS
to new investors in this offering by
$ per common share and
$
per ADS, assuming no charge to the number of ADSs offered by us
as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other
offering expenses.
The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only.
Our net tangible book value following the completion of this
offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial
public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this
offering determined at pricing.
The discussion and tables above also assume no vesting of any
outstanding restricted shares. As of the date of this
prospectus, there are 5,419,500 restricted shares granted to our
directors, executive officers and employees that are outstanding
and will be vested in accordance with vesting schedules ranging
from one to four years. To the extent that any of these
restricted shares are vested, there will be further dilution to
new investors.
45
EXCHANGE
RATE INFORMATION
Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China and
substantially all of our revenues and expenses are denominated
in RMB. This prospectus contains translations of RMB amounts
into U.S. dollars at specific rates solely for the
convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all
translations from RMB to U.S. dollars and from
U.S. dollars to RMB in this prospectus were made at a rate
of RMB6.8069 to $1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the
Federal Reserve Statistical Release on August 31, 2010. We
make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts
could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars
or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates
stated herein, or at all. The PRC government imposes control
over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct
regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and
through restrictions on international trade. On
September 24, 2010, the certified exchange rate was
RMB6.7035 to $1.00.
The following table sets forth information concerning exchange
rates between RMB and the U.S. dollar for the periods
indicated. These rates are provided solely for your convenience
and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this
prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic
reports or any other information to be provided to you.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange Rate
|
|
Period
|
|
Period End
|
|
|
Average(1)
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
|
(RMB per $1.00)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
8.0702
|
|
|
|
8.1826
|
|
|
|
8.2765
|
|
|
|
8.0702
|
|
2006
|
|
|
7.8041
|
|
|
|
7.9579
|
|
|
|
8.0702
|
|
|
|
7.8041
|
|
2007
|
|
|
7.2946
|
|
|
|
7.5806
|
|
|
|
7.8127
|
|
|
|
7.2946
|
|
2008
|
|
|
6.8225
|
|
|
|
6.9193
|
|
|
|
7.2946
|
|
|
|
6.7800
|
|
2009
|
|
|
6.8259
|
|
|
|
6.8295
|
|
|
|
6.8470
|
|
|
|
6.8176
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March
|
|
|
6.8258
|
|
|
|
6.8262
|
|
|
|
6.8270
|
|
|
|
6.8254
|
|
April
|
|
|
6.8247
|
|
|
|
6.8256
|
|
|
|
6.8275
|
|
|
|
6.8229
|
|
May
|
|
|
6.8305
|
|
|
|
6.8275
|
|
|
|
6.8310
|
|
|
|
6.8245
|
|
June
|
|
|
6.7815
|
|
|
|
6.8184
|
|
|
|
6.8323
|
|
|
|
6.7815
|
|
July
|
|
|
6.7735
|
|
|
|
6.7762
|
|
|
|
6.7807
|
|
|
|
6.7709
|
|
August
|
|
|
6.8069
|
|
|
|
6.7873
|
|
|
|
6.8069
|
|
|
|
6.7670
|
|
September (through September 24)
|
|
|
6.7035
|
|
|
|
6.7514
|
|
|
|
6.8102
|
|
|
|
6.7035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: Federal Reserve
Statistical Release |
|
(1)
|
|
Annual averages were calculated by
using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each
month during the relevant year. Monthly averages are calculated
by using the average of the daily rates during the relevant
month.
|
46
ENFORCEABILITY
OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy
certain benefits, such as political and economic stability, an
effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence
of exchange control or currency restrictions, and the
availability of professional and support services. However,
certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman
Islands. These disadvantages include a less developed body of
Cayman Islands securities laws that provide significantly less
protection to investors as compared to the laws of the United
States, and the potential lack of standing by Cayman Islands
companies to sue before the federal courts of the United States.
Our organizational documents do not contain provisions requiring
that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws
of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and
shareholders, be arbitrated.
Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and
substantially all of our assets are located in China. A majority
of our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions
other than the United States and a substantial portion of their
assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it
may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process
within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce
against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts,
including judgments predicated upon the civil liability
provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any
state in the United States.
We have appointed Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc., as our
agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought
against us under the securities laws of the United States.
Maples and Calder, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and
Tian Yuan Law Firm, our counsel as to PRC law, have respectively
advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of
the Cayman Islands and China would:
|
|
|
|
|
recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained
against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the
civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United
States or any state in the United States; or
|
|
|
|
entertain original actions brought in each respective
jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated
upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in
the United States.
|
Maples and Calder has further advised us that a final and
conclusive judgment in a federal or state court of the United
States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum
payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar
charges, and which was neither obtained in a manner nor is of a
kind enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the
public policy of the Cayman Islands, may be subject to
enforcement proceedings as a debt in the courts of the Cayman
Islands under the common law without any re-examination of the
merits of the underlying dispute. However, the Cayman Islands
courts are unlikely to enforce a punitive judgment of a United
States court predicated upon the liabilities provision of the
federal securities laws in the United States without retrial on
the merits if such judgment gives rise to obligations to make
payments that may be regarded as fines, penalties or similar
charges.
Tian Yuan Law Firm has further advised us that the recognition
and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the
PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce
foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC
Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and
the country where the judgment is made or on principles of
reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any
treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or
the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition
and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to
the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce
a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if
they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of
PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As
a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court
would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United
States or the Cayman Islands.
47
In addition, it will be difficult for U.S. shareholders to
originate actions against us in China based upon Cayman Islands
laws, U.S. law or PRC laws, because we are incorporated
under the laws of the Cayman Islands and it is difficult for
U.S. shareholders, by virtue only of holding our ADSs or common
shares, to establish a connection to the PRC as required by the
PRC Civil Procedures Law in order for a PRC court to have
jurisdiction. U.S. shareholders may be able to originate
actions against us in the Cayman Islands based upon Cayman
Islands laws. However, we do not have any substantial assets
other than certain corporate documents and records in the Cayman
Islands and it may be difficult for a shareholder to enforce a
judgment obtained in a Cayman Islands court in China, where all
of our operations are conducted.
48
OUR
CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE
Our
Corporate History
Our founders, Mr. Bangxin Zhang and Mr. Yundong Cao,
offered our first after-school mathematics tutoring class in
August 2003 when they were still attending graduate schools in
Peking University. Two other members of our senior management,
Dr. Yachao Liu and Mr. Yunfeng Bai, joined us as
teachers in 2003 and 2005, respectively, and have risen to
senior management positions due to their outstanding
performance. In 2005, our founders established Xueersi
Education, a domestic company in China. In order to facilitate
foreign investment in our company, we incorporated TAL Group to
become our offshore holding company under the laws of the Cayman
Islands on January 10, 2008. TAL Group established Xueersi
Hong Kong in Hong Kong in March 2008 as our intermediary holding
company. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
OperationsTaxationPRC for a discussion of tax
implications of having Xueersi Hong Kong as our intermediary
holding company. Xueersi Hong Kong subsequently established
three wholly owned subsidiaries in China: TAL Beijing in May
2008, Huanqiu Zhikang in September 2009 and Yidu Huida in
November 2009.
Although we have expanded our business operations primarily
through organic growth, we made five small business acquisitions
in selected new geographic markets in 2008 to take advantage of
the targets existing student base and operating licenses.
The five acquisitions were: (i) the purchase of assets and
related business of a school in Tianjin in March 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (ii) the acquisition of
a school in Jianli, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (iii) the acquisition
of a school in Qianjiang, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (iv) the acquisition of
a school in Wuhan, Hubei Province in July 2008 for consideration
of $1.6 million; and (v) the acquisition of Shanghai
Leihai and its 100% owned subsidiaries in Shanghai in August
2008 for total consideration of $1.0 million.
49
The following diagram illustrates our current corporate
structure:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each person is an ultimate
beneficial owner and also a director or executive officer of TAL
Group.
|
Due to the PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we rely on a
series of contractual arrangements among TAL Beijing, Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective shareholders,
subsidiaries and schools to conduct most of our tutoring
services in China, while our personalized premium services in
Beijing are offered through our subsidiary, Huanqiu Zhikang.
These contractual arrangements enable us to:
|
|
|
|
|
exercise effective control over Xueersi Education, Xueersi
Network and their respective subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries in
consideration for the services provided by us; and
|
|
|
|
have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests
in Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network when and to the extent
permitted under PRC law.
|
We do not have equity interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network; however, as a result of these contractual arrangements,
we are the primary beneficiary of Xueersi Network and Xueersi
Education and treat them as our variable interest entities under
U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, we refer to Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network collectively as our VIEs. We refer to our VIEs
and the VIEs direct and indirect subsidiaries
50
and schools collectively as affiliated entities.
Moreover, in the contractual arrangements, the shareholders of
the VIEs, in exchange for giving up effective control over the
VIEs, received pro rata equity interests in TAL Group, which
serves to align their interests with ours in performing those
contracts. For a more detailed discussion of the risk of
potential conflicts of interest associated with our corporate
structure, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our
Corporate StructureThe shareholders of Xueersi Education
and Xueersi Network may have potential conflicts of interest
with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business
and financial condition.
We have consolidated the financial results of our VIEs and their
subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP. For the three fiscal years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010,
respectively $8.9 million, $37.5 million and
$68.9 million, or 100%, 100% and 99.0% of our total net
revenues are attributable to our affiliated entities.
We currently offer our personalized premium tutoring services in
Beijing through Huanqiu Zhikang, our wholly owned subsidiary,
which is a foreign-invested company under PRC laws. Except for
our personalized premium services in Beijing, none of our
existing business is conducted directly by our subsidiaries.
Yidu Huida was formed as part of our corporate strategic
planning and has yet to conduct any significant business
operations. Yidu Huida may in the future provide information
technology support to our other subsidiaries and affiliated
entities, which is within the business scope of Yidu Huida. For
a description of the risks associated with our offering
personalized premium tutoring services in Beijing through
Huanqiu Zhikang, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to
Doing Business in ChinaIf the relevant PRC regulatory
authorities determine that personalized premium services must be
operated through registered schools or non-foreign-invested PRC
companies, our personalized premium services business may be
exposed to increased risks associated with the contractual
arrangements.
The services provided or expected to be provided by TAL Beijing,
Huanqiu Zhikang and Yidu Huida are within their respective
business scopes as set forth in their business licenses. In
particular, the business scope of TAL Beijing includes research,
development and production of computer hardware and software,
system integration, sale of self-produced goods, technological
services, technology transfer, technology consulting and
management consulting; the business scope of Huanqiu Zhikang
includes education consulting, investment consulting, business
consulting and management consulting; and the business scope of
Yidu Huida includes (i) research, development and
production of computer hardware and software, information
technology and system integration, (ii) technology
consulting and training, technology transfer and technological
services, (iii) management consulting and (iv) sale of
self-produced goods.
Contractual
Arrangements with Our Consolidated Affiliated Entities
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the
agreements between TAL Beijing, our wholly owned subsidiary, and
our affiliated entities and the respective shareholders of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network. For more complete
information you should read these agreements in their entirety.
Directions on how to obtain copies of these agreements are
provided in this prospectus under Additional
Information.
Agreements
that Transfer Economic Benefits to Us
Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. Pursuant
to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entered into by
and among TAL Beijing, the shareholders of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network and each of our affiliated entities entered into
in June 2010, which supersedes all agreements among parties with
respect to subject matters thereof, TAL Beijing has the
exclusive right to provide each of our affiliated entities
comprehensive technical and business support services. Such
services include educational software and course materials
research and development, employee training, technology
development, transfer and consulting services, public relation
services, market survey, research and consulting services,
market development and planning services, human resource and
internal information management, network development, upgrade
and ordinary maintenance services, sales of proprietary
products, and software and trademark licensing and other
additional services as the parties may mutually agree from time
to time. Without the prior written consent of
51
TAL Beijing, none of the affiliated entities may accept services
covered by the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement provided
by any third party. TAL Beijing owns the exclusive intellectual
property rights created as a result of the performance of this
agreement. Our affiliated entities agree to pay annual service
fees to TAL Beijing and adjust the service fee rates from time
to time at TAL Beijings discretion. The agreement will not
expire unless terminated pursuant by a mutual agreement of
parties. The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entitles
TAL Beijing to charge our affiliated entities annual service
fees that amount to substantially all of the net income of the
affiliated entities. TAL Beijing recognized service fees in the
total amount of RMB183.3 million ($26.9 million),
representing 100% of the net income before the service fees of
the affiliated entities, as of August 31, 2010 in
consideration for services provided to our affiliated entities;
of this amount, which have been eliminated upon consolidation,
RMB127.2 million ($18.7 million) has been paid. The
payment of the annual service fees is determined by TAL Beijing
based on our cash flow management. Under our current payment
schedule, the unpaid balance of service fees is expected to be
paid within next 12 to 24 months.
Call Option Agreement. Pursuant to a call option
agreement, dated February 12, 2009, by and among TAL
Beijing, Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and the respective
shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, the
respective shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network
unconditionally and irrevocably granted TAL Beijing or its
designated third party an exclusive option to purchase from the
shareholders part or all of the equity interests in Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network, as the case may be, for the
minimum amount of consideration permitted by the applicable PRC
laws and regulations under the circumstances where TAL Beijing
or its designated third party is permitted under PRC laws and
regulations to own all or part of the equity interests of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network or where we otherwise deem
it necessary or appropriate to exercise the option. TAL Beijing
has sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, and
whether to exercise the option in part or in full. The key
factor for us to decide whether to exercise the option is
whether the current regulatory restrictions on foreign
investment in the educational service business will be removed
in the future, the likelihood of which we are not in a position
to know or comment on.
Agreements
that Provide Effective Control over Our Consolidated Affiliated
Entities
Power of Attorney. Each of the shareholders of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network have executed an
irrevocable power of attorney appointing TAL Beijing, or any
person designated by TAL Beijing as their attorney-in-fact to
vote on their behalf on all matters of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network requiring shareholder approval under PRC laws
and regulations and the articles of association of each of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network. The power of attorney
remains effective as long as the relevant person remains a
shareholder of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network.
The articles of association of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network state that the major rights of the shareholders in a
shareholders meeting include the power to approve the
operating strategy and investment plan, elect the members of
board of directors and approve their compensation and review and
approve the annual budget and earning distribution plan.
Therefore, through the irrevocable power of attorney
arrangement, TAL Beijing has the ability to exercise effective
control over Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network through
shareholder votes and, through such votes, to also control the
composition of the board of directors. In addition, the senior
management team of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network is the
same as that of TAL Beijing. As a result of these contractual
rights, we have the power to direct the activities of the VIEs
that most significantly impact their economic performance.
Equity Pledge Agreement. Pursuant to an equity
pledge agreement, dated February 12, 2009, by and among TAL
Beijing, Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and the respective
shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, the
respective shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network
unconditionally and irrevocably pledged all of their equity
interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network to TAL
Beijing to guarantee performance of the obligations of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries
and schools under the technology support and service agreements
with TAL Beijing. The shareholders of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network agree that, without the prior written consent of
TAL Beijing, they will not transfer or dispose the pledged
equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the
pledged equity interests that would prejudice TAL Beijings
interest.
52
In the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel:
|
|
|
|
|
the ownership structures of our affiliated entities and wholly
owned subsidiaries in China, both currently and after giving
effect to this offering, are in compliance with existing PRC
laws and regulations; and
|
|
|
|
the contractual arrangements among our wholly owned subsidiaries
in China, our affiliated entities, the shareholders of Xueersi
Education and the shareholders of Xueersi Network are valid,
binding and enforceable under, and will not result in any
violation of, PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.
|
We have been advised by our PRC legal counsel, however, that
there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation
and application of current and future PRC laws and regulations.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the PRC regulatory
authorities will not in the future take a view that is contrary
to the above opinion of our PRC legal counsel. We have been
further advised by our PRC counsel that if the PRC government
finds that the agreements that establish the structure for
operating our PRC education business do not comply with PRC
government restrictions on foreign investment in the education
business, we could be subject to severe penalties, which could
include:
|
|
|
|
|
revoking the business and operating licenses of our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting related party transactions between
our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities;
|
|
|
|
imposing fines or other requirements with which we or our PRC
subsidiaries and affiliated entities may find difficult or
impossible to comply;
|
|
|
|
requiring us or our PRC subsidiaries and affiliated entities to
restructure the relevant ownership structure or
operations; and
|
|
|
|
restricting or prohibiting the use of any proceeds from our
additional public offering to finance our business and
operations in China.
|
The imposition of any of these penalties could result in a
material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.
See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our Corporate
StructureIf the PRC government determines that the
agreements that establish the structure for operating our
business in China are not in compliance with applicable PRC laws
and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties
and Risk FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in
ChinaUncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system
could have a material adverse effect on us.
PRC
Regulation of Loans and Direct Investment by Offshore Holding
Companies
In utilizing the proceeds we receive from this offering in the
manner described in Use of Proceeds, as an offshore
holding company with PRC subsidiaries, we may (i) make
additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries,
(ii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital
contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, (iii) make
loans to our PRC subsidiaries or our affiliated entities, or
(iv) acquire offshore entities with business operations in
China in an offshore transaction. However, most of these uses
are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
capital contributions to our subsidiaries in China, whether
existing ones or newly established ones, must be approved by the
PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local bureaus;
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our subsidiaries in China, each of which is a
foreign-invested enterprise, to finance their activities cannot
exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the PRC
State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local
bureaus; and
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our affiliated entities, which are domestic PRC
entities, must be approved by the relevant government
authorities and must also be registered with SAFE or its local
bureaus.
|
53
In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated Circular
142, a notice regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested
company of its capital contribution in foreign currency into
Renminbi. It requires that Renminbi converted from foreign
currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested enterprise
may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved
by the relevant government authority and may not be used to make
equity investments in China, unless specifically provided
otherwise. Moreover, the approved use of such Renminbi funds may
not be changed without approval from SAFE. Renminbi funds
converted from foreign exchange may not be used to repay loans
in Renminbi if the proceeds of such loans have not yet been
used. Any violation of Circular 142 may result in severe
penalties, including substantial fines. We expect that if we
convert the net proceeds from this offering into Renminbi
pursuant to Circular 142, our use of Renminbi funds will be
for purposes within the business approved scope of our PRC
subsidiaries. However, we may not be able to use such Renminbi
funds to make equity investments in the PRC through our PRC
subsidiaries.
We expect that the PRC regulation of loans and direct investment
by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may continue to
limit our use of proceeds of this offering. There are no costs
associated with registering loans or capital contributions with
relevant PRC governmental authorities, other than nominal
processing charges. Under PRC laws and regulations, the PRC
governmental authorities are required to process such approvals
or registrations or deny our application within a maximum of
90 days. The actual time taken, however, may be longer due
to administrative delay. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a
timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future plans to use
the U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for
our operations and expansion in China. If we fail to receive
such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds
of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
We expect that the PRC regulations of loans and direct
investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may
continue to limit our use of proceeds of this offering. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these
government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at
all, with respect to our future plans to use the
U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for our
expansion and operations in China. If we fail to receive such
registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of
this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
54
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following information concerning us in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following selected consolidated statements of operations
data for our company for the three fiscal years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010 and
the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of
February 28, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of
February 29, 2008 are derived from our audited financial
statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our
audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in
accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been audited by Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., an independent registered public
accounting firm. The selected consolidated statements of
operations data for the six months ended August 31, 2009
and 2010 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of
August 31, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited
interim condensed consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited
interim condensed consolidated financial information on the same
basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The
unaudited financial information includes all adjustments,
consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we
consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial
position and operating results for the periods presented. You
should read the summary consolidated financial information in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any
future period.
We have not included financial information for the fiscal years
ended February 28, 2006 and 2007, as such information is
not available without unreasonable effort or expense.
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except for shares, per share and per ADS
data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
$
|
37,476
|
|
|
$
|
69,594
|
|
|
$
|
32,983
|
|
|
$
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
18,922
|
|
|
|
31,945
|
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
26,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
|
15,465
|
|
|
|
10,355
|
|
|
|
14,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
9,299
|
|
|
|
15,624
|
|
|
|
10,339
|
|
|
|
14,916
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
(1,379
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividends on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
$
|
3,168
|
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per ADS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Each ADS
represents Class A common
shares.
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 29/28,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro
Forma(1)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
|
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,704
|
|
|
$
|
29,693
|
|
|
$
|
50,752
|
|
|
$
|
81,495
|
|
|
|
81,495
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
8,131
|
|
|
|
38,553
|
|
|
|
65,504
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
|
|
97,515
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,714
|
|
|
|
18,023
|
|
|
|
29,408
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
|
|
42,101
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
7,012
|
|
|
|
26,198
|
|
|
|
38,578
|
|
|
|
56,234
|
|
|
|
56,234
|
|
Net assets
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
12,355
|
|
|
|
26,926
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
17,926
|
|
|
|
32,281
|
|
|
|
41,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Reflects the automatic conversion
of all of our Series A preferred shares into 5,000,000
Class B common shares immediately prior to the completion
of this offering.
|
57
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction
with the section entitled Selected Consolidated Financial
Data and our consolidated financial statements and the
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of
selected events could differ materially from those anticipated
in these forward-looking statements as a result of various
factors, including those set forth under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider
in China in terms of revenues in 2009, according to iResearch.
We offer comprehensive tutoring services to K-12 students,
covering core academic subjects, including mathematics, English,
Chinese, physics, chemistry and biology. The K-12 after-school
tutoring service market in China is highly fragmented. In 2009,
we had a 0.26% market share in China and a 4.5% market share in
Beijing, in each case as measured by revenues for the year
according to iResearch.
We deliver our tutoring services through small classes,
personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings. Our extensive network
consists of 109 learning centers and 87 service
centers in Beijing, Shanghai Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin, and
Wuhan, as well as our online platform. Our student enrollments
increased from 67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to 382,505 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010,
representing a CAGR of 137.2%. Our student enrollment growth has
been predominantly driven by new students.
We have experienced significant growth in our business in recent
years. Our total net revenues increased from $8.9 million
in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$69.6 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, representing a CAGR of 179.9%. Our net income increased
from $1.5 million in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to $14.2 million in the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010, representing a CAGR of 206.9%. Our
total net revenues and net income was $53.0 million and
$13.2 million, respectively, for the six months ended
August 31, 2010.
Factors
Affecting Our Results of Operations
We have benefited significantly from the overall economic
growth, the increase in household disposable income, the rising
household spending on private education and the intense
competition for quality education in China. We anticipate that
the demand for K-12 after-school tutoring services will continue
to grow. According to iResearch, the K-12 after-school tutoring
market in China grew from RMB123.8 billion in 2007 to
RMB189.7 billion ($27.8 billion) in 2009, representing
a CAGR of 23.8%, and is projected to grow to
RMB447.2 billion ($65.5 billion) in 2014, representing
a CAGR of 18.7% from 2009. However, any adverse changes in the
economic conditions in China that adversely affect the K-12
after-school tutoring service market in China may harm our
business and results of operations.
Our results of operations are also affected by the education
system or policies relating to after-school tutoring service
market in China. Due to the PRC legal restrictions on foreign
ownership and investment in education business in China, we rely
on a series of contractual arrangements among TAL Beijing,
Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and their respective
shareholders, subsidiaries and schools to conduct most of our
tutoring services in China, while our personalized premium
services in Beijing are offered through Huanqiu Zhikang. We do
not have equity interests in Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network; however, as a result of these contractual arrangements,
we are the primary beneficiary of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network and treat them as our variable interest entities under
U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC
legal counsel, the ownership structures of our affiliated
entities and wholly owned subsidiaries in China, both currently
and after giving effect to this offering, are in compliance with
existing PRC laws and regulations. We have been advised by our
PRC legal counsel, however, that there are substantial
uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of
current and future PRC laws and regulations. See Risk
FactorsRisks Related to Our Corporate StructureIf
the PRC government determines that the agreements that establish
the
58
structure for operating our business in China are not in
compliance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be
subject to severe penalties and Risk
FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in
ChinaUncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system
could have a material adverse effect on us.
While our business is influenced by factors affecting the
private education industry in China generally and by conditions
in each of the geographic markets covered by our service
network, we believe that our results of operations are more
directly affected by company-specific factors, including the
number of student enrollments, the pricing of our tutoring
services and the amount of our costs and expenses.
Number
of Student Enrollments
Our revenue growth is primarily driven by the increase in the
number of student enrollments, which is directly affected by the
number of our learning centers, the number and varieties of our
courses and service offerings, our annual retention rate, our
ability to attract new students and the effectiveness of our
cross-selling efforts.
We have, over the past three fiscal years, opened new learning
centers to further penetrate our existing markets and enter new
markets. The number of our learning centers grew from 30 in
Beijing, Shanghai and Wuhan as of February 29, 2008, to 109
in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin and Wuhan to
date. We plan to open additional learning centers in these six
cities and explore opportunities to open learning centers in
other targeted geographic markets in China in order to continue
to attract new student enrollments.
In addition, we have significantly expanded our course offerings
to cover new subjects and additional grade levels over the past
three fiscal years. In Beijing, we grew from primarily offering
tutoring classes in mathematics to becoming a comprehensive
after-school tutoring service provider, covering all core
subjects in Chinas school curricula at each grade level of
the K-12 system. We initially offered only small-class tutoring
services, and then added personalized premium services in
September 2007 and began offering online courses in January
2010. Our expansion of courses and service offerings allows us
to better attract new students with different needs and provide
us greater cross-selling opportunities with respect to our
existing students.
To date, we have enjoyed a high annual retention rate of over
70%, as a result of our high quality services. A high annual
retention rate coupled with our ability to cross-sell additional
courses and service offerings to existing students has also
contributed to our total student enrollment growth.
We expect our student enrollments will continue to grow and the
tuition fees will remain relatively stable in the near term. We
raised the hourly rates of our courses in the summer of 2010 and
have no immediate plan for further increases. We believe that
the K-12
after-school tutoring service market is not very sensitive to
changes in economic conditions, and we therefore do not expect
the current economic conditions to have any significant impact
on our business.
Pricing
Our results of operations are also affected by the pricing for
our tutoring services. We generally charge students based on the
hourly rates of our courses and the total number of hours for
all the courses taken by each student. We determine hourly rates
for our courses primarily based on the demand for our courses,
cost of our services, the geographic markets where the courses
are offered, and the fees charged by our competitors for the
same or similar courses. Due to our high quality services and
the outstanding performance track record of our students, we
have been able to price above the market rates and increase our
hourly rates in fiscal years 2009 and 2011.
Costs
and Expenses
Our ability to maintain and increase profitability also depends
on our ability to effectively control our costs and expenses. A
significant component of our cost of revenues is compensation to
our teachers. We offer competitive remunerations to our teachers
in order to attract and retain top teaching talent. Salaries and
other compensation to our teachers accounted for approximately
25% of our net revenues in each of the two most recent fiscal
years and 23% of our net revenues for the six months ended
August 31, 2010. Another important
59
component of our cost of revenues is rental expenses for our
learning and service centers, which have remained stable at
approximately 14% of our net revenues in each of the two most
recent fiscal years. Our cost of revenues as a percentage of our
total net revenues was 49.2%, 49.5% and 54.1% for fiscal years
2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. This increase was largely a
result of the rapid expansion of our facilities and network,
including our additional investments in human resources, course
materials and leasehold improvements in anticipation of further
student enrollment growth. Our operating expenses include two
key components, selling and marketing expenses and general and
administrative expenses. From fiscal year 2008 to fiscal year
2010, our total operating expenses as a percentage of our total
net revenues decrease from 32.1% to 23.7%. During the same
period, our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of
our total net revenues increased from 4.2% to 8.1%, mainly due
to the expansion of our sales and marketing personnel in
anticipation of future student enrollment growth. This increase
in selling and marketing expenses was offset by the significant
decline of our general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of our total net revenues from 27.9% in fiscal year
2008 to 15.6% in fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of our
increasing economies of scale and improved operating efficiency.
For the six months ended August 31, 2010, our cost of
revenues as a percentage of our total net revenues was 49.5%,
and each of our total operating expenses, selling and marketing
expenses and general and administrative expenses as a percentage
of our total net revenues was 22.6%, 7.9% and 14.7%,
respectively. Going forward, we expect that our total costs and
expenses will increase due to the expansion of our services and
operations and additional costs and expenses associated with
becoming a public company; however, such increase is likely to
be partially offset by our increasing economies of scale and
improved operating efficiency.
Key
Components of Results of Operations
Net
Revenues
In the fiscal years ended February 29, 2008 and
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and for the six months ended
August 31, 2010, we generated total net revenues of
$8.9 million, $37.5 million, $69.6 million and
$53.0 million, respectively. We derive substantially all of
our revenues from tutoring services, including small classes and
personalized premium services. We also generate a small amount
of revenues from selling educational materials to students at
our learning centers and most recently, from our online course
offerings. Revenues generated from our online course offerings
contributed less than 1.5% of our total net revenues since we
began offering online courses in 2010. Our revenues are
presented net of business tax.
We generally collect course fees in advance, which we initially
record as deferred revenues. We recognize course fees as
revenues proportionately as the tutoring courses are delivered.
We had deferred revenues in the amounts of $18.0 million,
$29.4 million and $42.1 million as of
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and August 31, 2010,
respectively.
For small-class courses consisting of more than seven classes
per course, we offer tuition refunds for any remaining
unattended classes to students who decide to withdraw from a
course, provided that the course is less than two-thirds
completed at the time of withdrawal. For personalized premium
services, a student can withdraw at any time and receive a
refund for the undelivered classes. Refunds are recorded as
deductions to deferred revenues. We have not experienced
significant refunds in the past.
60
Cost
of Revenues and Operating Expenses
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our
cost of revenues and operating expenses, in absolute amounts and
as percentages of the total net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except percentages)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
37,476
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
69,594
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
32,983
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(49.2
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(54.1
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(48.7
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(27.9
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(14.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
|
|
(14.7
|
)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(32.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(23.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(19.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
(22.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues primarily consists of compensation to our
teachers and rental payments for all of our learning centers and
service centers, compensation to personnel providing educational
service support, and to a lesser extent, depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of
educational services and costs of course materials. We expect
our cost of revenues to increase as we further expand our
network and operations by opening new learning centers and
service centers and hiring additional teachers.
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses consist primarily of selling and
marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses.
Our selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of
compensation and benefits to our personnel involved in sales and
marketing, as well as expenses relating to our marketing and
branding promotion activities. Our selling and marketing
expenses also include expenses associated with the development
and maintenance of our online platform, www.eduu.com, which is a
key component of our marketing strategy to increase student
loyalty and stickiness, and enhance our brand awareness. As
word-of-mouth
referrals and our online communities have contributed
significantly to student recruitment, we have not incurred
significant advertising expenses in the past. In anticipation of
future growth, we increased the number of personnel in our
selling and marketing functions in fiscal years 2009 and 2010,
resulting in an increase in selling and marketing expenses as a
percentage of net revenues from 4.2% in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to 8.1% in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. Our selling and marketing expenses as a
percentage of net revenues was 7.9% for the six months ended
August 31, 2010. We do not expect that our selling and
marketing expenses will significantly increase as a percentage
of net revenues in the near future.
Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of
compensation and benefits paid to our management and
administrative personnel, costs of third-party professional
services, rental and utilities expenses relating to office and
administrative functions and, to a lesser extent, depreciation
and amortization of property and equipment used in our
administrative activities. Our general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of our total net revenues decreased
from 27.9% in fiscal year 2008, to 15.7% in fiscal year 2009 and
15.6% in fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of our
increasing economies of scale and improved operating efficiency.
For the six months ended August 31, 2010, our general and
administrative expenses as a
61
percentage of our total net revenues was 14.7%. We expect that
our general and administrative expenses will increase in the
near term as we hire additional personnel and incur additional
expenses in connection with the expansion of our business
operations, with becoming a publicly traded company, enhancing
our internal controls and providing share-based compensation to
our employees.
Taxation
Cayman
Islands
We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current law
of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to income or capital
gains tax. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to
withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.
Hong
Kong
Our wholly owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, Xueersi Hong Kong, is
subject to Hong Kong profits tax on its activities conducted in
Hong Kong. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has been made
in the consolidated financial statements as Xueersi Hong Kong
has no assessable income for the years ended February 28,
2009 and February 28, 2010.
PRC
Our subsidiaries in China are companies incorporated under PRC
law and, as such, are subject to PRC enterprise income tax on
their taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income
tax laws.
Pursuant to the EIT Law, which became effective on
January 1, 2008, a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate
is generally applicable to both foreign-invested enterprises and
domestic enterprises, except where a special preferential rate
applies.
Our affiliated entity, Xueersi Education, was qualified as a
High and New Technology Enterprise, under the EIT
Law effective January 1, 2008 and therefore was qualified
for a preferential tax rate of 15%. In addition, since Xueersi
Education is located in a high and new technology industrial
zone in Beijing and qualified as a High and New Technology
Enterprise, it was entitled to a three-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2006 to 2008 and a
further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5% from calendar year 2009
to 2011. Our wholly owned subsidiary, TAL Beijing, was qualified
as a Newly Established Software Enterprise under the
EIT Law and therefore entitled to a two-year exemption from the
enterprise income tax from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a
further tax reduction to 50% of the applicable rate from
calendar year 2011 to 2013. Our affiliated entities, Xueersi
Network and Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School,
were entitled to a one-year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as newly established companies in that year.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157, Further Clarification on Implementation
of Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods, or
Circular 157. Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance
on the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if a high and new
technology enterprise strongly supported by the state or
High and New Technology Enterprise was in a tax
holiday period that provides for
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate or
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate or other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to its High and New Technology
Enterprise status under the EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay
tax at the rate of 7.5%. Circular 157 appears to have the effect
that such an entity is entitled to pay tax at the lower of 15%
and 50% of the standard PRC tax rate, which is currently 25%. It
is unclear whether Circular 157 would apply retrospectively
but we understand that the State Administration of Taxation has
recently taken the position that Circular 157 applies only
to tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax authority, we believe that entities that are
qualified for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as High and New Technology
62
Enterprises and are registered in the Zhongguancun High and New
Technology Industrial Zone of Beijing will continue to pay
income tax at a rate of 7.5%. Since Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a High and New Technology Enterprise
registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing, we do not believe that
Circular 157 has any effect on our tax position.
Preferential tax treatments granted to our affiliated entities
in the PRC by local governmental authorities are subject to
review and may be adjusted or revoked at any time. In addition,
if the government regulations or authorities were to phase out
preferential tax benefits currently granted to a High and
New Technology Enterprise, Xueersi Education would be
subject to the standard statutory tax rate, which currently is
25%. The discontinuation of any preferential tax treatments
currently available to us, will cause our effective tax rate to
increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
As a Cayman Islands holding company, substantially all of our
income is derived from dividends we receive from our PRC
operating subsidiaries through Xueersi Hong Kong. The EIT Law
and its implementing rules provide that dividends paid by a PRC
entity to a non-resident enterprise for income tax purposes is
subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, subject to
reduction by an applicable tax treaty with the PRC. According to
the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special
Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and
Prevention of Fiscal Evasion, dividends paid to shareholders
residing in Hong Kong are subject to a reduced 5% rate of tax
withholding provided the Hong Kong residents equity
interests in the mainland dividend issuer is above 25%. However,
the State Administration for Taxation promulgated SAT Circular
601 on October 27, 2009, which provides guidance for
determining whether a resident of a contracting state is the
beneficial owner of an item of income under
Chinas tax treaties and tax arrangements. According to SAT
Circular 601, a beneficial owner generally must engage in
substantive business activities. An agent or conduit company
will not be regarded as a beneficial owner and, therefore, will
not qualify for treaty benefits. A conduit company normally
refers to a company that is set up for the purpose of avoiding
or reducing taxes or transferring or accumulating profits.
Although we may use Xueersi Hong Kong as a platform to expand
our business in the future, Xueersi Hong Kong currently does not
engage in any substantive business activities and thus it is
possible that Xueersi Hong Kong may not be regarded as a
beneficial owner for the purposes of SAT
Circular 601 and the dividends it receives from our PRC
subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of
10%. In addition, Xueersi Hong Kong may be considered a PRC
resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes if the
relevant PRC tax authorities determine that Xueersi Hong
Kongs de facto management bodies are within
the PRC, in which case dividends received by it from our PRC
subsidiaries would be exempt from PRC withholding tax because
such income is exempted under the EIT Law for a PRC resident
enterprise recipient. As there remains uncertainties regarding
the interpretation and implementation of the EIT Law and its
implementation rules, it is uncertain whether, if we are deemed
a PRC resident enterprise, any dividends to be distributed by us
to our non-PRC shareholders and ADS holders would be subject to
any PRC withholding tax. For a detailed discussion of PRC tax
issues related to resident enterprise status, see Risk
FactorsRisks Related to Doing Business in ChinaUnder
the EIT Law, we may be classified as a resident
enterprise of China. Such classification could result in
unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC
shareholders.
Internal
Control over Financial Reporting
In the course of preparing our consolidated financial
statements, we and our independent registered public accounting
firm identified a material weakness as defined in the U.S.
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Standard AU
Section 325, Communicating Internal Control Related Matters
Identified in an Audit, or AU325, in our internal control over
financial reporting as of February 28, 2010. As defined in
AU325, a material weakness is a deficiency, or a
combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial
reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a
material misstatement of the companys annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a
timely basis. The material weakness identified related to
insufficient accounting personnel with appropriate
U.S. GAAP knowledge. Following the
63
identification of the material weakness, we hired a chief
financial officer with publicly listed company and securities
regulation experience in June 2010.
Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm
undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control for
purposes of identifying and reporting material weakness and
other control deficiencies in our internal control over
financial reporting as we and they will be required to do once
we become a public company. It is possible that, had we
performed a formal assessment of our internal control over
financial reporting or had our independent registered public
accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over
financial reporting, additional control deficiencies may have
been identified.
We plan to take additional measures to improve our internal
control over financial reporting in 2011 and 2012, including
(1) hiring additional accounting personnel with extensive
experience in U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements and
strong analytical skills; (2) providing regular training on
an ongoing basis to our accounting personnel that cover a broad
range of accounting and financial reporting topics; and
(3) developing a more comprehensive manual with detailed
step by step guidance on accounting policies and procedures and
continuing to update the manual as needed. We are not able to
estimate with reasonable certainty the costs that we will need
to incur to implement these and other measures designed to
improve our internal control over financial reporting. See
Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessIn
the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements, a
material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting was identified. If we fail to maintain an effective
system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be
unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent
fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs
may be adversely affected.
Acquisitions
Although we have expanded our business operations primarily
through organic growth, we made five small business acquisitions
in selected new geographic markets in 2008 to take advantage of
the targets existing student base and operating licenses.
The five acquisitions were: (i) the purchase of assets and
related business of a school in Tianjin in March 2008 for
consideration of $0.2 million; (ii) the acquisition of
a school in Jianli, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration $0.2 million; (iii) the acquisition of a
school in Qianjiang, Hubei Province in July 2008 for
consideration $0.2 million; (iv) the acquisition of a
school in Wuhan, Hubei Province in July 2008 for consideration
$1.6 million; and (v) the acquisition of Shanghai
Lehai and its 100% owned subsidiaries in Shanghai in August 2008
for total consideration of $1.0 million.
Critical
Accounting Policies
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and
assumptions that affect our reporting of, among other things,
assets and liabilities, contingent assets and liabilities and
net revenues and expenses. We continually evaluate these
estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available
information, our own historical experiences and other factors
that we believe to be relevant under the circumstances. Our
management has discussed the development, selection and
disclosure of these estimates with our board of directors. Since
our financial reporting process inherently relies on the use of
estimates and assumptions, actual results may differ from these
estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires
an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about
matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is
made, and if different estimates that could reasonably have been
used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably
likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the
consolidated financial statements. We consider the policies
discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our
audited consolidated financial statements because they involve
the greatest reliance on our managements judgment. You
should read the following descriptions of critical accounting
policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our
consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included
with this prospectus.
64
Revenue
recognition
We derive substantially all of our revenues from tutoring
services, including small classes, personalized premium services
and online education services.
A student subscribes for a course containing a fixed number of
classes. A typical course consists of 15 to 16 classes during
each of the school semesters and 7 to 12 classes during each of
the summer and winter breaks. Tuition revenue is generally
collected in advance and is initially recorded as deferred
revenue. Tuition revenue is then recognized proportionately as
the tutoring classes are delivered.
For small-class courses consisting of more than seven classes
per course, we offer refunds for any remaining classes to
students who decide to withdraw from a course, provided the
course is less than two-thirds completed at the time of
withdrawal. After two-thirds of a course is delivered, no refund
is allowed. For small-class courses with less than seven
classes, no refund will be provided after the commencement of
the courses. For personalized premium services, a student can
withdraw at any time and receive a refund for the undelivered
classes. We have not experienced significant refunds in the past.
We offer coupons to attract both existing and prospective
students to enroll in our courses. The coupon has a fixed dollar
amount and can only be redeemed against a future course. The
coupon value, when utilized by an enrolling student, is
accounted for as a reduction of revenue when the relevant
revenue is recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations.
We sell educational materials to students at our learning
centers. Revenue is recognized when the educational content or
other educational materials are delivered and collection of the
receivables is reasonably assured.
We began to offer online courses to students in 2010. Students
enroll in online courses through the use of prepaid study cards.
The proceeds collected from the online courses are initially
recorded as deferred revenues. Revenues are recognized on a
straight line basis over the subscription period from the date
when the students activate the courses to the date when the
subscribed courses end. We provide refunds for courses that are
not taken to students who decide to withdraw from the subscribed
courses within the course offer period, which generally ranges
from one month to six months.
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the cost of an acquired business in excess
of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible net
assets purchased. We generally seek the assistance of
independent valuation firms in determining the fair value of the
identifiable tangible and intangible net assets of the acquired
business. We assign all the assets and liabilities of an
acquired business, including goodwill, to reporting units.
There are several methods that can be used to determine the fair
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. For intangible
assets, we typically use the income method. This method starts
with a forecast of all of the expected future net cash flows
associated with a particular intangible asset. These cash flows
are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate
discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the
cash flow streams. Some of the more significant estimates and
assumptions inherent in the income method or other methods
include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows;
the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the
future cash flows; and the assessment of the assets
economic life cycle and the competitive trends impacting the
asset, including consideration of any technical, legal,
regulatory or economic barriers to entry. Determining the useful
life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different
types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and
certain assets may even be considered to have indefinite useful
lives.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least once each year on the
last day of February. Impairment is tested using a two-step
process. The first step compares the fair value of each
reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If
the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying
amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second
step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting
unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the
implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of a
reporting units goodwill. The implied fair value of
goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a
business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair
value determined in the first
65
step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The
excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts
assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value
of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in
the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of
goodwill.
Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various
valuation techniques, with the primary technique being the
discounted cash flow method.
We currently have 14 reporting units and only five reporting
units carry assigned goodwill: Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing
English Training School (Wuhan School), Hubei
Qianjiang Xiaohafu English Training School (Qianjiang
School), Hubei Jianli Hafu English Training School
(Jianli School), Shanghai Lehai Science and
Technology Information Co., Ltd. (Shanghai Lehai),
and Xueersi Education.
We recorded an impairment of goodwill of approximately
$1.2 million in the year ended February 28, 2009 in
respect of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School because the
post-acquisition performance of these reporting units was not in
line with our expectations at the date of acquisition. We used
the income approach as the primary approach in determining the
impairment of goodwill on these reporting units as of
February 28, 2009, and relied in part on a valuation report
prepared by American Appraisal China Limited based on data we
provided.
The projected cash flow estimate included, among other things,
an analysis of projected revenue growth, gross margins, and
long-term growth rates. The income approach involves applying
appropriate discount rates, based on earnings forecasts, to
estimated cash flows. The key assumptions of our cash flow
forecasts we used in deriving the fair values of these two
reporting units as of February 28, 2009 were consistent
with the assumptions that we used in developing our business
plan, which included:
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School would grow at
a CAGR of 10.4% and 9.4%, respectively, from 2009 to 2014
primarily through an increase in the number of students. The
long-term growth rate of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School after
2014 was assumed to be 3% per year.
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues mainly consists of teacher salary and welfare,
rent, and tutoring materials. Cost of revenues as a percentage
of revenues of Wuhan School was expected to decrease from 91% in
2009 to 62% of sales in 2014 because staff cost and rental would
not grow as fast as revenues. Cost of revenues as a percentage
of revenues of Qianjiang School was expected to increase from
53% in 2009 to 60% of sales in 2014.
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were expected to
decrease from 2009 to 2014 as we anticipated that corporate
overhead and administrative expense would not increase as fast
as revenues during the period due to the improvement of
operating efficiency.
|
|
|
|
There would be no material changes in the existing political,
legal, fiscal and economic conditions in China and in our
ability to recruit and retain competent management, key
personnel and technical staff to support our ongoing operations.
|
|
|
|
There was no material deviation in industry trends and market
conditions from economic forecasts.
|
These assumptions are inherently uncertain and subjective. The
discount rates reflect the risks the management perceived as
being associated with achieving the forecasts and are based on
the estimated cost of capital of our reporting units, which was
derived by using the capital asset pricing model, after taking
into account systemic risks and non-systematic risks. The
capital asset pricing model is a model commonly used by market
participants for determining the fair values of assets that adds
an assumed risk premium rate of return to an assumed risk-free
rate of return. Using this method, we determined the discount
rates of 20% and 30% to be appropriate for determining the fair
values of Wuhan School and Qianjiang School. We considered the
selected discount rates to properly reflect the uncertainty
associated with the key assumptions of projected cash flows of
these two reporting units as of February 28, 2009.
We evaluate intangible assets with a finite useful life
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of long-lived assets to be held and used is
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to
the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated
by the asset. If these assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be
66
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value
of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Estimates of
fair value result from a complex series of judgments about
future events and uncertainties and rely heavily on estimates
and assumptions at a point in time. The judgments made in
determining an estimate of fair value can materially impact our
results of operations. The valuations are based on information
available as of the impairment review date and are based on
expectations and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by
management. Any changes in key assumptions, including
unanticipated events and circumstances, may affect the accuracy
or validity of such estimates and could potentially result in an
impairment charge.
In the year ended February 28, 2009, we tested for
impairment of the intangible and other long-lived assets
recognized primarily in respect of Wuhan School and Qianjiang
School because, as noted above, the performance of these
acquisitions was not in line with our expectations. As a result,
we recognized an impairment loss on intangible assets of
$0.4 million.
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment of Investment in Available for Sale
Securities
We value available for sale securities at fair value and take
the unrealized changes in fair value to Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income, a component of equity. However, when an
investment has a fair value below its original costs we are
required to determine whether that impairment is
other-than-temporary
and, if so, it is required to be recognized in earnings.
Determination of whether an impairment is
other-than-temporary
involves managements judgment as to the severity and
duration of the decline in fair value. As at February 28,
2009, we had available for sale securities with the carrying
value of $0.7 million and which then had a fair value of
$0.3 million as at February 28, 2010. We determined
that in the market conditions at that time there could be no
assurance as to when and if the fair value would recover and
consequently recognized an impairment loss in earnings of
$0.4 million.
Income
Taxes
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial
statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each
of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves
us estimating our actual current tax exposure together with
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which
are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we
believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a
valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation
allowance or increase this allowance in a certain period, we
must include an expense within the tax provision in the
statement of operations.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net
deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is based on our
estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate
and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be
recoverable. In the event that actual results differ from these
estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may
need to establish an additional valuation allowance, which could
materially impact our financial position and results of
operations.
The impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax
return is recognized at the largest amount that is
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant
tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be
recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being
sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be
classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.
The Group has concluded that there are no significant uncertain
tax positions requiring recognition in financial statements for
the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and 2010. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties
related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does
not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in
unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. The Group
has no material unrecognized tax benefits which would favorably
affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The
years 2007 to 2009 remain subject to examination by the PRC tax
authorities.
Our affiliated entity, Xueersi Education, was qualified as a
High and New Technology Enterprise, under the EIT
Law effective January 1, 2008 and therefore was qualified
for a preferential tax rate of 15%. In
67
addition, since Xueersi Education is located in a high and new
technology industrial zone in Beijing and qualified as a High
and New Technology Enterprise, it was entitled to a three-year
exemption from the enterprise income tax from calendar year 2006
to 2008 and a further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5% from
calendar year 2009 to 2011. Our wholly owned subsidiary, TAL
Beijing, was qualified as a Newly Established Software
Enterprise under the EIT Law and therefore entitled to a
two-year exemption from the enterprise income tax from calendar
year 2009 to 2010 and a further tax reduction to 50% of the
applicable rate from calendar year 2011 to 2013. Our affiliated
entities, Xueersi Network and Beijing Haidian District Xueersi
Training School, were entitled to a one-year tax exemption in
calendar year 2007 as newly established companies in that year.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157, Further Clarification on Implementation
of Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods, or
Circular 157. Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance
on the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if a high and new
technology enterprise strongly supported by the state or
High and New Technology Enterprise was in a tax
holiday period that provides for
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate or
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate or other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to its High and New Technology
Enterprise status under the EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay
tax at the rate of 7.5%. Circular 157 appears to have the effect
that such an entity is entitled to pay tax at the lower of 15%
and 50% of the standard PRC tax rate, which is currently 25%. It
is unclear as to whether Circular 157 would apply
retrospectively but we understand that the State Administration
of Taxation has recently taken the position that
Circular 157 applies only to tax years commencing from
January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax authority, we believe that entities that are
qualified for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as High and New Technology Enterprises
and are registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing will continue to pay income tax at a
rate of 7.5%. Since Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a High and New Technology Enterprise
registered in the Zhongguancun High and New Technology
Industrial Zone of Beijing, we do not believe that
Circular 157 has any effect on our tax position.
Uncertainties exist with respect to how the EIT Law applies to
our overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to
our tax residency status. The EIT Law includes a provision
specifying that legal entities organized outside of the PRC will
be considered residents for PRC income tax purposes if their
de facto management bodies are within the PRC. The
Implementation Rules define the term de facto management
bodies as establishments that carry out substantial
and overall management and control over the manufacturing and
business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. of
an enterprise. Despite the present uncertainties resulting
from the limited PRC tax guidance on the issue, we do not
believe that our legal entities organized outside of the PRC
should be treated as residents under the EIT Law. Each of TAL
Group and Xueersi Hong Kong is a company incorporated outside
the PRC. As holding companies, these two entities key
assets, which are essentially corporate documents and records,
are located and maintained outside of the PRC. In addition, we
are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a similar
corporate structure as the Companys ever having been
deemed to be PRC resident enterprises by the PRC tax
authorities. Therefore, we believe that neither TAL Group nor
Xueersi Hong Kong should be treated as a resident
enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, as the tax
resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by
the PRC tax authorities, there are uncertainties and risks
associated with this issue. See Risk FactorsRisks
Related to Doing Business in ChinaUnder the EIT Law, we
may be classified as a resident enterprise of China.
Such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences
to us and our non-PRC shareholders.
Fair
Value of Our Common Shares and Share-Based
Compensation
In June 2010, we adopted the 2010 share incentive plan. The
plan permits the grant of options to purchase Class A
common shares, restricted shares, restricted share units,
dividend equivalent rights and other awards as deemed
appropriate by the administrator under the plan. The maximum
aggregate number of
68
Class A common shares that may be issued pursuant to all
awards under the plan is 18,750,000 Class A common
shares. On July 26, 2010, we granted 5,419,500 restricted
shares under this plan to some of our directors, executive
officers and employees. These restricted shares will vest in
accordance with the vesting schedule set out in the respective
restricted share agreements with the grantees, which ranges from
one to four years.
We recognize share-based compensation expenses based on the fair
value of equity awards on the date of the grant, using a
straight-line method over the requisite service periods of the
awards, which are generally the vesting periods.
Prior to this offering, there have been no quoted market prices
for our Class A common shares. We have therefore had to
make an estimate of the fair value of our Class A common
shares for the purposes of determining the fair value of our
Class A common shares on the date of grant of share-based
compensation awards to our employees.
The estimated fair value of our Class A common shares was
$5.00 per share as of July 26, 2010.
Determining the fair value of our Class A common shares
required us to make subjective judgments regarding our projected
financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the
liquidity of our Class A common shares and our operating
history and prospects at the time the grants were made. The
significant factors we considered include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our financial and operating results;
|
|
|
|
the assumptions and basis of our financial projections;
|
|
|
|
the nature of our business;
|
|
|
|
the stage of development of our operations;
|
|
|
|
our business plan;
|
|
|
|
our business risks;
|
|
|
|
the nature and prospects of the private education industry in
China;
|
|
|
|
the global economic outlook in general and the specific economic
and competitive elements affecting our business, industry and
market; and
|
|
|
|
the market-derived investment returns of entities engaged in
similar business.
|
We principally used the market approach. We considered the
market profile and performance of comparable companies and used
such information to derive market multiples.
Discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, was also applied to
reflect the fact that there is no ready public market for our
shares as we are a closely held private company. The DLOM of 10%
applied for valuation of our Class A common shares as of
July 26, 2010 was determined with the assistance of
American Appraisal using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Under the option-pricing method, the cost of the put option,
which can hedge the price change before the privately held
shares can be sold, was considered as a basis to determine DLOM.
In addition, we made other assumptions in assessing the fair
value of our Class A common shares, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
that no material change will occur in the applicable future
periods in the existing political, legal, fiscal or economic
conditions and in the education industry in China;
|
|
|
|
that no material change will occur in the current PRC law
applicable to us and the applicable tax rates will remain
unchanged;
|
|
|
|
that exchange rates and interest rates in the applicable future
periods will not differ materially from the current rates;
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
that our future growth will not be constrained by lack of
funding;
|
|
|
|
that we have the ability to retain competent management and key
personnel to support our ongoing operations; and
|
|
|
|
that industry trends and market conditions for the education and
related industries will not deviate significantly from current
forecasts.
|
We have considered the guidance prescribed by the AICPA Audit
and Accounting Practice Aid in determining the fair value of our
Class A common shares as of July 26, 2010. A detailed
description of the valuation method used in the fair value of
our Class A common shares as of July 26, 2010 is set
out above. Paragraph 113 of the Practice Aid states that
the ultimate IPO price itself also is generally not likely
to be a reasonable estimate of the fair value for pre-IPO equity
transactions of the enterprise. We therefore believe the
ultimate initial public offering price itself is generally not
likely to be a reasonable estimate of the fair value of our
Class A common shares as of July 26, 2010.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated
results of operations for the periods indicated, both in
absolute amounts and as percentages of our net revenues. This
information should be read together with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $, except percentages)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
37,476
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
69,594
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
32,983
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
$
|
53,022
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367
|
)
|
|
|
(49.2
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554
|
)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
(37,649
|
)
|
|
|
(54.1
|
)
|
|
|
(16,068
|
)
|
|
|
(48.7
|
)
|
|
|
(26,255
|
)(1)
|
|
|
(49.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515
|
|
|
|
50.8
|
|
|
|
18,922
|
|
|
|
50.5
|
|
|
|
31,945
|
|
|
|
45.9
|
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
26,767
|
|
|
|
50.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4,184
|
)(2)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478
|
)
|
|
|
(27.9
|
)
|
|
|
(5,890
|
)
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
(10,872
|
)
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4,602
|
)
|
|
|
(14.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7,808
|
)(3)
|
|
|
(14.7
|
)
|
Impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848
|
)
|
|
|
(32.1
|
)
|
|
|
(9,858
|
)
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)
|
|
|
(16,480
|
)
|
|
|
(23.7
|
)
|
|
|
(6,560
|
)
|
|
|
(19.9
|
)
|
|
|
(11,992
|
)
|
|
|
(22.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
15,465
|
|
|
|
22.2
|
|
|
|
10,355
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
|
|
14,775
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
9,299
|
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
15,624
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
10,339
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
14,916
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018
|
)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1,379
|
)
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,513
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
7,281
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
14,245
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
9,427
|
|
|
|
28.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
Six
Months Ended August 31, 2010 Compared to Six Months Ended
August 31, 2009
Net
Revenues
Our total net revenues increased by 60.8% from
$33.0 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $53.0 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to the additional student
enrollments in our newly opened learning centers and increased
student enrollments in our existing learning centers. The number
of total student enrollments grew from 175,638 for the six
months ended August 31, 2009 to 236,919 for the six months
ended August 31, 2010, while the number of learning centers
increased from 83 as of August 31, 2009 to 108 as of
August 31, 2010.
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by 63.4% from $16.1 million
for the six months ended August 31, 2009 to
$26.3 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our
rental payments as we leased facilities for 108 learning
centers and 86 service centers as of August 31, 2010,
as compared to 83 learning centers and 65 service centers as of
August 31, 2009. Also contributing to the increase of our
cost of revenues included an increase in aggregate compensation
paid to our full-time teachers as the number of full-time
teachers increased from 631 as of August 31, 2009 to 1,067
as of August 31, 2010. This increased compensation to
full-time teachers was partially offset by the decrease of the
number of contract teachers from 2,587 as of August 31,
2009 to 1,455 as August 31, 2010. In addition, compensation
paid to personnel providing educational service support
increased as a result of the increase of such personnel from 730
as of August 31, 2009 to 912 as of August 31, 2010.
The increase in our cost of revenues was also attributable to
share-based compensation expenses and an increase in the cost of
course materials, increased depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment as a result of the expansion of our
learning centers and service centers and our continued efforts
to upgrade our classroom facilities and technology systems. The
amount of share-based compensation expenses included in the cost
of revenues for the six months ended August 31, 2010 was
$110 thousand, compared to nil for the six months ended
August 31, 2009.
Gross
Profit
As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by
58.2% from $16.9 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2009 to $26.8 million for the six months
ended August 31, 2010. Our gross profit margin was 50.5%
for the six months ended August 31, 2010, as compared to
51.3% for the six months ended August 31, 2009.
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 82.8% from $6.6 million
for the six months ended August 31, 2009 to
$12 million for the six months ended August 31, 2010.
This increase resulted from increases in both our selling and
marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses and,
in particular, a $0.8 million share-based compensation
charge.
Selling and Marketing Expenses. Our selling
and marketing expenses increased by 113.7% from
$2.0 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $4.2 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to the related increase in
compensation, office rental expenses and office expenses for an
expanded sales and marketing force and, to a lesser extent, a
share-based compensation charge of $163 thousand.
71
General and Administrative Expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased by 69.7% from
$4.6 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $7.8 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase of
117 employees for our corporate and administrative
functions to support our expanded operations and, to a lesser
extent, a share-based compensation charge of $647 thousand.
Interest
Income, Net
We had net interest income of $0.2 million for the six months
ended August 31, 2010, compared to $0.1 million for
the six months ended August 31, 2009. Our interest income
in both years consisted of interest earned on our cash and cash
equivalents deposited in commercial banks, which, in the case of
our net interest income for the six months ended August 31,
2010, was partially offset by the interest expenses incurred
with respect to a convertible loan we borrowed in January 2010
and with respect to our acquisition payables.
Other
Expenses, Net
We had other expenses of $27,000 for the six months ended
August 31, 2010, compared to $0.1 million for the six
months ended August 31, 2009. Our expenses in both periods
were primarily attributable to our charitable donations to
promote public education in rural areas.
Gain from
Sales of Available-for-Sale Securities
We recognized a $6,000 gain from sales of available-for-sale
securities for the six months ended August 31, 2010 related
to disposal of certain available-for-sale securities in the open
market, which we bought in December 2009.
Provision
for Income Tax
Our provision for income tax increased by 83.1% from
$0.9 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009
to $1.7 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010, primarily due to the increase in our taxable income and a
higher effective income tax rate for the six months ended
August 31, 2010. Our effective income rate was 11.2% in the
six months ended August 31, 2010, compared to 8.8% in the
six months ended August 31, 2009.
Net
Income
As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased by 40.5%
from $9.4 million for the six months ended August 31,
2009 to $13.2 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2010.
Fiscal
Year Ended February 28, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
February 28, 2009
Net
Revenues
Our total net revenues increased by 85.7% from
$37.5 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $69.6 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. This increase was primarily due to
additional student enrollments in our newly opened learning
centers and increased student enrollments in our existing
learning centers in fiscal year 2010. The number of total
student enrollments grew from 215,080 as of February 28,
2009 to 382,505 as of February 28, 2010, while the number
of learning centers increased from 73 to 101 during the same
period.
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by 102.9% from $18.6 million
for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 to
$37.6 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
aggregate compensation paid to teachers as the number of our
full-time teachers increased by 284 and the number of our
contract teachers increased by 406 during the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, and an increase in our rental payments
as we leased facilities for 98 learning centers and 80 service
centers as of
72
February 28, 2010, as compared to 73 learning centers and
54 service centers as of February 28, 2009. The increase
was also due to the compensation increase attributable to our
hiring of 303 additional personnel providing educational
service support and the increase in the cost of course materials
for some of our English courses. The increase was also
attributable to the increased depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment, which is a result of the expansion of
our learning centers and services and our continual efforts to
upgrade our classroom facilities technology systems.
Gross
Profit
As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by
68.8% from $18.9 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 to $31.9 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010. Our gross profit margin was 45.9%
for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, which
decreased from 50.5% for the previous fiscal year. The decrease
in our gross profit margin in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 was primarily due to the investments we
made during the period in anticipation of further growth in
student enrollments. We generally need to hire and train
educational service support personnel and incur leasehold
improvement and other costs ahead of the expected
ramp-up in
student enrollments at our new or expanded learning centers.
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 67.2% from $9.9 million
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 to
$16.5 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010. This increase resulted from increases in both our selling
and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, partially
offset by the elimination of impairment losses on intangible
assets and goodwill.
Selling and Marketing Expenses. Our selling
and marketing expenses increased by 138.3% from
$2.4 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $5.6 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in the number of our sales and marketing personnel by
213 to support our selling and marketing efforts, as well as the
expenses incurred relating to an outdoor advertisement campaign
to promote our personalized premium services.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased by 84.6% from
$5.9 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $10.9 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in the number of employees for our corporate and
administrative functions by 177 to support our expanded
operations, rental expenses for increased office space for
general corporate and administrative related functions and, to a
lesser degree, professional service fees accrued during fiscal
year 2010.
Impairment Losses on Intangible Assets and
Goodwill. We recognized nil impairment loss on
goodwill in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010. In the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, we recognized
impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill of
$1.6 million relating to our acquisitions of two schools in
the period.
Interest
Income, net
We had an interest income, net of $0.3 million for the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, compared to
$0.1 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009. Our interest income, net in both years consisted of
interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents deposited in
commercial banks, partially offset by the interest expense
incurred with respect to a convertible loan we borrowed in
January 2010 and the interest expense of our acquisition
payables.
Other
Expenses
We had other expenses of $0.1 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010, compared to $0.2 million for
the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009. Our other expenses
in fiscal year 2010 were primarily attributable to our charity
donations to promote public education in rural areas. Our other
expenses in fiscal year 2009 were primarily attributable to our
charity donations to Sichuan earthquake relief funds.
73
Impairment
Loss on
Available-for-Sale
Securities
We recognized a $0.4 million impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 due
to a decline in the fair value other than temporary impairment
of our investment in certain
available-for-sale
securities, as compared to nil for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010.
Gain on
Extinguishment of Liabilities
We recognized a $0.7 million gain on extinguishment of
liabilities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 as
a result of a renegotiation of the acquisition payable relating
to the Wuhan School from $1.6 million to $0.9 million.
We had nil gain on extinguishment of liabilities for the fiscal
year ended February 28, 2010.
Provision
for Income Tax
Our provision for income tax decreased by 31.7% from
$2.0 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009 to $1.4 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, primarily due to our lower effective
income tax rate of 8.8% in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010, compared to 21.7% in the prior fiscal
year. We had a lower effective income tax rate in the fiscal
year 2010 because of the preferential tax treatments received by
one of wholly owned subsidiaries and one of our consolidated
affiliated entities in China during the period.
Net
Income
As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased by 95.7%
from $7.3 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 to $14.2 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010.
Fiscal
Year Ended February 28, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
February 29, 2008
Net
Revenues
Our total net revenues increased by 321.9% from
$8.9 million for the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $37.5 million for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase was primarily attributable
to additional student enrollments at our new learning centers
and increased student enrollments at our existing learning
centers. The number of total student enrollments grew from
67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
215,080 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, and the
number of learning centers increased from 30 to 73 during the
same period. The increase in net revenue was also attributable
to the fact that we increased the hourly rates for our courses
during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009.
Cost of
Revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by 324.9% from $4.4 million
for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$18.6 million for the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the
aggregate compensation paid to teachers as the number of our
full-time teachers increased by 287 and the number of our
contract teachers increased by 482 during fiscal year 2009 and
an increase in our rental expenses as we leased facilities for
73 learning centers and 51 service centers as of
February 28, 2009, as compared to 30 learning centers and
26 service centers as of February 29, 2008.
Gross
Profit
As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by
319.1% from $4.5 million for the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to $18.9 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009. Our gross profit margin was 50.5%
for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, which was
slightly decreased from 50.8% for the previous fiscal year.
74
Operating
Expenses
Our operating expenses increased by 246.1% from
$2.8 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $9.9 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase resulted from increases in
all of our operating expense line items.
Selling and Marketing Expenses. Our selling
and marketing expenses increased by 535.6% from
$0.4 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $2.4 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in the number of our sales and marketing personnel by
141 in connection with the expansion of our selling and
marketing efforts.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased by 137.7% from
$2.5 million in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to $5.9 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009. This increase was also due to an
increase in the number of employees for our corporate and
administrative functions by 196 to support our expanded
operations in fiscal year 2009.
Impairment Losses on Intangible Assets and
Goodwill. We recognized nil impairment loss on
goodwill in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008. In the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, we recognized
impairment losses on intangible assets and goodwill of
$1.6 million relating to our acquisitions of two schools
during that fiscal year.
Interest
Income, net
We had interest income, net of $0.1 million for the fiscal
year ended February 28, 2009, compared to $10,000 for the
fiscal year ended February 29, 2008. Our interest income,
net in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 consisted of
interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents deposited in
commercial banks, partially offset by the interest expense
incurred for our payable for acquisition. Our interest income,
net in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 consisted of
interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents deposited in
commercial banks.
Other
Expenses
We had other expenses of $0.2 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009, compared to nil for the fiscal
year ended February 29, 2008. Our other expenses in fiscal
year 2008 were primarily attributable to our charity donations
to Sichuan earthquake relief funds.
Impairment
Loss on
Available-for-Sale
Securities
We recognized a $0.4 million impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 due
to a decline in the fair value
other-than-temporary
impairment of our investment in certain
available-for-sale
securities of a mutual fund, as compared to nil for the fiscal
year ended February 29, 2008.
Gain on
Extinguishment of Liabilities
We recognized a $0.7 million gain on extinguishment of
liabilities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 as
a result of renegotiation of the acquisition payable relating to
the Wuhan School, which performed below expectation after the
acquisition, from $1.6 million to $0.9 million. We had
nil gain on extinguishment of liabilities for the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008.
Provision
for Income Tax
Our provision for income tax increased from $0.2 million in
the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$2.0 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2009, due to the higher income taxes incurred in the fiscal year
2009 as a result of our increasing taxable income for the
period, as well as our higher effective income tax rate of 21.7%
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009, compared to
9.8% in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008.
75
Net
Income
As a result of the above, our net income increased by 381.3%
from $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 to $7.3 million for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009.
76
Our
Selected Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated
selected quarterly results of operations for the eight fiscal
quarters ended August 31, 2010. You should read the
following table in conjunction with our audited financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated
financial information on the same basis as our audited
consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated
financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only
of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for
a fair presentation of our financial position and operating
results for the quarters presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
November 30, 2008
|
|
|
February 28, 2009
|
|
|
May 31, 2009
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
November 30, 2009
|
|
|
February 28, 2010
|
|
|
May 31, 2010
|
|
|
August 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
(In thousands of $, except percentages)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
10,229
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
14,203
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
15,439
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
17,544
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
16,374
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
20,237
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
20,496
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
32,526
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of
revenues(1)
|
|
|
(5,200
|
)
|
|
|
(50.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(7,057
|
)
|
|
|
(49.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(7,215
|
)
|
|
|
(46.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(8,853
|
)
|
|
|
(50.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(9,133
|
)
|
|
|
(55.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(12,448
|
)
|
|
|
(61.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(12,062
|
)
|
|
|
(58.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(14,193
|
)
|
|
|
(43.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,029
|
|
|
|
49.2
|
%
|
|
|
7,146
|
|
|
|
50.3
|
%
|
|
|
8,224
|
|
|
|
53.3
|
%
|
|
|
8,691
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
%
|
|
|
7,241
|
|
|
|
44.2
|
%
|
|
|
7,789
|
|
|
|
38.5
|
%
|
|
|
8,434
|
|
|
|
41.1
|
%
|
|
|
18,333
|
|
|
|
56.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
expenses(2)
|
|
|
(567
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(855
|
)
|
|
|
(6.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(750
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,209
|
)
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,654
|
)
|
|
|
(10.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,996
|
)
|
|
|
(9.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,674
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,510
|
)
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)%
|
General and administrative
expenses(3)
|
|
|
(1,803
|
)
|
|
|
(17.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,022
|
)
|
|
|
(14.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,223
|
)
|
|
|
(14.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,379
|
)
|
|
|
(13.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,075
|
)
|
|
|
(18.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,196
|
)
|
|
|
(15.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,752
|
)
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(4,056
|
)
|
|
|
(12.5
|
)%
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615
|
)
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,370
|
)
|
|
|
(23.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(4,492
|
)
|
|
|
(31.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(2,973
|
)
|
|
|
(19.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(3,588
|
)
|
|
|
(20.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(4,729
|
)
|
|
|
(28.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(5,192
|
)
|
|
|
(25.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(5,426
|
)
|
|
|
(26.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(6,566
|
)
|
|
|
(20.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
2,659
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
|
|
2,654
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
%
|
|
|
5,251
|
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
5,103
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
2,597
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
|
3,008
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
|
|
11,767
|
|
|
|
36.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363
|
)
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain from sales of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
2,684
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
%
|
|
|
2,305
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
%
|
|
|
5,103
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
|
|
2,633
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
%
|
|
|
2,651
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
3,088
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
|
11,828
|
|
|
|
36.4
|
%
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(583
|
)
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(499
|
)
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,324
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,101
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,774
|
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,653
|
|
|
|
26.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,401
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,417
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,742
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
10,504
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $110 thousand.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $163 thousand.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes share-based compensation
expenses of $647 thousand.
|
77
Our revenues and operating results typically fluctuate from
quarter to quarter as a result of seasonal characteristics in
our business. Our courses tend to have the largest enrollments
in our second and fourth fiscal quarters each year, largely
because many primary, middle, and high school students have a
greater opportunity to enroll in our courses during their summer
and winter vacations which take place in these two quarters.
From our inception in 2003 through fiscal year 2009, this
seasonality of our business was not apparent as each quarter had
greater revenues than the prior quarter due to the exceptionally
rapid growth we experienced in those years.
Our costs and expenses do not necessarily correspond directly to
changes in our student enrollments and net revenues. We make
expenditures on facility expansion and enhancement, hiring and
training of teachers, student service and support, development
of course materials, and marketing throughout the year. In
particular, we generally make more significant expenditures on
building new learning and service centers in the second half of
our fiscal years in anticipation of future growth. In
conjunction with this investment in our learning and service
centers, we also generally incur greater teacher, sales and
marketing, and general and administrative expenses in the second
half than in the first half of each fiscal year to support our
overall business expansion.
Our quarterly results of operations in the second quarter of
fiscal year 2011 were affected by the allocation of share-based
compensation expenses for restricted shares granted in that
quarter under our 2010 share incentive plan and we will
continue to incur share-based compensation expenses in future
quarters. Also, we generally pay annual bonuses to our teachers
and other employees before the Chinese New Year in our fourth
fiscal quarter, which impacts costs and expenses in this quarter.
We expect our quarterly results to continue to be influenced by
seasonal enrollment trends and our business expansion strategy.
Our quarterly results of operations may also vary in the future
as a result of potentially different student enrollment trends
for new courses, programs and services we may offer and
decisions we may make about the optimal timing for both center
expansion and tuition increases over the course of the year.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Cash
Flows and Working Capital
Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash generated from
operating activities and proceeds from the issuance and sale of
Series A preferred shares. As of August 31, 2010, we
had $81.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and we had
no bank borrowings. Our cash and cash equivalents consist of
cash on hand and bank deposits that are placed with banks and
other financial institutions and which are either unrestricted
as to withdrawal or use or have maturities of three months or
less.
Although we consolidate the results of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries and schools,
our access to cash balances or future earnings of Xueersi
Education and Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries
and schools is only through our contractual arrangements with
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network and their respective
shareholders, subsidiaries and schools. See Our Corporate
History and StructureContractual Arrangements with Our
Consolidated Affiliated Entities. For restrictions and
limitations on liquidity and capital resources as a result of
our corporate structure, see Holding Company
Structure.
We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and
anticipated cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet
our anticipated cash needs, including our cash needs for working
capital and capital expenditures, for at least the next
12 months.
78
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for
the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended February 29/28,
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of $)
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,324
|
|
|
$
|
23,468
|
|
|
$
|
27,175
|
|
|
$
|
16,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,955
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(1,470
|
)
|
|
|
(5,116
|
)
|
|
|
(5,250
|
)
|
|
|
(696
|
)
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
5,252
|
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
(1,622
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
5,301
|
|
|
|
23,989
|
|
|
|
21,059
|
|
|
|
13,906
|
|
|
|
30,743
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
|
5,704
|
|
|
|
29,693
|
|
|
|
29,693
|
|
|
|
50,752
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
|
|
|
5,704
|
|
|
|
29,693
|
|
|
|
50,752
|
|
|
|
43,599
|
|
|
|
81,495
|
|
Operating
Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to
$31.0 million for the six months ended August 31,
2010, as compared to $16.2 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2009.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months
ended August 31, 2010 reflected net income of
$13.2 million, adjusted by reconciliation items of
$2.4 million, which included depreciation of property and
equipment of $1.1 million, share-based compensation charge
of $0.9 million and amortization of intangible assets of
$0.4 million. Another major factor affecting operating cash
flow for the six months ended August 31, 2010 included an
increase in deferred revenues in the amount of
$12.6 million due to the increased amount of course fees
received during the period for courses that would continue into
the second half of the year.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months
ended August 31, 2009 reflected net income of
$9.4 million, adjusted by a non-cash and non-operating
charge of $0.7 million, which included depreciation of
property and equipment of $0.4 million and amortization of
intangible assets of $0.3 million. Additional major factors
affecting operating cash flow for the six months ended
August 31, 2009 included an increase in deferred revenues
in the amount of $5.7 million due to the increased amount
of course fees received during the period, an increase in
accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the amount of
$1.5 million in connection with accrued payroll and bonus
and payable for business acquisitions.
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to
$27.2 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, as compared to $23.5 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 and $6.3 million in the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2010 reflected net income of
$14.2 million, adjusted by a non-cash and non-operating
charge of $2.1 million, which included depreciation of
property and equipment of $1.3 million and amortization of
intangible assets of $0.8 million. Additional major factors
affecting operating cash flow in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 included an increase in deferred revenues
in the amount of $11.3 million due to the increased amount
of course fees received during the period, an increase in rental
deposits in the amount of $1.2 million as a result of the
additional premises we rented for our offices, learning centers
and other services, an increase in accrued expenses and other
current liabilities in the amount of $3.2 million in
connection with accrued payroll and bonus and other taxes
payables, and the decrease in our income tax payable in the
amount of $2.1 million.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009 reflected net income of
$7.3 million, adjusted by a non-cash and non-operating
charge of $2.3 million, which primarily included impairment
of intangible assets and goodwill of $1.6 million in
connection with two acquisitions we made during the period,
amortization of intangible assets in the amount of
$0.6 million mainly in connection with acquisitions of
domain names, gain on extinguishment of liabilities in the
amount of $0.7 million attributable to a waiver of the same
amount of acquisition payables as a result of renegotiations
with the seller in one of our acquisitions. Additional major
factors affecting operating cash flow in the fiscal year ended
February 28,
79
2009 included an increase in the amount of $12.0 million
paid upfront by the students due to the increased amount of
course fees received during the period, the increase in our
income tax payable in the amount of $2.3 million and an
increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in
the amount of $1.8 million in connection with accrued
payroll and bonus and payable for business acquisitions.
Net cash provided by operating activities in the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008 was primarily attributable to net
income of $1.5 million, and an increase in deferred
revenues in the amount of $3.7 million due to the increased
amount of course fees received during the period.
Investing
Activities
We lease all of our facilities. Our cash used in investing
activities is primarily related to leasehold improvements,
investments in equipment, technology and operating systems,
investments in certain
available-for-sale
securities, intangible assets and acquisitions.
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to
$0.2 million for the six months ended August 31, 2010,
as compared to net cash used in investing activities in the
amount of $0.7 million for the six months ended
August 31, 2009.
Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2010 primarily related to leasehold improvements
and purchases of equipment in the amount of $1.7 million in
connection with the expansion of our network of learning centers
and service centers, partially offset by our sale of
available-for-sale securities we bought in December 2009 for
proceeds of $1.5 million.
Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2009 primarily related to leasehold improvements
and purchases of equipment in the amount of $0.7 million in
connection with the expansion of our network of learning centers
and service centers.
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to
$5.3 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, as compared to $5.1 million and $1.5 million in
the fiscal years ended February 29, 2008 and
February 28, 2009, respectively.
Net cash used in investing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2010 primarily related to (i) leasehold
improvements and purchases of equipment in the amount of
$3.8 million in connection with the expansion of our
network of learning centers and service centers, and
(ii) our investment in the securities of a mutual fund in
the amount of $1.5 million.
Net cash used in investing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 primarily related to (i) leasehold
improvements and purchases of equipment in the amount of
$2.1 million in connection with the expansion of our
network of learning centers and service centers, (ii) our
acquisitions in separate transactions from unrelated
third-parties in the amount of $1.6 million, and
(iii) our purchase of intangible assets in the amount of
$1.4 million in connection with the purchase of several
domain names from unrelated third-parities.
Net cash used in investing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 mainly related to (i) our investment
in certain
available-for-sale
securities in the amount of $0.7 million,
(ii) leasehold improvements and purchases of equipment in
the amount of $0.5 million in connection with the expansion
of our network of learning centers and service centers, and
(iii) our purchase of intangible assets in the amount of
$0.3 million in connection with the purchase of several
domain names from unrelated third parities.
Financing
Activities
Our financing activities consisted of issuance and sale of
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares to
investors, a convertible loan, capital contributions from our
founding shareholders, distributions to shareholders and
acquisitions.
Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2010 amounted to $0.2 million, as compared
to net cash used in financing activities in the amount of
$1.6 million for the six months ended August 31, 2009.
Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended
August 31, 2010 was
80
primarily related to payment of certain deferred consideration
in connection with our acquisition activities. Net cash used in
financing activities for the six months ended August 31,
2009 was attributable to a distribution to our shareholders.
Net cash used in financing activities amounted to
$0.9 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, as compared to net cash provided by financing activities
in the amount of $5.3 million in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 2009 and net cash provided by financing
activities in the amount of $0.1 million in the fiscal year
ended February 29, 2008. Net cash used in financing
activities in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 was
primarily attributable to the distribution payment by our
consolidated affiliated entity in the amount of
$1.4 million to its shareholders in connection with our
corporate reorganization, our acquisition activities in the
amount of $0.2 million, partially offset by the
$0.5 million proceeds from a convertible loan and
$0.2 million of capital contributions by our founding
shareholders. Net cash provided by financing activities in the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 was primarily
attributable to the proceeds from our issuance and sale of
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares in the
amount of $4.9 million and capital contributions by our
founding shareholders in the amount of $0.4 million. Net
cash used in financing activities in the fiscal year ended
February 29, 2008 was primarily attributable to capital
contributions by our founding shareholders in the amount of
$0.1 million.
Capital
Expenditures
Our capital expenditures are incurred primarily in connection
with leasehold improvements, investments in computers, network
equipment and software and business acquisitions. Our capital
expenditures were $0.8 million, $5.1 million and
$3.8 million in the fiscal years ended February 29,
2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010. We expect to incur
capital expenditures up to $10 million in the fiscal year
ending February 28, 2011 in connection with our planned
investments in facilities, equipment, technology and operating
systems to meet the expected growth of our operations. We also
expect to incur additional costs in connection with our becoming
a public company, including costs to prepare for our first
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Section 404 compliance testing
and additional compliance costs associated with being a public
company. We are not able to estimate with reasonable certainty
these additional expenses but expect that the additional costs
will not exceed $2 million in the next two years. We intend
to continue to utilize real estate leasing in order to allocate
our capital resources cost-efficiently. We may make acquisitions
of businesses and properties that complement our operations when
suitable opportunities arise.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of
February 28, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment due by period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Less than 1 year
|
|
|
1-3 years
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
|
|
More than 5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousand $)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease
obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
42,674
|
|
|
|
13,155
|
|
|
|
20,159
|
|
|
|
9,347
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Acquisition
payables(2)
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
loan(3)
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents our non-cancelable
leases for our offices, learning centers and service centers.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents outstanding
consideration payable in connection with our acquisitions of
Tianjin Education, Jianli School, Qianjiang School and Wuhan
School as of February 28, 2010. $240,198 in acquisition
cash consideration payable for the acquisition of Tianjin
Education and Wuhan School was outstanding as of August 31,
2010.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents the principal amount due
to a third party pursuant to a convertible loan. The convertible
loan has a principal amount of $500,000, bears an annual
interest rate of 15% and will mature on January 30, 2012.
|
81
Holding
Company Structure
We are a holding company with no material operations of our own.
We conduct our operations primarily through our three wholly
owned subsidiaries and our affiliated entities in China. As a
result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid
by our wholly owned subsidiaries. If our wholly owned
subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on
their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their
debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In
addition, our wholly owned subsidiaries are permitted to pay
dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as
determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and
regulations. Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries, VIEs and
VIEs subsidiaries in China is required to set aside at
least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a
statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its
registered capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used,
among other ways, to increase the registered capital and
eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the
respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as
cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. As a result
of these PRC laws and regulations, as of August 31, 2010,
we had $4.9 million in statutory reserves, or 15.0% of
total equity, that are not distributable as cash dividends. Our
PRC subsidiaries have not historically paid any dividends to our
offshore entities from their accumulated profits. However, we do
not expect that the statutory reserve requirement will
materially limit our ability to pay dividends to our
shareholders or our plan to expand our business because we are
only required to set aside an additional $2.9 million to
satisfy the maximum requirement of statutory reserves for all of
our PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries.
Off-Balance
Sheet Commitments and Arrangements
We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other
commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third
parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that
are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholders
equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial
statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or
contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated
entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support
to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any
unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market
risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or
research and development services with us.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Interest
Rate Risk
Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the
interest income generated by excess cash invested in liquid
investments with original maturities of three months or less. We
have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our
interest risk exposure. Interest-earning instruments carry a
degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed, nor do
we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in
interest rates. However, our future interest income may be lower
than expected due to changes in market interest rates.
Foreign
Exchange Risk
The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other
currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in
Chinas political and economic conditions and Chinas
foreign exchange policies. The conversion of the Renminbi into
foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar, has been
based on exchange rates set by the Peoples Bank of China.
On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old
policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi solely to the
U.S. dollar. Under this revised policy, the Renminbi is
permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against
a basket of certain foreign currencies. Following the removal of
the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated approximately
21.5% against the U.S. dollar over the following three
years. Since July 2008, however, the Renminbi has traded within
a narrow range against the U.S. dollar, remaining within 1%
of its July 2008 high. As a consequence, the Renminbi has
fluctuated significantly since July 2008 against other freely
traded currencies, in tandem with the U.S. dollar. On
June 20, 2010, the Peoples Bank of China announced
that the PRC government will further reform the
82
Renminbi exchange rate regime and enhance the Renminbi exchange
rate flexibility. It is difficult to predict how this new policy
may impact the Renminbi exchange rate going forward.
Substantially all of our earnings and cash assets are
denominated in RMB and the net proceeds from this offering will
be denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in the
exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the RMB will
affect the relative purchasing power of these proceeds and our
balance sheet and earnings per share in U.S. dollars
following this offering. In addition, appreciation or
depreciation in the value of the RMB relative to the
U.S. dollar would affect our financial results reported in
U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying
change in our business or results of operations. Fluctuations in
the exchange rate will also affect the relative value of any
dividend we issue after this offering that will be exchanged
into U.S. dollars and earnings from, and the value of, any
U.S. dollar-denominated investments we make in the future.
We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct
foreign exchange risk and have not hedged exposures denominated
in foreign currencies or any other derivative financial
instruments. Although in general, our exposure to foreign
exchange risks should be limited, the value of your investment
in our ADSs will be affected by the foreign exchange rate
between U.S. dollars and RMB because the value of our
business is effectively denominated in RMB, while the ADSs will
be traded in U.S. dollars.
Moreover, to the extent that we need to convert
U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into RMB for our
operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar
would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from
the conversion. Assuming we had converted the
U.S. dollar-denominated cash balance of
$ million as
of ,
2010 into RMB at the exchange rate of $1.00 for
RMB
as
of ,
2010, this cash balance would have been
RMB million.
Assuming a 1.0% appreciation of the RMB against the
U.S. dollar, this cash balance would have decreased to
RMB million as
of ,
2010. We have not used any forward contracts or currency
borrowings to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange
risk.
Inflation
Risk
Inflation in China has not had a significant effect on our
business. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of
China, the change in the Consumer Price Index in China was 4.8%,
5.9% and (0.7%) in the calender year 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement to
amend the accounting rules for variable interest entities, or
VIEs. The amendments effectively replace the quantitative-based
risks-and-rewards calculation for determining which reporting
entity, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a
variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying
which reporting entity has (1) the power to direct the
activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly
affect the entitys economic performance and (2) the
obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits
from, the entity. Additionally, an enterprise is required to
assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to
ensure that a variable interest entity operates as designed when
determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of
the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the
entitys economic performance. The new guidance also
requires additional disclosures about a reporting entitys
involvement with variable interest entities and about any
significant changes in risk exposure as a result of that
involvement.
The new guidance is effective at the start of a reporting
entitys first fiscal year beginning after
November 15, 2009, and all interim and annual periods
thereafter. The new VIE model requires that, upon adoption, a
reporting entity should determine whether an entity is a VIE,
and whether the reporting entity is the VIEs primary
beneficiary, as of the date that the reporting entity first
became involved with the entity, unless an event requiring
reconsideration of those initial conclusions occurred after that
date. When making this determination, a reporting entity must
assume that new guidance had been effective from the date of its
first involvement with the entity. We adopted the new guidance
on March 1, 2010.
We have had two VIEs, which we have consolidated under the
authoritative literature prior to the amendment discussed above
because we were the primary beneficiary of those entities.
Because we, through
83
our wholly owned subsidiary, have (1) the power to direct
the activities of the two VIEs that most significantly affect
their economic performance and (2) the right to receive
benefits from the two VIES, we continue to consolidate the two
VIEs upon the adoption of the new guidance which therefore,
other than for additional disclosures, had no accounting impact.
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
the FASB, issued an authoritative pronouncement regarding
revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. This
pronouncement was issued in response to practice concerns
related to the accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple
deliverables under an existing pronouncement. Although the new
pronouncement retains the criteria from an existing
pronouncement for when delivered items in a multiple-deliverable
arrangement should be considered separate units of accounting,
it removes the previous separation criterion under existing
pronouncements that objective and reliable evidence of the fair
value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered
items to be considered a separate unit or separate units of
accounting. The new pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. We are in the process of evaluating the
effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding software revenue recognition. This new pronouncement
amends an existing pronouncement to exclude from its scope all
tangible products containing both software and non-software
components that function together to deliver the products
essential functionality. That is, the entire product (including
the software deliverables and non-software deliverables) would
be outside the scope of software revenue recognition and would
be accounted for under other accounting literature. The new
pronouncement includes factors that entities should consider
when determining whether the software and non-software
components function together to deliver the products
essential functionality and are thus outside the revised scope
of the authoritative literature that governs software revenue
recognition. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. We are in the process of evaluating the
effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
milestone method of revenue recognition. The scope of this
pronouncement is limited to arrangements that include milestones
relating to research or development deliverables. The
pronouncement specifies guidance that must be met for a vendor
to recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement
of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in
which the milestone is achieved. The guidance applies to
milestones in arrangements within the scope of this consensus
regardless of whether the arrangement is determined to have
single or multiple deliverables or units of accounting. The
pronouncement will be effective for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15,
2010. Early application is permitted. Companies can apply this
guidance prospectively to milestones achieved after adoption.
However, retrospective application to all prior periods is also
permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effect of
adoption of this pronouncement.
84
MARKET
OPPORTUNITY
We believe that the
K-12
after-school tutoring market is the most attractive sector in
Chinas private education market given the large
addressable market it serves, its rapid growth rate and its
highly fragmented nature. According to iResearch, the
K-12
after-school tutoring market in China grew from
RMB123.8 billion in 2007 to RMB189.7 billion
($27.8 billion) in 2009, representing a CAGR of 23.8%, and
is projected to grow to RMB447.2 billion
($65.5 billion) in 2014, representing a CAGR of 18.7% from
2009. Moreover, the
K-12
after-school tutoring market in China is highly fragmented with
no player holding over a 1% market share. This fragmented market
presents opportunities for private tutoring service providers
that offer high-quality services and have a strong track record,
brand and reputation to attract and retain more students and
increase market share.
Chinas
Education Market
China had one of the worlds fastest growing economies in
the past decade, with its per capita disposable income of urban
households increasing at a CAGR of 12.2% from RMB6,280 ($920) in
2000 to RMB15,781 ($2,312) in 2008. This has led to increased
disposable income and higher levels of consumer spending in
China.
Chinas education market also grew rapidly around the same
period between 2004 and 2008. The growth in education spending
in China was primarily driven by rapid urbanization, a
traditional and cultural emphasis on education, and wage
premiums associated with better education.
According to Chinas National Bureau of Statistics, urban
population as a percentage of Chinas total population
increased from 36% in 2000 to 46% in 2008. Rising urbanization
is a key growth driver in Chinas education spending as
most employment opportunities in urban areas require higher
levels of education than in rural areas. In addition, urban
employment opportunities on average offer higher compensation
packages, which tend to translate into higher disposable income
per capita and a greater propensity to invest in education
compared with rural areas.
Chinese culture has always placed great emphasis on education.
In dynastic China, people spent years studying in the hope of
passing the government-administered civil service examinations
and entering governmental services, which was deemed to be a key
to success and stature in society. This culture continues to
penetrate contemporary China, and it is commonly believed that
superior education may provide one with the ability to promote
his or her familys fortune and social status. With the
one-child policy being implemented in China since
the 1980s and a rapid growth in household income in recent
years, parents have become even more willing to invest heavily
in their only childs education, with the hope of securing
a better future for their child.
As in other countries, better education tends to lead to
financial success and more career opportunities in China.
Graduates from key universities earned 46% more than vocational
high school graduates on average and 23% more than those from
other universities on average in 2009, according to iResearch.
Moreover, college graduates generally enjoy significantly better
job prospects than high school graduates.
Despite the strong growth, the education market in China remains
under-invested compared with other developed countries.
According to iResearch, the PRC governments spending on
education accounted for 3% of Chinas GDP in 2008, compared
with the United States (5%) and the United Kingdom (5.25%). This
has created opportunities for private education service
providers to grow and prosper by catering to the unmet
educational demands of Chinese students and parents.
Chinas
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market
Chinas
K-12 Education System
In China, the education system begins prior to the first grade,
followed by nine years of compulsory education in primary and
middle schools. Students may then choose to attend high schools,
which are three years in length, followed by college and
postgraduate studies. Examination results are the most important
85
criteria by which a students performance is assessed and a
key factor in determining how far a students education can
progress.
In order to be admitted to colleges in China, high school
students are required to take the college entrance examinations,
or the Gaokao. The Gaokao is the most critical set
of examinations in a students education as the results
determine whether a student will be able to attend a highly
ranked college (or any at all), which in turn has a significant
impact on the students future job prospects. As of
December 31, 2008, only 114 of the 2,263 higher educational
institutions in China were deemed key universities
by the Ministry of Education, or MOE. Among them, Peking
University and Tsinghua University, which are regarded as the
most prestigious universities in China, collectively recruit
approximately 6,600 students each year, accounting for
approximately 0.1% of the total number of students admitted by
all universities each year in China. The average admission rate
of the key universities in China is approximately 5%. Moreover,
according to the MOE, the gross higher education enrollment
rate, or the percentage of students that are enrolled in an
undergraduate program of at least two years, was 23% among the
Chinese population in the 18-to-22 age group in 2008. Low
admission rates of universities in general, and of the top
universities in particular, have resulted in fierce competition
for quality undergraduate education in China.
To increase the probability of entering key universities,
students compete in high school entrance examinations, or the
Zhongkao, to enter the best high schools in the
cities or provinces in which they reside. Prior to the Zhongkao,
they also compete to enter the best middle schools through a
competitive selection process known as Xiao Sheng
Chu, which is typically based on the students
academic performance in primary schools. The number of key
schools is very small relative to the total number of middle and
high schools in China. In Beijing and Shanghai, which are
endowed with the most educational resources among all
municipalities in China, key schools accounted for only 15.7%
and 17.7%, respectively, of the total number of middle schools
and high schools in each city as of December 31, 2008. The
key schools have better teaching quality and more educational
resources, which generally result in better performance in
college entrance examinations for their students. Therefore, in
order to improve their chances of eventually gaining admission
to key universities, many students start working very hard at a
very young age in the hope of excelling in the Xiao Sheng Chu
process and the Zhongkao, so as to be admitted to key middle
schools and key high schools, respectively.
Moreover, among the K-12 school subjects, mathematics is usually
given great emphasis by teachers and students, as it is a core
subject at all levels in the K-12 system. Furthermore, math
skills are considered very important in learning other core
science subjects. Therefore, math ability is believed to be a
highly significant contributor to a students overall
performance and is greatly emphasized throughout the K-12 system.
In China, most public schools have between 50 and 60 students in
each class. Students at the same grade level in each province
typically follow the same curricula and pace of study regardless
of their individual learning curves, interests, progress or
needs. Given the pressure to excel on every entrance exam, the
inadequate personalized support received within the public
school system and the limited supply of quality schools at every
education level, an increasing number of parents and students
turn to private after-school tutoring services to complement the
public school education curriculum.
We believe the intense competition in Chinas K-12
education system is largely driven by the unbalanced supply and
demand of quality education at all levels. On the one hand,
students, facing intense competition, are under constant
pressure throughout the K-12 system to achieve outstanding
examination results. On the other hand, Chinas public
education is under-invested and unable to meet all educational
demands. Such an imbalance in supply and demand thereby creates
tremendous opportunities for the growth of private educational
services, including the after-school tutoring market.
Chinas
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market
K-12 after-school tutoring targets persons between the ages of 5
and 19. According to MOE Statistics, there were approximately
180 million students studying in primary schools, middle
schools and high schools by the end of 2008. The significant
role K-12 education plays in a students future has driven
the rapid growth of the K-12 after-school tutoring market, which
is one of the largest and fastest growing segments in
Chinas
86
private education market. According to iResearch, the K-12
after-school tutoring market in China grew from
RMB123.8 billion in 2007 to RMB189.7 billion
($27.8 billion) in 2009, representing a CAGR of 23.8%, and
is projected to grow to RMB447.2 billion
($65.5 billion) in 2014, representing a CAGR of 18.7% from
2009. The following graph sets forth total revenues of
Chinas K-12 after-school tutoring market for the periods
indicated:
China
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market:
Source: iResearch
K-12 after-school tutoring is particularly common in many East
Asian countries. For example, in South Korea, 89% of primary
school students, 75% of middle school students, and 55% of high
school students used some form of after-school tutoring
services, according to iResearch. By comparison, according to
iResearch, there were approximately 54 to 63 million K-12
students in China receiving after-school tutoring services in
2009, representing 30% to 35% of the total K-12 population,
which lagged behind the penetration rate in South Korea and
other East Asian countries. We believe this is primarily due to
the evolution of Chinas public education system and the
fact that private education as an industry has a relatively
short history in China. However, according to iResearch, the
after-school tutoring service market penetration rate in
Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou and Shenzhen is expected to reach
approximately 70% in the next few years.
Word-of-mouth and the Internet are the two most important
channels through which students and parents learn about and
select K-12 after-school tutoring services in China.
Word-of-mouth is traditionally regarded as one of the most
reliable sources of recommendations for tutoring services. With
the rapid growth of Internet use in China in recent years, new
media has come to play an increasingly more significant role in
spreading information regarding the after-school tutoring
service market. According to iResearch, Internet is now the
second most important factor after
word-of-mouth
referrals in the selection of tutoring service providers. China
has the worlds largest Internet population, according to
China Internet Network Information Center. The current
generation of K-12 students and their parents, especially those
in the urban areas, are highly reliant on the Internet for
educational information, as the Internet affords immediate
access unconstrained by geographic location to a large reservoir
of data and opinions.
iResearch projects the K-12 tutoring market to be especially
attractive in the most developed cities in China such as Beijing
and Shanghai, given the economic affluence and high spending on
education in these cities. There were approximately
1.2 million K-12 students in each of Beijing and Shanghai
in 2008. The disposable income per capita in Beijing and
Shanghai in 2008 was RMB24,725 ($3,622) and RMB26,675 ($3,908),
respectively, compared to the national average for urban
households of RMB15,781 ($2,312). The relatively large number of
key high schools and middle schools (101, as of
December 31, 2008) in the two cities also promotes the
overall quality of K-12 education. According to iResearch, the
combined market size for Beijing and Shanghai is expected to
reach RMB37.3 billion ($5.5 billion) in aggregate
revenues by 2014.
Unlike many other private education services, such as language
certification training, which focuses on preparing students for
one-time tests on specific subjects, K-12 after-school tutoring
service providers have the opportunity to develop multi-year
relationships with students and their parents over the entire
span of their K-12 education. Moreover, given the critical
influence K-12 education often has over a students future,
the K-12
87
after-school tutoring market is less sensitive to economic
cycles than some other segments of the private education market
in China, such as post-secondary school or vocational training.
According to iResearch, the K-12 after-school tutoring market in
China grew by 26.4% during the economic downturn in 2009,
exceeding the approximately 7% growth in Chinas overall
education market in the same year.
According to iResearch, there are four types of K-12
after-school tutoring services currently available in China:
|
|
|
|
|
Large classes: in-class teaching with typically more than
30 students per class. This is the traditional format of
after-school tutoring. However, it is experiencing a declining
trend due to its lower effectiveness compared to the other
formats of after-school tutoring. In 2009, this segment
represented an estimated market size of RMB26.5 billion,
according to iResearch. iResearch expects the market share of
large classes to continue to decline over time.
|
|
|
|
Small classes: in-class teaching with typically
10-30
students per class. The smaller class size allows teachers to
pay closer attention to individual students and better tailor
the classes to their study needs. This class setting therefore
has become the most popular format of after-school tutoring
given its attractive balance between affordability and the
amount of individual attention students are able to receive from
their teachers. In 2009, this segment represented an estimated
market size of RMB104.6 billion, according to iResearch.
iResearch expects this segment to grow at a CAGR of 19.3% over
the next five years.
|
|
|
|
One-on-one
personalized tutoring. This class format offers the most
customized tutoring services based on a students specific
situations and study needs and has grown in popularity in recent
years driven by the increasing demand for highly tailored
tutoring services as well as an increase in the number of
high-income households in China. In 2009, the
one-on-one
personalized tutoring segment represented an estimated market
size of RMB56.2 billion, according to iResearch. iResearch
expects this segment to grow at a CAGR of 20.0% over the next
five years.
|
|
|
|
Online courses: pre-recorded or live class videos coupled
with interactive teaching and testing materials offered through
educational websites. Online courses are able to reach a broader
base of students as they are unconstrained by geographic
location barriers and accessible on-demand by potential students
whose schedules or location do not allow them to attend courses
in person. In 2009, the online course segment represented an
estimated market size of RMB2.4 billion, according to
iResearch. iResearch expects this segment to grow at a CAGR of
40.2% over the next five years.
|
Among the four types of tutoring services, the small classes and
one-on-one
personalized tutoring services segments experienced high levels
of growth in recent years and are expected to become the main
formats of K-12 after-school tutoring services. The following
graphs set forth the revenue breakdown by types of tutoring
services for the periods indicated:
China
K-12 After-School Tutoring Market By Format:
|
|
|
2009 (estimated)
|
|
2014 (estimated)
|
|
|
|
|
Source: iResearch
88
The K-12 after-school tutoring market in China is highly
fragmented due to the large K-12 student population, the
geographic dispersion of the student population and the
relatively low entry barriers. iResearch estimates that there
are currently over 100,000 companies or institutions
providing after-school tutoring services in China, with no
provider accounting for more than 1% of the total market. We
believe that teaching quality, student performance and brand
strength are key differentiators in this fragmented market.
89
BUSINESS
Overview
We are the largest K-12 after-school tutoring service provider
in China in terms of revenues in 2009, according to iResearch.
We offer comprehensive tutoring services to K-12 students
covering core academic subjects, including mathematics, English,
Chinese, physics, chemistry and biology. We have successfully
established Xueersi as a leading brand in
Chinas K-12 private education market closely associated
with high teaching quality and academic excellence in China, as
evidenced by our students outstanding academic
performance, our over 70% annual retention rate, our ability to
recruit most of our students through
word-of-mouth
referrals as well as the numerous recognitions and awards we
have received. The K-12 after-school tutoring service market in
China is highly fragmented. In 2009, we had a 0.26% market share
in China and a 4.5% market share in Beijing, in each case as
measured by revenues for the year according to iResearch.
We deliver our tutoring services through small classes,
personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings. Our extensive network
consists of 109 learning centers and 87 service
centers in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Tianjin and
Wuhan, as well as our online platform. Our student enrollments
increased from 67,996 in the fiscal year ended February 29,
2008 to 382,505 in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010,
representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 137.2%.
Our student enrollment growth has been predominantly driven by
new students.
We are committed to providing our students with high-quality
services and an exceptional learning experience. Our commitment
is reflected in our continual focus on recruiting, training and
retaining teachers with strong academic credentials, relevant
experience and a passion for education; our emphasis on
developing, updating and improving our curricula and course
materials; and our stress on standardizing operating procedures
throughout our network. This in turn has led to a strong track
record of outstanding student achievement. In 2010, 169 out of
our 430 high school graduates were admitted to Peking
University or Tsinghua University, the two most prestigious
universities in China that collectively enroll only less than
0.1% of the high school graduates across the country. In the
same year, approximately 5,700 of our students in Beijing and
Shanghai were admitted to key high schools, representing over
60% enrollment rate in comparison to the regional average of
approximately 30%; and more than 5,500 of our students in
Beijing and Shanghai were admitted to key middle schools,
representing over 80% enrollment rate in comparison to the
regional average of 15-25%. In addition, our students have won a
significant number of regional, national and international math
competitions, including three gold medals in the International
Mathematical Olympiad in 2008 and 2009.
Our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas largest
and most active online education community for our existing and
potential students and their parents, and is the largest
Internet education portal in China, based on the average monthly
page views and average monthly unique visitors in the first six
months of 2010. It provides our existing and potential students
access to learning resources beyond our physical network,
increases student loyalty and stickiness, and enhances our brand
awareness. In addition, our online platform enables us to
continue to roll out and expand our online course offerings. As
word-of-mouth referrals and our online communities have
contributed significantly to student recruitment, we have not
incurred significant advertising expenses in the past. Our
online platform is protected by a combination of PRC laws and
regulations that protect trademarks, copyrights, domain names,
know-how and trade secrets, as well as confidentiality
agreements. Revenues generated from our online course offerings
have accounted for less than 1.0% of our total net revenues
since we began offering online courses in 2010.
We have experienced significant growth in recent years. Our
total net revenues increased from $8.9 million in the
fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to $69.6 million
in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, representing a
CAGR of 179.9%. Our net income increased from $1.5 million
in the fiscal year ended February 29, 2008 to
$14.2 million in the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, representing a CAGR of 206.9%. Our total net revenues for
the six months ended August 31, 2010 were
$53.0 million, and our net income for the same period was
$13.2 million.
90
Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and
investment in the education business in China, we operate our
after-school tutoring service business primarily through our
variable interest entities and their subsidiaries and schools in
China. We do not hold equity interests in our variable interest
entities; however, through a series of contractual arrangements
with these variable interest entities and their respective
shareholders, we effectively control and are able to derive
substantially all of the economic benefits from these variable
interest entities.
Our
Strengths
We always seek to leverage on our competitive strengths to grow
our business in an efficient and cost-effective manner. We
believe the following are our key competitive strengths that
have contributed significantly to our success and differentiate
us from our competitors:
Largest
K-12 After-School Tutoring Service Provider in
China
We are Chinas largest K-12 after-school tutoring service
provider in terms of revenue in 2009, and the after-school
tutoring market we serve is one of the largest and fastest
growing segments in Chinas private education sector. The
K-12 after-school tutoring service market in China is highly
fragmented. In 2009, we had a 0.26% market share in China and a
4.5% market share in Beijing, in each case as measured by
revenues for the year according to iResearch. We have
109 learning centers and 87 service centers in six
major cities in China, namely, Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen,
Guangzhou, Tianjin and Wuhan. We offer comprehensive tutoring
services to K-12 students covering all core academic subjects
through a variety of educational formats including small
classes, personalized premium services and online courses. Our
scale has enabled us to effectively leverage our brand,
extensive existing network, proprietary curricula and course
materials and high teaching quality to become a leading national
player in a highly fragmented industry.
Being a market leader in Chinas K-12 after-school tutoring
service market enables us to more efficiently introduce and
promote new service offerings and to more effectively attract
and retain talented personnel by providing them with career
development and advancement opportunities.
Strong
Brand
We believe that our Xueersi brand is closely
associated with high teaching quality and academic excellence.
This strong brand has enabled us to recruit students primarily
through
word-of-mouth
referrals, and as a result, we have been able to keep our
marketing costs low relative to our total revenues. It also
contributed to our ability to develop a loyal student base, as
evidenced by our over 70% annual retention rate and robust
online community. Moreover, our strong brand allows us to
attract high quality teachers and retain a pricing premium
relative to our competitors. Furthermore, we are able to
leverage our brand to expand into new markets and quickly
establish a leading position in those markets.
We have received numerous awards such as, in 2009, the
Parents Most Trusted After-School Educational
Institution award by Sina.com, the Most Influential
After-School Education Brand in the last 60 Years Since
1949 award by Sohu.com, the Most Innovative Chinese
Education Group award by Beijing News and Media and
Chinas Most Influential Education Brand award by
Tencent.com.
Outstanding
Student Performance
We have established an impressive track record of outstanding
student performance. In Beijing and Shanghai in 2010,
approximately 5,700 of our students were admitted to key high
schools, representing over 60% enrollment rate in comparison to
the regional average of approximately 30%; and more than 5,500
of our students were admitted to key middle schools,
representing over 80% enrollment rate in comparison to the
regional average of 15-25%. Key schools are selected public
schools in China with the highest admission standards and best
allocated educational resources from the government. Moreover,
in 2010, 169 out of our 430 high school graduates were
admitted to Peking University and Tsinghua University, the two
most prestigious universities in China that collectively enroll
only less than 0.1% of high schools graduates across
91
the country. In addition, our students have won a significant
number of regional, national and international math
competitions, including three gold medals in the International
Mathematical Olympiad in 2008 and 2009.
High
Teaching Quality, Strong Content Development and Efficient
Education Management System
We believe our commitment to consistent high teaching quality
and standards is a significant driving force behind our success.
This commitment is reflected in our highly selective teacher
hiring process, our emphasis on continued teacher training and
rigorous evaluation, competitive performance-based compensation
and opportunities for career advancement. We routinely recruit
teachers from top tier universities in China. In the past three
years, only approximately 5% of applicants to our teaching
positions were hired by us. Each of our newly hired teachers is
required to undergo months of training before teaching classes
and must participate in our continued training programs and a
regular and rigorous evaluation process. We believe that our
performance-based compensation packages are among the highest in
the K-12 tutoring market in China and have helped us retain our
best teaching talent. Furthermore, we offer career advancement
opportunities to our best teachers who are considered for
management positions.
We have a dedicated team of over 217 full-time employees
focusing on curriculum and course material development, updating
and improvement. This team works closely with our education
expert advisors to keep up with changing academic and
examination requirements in Chinas K-12 education system
and solicits feedback from our teachers based on their classroom
experience. Substantially all of our course materials are
designed and developed in house and tailored to different
focuses of our students at each grade level.
We modularize each distinct function of our operating procedures
to optimize efficiency. In addition, we have established a
highly standardized set of procedures across our system with
respect to course and service offerings. We believe
standardization allows us to achieve consistency in curricula
delivered across our network, our branding and marketing as well
as our operating guidelines.
Largest
Online Education Platform in China
Our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas largest
and most active online education community for our existing and
potential students and their parents, and is the largest
Internet education portal in China, based on the average monthly
page views and the average monthly number of unique visitors in
the first six months of 2010. In addition, it serves as a
gateway to our online courses and seven other websites dedicated
to specific topics, including college entrance examinations,
high school entrance examinations, preschool &
kindergarten education, personalized premium services,
mathematics, English, and Chinese composition.
Our websites dedicated to specific topics provide an efficient
platform for information exchange, resources sharing and social
networking. On these websites, the large and growing online
community of students and parents are able to receive the latest
information on school admissions and examinations and access
past exam questions and test analyses. In addition, they are
able to share their experiences and views regarding our courses,
public school education in general and various other topics that
concern them. They can also obtain information on, and make
purchases of, our classroom-based course offerings in these
topic areas.
The online platform complements and extends our existing
physical network to improve our students learning
experience, increases student loyalty and stickiness,
facilitates ongoing parent participation and enhances our brand
awareness. Additionally, our online platform enables us to
leverage our high quality content and teachers to expand our
addressable target market, facilitates direct and constant
communications with our prospective students and parents and
effectively lowers our student acquisition costs.
Innovative
and Entrepreneurial Management Team with Passion for
Education
We have an innovative and entrepreneurial management team with a
passion for education. Our co-founders, Mr. Bangxin Zhang
and Mr. Yundong Cao, started our first after-school
tutoring class in 2003 when they were still attending graduate
school at Peking University. Two additional members of our
senior management team, Dr. Yachao Liu and Mr. Yunfeng
Bai, joined us as teachers in 2003 and 2005, respectively, and
have risen to their current management positions because of
their commitment to our company and
92
outstanding performance. Under the leadership of our senior
management, we have successfully executed our growth strategies
to focus exclusively on the K-12 after-school tutoring service
market and have become the leader in this market in China. We
take great pride in our entrepreneurial, motivated and
student-oriented corporate culture.
Our
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following key growth strategies to
achieve our goal of maintaining and further strengthening our
leading position in the after-school tutoring service market in
China:
Further
Penetrate Existing Markets
We intend to further penetrate our existing markets by
leveraging our strong brand, economies of scale and content
development and teaching prowess. We currently have learning
centers in six of the most economically prosperous cities in
China, but our share of the overall K-12 after-school tutoring
market still remains relatively low. For example, in Beijing and
Shanghai, where our largest operations are based, our students
account for less than 3% of the K-12 student population. We plan
to leverage our brand to significantly increase our market share
in each of these markets through opening additional learning
centers.
We also plan to grow revenues in our existing markets by
offering more classes and subjects at various grade levels,
expanding classes to additional grade levels in cities where we
do not yet offer them at all grade levels, attracting our
existing students to enroll in additional courses, attracting
new students to enroll in our courses and service offerings.
Extend
Geographic Network into Attractive New Markets
We intend to expand our geographic network into additional
attractive markets in China. We have already identified several
economically prosperous regions in China with high projected
growth, which we expect to offer attractive returns on capital.
We intend to rigorously analyze various competitive and
demographic factors in those markets in order to align our
course offerings with local needs while maintaining the
efficiency of our operations through our centralized structure,
standardized training, and content development processes.
Expand
Personalized Premium Services
We believe there is strong growth potential in the personalized
premium services market. Our personalized premium services offer
customized curricula and education timelines to suit each
students educational focus and requirements. We started
personalized premium services in 2007 and have since grown
rapidly to become a market leader in this market segment in
Beijing. We operate 19 learning centers and 20 service
centers in Beijing that are devoted to personalized premium
services. We intend to further expand our personalized premium
services in Beijing and replicate our successful model to other
geographic markets, particularly those where we already have a
successful track record operating small classes, while
maintaining our high teaching quality.
Further
Develop Online Course Offerings
We plan to further develop our online course offerings to extend
our market reach and maximize the potential of our services.
Online courses offer a cost-effective means for us to reach a
broader target student base and realize greater cross-selling
opportunities with our existing students, more fully utilize our
existing education resources and generate attractive returns on
capital. They enable us to leverage our proprietary curricula
and course materials as well as high-quality teachers to target
markets beyond our physical network. They also enable students
to access our courses through the Internet at times and places
most convenient for them and greatly facilitate interactions
among students, teachers and parents. We began to officially
offer online courses in 2010 and revenues generated from our
online course offerings have accounted for less than 1.5% of our
total net revenues. We intend to continue to invest in the
expansion of our online education courses and improve our online
platform.
93
Our Motto
and Educational Philosophy
Our approach to education is based is on our motto
Learning Changes Lives and an educational philosophy
reflected in four guiding principles:
|
|
|
|
|
educate our students to become well-rounded people with
integrity and high moral standards;
|
|
|
|
motivate our students to set and achieve high long-term goals;
|
|
|
|
nurture our students passion for learning; and
|
|
|
|
foster a loving and caring character in our students.
|
Our
Tutoring Services
We deliver our tutoring services to our students through small
class settings, personalized premium services (i.e.,
one-on-one
tutoring) and online course offerings.
Small
classes
Since our inception, we have been offering courses in small
class settings, which remain our main form of service offering
in terms of number of student enrollments. 90 of our
109 learning centers and 67 of our 87 service
centers nationwide are devoted to offering small classes. A
typical small class course consists of 15 or 16 sessions during
each spring and fall school semester and 7 to 12 sessions during
each summer and winter break. Each session typically lasts three
hours with course fees ranging from RMB50 to RMB55 per hour.
We typically enroll a maximum of 15 students in each small class
at primary school levels, a maximum of 25 students in each small
class at middle school levels, and a maximum of 30 students in
each small class at high school levels. We keep the size of our
classes small so that students can receive more individual
attention from teachers than what they would typically
experience in a large class setting and are able to learn in an
interactive group environment. Moreover, small classes allow our
teachers to maintain frequent interactions with students and
parents before and after classes to discuss their questions,
address their concerns and provide feedback on students
progress.
We design curricula catering to our students different
educational requirements and needs. Many of our classes for the
same subject and grade level are offered at different levels of
difficulty to better cater to the different needs of our
students. For instance, we offer math tutoring in the form of
basic classes, advanced classes, which are taught at a faster
pace than basic classes, intensive classes, which are conducted
at an even more accelerated pace, and specialized classes, which
cater to the needs of advanced students and focus on specialized
training for math competitions. We periodically assess our
students progress, and based on the results of such
assessment, reassign students to different classes on an
as-needed basis such that each students situation and
needs are taken into consideration.
To maximize transparency, improve learning experience and build
trust with students and parents, we allow parents to audit most
of the small classes their children attend, and for many of our
classes, also offer unconditional refunds for any remaining
unattended classes if notified by the student or parent within
the first two-thirds of each course.
Personalized
Premium Services
We began to offer personalized premium services in August 2007
under our Zhikang brand. We operate 19 learning
centers and 20 services centers in Beijing that are devoted to
personalized premium services. The course fees for our
personalized premium services range from RMB220 to
RMB1,000 per hour.
Our personalized premium services provide fully customized
curricula and course materials and flexible schedules to suit
each students educational focus in a
one-on-one
student-teacher setting. We provide personalized premium
services to cater to the specific requirements of our students,
such as addressing
94
weaknesses in particular subjects or topics, providing intensive
examination or competition preparation and tailoring the pace of
learning to accommodate above- or below-average learning curves.
Key features of our personalized premium services include:
Completely customized tutoring solution. Each prospective
student of our personalized premium services must meet with our
course consultant and undergo a range of diagnostic tests to
assess the students strengths, weaknesses and potential.
We then design and recommend a customized tutoring solution to
the student in consultation with the students parents with
respect to timing, cost and other considerations specific to the
students circumstances. During the entire course of our
personalized premium services for a student, we actively monitor
the students progress and adjust the curriculum and
learning pace for the student when necessary.
Tailor-made course materials. The course materials used
in our personalized premium services are specifically selected
by subject teachers from our comprehensive course material
database for the benefits of each student. We leverage our
strong curriculum and course material development capability to
provide high quality course materials to our students.
One-on-one
student-teacher setting, supported by a team of experienced
teachers. Each student in our personalized premium service
has access to our large pool of experienced teachers in every
subject and at every grade level. A large majority of the
teachers in our
one-on-one
personalized premium services are full-time teachers to ensure
better quality control. Teachers are chosen by students and
their parents based on the specific interests and needs of each
student. Each of our personalized premium tutoring sessions is
conducted in a
one-on-one
student-teacher setting.
Personalized attention. We assign each student a
coordinator, who routinely communicates with the student and the
students parents to address their questions and concerns
and to closely monitor the quality of our services. The
coordinator normally communicates with students and parents
within 24 hours of each session and solicits weekly and
monthly feedback from students and parents. We also accommodate
any request by students or parents to change teachers to the
extent practicable.
We intend to further expand our personalized premium services in
Beijing and replicate this model to our other geographic
markets, particularly those where we already have a successful
track record operating small classes.
Online
Courses
We offer selected online courses in math, Chinese and English
through one of our websites, www.eduu.cn, where we began
to officially offer online courses in 2010. As of
August 31, 2010, we had 22,009 accumulated student
enrollments in our online courses and we delivered
10,237 recorded videos of online courses. The online course
fees range from RMB50 to RMB55 per hour.
Online courses enable us to leverage our proprietary curricula
and course materials and high quality teachers to target markets
beyond the reach of our physical network. It also enables our
students to access our courses through the Internet at times and
places most convenient for them.
Key features of our online courses include:
High quality audio-video lectures. All of our online
courses feature high quality audio-video lectures by experienced
teachers. They are delivered through a multimedia web interface
using streaming media and other technologies. The audio-video
lectures are accompanied by high resolution animated slides to
create a stimulating learning environment for our students.
Teachers with superior communication skills. We select
lecturers for our online courses from among our top teachers. We
seek to engage teachers who have a strong command of the
respective subject areas and superior communication skills. In
particular, we seek teachers capable of, and preferably
experienced in, delivering effective instructions through the
audio-video format. All teachers for online courses are required
to undergo trial classes before recording their lectures.
95
Quality course-related support. Our online courses are
supplemented by our proprietary course materials, online
assignments, exercises, mock examinations and other forms of
course-related support. We require students of our online
courses to complete exercise questions as homework. Students can
post questions online through our websites, which our
instructors usually respond to within 24 hours after a
question is submitted.
Comprehensive student supports. Each students
performance is closely monitored by a class coordinator who
communicates with the student and the students parents to
follow up on the students progress, which we believe has
contributed to the high completion rate of our online courses by
our students.
We plan to further develop our online course offerings to extend
our market reach and maximize the potential of our services. In
particular, we intend to expand our course offerings to include
more subjects and grade levels.
Student
Services
We strive to provide a supportive learning environment to our
students through our teachers, class coordinators, call centers
and online platform.
Our teachers keep track of the students performance and
progress and regularly communicate with the students and
parents. Moreover, each of our students in the personalized
premium services is assigned a class coordinator who is in close
contact with the students and parents regarding scheduling and
other logistical issues, receives feedback on teaching quality
and arranges teacher replacements where necessary.
We have two call centers in Beijing and Shanghai, the main
functions of which include receiving enquiries, accepting
registrations and addressing other course-related issues. In
addition, we regularly reach out to students of our online
courses through the call centers to keep track of their
progress. Our call center in Beijing has 90 operators and is
open between 8 a.m. and 7 p.m. Our call center in
Shanghai has 14 operators and is open between 9 a.m. and
8 p.m. The call centers facilitate our communications with
existing and prospective students, our monitoring of completion
of online courses and our efficient resolution of any concerns
raised by our students or their parents.
In addition, the online platform, among other things, provides
an efficient channel for the students and parents to submit
study questions to our subject experts, which are generally
answered within 24 hours.
Our
Curricula and Course Materials
Curricula
Our curricula cover the core K-12 subjects, which include
mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry and biology.
We started our business in 2003 by offering tutoring classes in
mathematics, which still remains one of our strongest subjects
as evidenced by the outstanding performance of our students in
mathematics examinations and competitions. We then gradually
rolled out courses in other subjects over the past several
years. In terms of grade levels, we initially focused on serving
primary school students and over the time
96
expanded our course offerings into higher grade levels. The
following table provides a list of our current course offerings
in Beijing:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary School
|
|
Middle School
|
|
High School
|
|
|
K
|
|
1
|
|
2
|
|
3
|
|
4
|
|
5
|
|
6
|
|
7
|
|
8
|
|
9
|
|
10
|
|
11
|
|
12
|
|
Mathematics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
English
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chinese
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Physics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chemistry
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Biology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Currently
offered.
|
|
|
|
: Not
offered at the corresponding grade level in public schools in
China.
|
Curriculum
and Course Material Development
Substantially all of our education content is developed
in-house. We have a dedicated team of over 217 full-time
employees who are responsible for developing, updating and
improving our curricula and course materials. The team is
further divided based on subjects covered, with each subject
team led by a director who has significant teaching experience
in the subject. Our team works closely with our education
advisors in different subject fields to keep up with changing
academic and examination requirements in Chinas K-12
education system and solicits feedback from our teachers based
on their classroom experience.
The development process of our curricula and course materials
typically starts with reviewing and referencing recent teaching
materials and teachers training materials from leading
public schools as well as any new examination requirements to
analyze the latest market trends and needs. Our development team
is able to identify subjects and concepts that are difficult for
students and focuses on the most important and difficult
concepts and skills in the curricula. To address different
educational requirements and needs of our students at each grade
level, we have also developed curricula and course materials
tailored for classes of different difficulty levels based on
that group of students learning curves as well as their
strengths and weaknesses. At the end of each class cycle, we
evaluate, update and improve course materials based upon usage
rate, feedback from teachers, students and parents as well as
student performance.
Most of our curricula and course materials are developed at our
corporate level in Beijing and adopted by other locations with
modifications to meet local requirements and demands. We are
also in the process of modularizing course materials based on
specific topics so that centrally developed content can be more
easily adopted locally and make our services more scalable.
Our
Teachers
As our teachers interact with our students on a daily basis,
they are critical to maintaining the quality of our services and
to promoting our brand and reputation. We have a team of
dedicated and highly qualified teachers with a strong passion
for education, whom we believe are essential to our success. We
are committed to maintaining a consistent and high teaching
quality. This commitment is reflected in our highly selective
teacher hiring process, our emphasis on continued teacher
training and rigorous evaluation, competitive performance-based
compensation and opportunities for career advancement. We had
76, 363, 647 and 1,067 full-time teachers and 1,572, 2,054,
2,460 and 1,455 contract teachers as of February 29,
2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010 and August 31, 2010,
respectively. We have experienced low attrition of our teachers.
Our voluntary teacher attrition rate was 1.6% and 5.2% for the
fiscal years ended February 28, 2009 and 2010,
respectively. During the fiscal year ended February 28,
2010, we increased the number of full-time teachers as a
percentage of our total teaching staff as part of our ongoing
strategy to optimize our teacher management system. As a result,
some lower-performing contract teachers were assigned fewer
classes than
97
before, which led to a greater number of contract teachers
discontinuing their employment with us and thus a higher
voluntary attrition rate during the period than the previous
fiscal year.
We routinely recruit teachers from top-tier universities in
China. We also hire experienced teachers with a solid track
record and strong reputation from other schools. Our hiring
process is highly selective. In the past three years, only
approximately 5% of applicants to our teaching positions were
hired by us.
Each of our newly hired full-time teachers is required to
undergo months of training before teaching classes and must
continue to participate in periodic training programs that focus
on education content, teaching skills and techniques as well as
our corporate culture and values. In addition, our teachers are
regularly evaluated for their classroom performance and teaching
results. Our teachers retention, compensation and
promotion are to a large extent based on the results of such
evaluations. The evaluation process is highly rigorous and based
mainly on four factors: annual retention rate, refund rate,
class enrollment rate and student and parent satisfaction rate.
We offer our teachers competitive and performance-based
compensation packages and provide them with prospects of career
advancement within the company. Our best teachers may be
promoted to become directors of our operations in geographic
markets outside Beijing, invited to participate in our
educational content development effort and even considered for
senior management positions.
When we open a school in a new city, we typically select the
school head from a pool of our top teachers in Beijing who have
demonstrated management talent in an effort to maintain a
uniform standard of teaching quality and consistent company
culture as we expand. We require managers for new schools to
participate in training sessions at our Beijing headquarters,
which are designed to share best practices and disseminate
policies, guidelines and standards to each of our locations.
These school managers are then responsible for ongoing training
of our full-time teachers at new locations.
Our
Network
Our extensive network consists of 109 learning centers and
87 service centers in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen,
Guangzhou, Tianjin and Wuhan, two call centers in Beijing and
Shanghai as well as our online platform. Our learning centers
host teaching facilities and are physical locations where
classes are being conducted. Our service centers offer
consultation, course selection, registration and other services,
most of which are also provided by our call centers.
The following table sets forth the number of learning centers
and service centers in each of the six cities in our physical
network.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
City
|
|
Learning Centers
|
|
Service Centers
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Shenzhen
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Guangzhou
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Tianjin
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Wuhan
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
We intend to open new learning and service centers both in our
existing and newly identified geographic markets to capitalize
on growth opportunities. We have adopted a systematic approach
for expansion of our learning centers or geographic markets. The
decision on whether to open a new learning center is typically
made at the corporate level and involves a well-established
process requiring participation by different levels of
management personnel within our organizational structure. In
selecting the locations for new learning centers, we perform
comprehensive studies of each location by gathering education
statistics, demographic data, public transportation information
and other data. Our process in identifying a new market involves
additional steps and rigorous analyses, such as promoting our
brand locally, recruiting teachers and other staff and
commencing course offerings with an initial focus on certain
core subjects.
98
As we add new centers, management has also taken steps to ensure
that we do so in a consistent fashion, including center design
and build-out, operating hours, cash collection procedures, and
course materials distribution. Key data from each new school is
recorded in our IT system, allowing our senior management at our
headquarters to analyze the key metrics of the business and
determine areas that require greater management attention. To
establish proper controls as we expand, we also establish a
local finance team in each new city with oversight from the
finance team at our headquarters. The finance team at our
headquarters regularly monitors and provides training to the
finance team in each school to ensure that our key financial
policies are implemented at the local level.
Moreover, our online platform, www.eduu.com, hosts Chinas
largest and most active online education community for our
existing and potential students and their parents, and is the
largest Internet education portal in China, based on the average
monthly page views and average monthly unique visitors in the
first six months of 2010. In addition, it serves as a gateway to
our online courses and seven other websites dedicated to
specific topics, including college entrance examinations, high
school entrance examinations, preschool education, personalized
premium services, mathematics, English and Chinese composition.
Marketing
and Student Recruitment
We recruit our students primarily through
word-of-mouth
referrals. Our excellent reputation and strong brand have also
greatly facilitated our student recruitment. Moreover, we engage
in a range of marketing activities to enhance our brand
recognition among prospective students and their parents,
generate interest in our service offerings and further stimulate
referrals. In fiscal years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009 and 2010 and for the six months ended
August 31, 2010, our selling and marketing expenses were
$0.4 million, $2.4 million, $5.6 million and
$4.2 million, respectively, accounting for 4.2%, 6.3%, 8.1%
and 7.9% of our total net revenues, respectively.
Referrals
We believe the single greatest contributor to our success in
student recruitment has been
word-of-mouth
referrals by our students and their parents who share their
learning experiences at Xueersi with others. Our recruitment
through
word-of-mouth
referrals has enjoyed a strong network effect with the rapid
growth in our student base, and benefits from our excellent
reputation, strong brand and outstanding performance by our
students.
Online
Platform
Our online platform has contributed significantly to increasing
student loyalty and stickiness and enhancing our brand
awareness. It also facilitates direct and frequent
communications with our prospective students and parents and
effectively lowers our student recruitment costs.
Public
Lectures, Seminars, Diagnostic Sessions and Media
Interviews
We frequently offer free public lectures, seminars and
diagnostic sessions to students and parents as a way of
providing useful information to our prospective students and
relevant experience for them to evaluate our offerings. In the
fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, we offered more than
350 public lectures, seminars and diagnostic sessions and had
more than 23,000 meetings with students and parents. In
addition, our approach to high teaching quality and the track
record of our outstanding student performance has captured the
attention of many traditional and new media, which we believe
further enhanced our reputation and brand.
Advertisement
and Others
We advertise through leading search engines in China and our
cooperative relationships with other education websites
targeting Chinese students. We also have advertising
arrangements with well-known newspapers in Beijing and use other
advertising channels such as outdoor advertising campaigns. In
addition, we distribute marketing materials such as brochures,
posters and flyers to current and prospective students and
99
their parents in our learning centers, service centers and
outside public school campuses. We also participate in various
education services and products exhibitions and conventions.
Competition
The after-school tutoring service sector in China is rapidly
evolving, highly fragmented and competitive. We face competition
in each type of service we offer and each geographic market in
which we operate. Our competitors at the national level include
New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc., Juren
Education, Ambow Education Holding Ltd., Xueda Education
Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. and ChinaEdu Corporation. We also
face regional competition from various local players.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our business
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
brand;
|
|
|
|
student achievements;
|
|
|
|
price/value;
|
|
|
|
type and quality of tutoring services offered; and
|
|
|
|
ability to effectively tailor service offerings to specific
needs of students, parents and educators.
|
We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the
basis of the above factors. However, some of our competitors may
have more resources than we do, and may be able to devote
greater resources than we can to expand their business and
market shares. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our
BusinessWe face significant competition, and if we fail to
compete effectively, we may lose our market share and our
profitability may be adversely affected.
Intellectual
Property
Our brands, trademarks, service marks, copyrights and other
intellectual property rights distinguish and protect our course
offerings and services from infringement, and contribute to our
competitive advantages in the after-school tutoring service
sector in China. Our intellectual property rights include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
3 trademark registrations for our brand and logo in China and
Hong Kong;
|
|
|
|
registrations of 13 domain names;
|
|
|
|
copyrights to substantially all of the course content we
developed in house, including all of our online courses; and
|
|
|
|
copyright registration certificates for 20 software programs
developed by us relating to different aspects of our operations.
|
In particular, we have several domain names that are highly
valued unique assets of our online platform as each domain name
incorporates the Chinese spelling of the theme of the
corresponding website, and is
100
therefore easy to remember. Listed below are nine domain names
we have registered and the theme of the respective website under
each domain name:
|
|
|
Website Domain Name
|
|
Main Purpose
|
|
www.eduu.com
|
|
Our main webpage which is linked to the websites listed below
|
www.eduu.cn
|
|
Online courses
|
www.gaokao.com
|
|
College entrance examinations
|
www.zhongkao.com
|
|
High school entrance examinations
|
www.jiajiaoban.com
|
|
Personalized premium services
|
www.aoshu.com
|
|
Mathematics for primary and middle schools; specialized training
for competition mathematics
|
www.yingyu.com
|
|
English language
|
www.zuowen.com
|
|
Chinese composition
|
www.youjiao.com
|
|
Preschool and kindergarten education
|
To protect our brand and other intellectual property, we rely on
a combination of trademark, copyright, domain names, know-how
and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements with
our employees, contractors and others. We cannot be certain that
our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights will be
adequate or that third parties will not infringe or
misappropriate these rights. See Risk FactorsRisks
Related to Our BusinessIf we fail to protect our
intellectual property rights, our brand and business may
suffer.
Facilities
Our headquarters are located in Beijing, China and occupy
approximately 95,087 square feet under a lease which
expires in October 2012. We also lease all of our learning
centers and service centers, which occupy an aggregate of
approximately 971,398 square feet in six cities in China.
For more detailed information about the locations of our
learning centers and service centers, see Our
Network.
Employees
We had 395, 1,404, 2,342 and 2,827 full-time employees as
of February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010 and
August 31, 2010, respectively. The following table sets
forth the number of our employees by function as of
August 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Functional Area
|
|
Employees
|
|
% of Total
|
|
Teaching
|
|
|
1,067
|
|
|
|
37.7
|
%
|
Customer service
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
Curriculum and course material development
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Technology
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
2,827
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Of our total number of employees as of August 31, 2010,
2,390 were in Beijing, 267 were in Shanghai and 170 were in
other locations in China.
From time to time, we also employ contract teachers, part-time
employees and engage independent consultants to support our
teaching and curriculum and course material development
activities. We remunerate our employees with basic salaries as
well as performance-based bonuses. We believe that our employee
relations are good.
101
We plan to hire additional teachers and other employees as we
expand. Our employee recruiting channels include
word-of-mouth
referrals, on-campus recruiting, online recruiting and
professional recruiters. We also partner with leading higher
education institutions and employ other measures designed to
bring us into contact with suitable candidates for employment.
Our full-time employees in China participate in a government
mandated defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain
pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance, housing
funds and other welfare benefits are provided to the employees.
Chinese labor regulations require that our PRC subsidiaries make
contributions to the government for these benefits based on a
fixed percentage of the employees salaries.
Insurance
We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against
risks and unexpected events. We have purchased limited liability
insurance for our students and their parents covering our
learning centers in Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin. We do not
maintain business interruption insurance, product liability
insurance or key-man life insurance. We consider our insurance
coverage to be in line with that of other private education
providers of a similar size in China.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not currently involved in any material litigation,
arbitration or administrative proceedings that could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of
operations. From time to time, we may be subject to various
claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of
business.
102
REGULATION
This section summarizes the principal PRC regulations relating
to our businesses.
We operate our business in China under a legal regime consisting
of the National Peoples Congress, which is the
countrys highest legislative body, the State Council,
which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the
PRC central government, and several ministries and agencies
under its authority, including the Ministry of Education, the
General Administration of Press and Publication, the Ministry of
Information Industry, the State Administration for Industry and
Commerce, the Ministry of Civil Affairs and their respective
local offices.
Regulations
on Private Education
The principal laws and regulations governing private education
in China consist of the Education Law of the PRC, The Law for
Promoting Private Education (2003) and The Implementation
Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004), and
the Regulations on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating
Schools. Below is a summary of relevant provisions of these
regulations.
Education
Law of the PRC
On March 18, 1995, the National Peoples Congress
enacted the Education Law of the PRC. The Education Law sets
forth provisions relating to the fundamental education systems
of the PRC, including a school system of preschool education,
primary education, secondary education (including middle and
high schools) and higher education, a system of nine-year
compulsory education and a system of education certificates. The
Education Law stipulates that the government formulates plans
for the development of education, and establishes and operates
schools and other institutions of education. Under the Education
Law, enterprises, social organizations and individuals are in
principle encouraged to operate schools and other types of
educational organizations in accordance with PRC laws and
regulations. Meanwhile, no organization or individual may
establish or operate a school or any other institution of
education for profit-making purposes. However, private schools
may be operated for reasonable returns, as described
in more detail below.
The
Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the
Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education
(2004)
The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) became
effective on September 1, 2003. The Implementation Rules
for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004) became
effective on April 1, 2004. Under these regulations,
private schools are defined as schools established
by non-governmental organizations or individuals using
non-government funds. In addition, under the regulations,
private schools providing certifications, pre-school education,
self-study aid and other academic education are subject to
approval by the education authorities, while private schools
engaging in occupational qualification training and occupational
skill training are subject to approval by the authorities in
charge of labor and social welfare. A duly approved private
school will be granted a private school operating permit, and
shall be registered with the Ministry of Civil Affairs or its
local bureaus as a privately run non-enterprise institution. In
addition, schools and their learning centers must make filings
with the Ministry of Education and the Ministry of Civil Affairs
or their local bureaus. Among our ten affiliated schools, two
are in the process of renewing their private school operating
permits and each of the remaining eight schools has obtained and
maintained the private school operating permits.
Under the above regulations, private schools have the same
status as public schools, though private schools are prohibited
from providing military, police, political and other kinds of
education that are of a special nature. Government-run schools
that provide compulsory education are not permitted to be
converted into private schools. In addition, operation of a
private school is highly regulated. For example, the types and
amounts of fees charged by a private school providing
certifications shall be approved by the pricing authority and be
publicly disclosed. A private school that does not provide
certifications shall file its pricing information with the
pricing authority and publicly disclose such information. We do
not offer any degree or certification course and thus we shall
file our pricing information with the relevant pricing
authorities in the
103
school districts where we have operations. We disclose all our
pricing information for all our services to public.
Private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking
under the regulations. Nonetheless, investors of a private
school may choose to require reasonable returns from
the annual net balance of the school net of costs, donations
received, government subsidies, if any, the reserved development
fund and other expenses as required by the regulations. Private
schools fall into three categories, including private schools
established with donated funds, private schools that require
reasonable returns and private schools that do not require
reasonable returns.
The election to establish a private school requiring reasonable
returns shall be provided in the articles of association of the
school. The percentage of the schools annual net balance
that can be distributed as reasonable return shall be determined
by the schools board of directors, taking into
consideration the following factors: (i) school fee types
and collection criteria, (ii) the ratio of the
schools expenses in connection with educational activities
and improvement of educational conditions to the total fees
collected; and (iii) the admission standards and
educational quality. The relevant information relating to the
above factors shall be publicly disclosed before the
schools board may determine the percentage of the
schools annual net balance to be distributed as reasonable
returns. Such information and the decision to distribute
reasonable returns shall also be filed with the relevant
government authorities within 15 days of the board
decision. However, none of the current PRC laws and regulations
provides any specific formula or guideline for determining
reasonable returns. In addition, none of the current
PRC laws and regulations sets forth clear requirements or
restrictions on a private schools ability to operate its
education business as a school that requires reasonable returns
or as a school that does not require reasonable returns.
At the end of each fiscal year, every private school is required
to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the
construction or maintenance of school facilities or procurement
or upgrade of educational equipment. In the case of a private
school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no
less than 25% of the annual net balance of the school, while in
the case of a private school that does not require reasonable
returns, this amount shall be equal to no less than 25% of the
annual increase in the net assets of the school, if any. Private
schools that do not require reasonable returns shall be entitled
to the same preferential tax treatment as public schools, while
the preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private
schools requiring reasonable returns shall be formulated by the
finance authority, taxation authority and other authorities
under the State Council. To date, however, no regulations have
been promulgated by the relevant authorities in this regard. To
date, among our ten affiliated schools, seven have elected not
to require reasonable returns and the remaining three have
elected to require reasonable returns. All of them have
allocated certain amounts to their development funds in
compliance with the aforesaid provisions.
Regulations
on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating
Schools
Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools or training
courses is specifically governed by the Regulations on
ChineseForeign Cooperation in Operating Schools,
promulgated by the State Council in 2003 in accordance with the
Education Law, the Occupational Education Law and the Law for
Promoting Private Education, and the Implementing Rules for the
Regulations on ChineseForeign Cooperation in Operating
Schools, or the Implementing Rules, which were issued by the
Ministry of Education in 2004.
The Regulations on ChineseForeign Cooperation in Operating
Schools and its Implementing Rules encourage substantive
cooperation between overseas educational organizations with
relevant qualifications and experience in providing high-quality
education and Chinese educational organizations to jointly
operate various types of schools in the PRC. Cooperation in the
areas of higher education and occupational education is
especially encouraged. Chinese-foreign cooperative schools are
not permitted, however, to engage in compulsory education or
military, police, political and other kinds of education that
are of a special nature in the PRC.
Permits for schools jointly operated by Chinese and foreign
entities shall be obtained from the relevant education
authorities or the authorities that regulate labor and social
welfare in the PRC. We are not required
104
to apply for such permits as all of our schools are operated by
Xueersi Network, Xueersi Education or their respective
subsidiaries, which are Chinese entities.
Regulations
on Online and Distance Education
Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on Educational
Websites and Online and Distance Education Schools issued by the
Ministry of Education in 2000, educational websites and online
education schools may provide education services in relation to
higher education, primary education, preschool education,
education for teachers, occupational education, adult education,
other education and public educational information services.
Educational websites refer to organizations
providing education or education-related information services to
website visitors by means of a database or online education
platform connected via the Internet or an educational television
station through an Internet service provider, or ISP.
Online education schools refer to education websites
providing academic education services or training services that
issue education certificates.
Setting up educational websites and online education schools is
subject to approval from relevant education authorities,
depending on the specific type of education provided. Any
education website and online education school shall, upon
receipt of the approval, indicate on its website such approval
information as well as the approval date and file number.
According to the Administrative License Law promulgated by the
Standing Committee of the National Peoples Congress, or
NPC, on August 27, 2003, which became effective on
July 1, 2004, only laws promulgated by NPC and regulations
and decisions promulgated by the State Council may eliminate the
requirement for any administrative license. According to a
regulation promulgated by the State Council on June 29,
2004, and later amended on January 29, 2009, operators of
online education schools must obtain administrative
licenses from the government, while no administrative license is
required to operate educational websites.
Accordingly, Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, our
affiliated entities engaging in online education-related
services, are not required to obtain approval to operate
educational websites from the Ministry of Education.
In addition, Xueersi Education is not required to obtain a
license to operate online education schools, as it
does not directly offer government accredited degrees or
certifications through its online education or training services.
Regulations
on Publishing and Distribution of Publications
On December 25, 2001, the State Council promulgated the
Administrative Regulations on Publication, or the Publication
Regulations, which became effective on February 1, 2002.
The Publication Regulations apply to publication activities,
i.e., the publishing, printing, copying, importation or
distribution of publications, including books, newspapers,
periodicals, audio and video products and electronic
publications, each of which requires approval from the relevant
publication administrative authorities.
On April 13, 2005, the State Council announced a policy on
private investments in China relating to cultural matters, which
affects private investments in businesses that involve
publishing. The policy authorizes the Ministry of Culture and
several other central government authorities to adopt detailed
rules to implement the policy. In July 2005, the Ministry of
Culture, together with other central government authorities,
issued a regulation that prohibits private and foreign investors
from engaging in the publishing business. Our subsidiaries and
affiliated entities are not permitted to engage in the
publishing business under this regulation.
Subsequent to the implementation of the Publication Regulations,
the General Administration of Press and Publication issued the
Administrative Regulations on Publications Market, which became
effective on September 1, 2003 and which was amended on
June 16, 2004. According to the Administrative Regulations
on Publications Market, any organization or individual engaged
in general wholesale or retail distribution of publications
shall obtain a Permit for Operating Publications Business.
Distribution of publications in the PRC is regulated on
different administrative levels. An entity engaged in general
distribution of publications shall obtain such permit from the
General Administration of Press and Publication and may conduct
general distribution of the publications in the PRC. An entity
engaged in wholesaling of publications shall obtain such permit
from the provincial office of the General Administration of
Press and Publication and may not engage
105
in general distribution in the PRC. An entity engaged in retail
distribution of publications shall obtain such permit from the
local office of the Administration of Press and Publication and
may not conduct general distribution or wholesaling of
publications in the PRC.
In addition, pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on
Publishing Audio-Video Products promulgated by the State Council
on December 25, 2001, which became effective as of
February 1, 2002, any entity engaged in the wholesale or
retail distribution of audio-video products shall secure a
Permit for Publishing Audio-Video Products from the relevant
culture authorities.
During the term of the above-mentioned permits, the General
Administration of Press and Publication or its local bureaus or
other competent authorities may conduct annual or spot
examinations or inspections to ascertain their compliance with
applicable regulations and may require changes in or renewal of
such permits.
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, our affiliated entities
engaging in retailing teaching materials and audio-video
products to our students, have obtained the relevant Permits for
Operating Publications Business for retail services and the
relevant permits for retailing audio-video products.
Regulations
on Internet Information Services
Subsequent to the State Councils promulgation of the
Telecom Regulations and the Internet Information Services
Administrative Measures on September 25, 2000, or the
Internet Information Measures, the Ministry of Information
Industry and other regulatory authorities formulated and
implemented a number of Internet-related regulations, including
but not limited to the Internet Electronic Bulletin Board
Service Administrative Measures, or the BBS Measures.
The Internet Information Measures require that commercial
Internet content providers, or ICP providers, obtain a license
for Internet information services, or ICP license, from the
appropriate telecommunications authorities in order to offer any
commercial Internet information services in the PRC. ICP
providers shall display their ICP license number in a
conspicuous location on their home page. In addition, the
Internet Information Measures also provide that ICP providers
that operate in sensitive and strategic sectors, including news,
publishing, education, health care, medicine and medical
devices, must obtain additional approvals from the relevant
authorities regulating those sectors as well. The BBS Measures
provide that any ICP provider engaged in providing online
bulletin board services, or BBS, is subject to a special
approval and filing requirement with the relevant
telecommunications industry authorities.
In July 2006, the Ministry of Information Industry, or MII,
posted a notice on its website entitled Notice on
Strengthening Management of Foreign Investment in Operating
Value-Added Telecom Services. The notice prohibits PRC
Internet content providers from leasing, transferring or selling
their ICP licenses or providing facilities or other resources to
any illegal foreign investors. The notice states that PRC
Internet content providers should directly own the trademarks
and domain names for websites operated by them, as well as
servers and other infrastructure used to support these websites.
The notice also states that PRC Internet content providers have
until November 1, 2006 to evaluate their compliance with
the notice and correct any non-compliance. A PRC Internet
content providers failure to do so by November 1,
2006 may result in revocation of its ICP license.
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, engaging in providing
Internet information services and providing online bulletin
board services, have each obtained an ICP license from the
Beijing bureau of MII, and Xueersi Network engaged in providing
online BBS has obtained the approval for such services from the
Beijing bureau of MII.
Regulations
on Broadcasting Audio-Video Programs through The Internet or
Other Information Network
The State Administration of Radio, Film and Television, or
SARFT, promulgated the Rules for Administration of Broadcasting
of Audio-Video Programs through the Internet and Other
Information Networks, or the Broadcasting Rules, in 2004, which
became effective on October 11, 2004. The Broadcasting
Rules apply to the activities of broadcasting, integration,
transmission, downloading of audio-video programs
106
with computers, televisions or mobile phones as main terminals
and through various types of information networks. Pursuant to
the Broadcasting Rules, a Permit for Broadcasting Audio-Video
Programs via Information Network is required for engaging in
Internet broadcasting activities. On April 13, 2005, the
State Council announced a policy on private investments in
businesses in China that relate to cultural matters, which
prohibits private investments in businesses relating to the
dissemination of audio-video programs through information
networks.
On December 20, 2007, SARFT and MII issued the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures, which became effective on
January 31, 2008. Among other things, the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures stipulate that no entities or
individuals may provide Internet audio-video program services
without a License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs through
Information Network issued by SARFT or its local bureaus or
completing the relevant registration with SARFT or its local
bureaus and only entities wholly owned or controlled by the PRC
government may engage in the production, editing, integration or
consolidation, and transmission to the public through the
Internet, of audio-video programs, and the provision of
audio-video program uploading and transmission services. There
are significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and
implementation of the Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, in
particular, the scope of Internet Audio-Video
Programs. However, on April 1, 2010, SARFT
promulgated the Tentative Categories of Internet Audio-Visual
Program Service, or the Categories, which clarified the scope of
Internet Audio-Video Programs. According to the Categories,
there are four categories of Internet audio-visual program
service which in turn are divided into seventeen
sub-categories.
The third
sub-category
of the second category covers the making and broadcasting of
certain specialized audio-visual programs concerning art,
culture, technology, entertainment, finance, sports, and
education.
Our net revenues derived from audio-video program services that
may be subject to the Audio-Video Program Measures were less
than 1.5% of our total net revenues since we began offering
online courses in 2010. In the course of offering online
tutoring services, we transmit our audio-video educational
courses and programs through the Internet only to enrolled
course participants, not to the general public. The limited
scope of our audience distinguishes us from general online
audio-video broadcasting companies, such as companies operating
user-generated content websites. In addition, we do not provide
audio-video program uploading and transmission services. As a
result, we believe that we are not subject to the Internet
Audio-Video Program Measures. However, there is no further
official or publicly available interpretation of these
definitions, especially the scope of Internet audio-video
program service. If the governmental authorities determine
that our provision of online tutoring services falls within the
Internet Audio-Video Program Measures, we may not be able to
obtain the License for Disseminating Audio-Video Programs
through Information Network. If this occurs, we may become
subject to significant penalties, fines, legal sanctions or an
order to suspend our use of audio-video content.
Regulations
on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through Information
Networks
On May 18, 2006, the State Council promulgated the
Regulations on Protection of the Right of Dissemination through
Information Networks, which became effective on July 1,
2006. The new regulations require that every organization or
individual who disseminates a third partys work,
performance, audio or visual recording products to the public
through information networks shall obtain permission from, and
pay compensation to, the legitimate copyright owner of such
products, unless otherwise provided under relevant laws and
regulations. The legitimate copyright owner may take technical
measures to protect his or her copyright and any organization or
individual shall not intentionally jeopardize, destroy or
otherwise assist others in jeopardizing such protective measures
unless otherwise permitted under law. The new regulations also
provide that permission from and compensation to the copyright
owner is not required in the case of limited dissemination to
teaching or research staff for the purpose of school instruction
or scientific research only.
Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and Haidian School are the
operators of our website engaged in the dissemination of
educational content through the Internet and have obtained
permission from, and paid compensation to, the legitimate
copyright owners of such third party content except when the
dissemination is limited to teaching or research purposes only.
107
Regulations
on Copyright and Trademark Protection
China has adopted legislation governing intellectual property
rights, including copyrights and trademarks. China is a
signatory to major international conventions on intellectual
property rights and is subject to the Agreement on Trade Related
Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights as a result of its
accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.
Copyright. The National Peoples Congress amended
the Copyright Law in 2001 to widen the scope of works and rights
that are eligible for copyright protection. The amended
Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet
activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software
products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system
administered by the China Copyright Protection Center.
To address copyright infringement related to content posted or
transmitted over the Internet, the National Copyright
Administration and MII jointly promulgated the Administrative
Measures for Copyright Protection Related to the Internet on
April 30, 2005. These measures became effective on
May 30, 2005.
Trademark. The PRC Trademark Law, adopted in 1982 and
revised in 2001, protects the proprietary rights to registered
trademarks. The Trademark Office under the State Administration
for Industry and Commerce handles trademark registrations and
may grant a term of ten years for registered trademarks, which
may be extended for another ten years upon request. Trademark
license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for
record. In addition, if a registered trademark is recognized as
a well-known trademark, the protection of the proprietary right
of the trademark holder may reach beyond the specific sector of
the relevant products or services. We have registered two
trademarks with the Trademark Office and one with the Trade
Marks Registry, Intellectual Property Department of the Hong
Kong government. We have filed applications for registration of
35 other trademarks and logos with the Trademark Office. We
are in the process of registering additional marks and logos.
Domain names. On November 5, 2004, the MII amended
the Measures for Administration of Domain Names for the
Internet, or the Domain Name Measures. The Domain Name Measures
regulate the registration of domain names. In February 2006,
China Internet Network Information Center, or CNNIC, issued the
Implementing Rules for Domain Name Registration and the Measures
on Domain Name Dispute Resolution. We have registered many
domain names with CNNIC.
Regulations
on Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC
Residents.
The Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange
Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas
Financing and Round Trip Investment via Overseas Special Purpose
Vehicles, or Circular 75, issued by the State Administration of
Foreign Exchange and effective on November 1, 2005,
regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of
SPVs, by PRC residents to seek offshore equity financing and
conduct round trip investment in China. Under
Circular 75, a special purpose vehicle refers to an
offshore entity established or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by PRC residents or PRC entities for the purpose of
seeking offshore equity financing using assets or interests
owned by such PRC residents or PRC entities in onshore
companies, while round trip investment refers to the
direct investment in China by PRC residents through SPVs,
including, without limitation, establishing foreign-invested
enterprises and using such foreign-invested enterprises to
purchase or control onshore assets through contractual
arrangements. Circular 75 requires that, before establishing or
controlling an SPV, PRC residents and PRC entities are required
to complete foreign exchange registration with the local bureaus
of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange for their
overseas investments.
Circular 75 applies retroactively. PRC residents who have
established or acquired control of SPVs that have completed
round-trip investments before the implementation of
the Circular 75 shall register their ownership interests or
control in such SPVs with the local bureaus of the State
Administration of Foreign Exchange before March 31, 2006.
An amendment to the registration is required if there is a
material change in the SPV registered, such as increase or
reduction of share capital or transfer of shares. Failure to
comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular
75 may result in restrictions on the foreign exchange
activities of the relevant foreign-invested enterprises,
including payment of dividends and other distributions, such as
108
proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or
liquidation, to its offshore parent or affiliate, and the
capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject
relevant PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange
administration regulations.
We believe that all of our shareholders who are PRC citizens or
residents have completed their required registrations with SAFE,
or are otherwise in the process of registering with SAFE.
Regulations
on Loans to and Direct Investment in the PRC Entities by
Offshore Holding Companies
According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional
Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt
promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim
Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the
Provisions, promulgated by SAFE, the National Development and
Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance, which was
effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to
their subsidiaries in China, which are foreign-invested
enterprises, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be
registered with the local bureaus of SAFE. Under the Provisions,
these foreign-invested enterprises must submit registration
applications to the local bureaus of SAFE within 15 days
following execution of foreign loan agreements, and the
registration should be completed within 20 business days from
the date of receipt of the application. In addition, the total
amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and
the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a foreign-invested
enterprise is limited to the difference between the total
investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested
enterprise. Total investment of a foreign-invested enterprise is
the total amount of capital that can be used for the operation
of the foreign-invested enterprise, as approved by the Ministry
of Commerce or its local bureau, and may be increased or
decreased upon approval by the Ministry of Commerce or its local
bureau. Registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise is
the total amount of capital contributions to the
foreign-invested enterprise by its foreign holding company or
owners, as approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local
bureau and registered at the State Administration for Industry
and Commerce or its local bureau.
According to applicable PRC regulations on foreign-invested
enterprises, capital contributions from a foreign holding
company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered
foreign-invested enterprises, may only be made when approval by
the Ministry of Commerce or its local bureau has been obtained.
In approving such capital contributions, the Ministry of
Commerce or its local bureau examines the business scope of each
foreign invested enterprise under review to ensure it complies
with the Foreign-Investment Industrial Guidance Catalog, which
classifies industries in China into three categories, namely
encouraged foreign investment industries,
restricted foreign investment industries and
prohibited foreign investment industries.
Each of our PRC subsidiaries is a foreign-invested enterprise,
is not engaged in any prohibited or restricted businesses listed
in the Foreign-Investment Industrial Guidance Catalog and has
not incurred any foreign debt.
Regulations
on Employee Share Incentive Awards Granted by Listed
Companies
The Operating Procedures for Administration of PRC Individuals
Participating in the Employee Share Ownership Plan of Offshore
Listed Companies, or Circular 78, regulate the foreign exchange
matters associated with employee stock ownership plans granted
to PRC residents by companies whose shares are listed on
overseas stock exchanges. PRC individuals who are granted share
incentive awards by companies listed on overseas stock exchanges
based on an employee stock ownership plan are required to
register with SAFE or its local bureaus. Pursuant to Circular
78, PRC individuals participating in the employee stock
ownership plans of the foreign-listed companies shall entrust
their employers, including foreign-listed companies and their
subsidiaries or branch offices, or engage PRC agents, to handle
various foreign exchange matters associated with their employee
stock ownership plans. The PRC agents or the employers shall, on
behalf of the PRC individuals who have the right to exercise the
employee share options, apply annually to SAFE or its local
bureaus for a quota for conversion
and/or
payment of foreign currencies in connection with the PRC
individuals exercise of the employee share options if
necessary. The foreign exchange proceeds received by the PRC
individuals from the sale of shares under the stock ownership
plans granted by the
109
foreign-listed companies must be remitted to bank accounts in
China opened by their employers or PRC agents.
Further, a notice concerning individual income tax on earnings
from employee share incentive awards, jointly issued by the
Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation,
provides that companies that implement employee stock ownership
programs shall file the employee stock ownership plans and other
relevant documents with the local tax authorities having
jurisdiction over such companies before implementing such plans,
and shall file share option exercise notices and other relevant
documents with local tax authorities before exercise by their
employees of any share options, and clarify whether the shares
issuable under the employee share options referenced in the
notice are shares of publicly listed companies.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file
registration with the local SAFE bureau for our employees who
are PRC nationals and have been granted shares or share options
under our share incentive plan and follow other procedures set
forth in Circular 78 and other applicable regulations.
These registrations and filings are a matter of foreign exchange
control and tax procedure and the grant of share incentive
awards to employees is not subject to the governments
discretionary approval. We do not believe that compliance with
PRC regulations on employee incentive plans will have any
material adverse effect on the implementation of our share
incentive plan.
M&A
Regulations and Overseas Listings
On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the
Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and
Administration Commission, the State Administration for
Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce,
the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the M&A Rule which
became effective on September 8, 2006. This M&A Rule
purports to require, among other things, offshore special
purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of acquiring
PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or
individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to
publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.
While the application of the M&A Rule remains unclear, we
believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Tian Yuan Law
Firm, that CSRC approval is not required in the context of this
offering as we are not a special purpose vehicle formed for the
purpose of acquiring domestic companies that are controlled by
our PRC individual shareholders, as we acquired contractual
control rather than equity interests in our domestic affiliated
entities. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC
government agency, including the CSRC, would reach the same
conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC
regulatory agency subsequently determines that we need to obtain
the CSRCs approval for this offering or if CSRC or any
other PRC government authorities will promulgate any
interpretation or implementing rules before our listing that
would require CSRC or other governmental approvals for this
offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC
regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies
may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC,
limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the
repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, or
take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations, and
prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or
other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us
to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs
offered by this prospectus.
Regulations
on Foreign Currency Exchange
Pursuant to applicable PRC regulations on foreign currency
exchange, the Renminbi is freely convertible to foreign
currencies for current account items only, such as trade-related
receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Conversion of
Renminbi to foreign exchange for capital account items, such as
direct equity investments, loans and repatriation of
investments, require the prior approval of SAFE or its local
bureaus. Payments for transactions that take place within the
PRC must be made in Renminbi. Domestic companies or individuals
can repatriate payments received from abroad in foreign
currencies or deposit those payments abroad subject to the
requirement that such payments be repatriated within a certain
period of time. Foreign-invested enterprises may retain foreign
exchange in accounts with designated foreign exchange banks.
Foreign exchange on the current account can be either retained
or sold to financial institutions that have foreign exchange
settlement or sales business without prior approval from the
SAFE, subject to certain regulations.
110
Foreign exchange on the capital account can be retained or sold
to financial institutions that have foreign exchange settlement
and sales business with prior approval of SAFE, unless otherwise
provided.
In utilizing the proceeds we receive from this offering in the
manner described in Use of Proceeds, as an offshore
holding company with PRC subsidiaries, we may (i) make
additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries,
(ii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital
contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, (iii) make
loans to our PRC subsidiaries or our affiliated entities, or
(iv) acquire offshore entities with business operations in
China in an offshore transaction. However, most of these uses
are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
capital contributions to our subsidiaries in China, whether
existing ones or newly established ones, must be approved by the
PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local bureaus;
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our subsidiaries in China, each of which is a
foreign-invested enterprise, to finance their activities cannot
exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the PRC
State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local
bureaus; and
|
|
|
|
loans by us to our affiliated entities, which are domestic PRC
entities, must be approved by the National Development and
Reform Commission and must also be registered with SAFE or its
local bureaus.
|
In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated Circular
142, a notice regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested
company of its capital contribution in foreign currency into
Renminbi. Circular 142 restricts the use of Renminbi funds
converted from foreign exchange. It requires that Renminbi
converted from foreign currency-denominated capital of a
foreign-invested enterprise may only be used for purposes within
the business scope approved by the relevant government authority
and may not be used to make equity investments in PRC, unless
specifically provided otherwise. Moreover, the approved use of
such Renminbi funds may not be changed without approval from
SAFE. Renminbi funds converted from foreign exchange may not be
used to repay loans in Renminbi if the proceeds of such loans
have not yet been used. Any violation of Circular 142 may
result in severe penalties, including substantial fines. We
expect that if we convert the offering proceeds into Renminbi
pursuant to Circular 142, the use of Renminbi funds will be for
purposes within the business scope of the PRC subsidiaries as
approved by the local bureau of Administration for Industry and
Commerce. However, we may not be able to use such Renminbi funds
to make equity investments in the PRC through our PRC
subsidiaries. While we may not transfer the proceeds from this
offering through our wholly owned subsidiaries for the purpose
of domestic acquisitions, we may use the proceeds to acquire
offshore entities with business operations in China. We may also
use our cash flow from operations to fund our acquisitions as
necessary.
We expect that the PRC regulations of loans and direct
investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may
continue to limit our use of proceeds of this offering. There
are no costs associated with registering loans or capital
contributions with relevant PRC authorities, other than nominal
processing charges. Under PRC laws and regulations, the PRC
government authorities are required to process such approvals or
registrations or deny our application within a maximum of
90 days. The actual time taken, however, may be longer due
to administrative delay. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a
timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future plans to use
the U.S. dollar proceeds we receive from this offering for
our expansion and operations in China. If we fail to receive
such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds
of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be
negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect
our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.
Regulations
on Dividend Distribution
Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, foreign-invested
enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their
accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC
accounting standards and regulations. In addition,
foreign-invested enterprises in China are required to allocate
at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to
fund statutory reserves of up to 50% of the registered capital
of the
111
enterprise. Statutory reserves are not distributable as cash
dividends. Each of wholly owned subsidiaries in China must
comply with the foregoing regulations.
Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries in China are required to set aside at least 10% of
its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory
reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered
capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among
other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate
future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective
companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash
dividends except in the event of liquidation. As a result of
these PRC laws and regulations, as of August 31, 2010, we
had $4.9 million in statutory reserves, or 15.0% of total
equity, that are not distributable as cash dividends. Our PRC
subsidiaries have not historically paid any dividends to our
offshore entities from their accumulated profits. However, we do
not expect that the statutory reserve requirement will
materially limit our ability to pay dividends to our
shareholders or our plan to expand our business because we are
to date only required to set aside an additional
$2.9 million to satisfy the maximum requirement of
statutory reserves for all of our PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and
VIEs subsidiaries.
112
MANAGEMENT
Directors
and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information regarding our
directors and executive officers as of the date of this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers
|
|
Age
|
|
Position/Title
|
|
Bangxin Zhang
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
|
Yundong Cao
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
Director and President
|
Aieming Amy Yeh
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Director
|
Jane Jie Sun
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Independent Director Appointee*
|
Wai Chau Lin
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Independent Director Appointee*
|
Yachao Liu
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
Vice President
|
Yunfeng Bai
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
Vice President
|
Joseph Kauffman
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Jane Jie Sun and Wai Chau Lin have
accepted our appointment to be our independent directors,
effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement
on
Form F-1,
of which this prospectus is a part.
|
Bangxin Zhang is one of our founders and has served as
our chairman and chief executive officer since our inception.
Mr. Zhang has been instrumental to the development and
success of our business. Mr. Zhang provides vision, overall
management, and strategic decision-making relating to marketing,
investment planning, and corporate development. Mr. Zhang
received his bachelors degree in Life Sciences from
Sichuan University in 2001, was in the postgraduate program of
the Life Science School of Peking University from 2002 to 2007,
and received an EMBA degree from China Europe International
Business School in 2009.
Yundong Cao is one of our founders and has served as our
director and president since our inception. Mr. Cao has
been instrumental to the development and success of our
business. Mr. Cao is also a vice chairman of the China
Association of Private Education. Mr. Cao was named an
Influential Person in Chinese Education by Beijing
Evening News in 2010, and received an Outstanding Principals
in After-school Basic Education Sector award from the China
Association of Private Education in 2009. Mr. Cao received
his bachelors degree in Biology from Yantai University in
2002, his masters degree from Peking University in 2007
and his EMBA degree from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business
in 2010.
Aieming Amy Yeh has served as a director since February
2009. Ms. Yeh was elected to our board of directors by
holder of Series A preferred shares pursuant to our amended
and restated shareholders agreement. Ms. Yeh is a
managing director at KTB Capital. Prior to joining KTB Capital
in 2007, Ms. Yeh was with Softbank China Venture Capital,
or SBCVC. Prior to joining SBCVC in 2000, Ms. Yeh was a
senior manager in business assurance services at
PricewaterhouseCoopers. Ms. Yeh is a U.S. Certified
Public Accountant. She received her bachelors degree from
National Chunghsing University and masters degree from
University of Maryland.
Jane Jie Sun will serve as an independent director upon
the effectiveness of our registration statement on
Form F-1,
of which this prospectus is a part. Ms. Sun has extensive
experience in SEC reporting, finance and accounting. She has
served as the chief financial officer of Ctrip.com
International, Ltd, a NASDAQ-listed company, since December
2005. Prior to joining Ctrip, Ms. Sun served as the head of
the SEC and External Reporting Division of Applied Materials,
Inc., where she worked from 1997 to 2005. Prior to joining
Applied Materials, Inc., Ms. Sun worked with KPMG LLP in
Silicon Valley, California for five years. Ms. Sun is a
member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
and a member of the State of California Certified Public
Accountants. Ms. Sun received her bachelors degree
from the Business School of the University of Florida with High
Honors. She also attended the undergraduate program at Beijing
University Law School from 1987 to 1989.
113
Wai Chau Lin will serve as an independent director upon
the effectiveness of our registration statement on
Form F-1,
of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Lin is a founder of
Longtop Financial Technologies Limited, or Longtop, an
NYSE-listed company, and has served as its director and chief
executive officer since its inception in June 1996. He has over
21 years of experience in Chinas IT industry. Prior
to founding Longtop, Mr. Lin held various positions,
including technology department manager, sales department
manager, vice general manager and general manager, at Xiamen
Xindeco Computer Company from 1985 to 1996. Mr. Lin has
also won several industry awards, including Fujian Outstanding
Young Entrepreneur Award, Xiamen Outstanding Young Entrepreneur
Award and Fujian Software Talent Award. He served as the vice
president of Xiamen Youth Chamber of Commerce and is currently a
representative on the Peoples Congress for the Siming
District of Xiamen City. He was a visiting professor at the
Software School of Xiamen University. Mr. Lin received his
bachelors degree in Computer Science from Fudan University.
Yachao Liu has served as our vice president since January
2008. In this capacity, he is in charge of our online course
offerings. Dr. Liu was director of our middle school
division between September 2005 and January 2008. Dr. Liu
received his bachelors degree in Mechanics from Peking
University in 2003 and Ph.D. from the Institute of Mechanics of
the Chinese Academy of Science in 2008.
Yunfeng Bai has served as our vice president since June
2008. In this capacity, he oversees our personalized premium
services. Mr. Bai founded our high school division in 2005
and was the director of our Beijing operations from June 2006
through May 2008. Mr. Bai received his bachelors
degree in Engineering Automation from Beijing University of
Aeronautics and Astronautics in 2003, attended the CEO class of
Guanghua Management School of Peking University between 2008 and
2009 and is currently in the EMBA program of China Europe
International Business School.
Joseph Kauffman has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since June 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kauffman headed
M&A and international business development at New Oriental
Education & Technology Group Inc., where he
joined the senior management team before its initial public
offering on the New York Stock Exchange in 2006. Between 1999
and 2004, Mr. Kauffman was a senior manager at The
Coca-Cola
Company in China and held various operating, strategy and
business development roles. Mr. Kauffman received his
bachelors degree from Williams College in 1999 and an MBA
degree from the Harvard Business School in 2006.
Board of
Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of three directors.
Two additional independent directors will join the board upon
completion of this offering. A director is not required to hold
any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director
may vote with respect to any contract or transaction in which he
or she is materially interested provided the nature of the
interest is disclosed prior to its consideration. Subject to our
post-offering memorandum and articles of association, the
directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow
money, mortgage his or her undertaking, property and uncalled
capital, and issue debentures or other securities whether
outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of
our company or of any third party. We intend to have a majority
of independent directors serving on our board of directors
within one year of this offering.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
We have established three committees under the board of
director, namely the audit committee, the compensation committee
and the nominating and corporate governance committee. We have
adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each
committees members and functions are described below.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee will consist of
Ms. Jane Jie Sun, Mr. Yundong Cao and Mr. Wai
Chau Lin. Ms. Sun and Mr. Lin satisfy the
independence requirements of Section 303A of
the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange
and
Rule 10A-3
under the Exchange Act. In addition, Ms. Sun and
Mr. Lin meet the independence standards under
Rule 10A-3
under the Exchange Act will be the chair of our audit committee.
The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our board of
directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding:
(i) the integrity of our financial statements,
(ii) our compliance with
114
legal and regulatory requirements, (iii) the independent
auditors qualifications and independence and (iv) the
performance of our internal audit function and independent
auditor. The audit committee will be responsible for, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all
auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by
the independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or
difficulties and managements response;
|
|
|
|
discussing the annual audited financial statements with
management and the independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and
internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to
monitor and control major financial risk exposures;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;
|
|
|
|
meeting separately and periodically with management and the
independent auditors; and
|
|
|
|
monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and
ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of
our procedures to ensure proper compliance.
|
Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee
consists of Mr. Bangxin Zhang, Mr. Wai Chau Lin and
Ms. Jane Jie Sun. Mr. Lin and Ms. Sun satisfy the
independence requirements of Section 303A of
the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange
and
Rule 10A-3
under the Exchange Act. The compensation committee assists the
board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure,
including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors
and executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer may not be
present at any committee meeting during which his compensation
is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its
approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and
other executive officers;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with
respect to the compensation of our non-employee
directors; and
|
|
|
|
reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation
or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements.
|
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our
nominating and corporate governance committee consists of
Mr. Bangxin Zhang, Mr. Wai Chau Lin and Ms. Jane
Jie Sun. Mr. Lin and Ms. Sun satisfy the
independence requirements of Section 303A of
the Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange
and
Rule 10A-3
under the Exchange Act. The nominating and corporate governance
committee assists the board of directors in selecting
individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining
the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating
and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
selecting and recommending to the board nominees for election by
the shareholders or appointment by the board;
|
|
|
|
reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the
board with regards to characteristics such as independence,
knowledge, skills, experience and diversity;
|
|
|
|
making recommendations on the frequency and structure of board
meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of the
board; and
|
|
|
|
advising the board periodically with regards to significant
developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as
well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and
making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate
governance and on any remedial action to be taken.
|
115
Duties of
Directors
Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty
to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interests.
Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they
actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably
prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In
fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure
compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. Our
company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our
directors is breached.
Terms of
Directors and Officers
Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the
board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of
office and hold office until such time as they are removed from
office by special resolution or the unanimous written resolution
of all shareholders. A director will be removed from office
automatically if, among other things, the director
(i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or
composition with his creditors; or (ii) dies or is found by
our company to be or becomes of unsound mind.
Employment
Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with each of our
executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our senior
executive officers is employed for a specified time period. We
may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance
notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive
officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any
crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to
our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed
duties. In such case, the executive officer will not be entitled
to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by
reason of the termination, and the executive officers
right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required
by any applicable law. We may also terminate an executive
officers employment without cause upon one-month advance
written notice. In such case of termination by us, we are
required to provide compensation to the executive officer,
including severance pay, as expressly required by the applicable
law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based.
The executive officer may terminate the employment at any time
with a one-month advance written notice, if there is any
significant change in the executive officers duties and
responsibilities inconsistent in any material and adverse
respect with his or her title and position or a material
reduction in the executive officers annual salary before
the next annual salary review, or if otherwise approved by the
board of directors.
Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after
the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in
strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the
performance of his or her duties in connection with the
employment, any of our confidential information or trade
secrets, any confidential information or trade secretes of our
clients or prospective clients, or the confidential or
proprietary information of any third party received by us and
for which we have confidential obligations. The executive
officers have also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all
inventions, designs and trade secrets which they conceive,
develop or reduce to practice and to assign all right, title and
interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining patents,
copyrights and other legal rights for these inventions, designs
and trade secrets.
In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by
non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the
term of his or her employment and for one year following the
last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer
has agreed not to (i) approach our clients, customers or
contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the
executive officer for the purpose of doing business with such
persons or entities that will harm our business relationships
with these persons or entities; (ii) assume employment with
or provide services to any of our competitors, or engage,
whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our
competitors; or (iii) seek directly or indirectly, to
solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by
us on or after the date of the executive officers
termination, or in the year preceding such termination.
116
Compensation
of Directors and Executive Officers
For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010, the aggregate
compensation we paid to our executive officers was approximately
$0.5 million. Such amounts included the amounts we paid for
pension, retirement or similar benefits for our executive
officers in compliance with requirements under the PRC laws. No
other pension, retirement or similar benefits has been set aside
or accrued for our executive officers or directors. None of our
non-executive directors has a service contract with us that
provides for benefits upon termination of services. We do not
pay our non-executive directors for their services on our board.
Share
Incentive Plan
In June 2010, we adopted our 2010 Share Incentive Plan in order
to attract and retain the best available personnel, provide
additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants
and promote the success of our business. The plans permit the
grant of options to purchase our Class A common shares,
share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share
units, dividend equivalent rights and other instruments as
deemed appropriate by the administrator under the plans. The
maximum aggregate number of Class A common shares that may
be issued pursuant to all awards under our share incentive plan
is 18,750,000 shares. As of the date of this prospectus, we
have granted 5,419,500 restricted Class A common
shares under this plan to our employees.
The following table summarizes, as of the date of this
prospectus, the restricted shares granted under our share
incentive plan to our directors and executive officers and to
other individuals as a group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted
|
|
Date of
|
|
Commencement
|
|
Vesting
|
Name
|
|
Shares
|
|
Grant
|
|
Date
|
|
Schedule
|
|
Yachao Liu
|
|
*
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Yunfeng Bai
|
|
*
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Joseph Kauffman
|
|
*
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Directors and officers as a group
|
|
2,125,000
|
|
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
4 years
|
Other individuals as a group
|
|
3,294,500
|
|
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
1 to 4 years
|
Total
|
|
5,419,500
|
|
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% of the outstanding common shares. |
The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of our
share incentive plan:
Plan Administration. The plan will be administered by a
committee of one or more directors to whom the board shall
delegate the authority to grant or amend awards to participants
other than any of the committee members. The committee will
determine the provisions and terms and conditions of each award
grant.
Awards and Award Agreement. Pursuant to our
2001 Share Incentive Plan, we may grant options, restricted
shares or restricted share units to our directors, employees or
consultants. Awards granted under our plan are evidenced by
award agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and
limitations for each award, which may include the term of an
award, the provisions applicable in the event the
participants employment or service terminates, and our
authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend,
cancel or rescind an award.
Option Exercise Price. The exercise price of an option
shall be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in
the award agreement and may be a fixed or variable price related
to the fair market value of the shares, to the extent not
prohibited by applicable laws. Subject to certain limits set
forth in the plan, the exercise price may be amended or adjusted
in the absolute discretion of the plan administrator, the
determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive.
To the extent not prohibited by applicable laws or any exchange
rule, a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of options
shall be effective without the approval of the shareholders or
the approval of the affected participants.
117
Eligibility. We may grant awards to our employees,
directors and consultants or those of any of our related
entities, which include our subsidiaries or any entities in
which we hold a substantial ownership interest, as determined by
our plan administrator. Awards other than incentive share
options may be granted to our employees, directors and
consultants. Incentive Share Options may be granted only to
employees of our company or a parent or a subsidiary of our
company.
Term of the Awards. The term of each award grant shall be
determined by our plan administrator, provided that the term
shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant.
Vesting Schedule. In general, the plan administrator
determines, or the award agreement specifies, the vesting
schedule. Restricted Share granted under our 2010 Share
Incentive Plan have either a four-year, a two-year or a one-year
vesting schedule. We have the right to repurchase the restricted
shares until vested.
Transfer Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided by
our plan administrator, an award may not be transferred or
otherwise disposed of by a participant other than by will or the
laws of descent and distribution. Our plan administrator by
express provision in the award or an amendment may permit an
award (other than an incentive share option) to be transferred
to or exercised by certain persons related to the participant.
Corporate Transactions. Except as may provided otherwise
in an individual award agreement or any other written agreement
entered into by a participant and us, in the event of a
change-of-control
or other corporate transactions, our plan administrator may
determine to provide for one or more of the following:
(i) each award outstanding under the plan to terminate at a
specific time in the future and give each participant the right
to exercise the vested portion of the awards during a period of
time as determined by our plan administrator; or
(ii) termination of any award in exchange for an amount of
cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the
exercise of the award; or (iii) the replacement of such
award with other rights or property selected by our plan
administrator; or (iv) the assumption of or substitution of
such award by our successor, parent or subsidiary, with
appropriate adjustments; or (v) payment of an award in cash
based on the value of shares on the date of the corporate
transaction plus reasonable interest on the award.
Amendment and Termination of the Plan. With the approval
of our board, our plan administrator may, at any time and from
time to time, amend, modify or terminate the plan, provided,
however, that no such amendment shall be made without the
approval of the our shareholders to the extent such approval is
required by applicable laws, or in the event that such amendment
increases the number of shares available under our plan, permits
our plan administrator to extend the term of our plan or the
exercise period for an option beyond ten years from the date of
grant, or results in a material increase in benefits or a change
in eligibility requirements, unless we decides to follow home
country practice.
118
PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common shares as of the date of this
prospectus by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our
common shares.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of
that person, we have included shares that the person has the
right to acquire within 60 days, including through the
exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion
of any other security. These shares, however, are not included
in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other
person.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
Owned after This Offering
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to This Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Voting
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%(1)
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%(2)
|
|
|
Power(3)
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bangxin
Zhang(4)
|
|
|
59,550,000
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yundong
Cao(5)
|
|
|
20,300,000
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aieming Amy
Yeh(6)
|
|
|
8,125,000
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jane Jie Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wai Chau Lin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yachao
Liu(7)
|
|
|
8,812,500
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yunfeng
Bai(8)
|
|
|
6,337,500
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph Kauffman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
|
103,125,000
|
|
|
|
82.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bright Unison
Limited(9)
|
|
|
59,550,000
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tiger Global Five China
Holdings(10)
|
|
|
21,875,000
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Central Glory Investments
Limited(11)
|
|
|
14,550,000
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KTB China Optimum Fund and affiliate
fund(12)
|
|
|
8,125,000
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perfect Wisdom International
Limited(13)
|
|
|
8,812,500
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excellent New
Limited(14)
|
|
|
6,337,500
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
For each person and group included
in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing
the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group
by 125,000,000, being the sum of the total number of common
shares outstanding as of the date of the prospectus and the
number of common shares issuable upon conversion of all
outstanding series A preferred shares at the conversion
rate of one preferred share to one Class B common share.
|
|
(2)
|
|
For each person and group included
in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing
the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group
by ,
being the total number of common shares outstanding immediately
after the closing of this offering, assuming that the
underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Percentage of total voting power
represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A
and Class B common shares, as a single class. Each holder
of our Class B common shares is entitled to ten votes per
Class B common share and each holder of Class A common
shares is entitled to one vote per Class A common share
held by our shareholders on all matters submitted to them for a
vote. Our Class A common shares and Class B common
shares vote together as a single class on all matters submitted
to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be
required by law. Our Class B common shares are convertible
at any time by the holder into Class A common shares on a
1:1 basis.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of
59,550,000 Class B common shares held by Bright Unison
Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. Bangxin Zhang is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Bright Unison Limited.
Bangxin Zhangs business address is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
119
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of
(i) 14,550,000 Class B common shares held by
Central Glory Investments Limited, a British Virgin Islands
company, to which Yundong Cao is the sole shareholder and the
sole director and (ii) 5,750,000 Class B common shares
held by Passion Prance Limited, a British Virgin Islands
company, to which Yundong Caos spouse is the sole
shareholder and the sole director. Mr. Cao disclaims
beneficiary ownership of the shares held by Passion Prance
Limited. Yundong Caos business address is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Consists of
(i) 3,125,000 Class B common shares held by KTB
China Optimum Fund and (ii) 5,000,000 Class B common
shares issuable upon the conversion of the Series A
preferred shares held by KTB China Optimum Fund. See also
note (11) below to this table. Aieming Amy Yeh is an
executive director at KTB Capital, an affiliate of KTB China
Optimum Fund. Ms. Yeh disclaims beneficiary ownership of
the shares held by KTB China Optimum Fund except to the extent
of her pecuniary interest therein. Aieming Amy Yehs
business address is 3504, SoHo Donghai Plaza, 299 Tongren Road,
Shanghai, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Consists of
8,812,500 Class B common shares held by Perfect Wisdom
International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. Yachao
Liu is the sole shareholder and the sole director of Perfect
Wisdom International Limited. Yachao Lius business address
is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Consists of
6,337,500 Class B common shares held by Excellent New
Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. Yunfeng Bai is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Excellent New Limited.
Yunfeng Bais business address is
c/o 18/F,
Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District,
Beijing 100080, Peoples Republic of China.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Bright Unison Limited is a company
incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Bangxin Zhang is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Bright Unison Limited.
Its registered office is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore
Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin
Islands.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Tiger Global Five China Holdings is
a company organized under the laws of Mauritius and controlled
by Tiger Global Five Parent Holdings, which is in turn
controlled by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P.,
or PIP V. PIP V is controlled by its general partner
Tiger Global PIP Performance V, L.P., which is controlled by its
general partner Tiger Global PIP Management V, Ltd., which is in
turn controlled by Charles P. Coleman III. The registered office
of Tiger Global Five China Holdings is Twenty Seven, Cybercity,
Ebene, Mauritius.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Central Glory Investments Limited
is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Yundong
Cao is the sole shareholder and the sole director of Central
Glory Investments Limited. Its registered office is at
P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road
Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Consists of
(i) 3,125,000 Class B common shares held by KTB
China Optimum Fund and (ii) 5,000,000 Class B common
shares issuable upon the conversion of the Series A
preferred shares held by KTB China Optimum Fund. KTB China
Optimum Fund was formed in Korea, and its general partner is KTB
Capital Co., Ltd. KTB Capital Co., Ltd., which is a wholly owned
subsidiary of KTB Securities Co., Ltd., a listed company on
Korea Stock Exchange, has the discretionary authority to vote
and dispose of the shares held by KTB China Optimum Fund. KTB
China Optimum Funds registered office is at KTB network
building
826-14
Yeoksam-dong Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea.
|
|
(13)
|
|
Perfect Wisdom International
Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands.
Yachao Liu is the sole shareholder and the sole director of
Perfect Wisdom International Limited. Its registered office is
at P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road
Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
|
|
(14)
|
|
Excellent New Limited is a company
incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Yunfeng Bai is the
sole shareholder and the sole director of Excellent New Limited.
Its registered office is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore
Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin
Islands.
|
As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding
common shares or Series A preferred shares are held of
record by any persons in the United States. None of our
shareholders has informed us that it is a broker-dealer or an
affiliate of a broker-dealer. Our common shares are divided into
Class A common shares and Class B common shares.
Holders of Class A common shares are entitled to one vote
per share, while holders of Class B common shares are
entitled to ten votes per share. We will issue Class A
common shares represented by our ADSs in this offering. All of
our shareholders as of September 29, 2010 hold our
Class B common shares upon the closing of this offering and
may choose to convert their Class B common shares into the
same number of Class A common shares at any time. See
Description of Share CapitalCommon Shares for
a more detailed description of our Class A common shares
and Class B common shares. We are not aware of any
arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change
of control of our company.
120
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Contractual
Arrangements with Our Affiliated Entities and Their
Shareholders
See Our Corporate History and StructureContractual
Arrangements with Our Consolidated Affiliated Entities.
Private
Placement
See Description of Share CapitalHistory of
Securities Issuances.
Shareholders
Agreement
See Description of Share CapitalShareholders
Agreement and Registration Rights.
Employment
Agreement
See ManagementEmployment Agreements.
Stock
Incentives
See ManagementShare Incentive Plan.
121
DESCRIPTION
OF SHARE CAPITAL
We are a Cayman Islands company and our affairs are governed by
our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law
(as amended) of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the
Companies Law below.
We will adopt the fourth amended and restated memorandum and
articles of association prior to the completion of this
offering. This new memorandum and articles of association will
become effective upon completion of this offering and will
replace the current memorandum and articles of association in
its entirety. The following are summaries of material provisions
of our proposed post-offering memorandum and articles of
association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the
material terms of our common shares that we expect will become
effective upon the closing of this offering.
Common
Shares
General. Our common shares are divided into Class A
common shares and Class B common shares. Holders of
Class A common shares and Class B common shares have
the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Our
authorized share capital is $
divided
into
common shares, with a par value of $0.001 each, of
which
common shares are designated as Class A common shares
and
common shares are designated as Class B common shares.
Certificates representing the common shares are issued in
registered form. Our shareholders who are nonresidents of the
Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.
Dividends. The holders of our common shares are entitled
to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors
subject to the Companies Law.
Conversion. Each Class B common share is
convertible into one Class A common share at any time by
the holder thereof. Class A common shares are not
convertible into Class B common shares under any
circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B common shares
by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an
affiliate of such holder (as defined in our articles of
association), such Class B common shares shall be
automatically and immediately converted into an equal number of
Class A common shares. In addition, if at any time
Mr. Bangxin Zhang, Mr. Yundong Cao, Mr. Yachao
Liu, Mr. Yunfeng Bai, Tiger Global Five China Holdings and
KTB China Optimum Fund and their respective affiliates
collectively own less than 5% of the total number of the issued
and outstanding Class B common shares (taking into account
all of the issued and outstanding preferred shares on an
as-converted basis), each issued and outstanding Class B
common share shall be automatically and immediately converted
into one share of Class A common share, and we shall not
issue any Class B common shares thereafter.
Voting Rights. In respect of matters requiring
shareholders vote, each Class A common share is
entitled to one vote, and each Class B common share is
entitled to ten votes. Shareholders may attend any
shareholders meeting and vote in person or by proxy, and
in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its
duly authorized representative or proxy; we currently do not
allow shareholders to vote electronically. Voting at any
shareholders meeting is by show of hands unless a poll is
demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of our board of
directors or one or more shareholders holding at least 10% of
the paid up voting share capital, present in person or by proxy.
A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at
least one shareholder present in person or by proxy or, if a
corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized
representative, who holds no less than 10% of our voting share
capital. Shareholders meetings are held annually and may
be convened by our board of directors on its own initiative or
upon a request to the directors by shareholders holding in
aggregate at least one-third of our voting share capital.
Advance notice of at least ten days is required for the
convening of our annual general meeting and other
shareholders meetings.
An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires
a simple majority of votes cast in a general meeting, while a
special resolution requires no less than two-thirds of the votes
cast. A special resolution is required for important matters
such as a change of name. Our shareholders may effect certain
changes by ordinary resolution, including increase the amount of
our authorized share capital, consolidate and
122
divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger
amount than our existing shares, and cancel any shares.
Transfer of Shares. Subject to the restrictions of our
memorandum and articles of association, as applicable, any of
our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her common
shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form
or any other form approved by our board.
Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, decline to
register any transfer of any common share which is not fully
paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also
decline to register any transfer of any share unless
(a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us,
accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it
relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may
reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make
the transfer; (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect
of only one class of shares; (c) the instrument of transfer
is properly stamped, if required; (d) in the case of a
transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom
the share is to be transferred does not exceed four;
(e) the shares conceded are free of any lien in favor of
us; or (f) a fee of such maximum sum as the New York Stock
Exchange may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as our
board of directors may from time to time require, is paid to us
in respect thereof.
If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall,
within two months after the date on which the instrument of
transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the
transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers
may, on 14 days notice being given by advertisement
in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be
suspended and the register closed at such times and for such
periods as our board of directors may from time to time
determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers
shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than
30 days in any year.
Liquidation. On a return of capital on winding up or
otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of
shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of
common shares shall be distributed among the holders of the
common shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for
distribution are insufficient to repay all of the
paid-up
capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are
borne by our shareholders proportionately.
Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares. Our board of
directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for
any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such
shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time
of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain
unpaid on the specified time are subject to forfeiture.
Redemption of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the
Companies Law, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to
redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on
such terms and in such manner as may be determined by special
resolution.
Variations of Rights of Shares. All or any of the special
rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the
provisions of the Companies Law, be varied either with the
written consent of the holders of a majority of the issued
shares of that class or with the sanction of a special
resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the
shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of
the shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly
provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be
deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares
ranking in priority to or pari passu with such previously
existing shares.
Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our common
shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to
inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our
corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders
with annual audited financial statements. See Additional
Information.
123
Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our
post-offering memorandum and articles of association may
discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company
or management that shareholders may consider favorable,
including provisions that:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in
one or more series and to designate the price, rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference
shares without any further vote or action by our
shareholders; and
|
|
|
|
limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene
general meetings of shareholders.
|
However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only
exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our
memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and
for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests
of our company.
History
of Securities Issuances
The following is a summary of our securities issuances since the
inception of TAL Group:
Common
Shares
In January 2008, in connection with our corporate restructuring
and the incorporation of our offshore holding company, we issued
565 common shares to Bangxin Zhang, 260 common shares to Yundong
Cao, 100 common shares to Yachao Liu and 75 common shares to
Yunfeng Bai, the beneficial owners of Xueersi Education and
Xueersi Network, based on their respective interests in these
two companies, immediately prior to the restructuring.
In January 2009, we issued 67,799,435 common shares to Bangxin
Zhang, 31,199,740 common shares to Yundong Cao, 11,999,900
common shares to Yachao Liu and 8,999,925 common shares to
Yunfeng Bai based on their respective interests in our offshore
holding company, immediately prior to this issuance. In May
2009, Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai
transferred all the common shares they held to their respective
personal holding companies incorporated in the British Virgin
Islands.
Preferred
Shares
In February 2009, we issued an aggregate of 5,000,000 preferred
shares to KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited in a private
placement at $1.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of
$5 million. In August 2010, KTB/UCI China Ventures II
Limited transferred 5,000,000 preferred shares to its affiliate
KTB China Optimum Fund. We refer to KTB/UCI China
Ventures II and KTB China Optimum Fund collectively as
KTB. Holders of our preferred shares are entitled to
vote on an as converted basis together with the
holders of common shares. Each preferred share will
automatically convert into one common share upon completion of
this offering.
Share
Transfer to Tiger and KTB
In August 2009, Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and
Yunfeng Bai, or the Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners,
entered into an agreement to collectively sell an aggregate of
21,875,000 common shares for an aggregate price of
$35 million to Tiger Global Five China Holdings, and an
aggregate of 3,125,000 common shares for an aggregate price of
$5 million to KTB China Optimum Fund.
Options
In connection with the sale of common shares to Tiger by the
Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners in August 2009, we and the
Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners granted an option to Tiger
to acquire additional securities prior to our IPO at a fair
market value to enable Tiger to increase its equity in our
company to 25% on a fully diluted basis. If Tiger purchases
additional shares from the Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners,
KTB has the right to purchase its pro rata portion of the shares
offered by the Pre-IPO Individual Beneficial Owners calculated
based on our shareholder agreement.
124
For options to be granted to certain of our directors, officers,
employees and consultants under our share incentive plan, see
ManagementShare Incentive Plan.
Each of the aforementioned issuances was exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on
Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an
issuer made outside the U.S. No underwriters were involved
in the securities issuances described above.
Shareholders
Agreement and Registration Rights
In connection with the issuance and sale of our Series A
preferred shares, we and our major shareholders entered into a
shareholders agreement, dated February 12, 2009,
which was amended and restated on August 12, 2009 in
connection with the sale by our then shareholders to Tiger and
KTB China Optimum Fund.
Under the shareholders agreement, KTB and Tiger were
granted certain rights, including customary veto rights,
tag-along rights, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and
co-sale, registration rights and the right to elect one director
each. The holder of our Series A preferred shares was
granted conversion rights and liquidation rights with respect to
the Series A preferred shares. Except for the registration
rights, all of the rights of KTB and Tiger under the
shareholders agreement will terminate upon the completion
of this offering.
Under the terms of the agreement, from the date that is six
months after the effective date of the registration statement
for this offering, holders of at least 30% of the aggregate
shares initially purchased by KTB and Tiger, together on an
as-converted basis (collectively, the Initial
Holders), may require us to effect the registration other
than on
Form F-3
(or a comparable form) for a public offering of their
registrable securities with anticipated gross proceeds of at
least $5 million in the aggregate.
Moreover, the Initial Holders may require us to effect the
registration on
Form F-3
for their registrable securities provided that
Form F-3
(or a comparable form) is available for such offering and that
the aggregate price to the public net of any underwriters
discounts or commissions is not less than $0.5 million. We
are only obliged to effect up to two demand registrations other
than on
Form F-3
and up to two demand registrations on
Form F-3
(if available) during any twelve-month period. We have the right
to defer filing for a period of no more than 90 days if our
board of directors in good faith determines that filing of such
registration will be materially detrimental to us and our
shareholders, but we cannot utilize this right more than once in
any twelve-month period or register any securities of our
company for our own account or for the account of any other
shareholder during such
90-day
period. In the case where the number of registrable securities
included in an underwritten public offering is to be reduced,
the securities other than registrable shares must be reduced
before any registrable securities may be reduced.
The Initial Holders also have piggyback registration
rights, pursuant to which they may require us to register all or
any part of the registrable securities then held by such holders
when we file any registration statements for purposes of
effecting a public offering of our securities (including a
registration statement we file for shareholders other than the
Initial Holders). In the case where the number of registrable
securities included in an underwritten public offering is to be
reduced, the securities other than registrable shares must be
reduced before any registrable securities may be reduced.
However, in no event shall the amount of securities included in
such registration be reduced below 30% of the total shares
requested to be included in the offering.
The registration rights shall terminate after (a) the fifth
anniversary following the completion of this offering, or
(b) with respect to any shareholder, such earlier time
after the offering at which such holder (i) can sell all
shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(b)(1)(i) or
(ii) under the the Securities Act, holds 1% or less of our
outstanding common shares and all registrable securities held by
such holder can be sold in any
90-day
period without registration under Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.
Differences
in Corporate Law
The Companies Law is modeled after companies legislation of the
United Kingdom but does not follow recent United Kingdom
statutory enactments. In addition, the Companies Law differs
from laws applicable to
125
United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth
below is a summary of the significant differences between the
provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws
applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and
their shareholders.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Law
permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands
companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman
Islands companies. For these purposes,
(a) merger means the merging of two or more
constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking,
property and liabilities in one of such companies as the
surviving company, and (b) a consolidation
means the combination of two or more constituent companies into
a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking,
property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated
company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the
directors of each constituent company must approve a written
plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized
by either (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of
each constituent company voting together as one class if the
shares to be issued to each shareholder in the consolidated or
surviving company will have the same rights and economic value
as the shares held in the relevant constituent company, or
(b) a shareholder resolution of each constituent company
passed by a majority in number representing 75% in value of the
shareholders voting together as one class. The plan must be
filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a
declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving
company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each
constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the
certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the
members and creditors of each constituent company and published
in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the
right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not
agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman
Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject
to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a
merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with
these statutory procedures.
In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the
reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the
arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of
shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be
made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value
of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may
be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at
a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening
of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be
sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a
dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the
view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court
can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:
|
|
|
|
|
the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been met;
|
|
|
|
the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in
question;
|
|
|
|
the arrangement is such that a businessman would reasonably
approve; and
|
|
|
|
the arrangement is not one that would more properly be
sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.
|
When a take-over offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0%
of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may,
within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining
shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An
objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands
but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of
fraud, bad faith or collusion.
If the arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the
dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to
appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available
to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations,
providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially
determined value of the shares.
Shareholders Suits. In principle, we will normally
be the proper plaintiff and a derivative action may not be
brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English
authority, which would in all likelihood be
126
of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the
foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:
|
|
|
|
|
a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or ultra vires;
|
|
|
|
the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could be
effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote
which has not been obtained; and
|
|
|
|
those who control the company are perpetrating a fraud on
the minority.
|
Transactions with Directors. Under the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or the DGCL, transactions with directors must
be approved by disinterested directors or by the shareholders,
or otherwise proven to be fair to the company as of the time it
is approved. Such transaction will be void or voidable, unless
(i) the material facts of any interested directors
interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors
and the transaction is approved by the affirmative votes of a
majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the
material facts of any interested directors interests are
disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote
thereon, and the transaction is specifically approved in good
faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the transaction
is fair to the company as of the time it is approved.
Cayman Islands laws do not restrict transactions with directors,
requiring only that directors exercise a duty of care and owe a
fiduciary duty to the companies for which they serve. Under our
post-offering memorandum and articles of association, subject to
any separate requirement for audit committee approval under the
NYSE rules or unless disqualified by the chairman of the
relevant board meeting, so long as a director discloses the
nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement which he
is interested in, such a director may vote in respect of any
contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such
director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such
a meeting.
Directors Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware
corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a
fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This
duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of
loyalty. The duty of care generally requires that a director act
in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person
would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a
director must inform himself of all material information
reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The
duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he
reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the
corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal
gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a
director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation
and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed
by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared
by the shareholders generally. In general, but subject to
certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have
been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest
belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the
corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by
evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties.
Under Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company
is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company,
and therefore it is considered that he or she owes the following
duties to the company: a duty to act bona fide in the best
interests of the company; a duty not to make a profit out of his
or her position as director (unless the company permits him or
her to do so); and a duty not to put himself or herself in a
position where the interests of the company conflict with his or
her personal interests or his or her duty to a third party. A
director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty
to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a
director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her
duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected
from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However,
there are indications that the courts are moving towards an
objective standard with regard to the required skill and care.
Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association,
directors who are in any way, whether directly or indirectly,
interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company
shall declare the nature of their interest at a meeting of the
board of directors. Following such declaration, a director may
vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract
notwithstanding his interest.
127
Majority Independent Board. A domestic U.S. company
listed on the New York Stock Exchange must comply with the
requirement that a majority of the board of directors must be
comprised of independent directors as defined under
Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the New
York Stock Exchange. As a Cayman Islands corporation, we are
allowed to follow home country practices in lieu of certain
corporate governance requirements under the NYSE rules where
there is no similar requirement under the laws of the Cayman
Islands. However, we have no present intention to rely on home
country practice with respect to our corporate governance
matters, and we intend to comply with the NYSE rules after the
completion of this offering.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Under the DGCL, a
corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by
written consent by inclusion of such a restriction in its
certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our
post-offering articles of association provide that shareholders
may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written
resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would
have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting
without a meeting being held.
Shareholder Proposals and Meeting of Shareholders. The
DGCL does not provide shareholders an express right to put any
proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but in
keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford
shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations
provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be
called by the board of directors or any other person authorized
to do so in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, but
shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.
Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited
rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide
shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general
meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a
companys articles of association. Our post-offering
memorandum and articles of association allow our shareholders
holding not less than one-third of our
paid-up
voting share capital to requisition a special meeting of the
shareholders, in which case the directors are obliged to call
such meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a
vote at such meeting; however, our articles do not provide our
shareholders with any right to put any proposals before annual
general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by
such shareholders.
As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the
Companies Law of the Cayman Islands to call shareholders
annual general meetings. Our post-offering memorandum and
articles of association provide that we may (but are not obliged
to) in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general
meeting in which case we shall specify the meeting as such in
the notices calling it, and the annual general meeting shall be
held at such time and place as may be determined by our
directors. We, however, will hold an annual shareholders
meeting during each fiscal year, as required by the rules of the
New York Stock Exchange.
Cumulative Voting. Under the DGCL, cumulative voting for
elections of directors is not permitted unless the
corporations certificate of incorporation specifically
provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the
representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors
since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes
to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which
increases the shareholders voting power with respect to
electing such director.
There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under
the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our post-offering articles
of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a
result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections
or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware
corporation.
Removal of Directors. Under the DGCL, a director of a
corporation with a classified board may be removed only for
cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation
provides otherwise. Under our post-offering articles of
association, directors can be removed by a special resolution of
shareholders.
Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The DGCL
contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware
public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has
specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by an
amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws that is
approved by its shareholders,
128
it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations
with an interested shareholder for three years
following the date that such person becomes an interested
shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or
a group who or which owns 15% or more of the corporations
outstanding voting stock or who or which is an affiliate or
associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the
corporations outstanding voting stock within the past
three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a
potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in
which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute
does not apply if, among others, prior to the date on which such
shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of
directors approves either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested
shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a
Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any
acquisition transaction with the targets board of
directors.
Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we
cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by
the Delaware business combination statute. However, although
Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a
company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that
such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best
interests of the company and not with the effect of perpetuating
a fraud on the minority shareholders.
Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the DGCL, a
corporations certificate of incorporation may be amended
only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors
and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to
vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if
so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended
by the board of directors. As permitted by Cayman Islands law,
our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may be
amended with a special resolution.
Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are
no limitations imposed by our post-offering memorandum and
articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign
shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In
addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering
memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership
threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
Indemnification. Cayman Islands law does not limit the
extent to which a companys articles of association may
provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to
the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands
courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide
indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of
committing a crime.
Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association,
we may indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents
against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in
connection with actions, suits or proceedings to which they are
party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their
acting as our directors, officers, employees or agents, except
through their own dishonesty, willful default or fraud. To be
entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted in
good faith and in the best interest and not contrary to the
interest of our company, and must not have acted in a manner
willfully or grossly negligent and, with respect to any criminal
action, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their
conduct was unlawful. Our post-offering memorandum and articles
of association may also provide for indemnification of such
person in the case of a suit initiated by our company or in the
right of our company.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our
directors and executive officers to indemnify them to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law and our articles of
association, from and against all costs, charges, expenses,
liabilities and losses incurred in connection with any
litigation, suit or proceeding to which such director is or is
threatened to be made a party, witness or other participant.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or
persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.
129
DESCRIPTION
OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
American
Depositary Receipts
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary will issue the ADSs
which you will be entitled to receive in this offering. Each ADS
will represent an ownership interest
in Class A
common shares which we will deposit with the custodian, as agent
of the depositary, under the deposit agreement among ourselves,
the depositary and yourself as an ADR holder. In the future,
each ADS will also represent any securities, cash or other
property deposited with the depositary but which they have not
distributed directly to you. Unless specifically requested by
you, all ADSs will be issued on the books of our depositary in
book-entry form and periodic statements will be mailed to you
which reflect your ownership interest in such ADSs. In our
description, references to American depositary receipts or ADRs
shall include the statements you will receive which reflect your
ownership of ADSs.
The depositarys office is located at 1 Chase
Manhattan Plaza, Floor 58, New York, NY, 10005-1401.
You may hold ADSs either directly or indirectly through your
broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs
directly, by having an ADS registered in your name on the books
of the depositary, you are an ADR holder. This description
assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs
through your broker or financial institution nominee, you must
rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution
to assert the rights of an ADR holder described in this section.
You should consult with your broker or financial institution to
find out what those procedures are.
As an ADR holder, we will not treat you as a shareholder of ours
and you will not have any shareholder rights. Cayman Island law
governs shareholder rights. Because the depositary or its
nominee will be the shareholder of record for the shares
represented by all outstanding ADSs, shareholder rights rest
with such record holder. Your rights are those of an ADR holder.
Such rights derive from the terms of the deposit agreement to be
entered into among us, the depositary and all registered holders
from time to time of ADSs issued under the deposit agreement.
The obligations of the depositary and its agents are also set
out in the deposit agreement. Because the depositary or its
nominee will actually be the registered owner of the
Class A common shares, you must rely on it to exercise the
rights of a shareholder on your behalf. The deposit agreement
and the ADSs are governed by New York law.
The following is a summary of the material terms of the deposit
agreement. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the
information that may be important to you. For more complete
information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and
the form of ADR which contains the terms of your ADSs. You can
read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit
agreement at the SECs Public Reference Room which is
located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You
may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-732-0330.
You may also find the registration statement and the attached
deposit agreement on the SECs website at
http://www.sec.gov.
Share
Dividends and Other Distributions
How
will I receive dividends and other distributions on the shares
underlying my ADSs?
We may make various types of distributions with respect to our
securities. The depositary has agreed that, to the extent
practicable, it will pay to you the cash dividends or other
distributions it or the custodian receives on shares, after
converting any cash received into U.S. dollars and, in all
cases, making any necessary deductions provided for in the
deposit agreement. You will receive these distributions in
proportion to the number of underlying securities that your ADSs
represent.
Except as stated below, the depositary will deliver such
distributions to ADR holders in proportion to their interests in
the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash. The depositary will distribute any
U.S. dollars available to it resulting from a cash dividend
or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any
other distribution or portion thereof (to the
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
extent applicable), on an averaged or other practicable basis,
subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld,
(ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable
with respect to certain registered ADR holders, and
(iii) deduction of the depositarys expenses in
(1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars to
the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made
on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or
U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the
depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that
such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis,
(3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental
authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is
obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and
(4) making any sale by public or private means in any
commercially reasonable manner. If exchange rates fluctuate
during a time when the depositary cannot convert a foreign
currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the
distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares. In the case of a distribution in shares,
the depositary will issue additional ADRs to evidence the number
of ADSs representing such shares. Only whole ADSs will be
issued. Any shares which would result in fractional ADSs will be
sold and the net proceeds will be distributed in the same manner
as cash to the ADR holders entitled thereto.
|
|
|
|
Rights to receive additional shares. In the case
of a distribution of rights to subscribe for additional shares
or other rights, if we provide evidence satisfactory to the
depositary that it may lawfully distribute such rights, the
depositary will distribute warrants or other instruments in the
discretion of the depositary representing such rights. However,
if we do not furnish such evidence, the depositary may:
|
|
|
|
|
|
sell such rights if practicable and distribute the net proceeds
in the same manner as cash to the ADR holders entitled
thereto; or
|
|
|
|
if it is not practicable to sell such rights, do nothing and
allow such rights to lapse, in which case ADR holders will
receive nothing.
|
We have no obligation to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act in order to make any rights available to ADR
holders.
|
|
|
|
|
Other Distributions. In the case of a distribution
of securities or property other than those described above, the
depositary may either (i) distribute such securities or
property in any manner it deems equitable and practicable or
(ii) to the extent the depositary deems distribution of
such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable,
sell such securities or property and distribute any net proceeds
in the same way it distributes cash.
|
If the depositary determines that any distribution described
above is not practicable with respect to any specific registered
ADR holder, the depositary may choose any method of distribution
that it deems practicable for such ADR holder, including the
distribution of foreign currency, securities or property, or it
may retain such items, without paying interest on or investing
them, on behalf of the ADR holder as deposited securities, in
which case the ADSs will also represent the retained items.
Any U.S. dollars will be distributed by checks drawn on a
bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents.
Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt
with by the depositary in accordance with its then current
practices.
The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is
unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any
ADR holders.
There can be no assurance that the depositary will be able to
convert any currency at a specified exchange rate or sell any
property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified
price, nor that any of such transactions can be completed within
a specified time period.
131
Deposit,
Withdrawal and Cancellation
How
does the depositary issue ADSs?
The depositary will issue ADSs if you or your broker deposit
shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the
custodian and pay the fees and expenses owing to the depositary
in connection with such issuance. In the case of the ADSs to be
issued under this prospectus, we will arrange with the
underwriters named herein to deposit such shares.
Shares deposited in the future with the custodian must be
accompanied by certain delivery documentation, including
instruments showing that such shares have been properly
transferred or endorsed to the person on whose behalf the
deposit is being made.
The custodian will hold all deposited shares (including those
being deposited by or on our behalf in connection with the
offering to which this prospectus relates) for the account of
the depositary. ADR holders thus have no direct ownership
interest in the shares and only have such rights as are
contained in the deposit agreement. The custodian will also hold
any additional securities, property and cash received on or in
substitution for the deposited shares. The deposited shares and
any such additional items are referred to as deposited
securities.
Upon each deposit of shares, receipt of related delivery
documentation and compliance with the other provisions of the
deposit agreement, including the payment of the fees and charges
of the depositary and any taxes or other fees or charges owing,
the depositary will issue an ADR or ADRs in the name or upon the
order of the person entitled thereto evidencing the number of
ADSs to which such person is entitled. All of the ADSs issued
will, unless specifically requested to the contrary, be part of
the depositarys direct registration system, and a
registered holder will receive periodic statements from the
depositary which will show the number of ADSs registered in such
holders name. An ADR holder can request that the ADSs not
be held through the depositarys direct registration system
and that a certificated ADR be issued.
How do
ADR holders cancel an ADS and obtain deposited
securities?
When you turn in your ADR certificate at the depositarys
office, or when you provide proper instructions and
documentation in the case of direct registration ADSs, the
depositary will, upon payment of certain applicable fees,
charges and taxes, deliver the underlying shares to you or upon
your written order. In the case of certificated ADSs, delivery
will be made at the custodians office. At your risk,
expense and request, the depositary may deliver deposited
securities at such other place as you may request.
The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited
securities in connection with:
|
|
|
|
|
temporary delays caused by closing our transfer books or those
of the depositary or the deposit of shares in connection with
voting at a shareholders meeting, or the payment of
dividends;
|
|
|
|
the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges; or
|
|
|
|
compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental
regulations relating to the ADRs or to the withdrawal of
deposited securities.
|
This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other
provision of the deposit agreement.
Record
Dates
The depositary may, after consultation with us if practicable,
fix record dates for the determination of the registered ADR
holders who will be entitled (or obligated, as the case may be):
|
|
|
|
|
to receive any distribution on or in respect of shares,
|
|
|
|
to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at a
meeting of holders of shares,
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
to pay the fee assessed by the depositary for administration of
the ADR program and for any expenses as provided for in the
ADR, or
|
|
|
|
to receive any notice or to act in respect of other matters,
|
all subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement.
Voting
Rights
How do
I vote?
If you are an ADR holder and the depositary asks you to provide
it with voting instructions, you may instruct the depositary how
to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your
ADSs. As soon as practicable after receiving notice of any
meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies from us, the
depositary will distribute to the registered ADR holders a
notice stating such information as is contained in the voting
materials received by the depositary and describing how you may
instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the
shares which underlie your ADSs, including instructions for
giving a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. For
instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in
the manner and on or before the date specified. The depositary
will try, as far as is practical, subject to the provisions of
and governing the underlying shares, to vote or to have its
agents vote the shares as you instruct. The depositary will only
vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. The depositary will not
itself exercise any voting discretion. Furthermore, neither the
depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to
carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any
vote is cast or for the effect of any vote. We allow the
depositary as a shareholder on record to attend any
shareholders meeting and vote by its duly authorized
representative or by proxy; however, we currently do not allow
shareholders to vote electronically.
There is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in
time to instruct the depositary to vote and it is possible that
you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or
other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a
right to vote.
The shares represented by the ADSs may only be voted through the
depositary. ADR holders will not be able to attend and vote at
meetings of shareholders other than through the depositary
itself. To the extent an ADR holder wishes to attend and vote at
any such meeting, such ADR holder would be required to cancel
such ADR holders ADSs and become a shareholder of the
company prior to the record date established by us for such
meeting. For information on how a shareholder of the company is
able to vote, please see Description of Share
Capital Common Shares.
In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the
depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to
deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we
will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details
concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in
advance of the meeting date.
Reports
and Other Communications
Will
ADR holders be able to view our reports?
The depositary will make available for inspection by ADR holders
at the offices of the depositary and the custodian the deposit
agreement, the provisions of or governing deposited securities,
and any written communications from us which are both received
by the custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited
securities and made generally available to the holders of
deposited securities.
Additionally, if we make any written communications generally
available to holders of our shares, and we furnish copies
thereof (or English translations or summaries) to the
depositary, it will distribute the same to registered ADR
holders.
133
Fees and
Expenses
What
fees and expenses will I be responsible for
paying?
The depositary may charge each person to whom ADSs are issued,
including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of
shares, issuances in respect of share distributions, rights and
other distributions, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or
stock split declared by us or issuances pursuant to a merger,
exchange of securities or any other transaction or event
affecting the ADSs or deposited securities, and each person
surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of deposited securities or
whose ADRs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, $5.00
for each 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof) issued, delivered,
reduced, cancelled or surrendered, as the case may be. The
depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient
securities and property received in respect of a share
distribution, rights
and/or other
distribution prior to such deposit to pay such charge.
The following additional charges shall be incurred by the ADR
holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing shares or by any
party surrendering ADSs or to whom ADSs are issued (including,
without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or
stock split declared by us or an exchange of stock regarding the
ADRs or the deposited securities or a distribution of ADSs),
whichever is applicable:
|
|
|
|
|
a fee of $1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers of certificated or
direct registration ADRs;
|
|
|
|
a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS for any cash distribution made
pursuant to the deposit agreement;
|
|
|
|
a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS per calendar year (or portion
thereof) for services performed by the depositary in
administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic
basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against
holders of ADRs as of the record date or record dates set by the
depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable in the
manner described in the next succeeding provision);
|
|
|
|
reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred
by the depositary
and/or any
of the depositarys agents (including, without limitation,
the custodian and expenses incurred on behalf of holders in
connection with compliance with foreign exchange control
regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign
investment) in connection with the servicing of the shares, the
delivery of deposited securities or otherwise in connection with
the depositarys or its custodians compliance with
applicable law, rule or regulation (which charge shall be
assessed on a proportionate basis against holders as of the
record date or dates set by the depositary and shall be payable
at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing such holders
or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or
other cash distributions);
|
|
|
|
a fee for the distribution of securities (or the sale of
securities in connection with a distribution), such fee being in
an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of
ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of
such securities (treating all such securities as if they were
shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the
sale thereof are instead distributed by the depositary to those
holders entitled thereto;
|
|
|
|
stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;
|
|
|
|
cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges
incurred at your request in connection with the deposit or
delivery of shares;
|
|
|
|
transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer
of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection
with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities; and
|
|
|
|
expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of
foreign currency into U.S. dollars.
|
We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and
any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to
agreements from time to time between us and the depositary. The
charges described above may be amended from time to time by
agreement between us and the depositary.
134
Our depositary has agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses
we incur that are related to establishment and maintenance of
the ADR program, including investor relations expenses and
exchange application and listing fees. Neither the depositary
nor we can determine the exact amount to be made available to us
because (i) the number of ADSs that will be issued and
outstanding, (ii) the level of fees to be charged to
holders of ADSs and (iii) our reimbursable expenses related
to the ADR program are not known at this time. The depositary
collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of ADSs directly
from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the
purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them.
The depositary collects fees for making distributions to
investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed
or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the
fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary
services by deduction from cash distributions, or by directly
billing investors, or by charging the book-entry system accounts
of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally
refuse to provide services to any holder until the fees and
expenses owing by such holder for those services or otherwise
are paid.
Payment
of Taxes
ADR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge
payable by the custodian or the depositary on any ADS or ADR,
deposited security or distribution. If an ADR holder owes any
tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may
(i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions,
or (ii) sell deposited securities (by public or private
sale) and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such
sale. In either case the ADR holder remains liable for any
shortfall. Additionally, if any tax or governmental charge is
unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any
registration, registration of transfer,
split-up or
combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited
securities until such payment is made. If any tax or
governmental charge is required to be withheld on any cash
distribution, the depositary may deduct the amount required to
be withheld from any cash distribution or, in the case of a
non-cash distribution, sell the distributed property or
securities (by public or private sale) to pay such taxes and
distribute any remaining net proceeds to the ADR holders
entitled thereto.
By holding an ADR or an interest therein, you will be agreeing
to indemnify us, the depositary, its custodian and any of our or
their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates
against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any
governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax,
penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes,
reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit
obtained.
Reclassifications,
Recapitalizations and Mergers
If we take certain actions that affect the deposited securities,
including (i) any change in par value,
split-up,
consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of
deposited securities or (ii) any distributions not made to
holders of ADRs or (iii) any recapitalization,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation,
receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of
our assets, then the depositary may choose to:
(1) amend the form of ADR;
(2) distribute additional or amended ADRs;
(3) distribute cash, securities or other property it
has received in connection with such actions;
(4) sell any securities or property received and
distribute the proceeds as cash; or
(5) none of the above.
If the depositary does not choose any of the above options, any
of the cash, securities or other property it receives will
constitute part of the deposited securities and each ADS will
then represent a proportionate interest in such property.
135
Amendment
and Termination
How
may the deposit agreement be amended?
We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement
and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. ADR holders
must be given at least 30 days notice of any amendment that
imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock
transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer
or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission
costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or otherwise
prejudices any substantial existing right of ADR holders. Such
notice need not describe in detail the specific amendments
effectuated thereby, but must give ADR holders a means to access
the text of such amendment. We will file such amendment with the
Securities and Exchange Commission through its electronic filing
system, which provides ADR holders with free access to the text
of any such amendment and we will bear any expenses that may be
incurred for such filing. If an ADR holder continues to hold an
ADR or ADRs after being so notified, such ADR holder is deemed
to agree to such amendment and to be bound by the deposit
agreement as so amended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any
governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws,
rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement
of the deposit agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance
therewith, we and the depositary may amend or supplement the
deposit agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with
such changed laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or
supplement may take effect before a notice is given or within
any other period of time as required for compliance. No
amendment, however, will impair your right to surrender your
ADSs and receive the underlying securities, except in order to
comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.
How
may the deposit agreement be terminated?
The depositary may, and shall at our written direction,
terminate the deposit agreement and the ADRs by mailing notice
of such termination to the registered holders of ADRs at least
30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such
termination; provided, however, if the depositary shall have
(i) resigned as depositary under the deposit agreement,
notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be
provided to registered holders unless a successor depositary
shall not be operating under the deposit agreement within
45 days of the date of such resignation, and (ii) been
removed as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of
such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to
registered holders of ADRs unless a successor depositary shall
not be operating under the deposit agreement on the 90th day
after our notice of removal was first provided to the
depositary. After termination, the depositarys only
responsibility will be (i) to deliver deposited securities
to ADR holders who surrender their ADRs, and (ii) to hold
or sell distributions received on deposited securities. As soon
as practicable after the expiration of six months from the
termination date, the depositary will sell the deposited
securities which remain and hold the net proceeds of such sales
(as long as it may lawfully do so), without liability for
interest, in trust for the ADR holders who have not yet
surrendered their ADRs. After making such sale, the depositary
shall have no obligations except to account for such proceeds
and other cash.
Limitations
on Obligations and Liability to ADR holders
Limits
on our obligations and the obligations of the depositary; limits
on liability to ADR holders and holders of ADSs
Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer,
split-up,
combination, or cancellation of any ADRs, or the delivery of any
distribution in respect thereof, and from time to time, we or
the depositary or its custodian may require:
|
|
|
|
|
payment with respect thereto of (i) any stock transfer or
other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock
transfer or registration fees in effect for the registration of
transfers of shares upon any applicable register and
(iii) any applicable fees and expenses described in the
deposit agreement;
|
|
|
|
the production of proof satisfactory to it of (i) the
identity of any signatory and genuineness of any signature and
(ii) such other information, including without limitation,
information as to citizenship,
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
residence, exchange control approval, beneficial ownership of
any securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations,
provisions of or governing deposited securities and terms of the
deposit agreement and the ADRs, as it may deem necessary or
proper; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
compliance with such regulations as the depositary may establish
consistent with the deposit agreement.
|
The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of shares, the
registration, registration of transfer,
split-up or
combination of ADRs or the withdrawal of shares, may be
suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADRs
register or any register for deposited securities is closed or
when any such action is deemed advisable by the depositary;
provided that the ability to withdrawal shares may only be
limited under the following circumstances: (i) temporary
delays caused by closing transfer books of the depositary or our
transfer books or the deposit of shares in connection with
voting at a shareholders meeting, or the payment of
dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes, and similar
charges, and (iii) compliance with any laws or governmental
regulations relating to ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited
securities.
The deposit agreement expressly limits the obligations and
liability of the depositary, ourselves and our respective
agents. Neither we nor the depositary nor any such agent will be
liable if:
|
|
|
|
|
any present or future law, rule, regulation, fiat, order or
decree of the United States, the Cayman Islands, the
Peoples Republic of China (for this section only,
including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region) or any
other country, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or
securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the
provisions of or governing any deposited securities, any present
or future provision of our charter, any act of God, war,
terrorism or other circumstance beyond our, the
depositarys or our respective agents control shall
prevent, delay or subject to any civil or criminal penalty, any
act which the deposit agreement or the ADRs provide shall be
done or performed by us, the depositary or our respective agents
(including, without limitation, voting);
|
|
|
|
it exercises or fails to exercise discretion under the deposit
agreement or the ADR;
|
|
|
|
it performs its obligations under the deposit agreement and ADRs
without gross negligence or bad faith;
|
|
|
|
it takes any action or refrains from taking any action in
reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel,
accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any
registered holder of ADRs, or any other person believed by it to
be competent to give such advice or information; or
|
|
|
|
it relies upon any written notice, request, direction or other
document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties.
|
Neither the depositary nor its agents have any obligation to
appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other
proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs.
We and our agents shall only be obligated to appear in,
prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in
respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs, which in our
opinion may involve us in expense or liability, if indemnity
satisfactory to us against all expense (including fees and
disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as
may be required. The depositary and its agents may fully respond
to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by
or on its behalf in connection with the deposit agreement, any
registered holder or holders of ADRs, any ADRs or otherwise
related to the deposit agreement or ADRs to the extent such
information is requested or required by or pursuant to any
lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules,
regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking,
securities or other regulators. The depositary shall not be
liable for the acts or omissions made by any securities
depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection
with or arising out of book-entry settlement of deposited
securities or otherwise. Furthermore, the depositary shall not
be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection
with or arising from, the insolvency of any custodian that is
not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Additionally, none of us, the depositary or the custodian shall
be liable for the failure by any registered holder of ADRs or
beneficial owner therein to obtain the benefits of credits on
the basis of
non-U.S. tax
paid
137
against such holders or beneficial owners income tax
liability. Neither we nor the depositary shall incur any
liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by
holders or beneficial owners on account of their ownership of
ADRs or ADSs.
Neither the depositary nor its agents will be responsible for
any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the
deposited securities, for the manner in which any such vote is
cast or for the effect of any such vote. Neither the depositary
nor any of its agents shall be liable to registered holders of
ADRs or beneficial owners of interests in ADSs for any indirect,
special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without
limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by any person or
entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of
action in which such a claim may be brought.
The depositary may own and deal in any class of our securities
and in ADSs.
Disclosure
of Interest in ADSs
To the extent that the provisions of or governing any deposited
securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on
beneficial or other ownership of deposited securities, other
shares and other securities and may provide for blocking
transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or
limits, you agree to comply with all such disclosure
requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any
reasonable instructions we may provide in respect thereof. We
reserve the right to instruct you to deliver your ADSs for
cancellation and withdrawal of the deposited securities so as to
permit us to deal with you directly as a holder of shares and,
by holding an ADS or an interest therein, you will be agreeing
to comply with such instructions.
Books of
Depositary
The depositary or its agent will maintain a register for the
registration, registration of transfer, combination and
split-up of
ADRs, which register shall include the depositarys direct
registration system. Registered holders of ADRs may inspect such
records at the depositarys office at all reasonable times,
but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders
in the interest of the business of our company or a matter
relating to the deposit agreement. Such register may be closed
from time to time, when deemed expedient by the depositary.
The depositary will maintain facilities for the delivery and
receipt of ADRs.
Pre-release
of ADSs
In its capacity as depositary, the depositary shall not lend
shares or ADSs; provided, however, that the depositary may
(i) issue ADSs prior to the receipt of shares and
(ii) deliver shares prior to the receipt of ADSs for
withdrawal of deposited securities, including ADSs which were
issued under (i) above but for which shares may not have
been received (each such transaction a pre-release).
The depositary may receive ADSs in lieu of shares under
(i) above (which ADSs will promptly be canceled by the
depositary upon receipt by the depositary) and receive shares in
lieu of ADSs under (ii) above. Each such pre-release will
be subject to a written agreement whereby the person or entity
(the applicant) to whom ADSs or shares are to be
delivered (a) represents that at the time of the
pre-release the applicant or its customer owns the shares or
ADSs that are to be delivered by the applicant under such
pre-release, (b) agrees to indicate the depositary as owner
of such shares or ADSs in its records and to hold such shares or
ADSs in trust for the depositary until such shares or ADSs are
delivered to the depositary or the custodian,
(c) unconditionally guarantees to deliver to the depositary
or the custodian, as applicable, such shares or ADSs, and
(d) agrees to any additional restrictions or requirements
that the depositary deems appropriate. Each such pre-release
will be at all times fully collateralized with cash,
U.S. government securities or such other collateral as the
depositary deems appropriate, terminable by the depositary on
not more than five (5) business days notice and
subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as
the depositary deems appropriate. The depositary will normally
limit the number of ADSs and shares involved in such pre-release
at any one time to thirty percent (30%) of the ADSs outstanding
(without giving effect to ADSs outstanding under
(i) above), provided, however, that the depositary reserves
the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as
it deems appropriate. The
138
depositary may also set limits with respect to the number of
ADSs and shares involved in pre-release with any one person on a
case-by-case
basis as it deems appropriate. The depositary may retain for its
own account any compensation received by it in conjunction with
the foregoing. Collateral provided pursuant to (b) above,
but not the earnings thereon, shall be held for the benefit of
the registered holders of ADRs (other than the applicant).
Appointment
In the deposit agreement, each registered holder of ADRs and
each person holding an interest in ADSs, upon acceptance of any
ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the deposit agreement will be deemed for
all purposes to:
|
|
|
|
|
be a party to and bound by the terms of the deposit agreement
and the applicable ADR or ADRs, and
|
|
|
|
appoint the depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to
delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions
contemplated in the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or
ADRs, to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with
applicable laws and to take such action as the depositary in its
sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out
the purposes of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR and
ADRs, the taking of such actions to be the conclusive
determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.
|
Governing
Law
The deposit agreement and the ADRs shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
In the deposit agreement, we have submitted to the jurisdiction
of the courts of the State of New York and appointed an agent
for service of process on our behalf.
139
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of this offering, we will have
outstanding
ADSs representing approximately %
of our Class A common shares in issue. All of the ADSs sold
in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other
than our affiliates without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial
amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect
prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering,
there has been no public market for our common shares or the
ADSs, and although we have applied to list the ADSs on the New
York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that a regular trading
market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a trading
market will develop for our common shares not represented by the
ADSs.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file
with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act
relating to, any ADSs or shares of common shares, or publicly
disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge,
disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the
representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of
this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the exercise of
employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof or
pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan.
Our officers, directors and existing shareholders have agreed
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or shares
of common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable
or exercisable for any ADSs or shares of common shares, enter
into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter
into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in
whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership
of our ADSs, whether any of these transactions are to be settled
by delivery of our ADSs or other securities, in cash or
otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer,
sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction,
swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the
prior written consent of the representatives for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the
expiration of the
180-day
period, the common shares or ADSs held by our directors,
executive officers or existing shareholders may be sold subject
to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or by means of registered public offerings.
The 180-day
lock-up
period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If
in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days
of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up
will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such
an extension.
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will be
automatically extended under certain circumstances. See
Underwriting.
Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any
significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of
our ADSs or common shares. However, one or more existing
shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable
into or exercisable for our ADSs or common shares may dispose of
significant numbers of our ADSs or common shares. We cannot
predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ADSs or common
shares, or the availability of ADSs or common shares for future
sale, will have on the trading price of our ADSs from time to
time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or common shares
in the public market, or the perception that these sales could
occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.
Rule 144
All of our common shares outstanding prior to this offering are
restricted securities as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly
in the United States only if they are
140
subject to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and
Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general,
under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning
90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale
is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the
sale, an affiliate of us and has beneficially owned our
restricted securities for at least six months will be entitled
to sell the restricted securities without registration under the
Securities Act, subject only to the availability of current
public information about us, and will be entitled to sell
restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year
without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates and have
beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six
months may sell within any three-month period a number of
restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of our common shares then outstanding, in the
form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal
approximately million shares
immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do
not exercise their over-allotment option; and
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our ADSs on the New York
Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date
on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.
|
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to
certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the
availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act as
currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or
advisors who purchases our common shares from us in connection
with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement
executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to
resell such common shares in reliance on Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, but without compliance with some of the
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. However, the
Rule 701 shares would remain subject to
lock-up
arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the
lock-up
period expires.
Registration
Rights
Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our common
shares or their transferees will be entitled to request that we
register their shares under the Securities Act, following the
expiration of the
lock-up
agreements described above. See Description of Share
CapitalShareholders Agreement and Registration
Rights.
141
TAXATION
The following summary of the material Cayman Islands,
Peoples Republic of China and United States federal income
tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or common shares
is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in
effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of
which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all
possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs
or common shares, such as the tax consequences under state,
local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion
relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it is the opinion
of Maples and Calder, our special Cayman Islands counsel; to the
extent it relates to PRC tax law, it is the opinion of Tian Yuan
Law Firm, our special PRC counsel; and to the extent that it
sets forth specific legal conclusions under United States
federal income tax law, except as otherwise provided, it
represents the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP, our special United States
counsel.
Cayman
Islands Taxation
The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or
corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation
and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or
estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to
us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for
stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in,
or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The
Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties. There
are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in
the Cayman Islands.
Peoples
Republic of China Taxation
PRC
EIT Law
Under the PRC EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of
China with de facto management body within China is
considered a resident enterprise, meaning that it
can be treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for
enterprise income tax purposes, although the dividends paid to
one resident enterprise from another may qualify as
tax-exempt income. The implementing rules of the EIT
Law define de facto management as substantial and overall
management and control over the production and operations,
personnel, accounting, and properties of the enterprise. A
circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation on
April 22, 2009 provides that a foreign enterprise
controlled by a PRC company or a PRC company group will be
classified as a resident enterprise with its
de facto management body located within China if the
following requirements are satisfied: (i) the senior
management and core management departments in charge of its
daily operations function are mainly in the PRC; (ii) its
financial and human resources decisions are subject to
determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC;
(iii) its major assets, accounting books, company seals,
and minutes and files of its board and shareholders
meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) at least
half of the enterprises directors with voting right or
senior management reside in the PRC.
Based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Tian Yuan Law Firm, we
do not believe that either TAL Group or Xueersi Hong Kong meets
all of the conditions above. Each of TAL Group and Xueersi Hong
Kong is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As holding
companies, these two entities key assets and records,
including resolutions of its board of directors and resolutions
of its shareholders, are located and maintained outside of the
PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding
companies with a similar corporate structure as ours ever having
been deemed to be PRC resident enterprises by the
PRC tax authorities. Therefore, based on our PRC counsels
advice, we believe that neither TAL Group nor Xueersi Hong Kong
should be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC
tax purposes. However, as the tax resident status of an
enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax
authorities, there are uncertainties and risks associated with
this issue. If the PRC tax authorities determine that TAL Group
and Xueersi Hong Kong are resident enterprises, a
number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. First,
we may be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on
our worldwide taxable income. Second, although under the EIT Law
and its implementing rules, dividend income between qualified
resident enterprises is a tax-exempt income, we
cannot guarantee that dividends paid to TAL Group from our PRC
subsidiaries through Xueersi Hong
142
Kong would qualify as tax-exempt income and will not
be subject to withholding tax, as the PRC foreign exchange
control authorities, which enforce the withholding tax, have not
yet issued guidance with respect to the processing of outbound
remittances to entities that are treated as resident
enterprises for PRC enterprise income tax purposes.
Finally, the new resident enterprise classification
could result in a situation in which a 10% withholding tax is
imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise
shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC
enterprise shareholders from transferring our shares or ADSs, if
such income is considered PRC-sourced income by the relevant PRC
authorities. This could have the effect of increasing our and
our shareholders effective income tax rates and may
require us to deduct withholding tax from any dividends we pay
to our non-PRC shareholders.
In addition to the uncertainty in how the new resident
enterprise classification could apply, it is also possible
that the rules may change in the future, possibly with
retroactive effect. We are actively monitoring the possibility
of resident enterprise treatment for the 2011 tax
year and are evaluating appropriate organizational changes to
avoid this treatment, to the extent possible.
Circular
on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for
Share Transfer by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises
Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of
Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident
Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the State Administration
of Taxation on December 10, 2009, where a foreign investor
transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise
indirectly via disposing of the equity interests of an overseas
holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such
overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that:
(i) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or
(ii) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the
foreign investor shall report this Indirect Transfer to the
competent tax authority. The PRC tax authority will examine the
true nature of the Indirect Transfer, and if the tax authority
considers that the foreign investor has adopted an abusive
arrangement in order to avoid PRC tax, it may disregard
the existence of the overseas holding company and
re-characterize the Indirect Transfer and as a result, gains
derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC
withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also
provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its
equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related
parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the
competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable
adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction. Circular
698 is retroactively effective from January 1, 2008. The
relevant PRC authority has not yet promulgated any formal
provisions or formally declared or stated how to calculate the
effective tax in a foreign jurisdiction and how a foreign
investor shall report to the competent tax authority this
Indirect Transfer. Since Circular 698 was newly promulgated,
there are uncertainties as to its application. It is possible
that we or our non-resident investors may become at risk of
being taxed under Circular 698 and may be required to expend
valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish
that we or our non-resident investors should not be taxed under
Circular 698, which may have an adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations or such non-resident
investors investment in us.
Material
United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of the material United States federal
income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of our ADSs or common shares by a U.S. Holder
described below that will hold our ADSs or common shares as
capital assets (generally, property held for
investment) under the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the U.S. Tax Code). This
summary is based upon existing United States federal income tax
law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change,
possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not discuss
all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be
important to particular investors in light of their individual
investment circumstances, including investors subject to special
tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance
companies, broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect
mark-to-market
treatment, partnerships and their partners, pension plans,
regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts,
cooperatives, and tax-exempt organizations (including private
foundations)), holders who are not U.S. Holders, holders
who own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of
our voting stock, investors that will hold their ADSs or common
143
shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive
sale, or other integrated transaction for United States federal
income tax purposes, U.S. expatriates, persons liable for
alternative minimum tax, or investors that have a functional
currency other than the United States dollar, all of whom may be
subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those
summarized below. In addition, this summary does not discuss any
non-United
States, state, or local, or estate or gift tax considerations.
Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor
regarding the United States federal, state, local, and
non-United
States income and other tax considerations of an investment in
our ADSs or common shares.
General
For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is
a beneficial owner of our ADSs or common shares that is, for
United States federal income tax purposes, (i) an
individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes)
created in, or organized under the law of, the United States or
any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an
estate the income of which is includible in gross income for
United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its
source, or (iv) a trust (A) the administration of
which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States
court and which has one or more United States persons who have
the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust
or (B) that has otherwise elected to be treated as a United
States person under the U.S. Tax Code.
If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership
for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial
owner of our ADSs or common shares, the tax treatment of a
partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status
of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners
of a partnership holding our ADSs or common shares are urged to
consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ADSs
or common shares.
Based in part on the parties complying with the deposit
agreement, for United States federal income tax purposes, a
U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owner
of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs.
U.S. Holders should be aware, however, that the
U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom
ADSs are pre-released before shares are delivered to the
depositary, or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between
holders of ADSs and the issuer of the security underlying the
ADSs, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the
claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of ADSs. These
actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the
reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends
received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the
creditability of any PRC taxes, and the availability of the
reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate
U.S. Holders, each described below, could be affected by
actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.
PFIC
Considerations
A non-United
States corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a
PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any
taxable year, if either (i) at least 75% of its gross
income for such year consists of certain types of
passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the
value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly
average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce
or are held for the production of passive income. For this
purposes, passive income means any income which would be foreign
personal holding company income under the U.S. Tax Code,
including, without limitation, dividends, interest, royalties,
rent, annuities, net gains from the sale or exchange of property
producing such income, net gains from commodity transactions,
net foreign currency gains and income from notional principal
contracts. For this purpose, cash is categorized as a passive
asset and the companys unbooked intangibles are taken into
account for determining the value of its assets. We will be
treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and
earning a proportionate share of the income of any other
corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than
25% (by value) of the stock.
Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries as
being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes,
not only because we control their management decisions but also
because we are entitled to substantially all of the economic
144
benefits associated with these entities, and, as a result, we
consolidate these entities results of operations in our
consolidated, U.S. GAAP financial statements. If it were
determined, however, that we are not the owner of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries for
United States federal income tax purposes, we would likely be
treated as a PFIC for our taxable year ending on
February 28, 2011 and any subsequent taxable year.
Accordingly, assuming that we are the owner of Xueersi
Education, Xueersi Network and their respective subsidiaries for
United States federal income tax purposes, we believe that we
primarily operate an active after-school tutoring business in
China and do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable
year. Our expectation is based on assumptions as to our
projections of the value of our ADSs and outstanding common
shares during the year and our use of the proceeds from this
offering the initial public offering of our ADSs and of the
other cash that we will hold and generate in the ordinary course
of our business throughout the current taxable year. Despite our
expectation, there can be no assurance that we will not be a
PFIC for the current taxable year
and/or later
taxable years, as PFIC status is retested each year and depends
on the actual facts in such year. We could be a PFIC, for
example, if we do not spend sufficient amounts of the proceeds
from this offering, if our market capitalization at any time in
the future is lower than projected, or if our business and
assets evolve in ways that are different from what we currently
anticipate. In addition, though we generally believe that our
assets and the income derived from our assets do not generally
constitute passive assets and income under the PFIC rules, there
is no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will
agree with us. As they are inherently factual matters that
cannot be determined until the close of any applicable taxable
year, our special U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with
respect to our expectations contained in this paragraph.
Furthermore, because there are uncertainties in the application
of the relevant rules, it is possible that the Internal Revenue
Service may successfully challenge our classification of certain
income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our
tangible and intangible assets, each of which may result in our
company becoming classified as a PFIC for the current or
subsequent taxable years. Because PFIC status is a
fact-intensive, we will make a separate determination for each
taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC (after the close of
each taxable year) on the basis of the composition of our assets
and income and the value of our tangible and intangible assets.
In connection with filing an annual report with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, we expect to
disclose to our shareholders whether or not we or our
subsidiaries were and expect to be a PFIC for the relevant year.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we are not or will
not become classified as a PFIC. If we are classified as a PFIC
for any year during which a U.S. Holder held our ADSs or
common shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a
PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder
held our ADSs or common shares.
The discussion below under Dividends and Sale
or Other Disposition of ADSs or Common Shares assumes that
we will not be classified as a PFIC for United States federal
income tax purposes. The U.S. federal income tax rules that
apply if we are classified as a PFIC for the current taxable
year or any subsequent taxable year are generally discussed
below under PFIC Rules.
Dividends
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, any cash
distributions (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld)
paid on our ADSs or common shares out of our current or
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United
States federal income tax principles, will generally be
includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend
income on the day actually or constructively received by the
U.S. Holder, in the case of common shares, or by the
Depositary, in the case of ADSs. Because we do not intend to
determine our earnings and profits on the basis of United States
federal income tax principles, any distribution paid will
generally be treated as a dividend for United States
federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion above
regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, for
taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, a
non-corporate recipient of dividend income generally will be
subject to tax on dividend income from a qualified foreign
corporation at a reduced United States federal tax rate
rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to
ordinary income provided that certain holding period
requirements are metgenerally, 61 days of ownership
without risk of loss reduction during the 121 day period
beginning 60 days before the
145
ex-dividend date. U.S. Holders should consult their tax
advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on
dividends in their particular circumstances. Dividends received
on our ADSs or common shares will not be eligible for the
dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the
U.S. Tax Code.
A non-United
States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified
as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or
the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a
qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the
benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States
which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines
is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which
includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with
respect to any dividend it pays on stock (or ADSs in respect of
such stock) which is readily tradable on an established
securities market in the United States. The U.S. Treasury
Department has determined that the Agreement Between the
Government of the United States of America and the Government of
the Peoples Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double
Taxation and the Prevention of Tax Evasion with respect to Taxes
on Income (Treaty) meets the requirements described
above. We have applied to list the ADSs on the New York Stock
Exchange. Provided the listing is approved, we believe that we
will be a qualified foreign corporation for United States
federal income tax purposes because the ADSs would be readily
tradable on the New York Stock Exchange, which is an established
securities market in the United States. In addition, in the
event that we are deemed to be a resident enterprise under the
EIT Law, as discussed above under Taxation
Peoples Republic of China Taxation, we believe that
we would qualify for the benefits under the Treaty and that we
are not currently and are not likely to become in the near
future, a PFIC. However, the eligibility requirements for
foreign corporations are technical and uncertain and therefore,
each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor
regarding the impact of these provisions and the availability of
the preferential rate in their particular circumstances.
Dividends generally will be treated as income from foreign
sources for United States foreign tax credit purposes and
generally will constitute passive category income. In the event
that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise
under the EIT Law, a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC
withholding taxes on dividends paid, if any, on our ADSs or
common shares. See Taxation Peoples
Republic of China Taxation. Depending on the
U.S. Holders individual facts and circumstances, the
U.S. Holder may be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit
in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends
received on our ADSs or common shares. A U.S. Holder who
does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax
withheld is permitted instead to claim a deduction, for United
States federal income tax purposes, in respect of such
withholdings, but only for a year in which such holder elects to
do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules
governing the foreign tax credit are complex and their outcome
depends in large part on the taxpayers individual facts
and circumstances. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its
tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax
credit under their particular circumstances.
Sale
or Other Disposition of ADSs or Common Shares
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder
will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or
other disposition of ADSs or common shares in an amount equal to
the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition
and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in such ADSs
or common shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if
the ADSs or common shares have been held for more than one year
and will generally be United States source gain or loss for
United States foreign tax credit purposes. In the event that we
are deemed to be a resident enterprise under the EIT
Law and gain from the disposition of the ADSs or common shares
is subject to tax in the PRC, such gain may be treated as PRC
source gain for foreign tax credit purposes under the Treaty. If
such gain is not treated as PRC source gain, however, a
U.S. Holder generally will not be able to obtain a United
States foreign tax credit for any PRC tax withheld or imposed
unless such U.S. Holder has other foreign source income in
the appropriate category for the applicable tax year. Net
long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders
currently are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The
deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations.
Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisors
regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a
disposition of our ADSs or common shares, including the
availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular
circumstances.
146
PFIC
Rules
If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which
a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or common shares, unless the
U.S. Holder makes a
mark-to-market
election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will
generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing
effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any
excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which
generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a
U.S. Holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual
distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if
shorter, the U.S. Holders holding period for the ADSs
or common shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale
or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a
pledge, of ADSs or common shares. Under the PFIC rules the:
|
|
|
|
|
excess distribution
and/or gain
will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holders
holding period for the ADSs or common shares;
|
|
|
|
amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable
years in the U.S. Holders holding period prior to the
first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC, or
pre-PFIC year, will be taxable as ordinary income;
|
|
|
|
amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than the
current taxable year or a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax
at the highest tax rate in effect applicable to the
U.S. Holder for that year; and
|
|
|
|
interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax
will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable
year, other than the current taxable year or a pre-PFIC year.
|
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a
U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or common shares and any of our
non-United
States subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC),
such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate
amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and
would be subject to the rules described above on certain
distributions by a lower-tier PFIC and a disposition of
shares of a lower-tier PFIC even though such
U.S. Holder would not receive the proceeds of those
distributions or dispositions. Each U.S. Holder is urged to
consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC
rules to any of our subsidiaries.
As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of
marketable stock in a PFIC may make a
mark-to-market
election with respect to our ADSs, but not our common shares,
provided that the ADSs are, as expected, listed on the New York
Stock Exchange and that the ADSs are regularly traded. We
anticipate that our ADSs should qualify as being regularly
traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard. If a
U.S. Holder makes this election, the U.S. Holder will
generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable
year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market
value of ADSs held at the end of the taxable year over the
adjusted tax basis of such ADSs and (ii) deduct as an
ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of
the ADSs over the fair market value of such ADSs held at the end
of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount
previously included in income as a result of the
mark-to-market
election. The U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the
ADSs would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting
from the
mark-to-market
election. If a U.S. Holder makes a
mark-to-market
election in respect of a corporation classified as a PFIC and
such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the
U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the
mark-to-market
gain or loss described above during any period that such
corporation is not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder
makes a
mark-to-market
election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the
sale or other disposition of our ADSs in a year when we are a
PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be
treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net
amount previously included in income as a result of the
mark-to-market
election.
Because a
mark-to-market
election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we
may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the
PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holders indirect
interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an
equity interest in a PFIC for United States federal income tax
purposes.
We do not intend to provide information necessary for
U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections,
which, if available, would result in tax treatment different
from (and generally less adverse than) the general tax treatment
for PFICs described above.
147
If a U.S. Holder owns our ADSs or common shares during any
taxable year that we are a PFIC, the holder must file such
reports as are required by the U.S. Treasury. In the case
of a U.S. Holder who has held ADSs or common shares during
any taxable year in respect of which we were classified as a
PFIC and continues to hold such ADSs or common shares (or any
portion thereof) and has not previously determined to make a
mark-to-market
election, and who later considers making a
mark-to-market
election, special tax rules may apply relating to purging the
PFIC taint of such ADSs or common shares. Each U.S. Holder
is urged to consult its tax advisor concerning the United States
federal income tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and
disposing ADSs or common shares if we are or become classified
as a PFIC, including the possibility of making a
mark-to-market
election and the unavailability of the QEF election.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Pursuant to the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act
enacted on March 18, 2010, in taxable years beginning after
the date of enactment, an individual U.S. Holder and
certain entities may be required to submit to the Internal
Revenue Service certain information with respect to his or her
beneficial ownership of the ADSs or common shares, if such ADSs
or common shares are not held on his or her behalf by a
U.S. financial institution. This new law also imposes
penalties if an individual U.S. Holder is required to
submit such information to the Internal Revenue Service and
fails to do so.
In addition, dividend payments with respect to the ADSs or
common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption
of the ADSs or common shares may be subject to information
reporting to the Internal Revenue Service and United States
backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however,
to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer
identification number and makes any other required
certification, or who is otherwise exempt from backup
withholding. We will make, or cause to be made, all withholdings
to the extent required by applicable law. Each U.S. Holder
is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the application
of the United States information reporting and backup
withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.
Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a
U.S. Holders United States federal income tax
liability, and a U.S. Holder generally may obtain a refund
of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding
rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the
Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner and furnishing any
required information.
148
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the
underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities
(USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc
are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to
purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of ADSs
indicated in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of ADSs
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their
acceptance of the ADSs from us and subject to prior sale. The
underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs
offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of
certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other
conditions. The underwriters are obligated, severally and not
jointly, to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this
prospectus if any such ADSs are taken. However, the underwriters
are not required to take or pay for the ADSs covered by the
underwriters over-allotment option described below. The
underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter
defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting
underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs
directly to the public at the public offering price listed on
the cover page of this prospectus and part of the ADSs to
certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in
excess of $ per ADS under the
public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs,
the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time
be varied by the representatives of the underwriters.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to
an aggregate of additional ADSs at
the public offering price listed on the cover page of this
prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The
underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the
offering of the ADSs offered by this prospectus. To the extent
the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase additional ADSs
approximately proportionate to each underwriters initial
amount reflected in the table above.
If the underwriters option is exercised in full, the total
price to the public of all the ADSs sold would be
$ million,
the total underwriting discounts and commissions would be
$ million,
the net proceeds to us would be
$ million
(after deducting the estimated offering expenses payable by us).
The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting
discounts and commissions to be paid by us in connection with
this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise
and full exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ADS
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
No
|
|
|
Full
|
|
|
No
|
|
|
Full
|
|
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions To Be Paid by
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The expenses of this offering payable by us, not including
underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated to be
approximately
$ million.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales
to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total
number of ADSs offered by them.
Some of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales
both inside and outside the United States through their
respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the United
States will be conducted by broker-
149
dealers registered with the SEC. We have been advised by the
underwriters that Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC expects to
make offers and sales outside the United States through its
affiliate, Credit Suisse (Hong Kong) Limited, and that Morgan
Stanley & Co. International plc expects to make offers
and sales in the United States through its registered
broker-dealer affiliate in the United States, Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
We have applied to list our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol XRS.
We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the
representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, for
a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
common shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for such common shares or ADSs or
enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers
to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the common shares or ADSs, whether
any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of common shares or ADSs or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the
offering of any common shares or ADSs or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such common
shares or ADSs; or
|
|
|
|
publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, pledge,
sale or disposition, or enter into any such transaction, swap,
hedge or other arrangement, or file any such registration
statement.
|
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not
apply to:
|
|
|
|
|
the sale of common shares or ADSs to the underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the issuance of common shares or the grant of options to
purchase common shares under our share incentive plan; and
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us of common shares upon the exercise of an
option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding
on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have
been advised in writing or which is otherwise described in this
prospectus.
|
Each of our directors, executive officers and all of our
existing shareholders have agreed that, without the prior
written consent of the representatives on behalf of the
underwriters, he, she or it will not, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
common shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for such common shares or ADSs or
enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or
enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers
to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the common shares or ADSs, whether
any such transaction described above is to be settled by
delivery of common shares or ADSs or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise; or
|
|
|
|
publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, pledge,
sale or disposition, or enter into any such transaction, swap,
hedge or other arrangement.
|
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not
apply to transactions relating to common shares, ADSs or other
securities acquired in open market transactions after the
closing of this offering. In addition, the restrictions do not
apply to transfers of common shares or ADSs to immediate family
members of such persons, or trusts for the sole benefit of or
entities wholly owned by such persons or their immediate
150
family members, so long as the transferee agrees in writing to
be bound by such restrictions and such transfers do not involve
a disposition for value.
In addition, each of our directors, executive officers and all
of our existing shareholders have agreed that, without the prior
written consent of the representatives on behalf of the
underwriters, he, she or it will not, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand
for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of
any common shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common shares or ADSs.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be
extended if:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period.
|
In each of the above cases, the restrictions described in the
preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration
of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
In order to facilitate the offering of ADSs, the underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the price of the ADSs. Specifically, the underwriters may
sell more ADSs than they are obligated to purchase under the
underwriting agreement, creating a short position in our ADSs
for their own account. A short sale is covered if
the short position is no greater than the number of ADSs
available for purchase by the underwriters under the
over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered
short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing
ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to
close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider,
among other things, the open market price of ADSs compared to
the price available under the over-allotment option. The
underwriters may also sell ADSs in excess of the over-allotment
option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must
close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the
open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created
if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of our ADSs in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in
the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the
offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, our ADSs
in the open market to stabilize the price of our ADSs. The
underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions
allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the ADSs
in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously
distributed ADSs to cover a syndicate short position or to
stabilize the price of the ADSs. These activities may raise or
maintain the market price of the ADSs above independent market
levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these
activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
From time to time, certain of the underwriters may provide
investment banking and other services to us, our affiliates and
employees, for which they will receive customary fees and
commissions.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments that an indemnified person may be
required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up to 5% of the total number of
ADSs being offered in this prospectus (assuming no exercise of
the over-allotment option) for our directors, officers,
employees, business associates and related persons. Any sale to
these persons will be made
by through
a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will
choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved ADSs,
but any purchases they make will reduce the number of ADSs
available for sale to the general public. Any reserved ADSs
which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters
to the general public on the same basis as the ADSs being
offered in this prospectus.
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLCs address is Eleven
Madison Avenue, New York, New York
10010-3629.
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plcs address
is 25 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf, London
151
E14 4QA, United Kingdom. Piper Jaffray & Co.s
address is 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 800, Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55402. Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.s address
is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.
Pricing
of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common shares or ADSs. The initial public offering price is
determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of
the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining
the initial public offering price are the future prospects of
our company and our industry in general, our sales, earnings and
certain other financial and operating information in recent
periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios,
market prices of securities and certain financial and operating
information of companies engaged in activities similar to those
of our company. The estimated initial public offering price
range set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus is
subject to change as a result of market conditions and other
factors.
Electronic
Offer, Sale and Distribution of ADSs
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or
securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic
means, such as
e-mail. In
addition, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan
Stanley & Co. International plc may be facilitating
Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their
Internet subscription customers. An electronic prospectus may be
available on the Internet websites maintained by Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc. Other than the prospectus in electronic
format, the information on the websites of Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co.
International plc is not part of this prospectus.
Selling
Restrictions
The ADSs are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the
United States, Europe, Asia and elsewhere where it is lawful to
make such offers.
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the
United States) that would permit a public offering of the ADSs,
or the possession, circulation or distribution of this
prospectus or any other material relating to us or the ADSs in
any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.
Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering
material relating to the ADSs may be distributed or published,
in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will
result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations
thereof.
European Economic Area. In relation to each member state
of the European Economic Area which has implemented the
Prospectus Directive, which we refer to as a Relevant Member
State, with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, no
offer of ADSs has been made and or will be made to the public in
that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a
prospectus in relation to the ADSs which has been approved by
the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where
appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and
notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member
State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except
that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation
Date, an offer of ADSs may be made to the public in that
Relevant Member State at any time: (a) to legal entities
which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial
markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate
purpose is solely to invest in securities; (b) to any legal
entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least
250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a
total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(iii) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this provision,
the expression an offer of ADSs to the public in
relation to any ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered
so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe
the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member
State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in
that
152
Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus
Directive means Directive 2003/71/ EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
United Kingdom. No offer of ADSs has been made or will be
made to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
Section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000, as amended, or FSMA, except to legal entities which are
authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or,
if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is
solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances
which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus
pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services
Authority, or FSA. The underwriters: (i) have only
communicated or caused to be communicated and will only
communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional
experience in matters relating to investments falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in
which Section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and
(ii) have complied with, and will comply with all
applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by
them in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom.
Japan. The ADSs have not been and will not be registered
under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, and
ADSs will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in
Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which
term as used herein means any person resident in Japan,
including any corporation or other entity organized under the
laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly
or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except
pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of,
and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and
Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and
ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Hong Kong. The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means
of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do
not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the
Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to
professional investors within the meaning of the
Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong)
and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other
circumstances which do not result in the document being a
prospectus within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement,
invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may
be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in
each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed
at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read
by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under
the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are
or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong
Kong or only to professional investors within the
meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws
of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore. This prospectus has not been registered as a
prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore.
Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material
in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for
subscription or purchase, of our ADSs may not be circulated or
distributed, nor may our ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the
subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether
directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than
(i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of
the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore,
or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to
Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions
specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or
(iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the
conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in
each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the
SFA.
Where our ADSs are subscribed or purchased under
Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a
corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in
Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to
hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned
by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited
investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an
accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments
and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an
accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and
debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights
and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be
transferred within six months after that corporation or that
trust has acquired the ADSs under Section 275 of the SFA,
except: (1) to an institutional investor (for
153
corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant
person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any
person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that
corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are
acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its
equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether
such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of
securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in
accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of
the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for
the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of
law.
Peoples Republic of China. Each underwriter will be
deemed to have represented and agreed that it has not circulated
or distributed, and will not circulate or distribute, this
prospectus in the PRC and it has not offered or sold, and will
not offer or sell, to any person for re-offering or resale,
directly or indirectly, any ADSs to any resident of the PRC,
except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.
For the purpose of this paragraph, the PRC does not include
Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau.
Cayman Islands. This prospectus does not constitute a
public offer of the ADSs or common shares, whether by way of
sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. Each underwriter
has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold, and
will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or
common shares in the Cayman Islands.
154
EXPENSES
RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that are
expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of
the ADSs by us. Except for the SEC registration fee, the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the
NYSE listing fee, all amounts are estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NYSE listing fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155
LEGAL
MATTERS
We are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP with respect to certain legal
matters as to United States federal securities and New York
State law. The underwriters are being represented by
Shearman & Sterling LLP with respect to certain legal
matters as to United States federal securities and New York
State law. The validity of the common shares represented by the
ADSs offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by
Maples and Calder. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be
passed upon for us by Tian Yuan Law Firm and for the
underwriters by Haiwen & Partners. Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP may rely upon Maples and
Calder with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law
and Tian Yuan Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC
law. Shearman & Sterling LLP may rely upon
Haiwen & Partners with respect to matters governed by
PRC law.
156
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and the related financial
statement schedule as of February 28, 2009 and 2010, and
for each of the three years ended February 28, 2010,
included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu CPA Ltd., an independent registered public accounting
firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial
statements and financial statement schedule have been so
included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The offices of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd. are located at
8/F, Deloitte Tower, The Towers, Oriental Plaza, 1 East Chang An
Avenue, Beijing 100738, the Peoples Republic of China.
157
ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form F-1,
including relevant exhibits and securities under the Securities
Act with respect to underlying common shares represented by the
ADSs, to be sold in this offering. We have also filed with the
SEC a related registration statement on F-6 to register the
ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information
contained in the registration statement. You should read the
registration statement on
Form F-1
and its exhibits and schedules for further information with
respect to us and our ADSs.
Immediately upon completion of this offering we will become
subject to periodic reporting and other informational
requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign
private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file
reports, including annual reports on
Form 20-F,
and other information with the SEC. For the fiscal year ending
February 28, 2011, our annual report on
Form 20-F
will be due within six months following the end of that year.
For the fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2011,
we will be required to file our annual report on
Form 20-F
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. All
information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the Internet
at the SECs website at www.sec.gov or inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC
at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
or visit the SEC website for further information on the
operation of the public reference rooms.
As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the
Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy
statements to shareholders, and our executive officers,
directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the
reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained
in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not
be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and
financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly
as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the
Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with
our annual reports, which will include a review of operations
and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in
conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of
shareholders meeting and other reports and communications
that are made generally available to our shareholders. The
depositary will make such notices, reports and communications
available to holders of ADSs and, upon our written request, will
mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in
any notice of a shareholders meeting received by the
depositary from us.
158
TAL
Education Group
|
|
|
|
|
Contents
|
|
Page(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6F-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8F-36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37F-40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45-F-58
|
|
F-1
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of TAL Education Group
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
TAL Education Group (the Company), its subsidiaries,
its variable interest entities (the VIEs) and the
VIEs subsidiaries (collectively, the Group) as
of February 28, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive
income, and cash flows for each of the three years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010, and the
related financial statement schedule included in
Schedule I. These financial statements and the related
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of
its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits
include consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Groups
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Group as of February 28, 2009 and 2010, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years
ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to
such consolidated financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects, the information set
forth therein.
/s/ Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd.
Beijing, the Peoples Republic of China
July 1, 2010, except for Note 23, as to which the date is
September 29, 2010
F-2
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
$
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
340,418
|
|
|
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from related parties
|
|
|
92,112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
|
|
121,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets-current
|
|
|
481,129
|
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,414,923
|
|
|
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
32,022,546
|
|
|
|
55,904,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,471,337
|
|
|
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets-non-current
|
|
|
131,289
|
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
939,207
|
|
|
|
2,170,548
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
2,226,343
|
|
|
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
762,272
|
|
|
|
763,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
38,552,994
|
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares and
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of nil and 915,408
as of February 28, 2009, and February 28, 2010,
respectively)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
987,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue (including deferred revenue of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of 18,022,550 and
24,631,648 as of February 28, 2009, and February 28,
2010, respectively)
|
|
|
18,022,550
|
|
|
|
29,407,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to related
parties of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL
Education Group of 101,043 and 108,204 as of February 28,
2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
101,043
|
|
|
|
108,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution payable to shareholders (including distribution
payable to shareholders of the consolidated VIEs without
recourse to TAL Education Group of 1,462,095 and nil as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
1,462,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including
accrued expenses and other current liabilities without recourse
to TAL Education Group of 3,601,117 and 6,588,552 as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
3,609,797
|
|
|
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payable (including income tax payable of the
consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of
2,636,095 and 2,653,324 as of February 28, 2009, and
February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
2,636,095
|
|
|
|
580,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
25,831,580
|
|
|
|
37,901,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities-non-current
|
|
|
203,776
|
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition payable-non-current (including acquisition payable
-non-current of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL
Education Group of 162,293 and nil as of February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
162,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
26,197,649
|
|
|
|
38,577,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
($0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares and
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively,
liquidation value $5,000,000)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL Education Group Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value, 500,000,000 shares
authorized, nil issued and outstanding as of February 28,
2009 and February 28, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized as of February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010; 120,000,000 shares and
120,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares subscription receivable
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
779,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory reserve
|
|
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
21,400
|
|
|
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
219,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL Education Groups Equity
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred shares
and equity
|
|
$
|
38,552,994
|
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
TAL
Education Group
(In
U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,475,583
|
|
|
$
|
69,593,523
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
(4,367,086
|
)
|
|
|
(18,554,255
|
)
|
|
|
(37,648,875
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,515,105
|
|
|
|
18,921,328
|
|
|
|
31,944,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
(370,185
|
)
|
|
|
(2,353,011
|
)
|
|
|
(5,608,116
|
)
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(2,478,092
|
)
|
|
|
(5,889,370
|
)
|
|
|
(10,871,866
|
)
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,615,455
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(2,848,277
|
)
|
|
|
(9,857,836
|
)
|
|
|
(16,479,982
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,666,828
|
|
|
|
9,063,492
|
|
|
|
15,464,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
10,485
|
|
|
|
119,922
|
|
|
|
323,861
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,967
|
)
|
|
|
(40,643
|
)
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(209,949
|
)
|
|
|
(124,400
|
)
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(362,668
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
1,677,313
|
|
|
|
9,298,922
|
|
|
|
15,623,484
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
(164,741
|
)
|
|
|
(2,018,253
|
)
|
|
|
(1,378,525
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividends on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred sharesaccretion of redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders of TAL Education
Group
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,167,634
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
Series A convertible redeemable preferred share-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,877
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares
|
|
|
subscription
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Statutory
|
|
|
(Accumulated deficit)/
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
receivable
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
reserve
|
|
|
retained earnings
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2007
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
62,580
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(555,968
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(493,388
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
Provision for statutory reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
494,040
|
|
|
|
(494,040
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $24,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 29, 2008
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
194,390
|
|
|
|
494,040
|
|
|
|
462,564
|
|
|
|
(7,225
|
)
|
|
|
1,143,769
|
|
|
$
|
1,505,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
Issuance of Class B common shares
|
|
|
119,999,000
|
|
|
|
119,999
|
|
|
|
(119,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for statutory reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,166,778
|
|
|
|
(2,166,778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion for Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $72,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
Transfer to the statements of operations of
other-than-temporary
impairment, net of tax effect of ($96,557)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
|
21,400
|
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
$
|
7,401,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
Provision for statutory reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,196,625
|
|
|
|
(2,196,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
Net unrealized gains on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of ($28,177)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
779,641
|
|
|
$
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
$
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
$
|
219,253
|
|
|
$
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
$
|
14,350,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of property and equipment
|
|
|
46,416
|
|
|
|
452,009
|
|
|
|
1,272,074
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
114,536
|
|
|
|
565,300
|
|
|
|
841,193
|
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets and goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,615,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment loss on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
362,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(731,092
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from related parties
|
|
|
(41,914
|
)
|
|
|
(91,458
|
)
|
|
|
92,247
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(4,270
|
)
|
|
|
3,603
|
|
|
|
(120,688
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
425,014
|
|
|
|
(802,788
|
)
|
|
|
(862,708
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(139,879
|
)
|
|
|
(602,485
|
)
|
|
|
(557,895
|
)
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
(235,756
|
)
|
|
|
(635,096
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228,785
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
987,204
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
3,701,239
|
|
|
|
11,995,607
|
|
|
|
11,343,086
|
|
Amounts due to related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36,135
|
)
|
|
|
6,954
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
644,389
|
|
|
|
1,805,910
|
|
|
|
3,217,670
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
302,689
|
|
|
|
2,285,218
|
|
|
|
(2,060,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
6,325,036
|
|
|
|
23,467,385
|
|
|
|
27,175,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(532,814
|
)
|
|
|
(2,142,362
|
)
|
|
|
(3,785,897
|
)
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
(277,022
|
)
|
|
|
(1,422,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
(660,519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,464,231
|
)
|
Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired of $186,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,551,362
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,470,355
|
)
|
|
|
(5,116,403
|
)
|
|
|
(5,250,128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
TAL
Education Group
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
For the year
|
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares, net of issuance cost of $113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,886,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributed from shareholders
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
Payment of deferred consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(180,345
|
)
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
5,252,473
|
|
|
|
(902,622
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes
|
|
|
315,097
|
|
|
|
384,961
|
|
|
|
37,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
5,301,588
|
|
|
|
23,988,416
|
|
|
|
21,059,580
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
|
|
|
402,897
|
|
|
|
5,704,485
|
|
|
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year
|
|
|
5,704,485
|
|
|
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplement disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax paid
|
|
$
|
1,931
|
|
|
$
|
335,439
|
|
|
$
|
3,997,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
|
|
1.
|
Organization
and Principal Activities
|
TAL Education Group (the Company or TAL)
was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on January 10, 2008
to be the holding company for a group of companies engaged in
provision of high quality after-school tutoring programs for
primary and secondary school students in the Peoples
Republic of China (the PRC). At the time of its
incorporation and through the date of the reorganization as
described below, the ownership interest of the Company was held
by Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai
(collectively , the founding shareholders).
The Company, its subsidiaries, its consolidated Variable
Interest Entities (VIEs) and VIEs subsidiaries
are collectively referred to as the Group.
As of February 28, 2010, details of the Groups
subsidiaries, its VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Place of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later of date of
|
|
incorporation
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
incorporation
|
|
(or establishment)
|
|
economic
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
or acquisition
|
|
/operation
|
|
ownership
|
|
|
Principal activities
|
|
Subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xueersi International Education Group Limited
(Xueersi Hong Kong)
|
|
March 11, 2008
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Holding company
|
TAL Education Technology (Beijing)
Co., Ltd. (TAL Beijing)
|
|
May 8, 2008
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Software sales,
and consulting service
|
Beijing Huanqiu Zhikang Shidai Education
Consulting Co., Ltd. (Huanqiu Zhikang)
|
|
September 17, 2009
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Education and management
consulting service
|
Beijing Yidu Huida Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Yidu Huida)
|
|
November 11, 2009
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Software sales and
consulting service
|
Variable interest entities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Xueersi Education)
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Sales of educational
materials and products
|
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology
Co., Ltd. (Xueersi Network)
|
|
August 23, 2007
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
On-line education
|
VIEs subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training
School (Haidian Xueersi)
|
|
July 3, 2006
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi
Training School (Dongcheng Xueersi)
|
|
March 21, 2008
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution
Co., Ltd. (Zhikang)
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After- school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Hubei Jianli Hafu
English Training School (Jianli School)
|
|
July 1, 2008
|
|
Hubei
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Hubei Qianjiang Xiaohafu
English Training School (Qianjiang School)
|
|
July 1, 2008
|
|
Hubei
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing
English Training School (Wuhan School)
|
|
July 1, 2008
|
|
Hubei
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Shanghai Lehai Science and Technology
Information Co., Ltd. (Shanghai Lehai)
|
|
August 1, 2008
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Technology development
and consulting service
|
Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Lejiale
School (Changning School)
|
|
August 1, 2008
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
Shanghai Minhang District Lejiale
School (Minhang School)
|
|
August 1, 2008
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Language education
|
Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi
Training School (Xicheng Xueersi)
|
|
April 2, 2009
|
|
Beijing
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
After-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students
|
F-8
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Place of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Later of date of
|
|
incorporation
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
incorporation
|
|
(or establishment)
|
|
economic
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
or acquisition
|
|
/operation
|
|
ownership
|
|
|
Principal activities
|
|
Shanghai Xueersi Education Information
Consulting Co., Ltd. (Shanghai Education)
|
|
July 2, 2009
|
|
Shanghai
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Educational information consulting
and educational software development
|
Tianjin Xueersi Education Information
Consulting Co., Ltd. (Tianjin Education)
|
|
August 14, 2009
|
|
Tianjin
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Educational information
consulting service
|
Guangzhou Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Guangzhou Education)
|
|
August 16, 2009
|
|
Guangzhou
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Educational technology
research and development
|
Shenzhen Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen Education)
|
|
December 22, 2009
|
|
Shenzhen
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
Teaching software research
and development
|
History
of the Group
The Group began its operations in the PRC in 2003 through
Beijing Aosai Culture Distribution Co., Ltd. (Beijing
Aosai). Beijing Aosai was incorporated by the founding
shareholders in August 2003 and liquidated in January 2008 after
its business was transferred to Xueersi Education.
Xueersi Education was incorporated in the PRC in 2005 by the
founding shareholders with the same ownership percentage as the
Company. Xueersi Education was established to provide high
quality after-school tutoring and other related services to
primary and secondary school students, including mathematics and
English.
Haidian Xueersi, Xueersi Network and Zhikang were established by
the founding shareholders in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
In November 2008, Xueersi Network acquired Haidian Xueersi and
Zhikang.
The
reorganization
PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity
that invests in the education business in China to be an
educational institution with relevant experience in providing
education services outside China. As a Cayman Islands company,
the Company is deemed a foreign legal person under the PRC laws.
To comply with the PRC laws and regulations, the Group provides
substantially all of its services in the PRC through its VIEs,
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, and their subsidiaries.
To provide the Company the ability to receive the majority of
the expected residual returns of the VIEs and their
subsidiaries, the Companys wholly owned subsidiary, TAL
Beijing entered into a series of contractual arrangements with
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network on February 12, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Agreements that transfer economic benefits to TAL Beijing
|
Series of technology support and service
agreements: Pursuant to a series of technology
support and service agreements, TAL Beijing retains exclusive
right to provide to the VIEs the technology support and
consulting services included but not limited to the system
technology support service, website development service, human
resource and information management service, exclusive
management consulting service, and curriculum research and
development service. TAL Beijing owns the intellectual property
rights developed in the performance of these agreements. As
consideration for these services, TAL Beijing is entitled to
charge the VIEs annual service fees and adjust the service fee
rates from time to time at its discretion.
Call option agreement: Pursuant to the call
option agreement, the shareholders of VIEs unconditionally and
irrevocably granted TAL Beijing or its designated third party an
exclusive option to purchase from VIEs shareholders, to
the extent permitted under PRC law, part of or all the equity
interests in the VIEs, as the case
F-9
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
may be, for the minimum amount of consideration permitted by the
applicable law without any other conditions. TAL Beijing has
sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, whether
in part or in full.
|
|
|
|
|
Agreements that provide TAL Beijing effective control over the
VIEs
|
Power of attorney: The shareholders of the
VIEs have executed an irrevocable power of attorney appointing
TAL Beijing, or any person designated by TAL Beijing as their
attorney-in-fact to vote on their behalf on all matters of the
VIEs requiring shareholder approval under PRC laws and
regulations and the articles of association of the VIEs. The
power of attorney remains effective during the periods of their
shareholding.
The articles of associations of Xueersi Education and Xueersi
Network state that the major rights of the shareholders in
shareholders meeting include the power to approve the
operating strategy and investment plan, elect the members of
board of directors and approve their compensation and review and
approve annual budget and earning distribution plan. Therefore,
through the irrevocable power of attorney arrangement TAL
Beijing has the ability to exercise effective control over
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network through shareholder votes
and through such votes to also control the composition of the
board of directors. In addition, the senior management team of
Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network is the same as that of TAL
Beijing. As a result of these contractual rights, the Company
has the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most
significantly impact their economic performance.
Equity pledge agreement: Pursuant to the
equity pledge agreement, the shareholders of the VIEs
unconditionally and irrevocably pledged all of their equity
interests, including the right to receive declared dividends and
the voting rights, in the VIEs to TAL Beijing to guarantee
VIEs performance of their obligations under the technology
support and service agreements. The shareholders of the VIEs
agree that, without prior written consent of TAL Beijing, they
will not transfer or dispose the pledged equity interests or
create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests
that would prejudice TAL Beijings interest.
Through the above contractual arrangements, TAL Beijing has the
rights to receive substantially all of the VIEs expected
residual returns and holds variable interests in the VIEs.
Since the Company and the VIEs prior to entering into the above
contractual arrangements were under the common control, the
conclusion of the contractual arrangements is a reorganization
of entities under common control and has been accounted for in a
manner akin to a pooling as if the Company had been in existence
throughout the period of the VIEs existence and it was the
primary beneficiary of the VIEs from their inception.
The following financial statement balances and amounts of the
Companys VIEs were included in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
27,027,498
|
|
|
$
|
45,171,584
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
6,452,080
|
|
|
|
8,792,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
33,479,578
|
|
|
|
53,964,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
25,822,900
|
|
|
|
34,897,136
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
366,069
|
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
26,188,969
|
|
|
$
|
35,072,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,475,583
|
|
|
$
|
68,884,665
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,312,960
|
|
|
$
|
14,260,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
6,325,036
|
|
|
$
|
24,956,771
|
|
|
$
|
21,611,823
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(1,470,355
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,066,464
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,250,128
|
)
|
Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities
|
|
$
|
131,810
|
|
|
$
|
365,508
|
|
|
$
|
(1,402,622
|
)
|
|
|
2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been
prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP).
Basis
of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial
statements of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and its
VIEs and their subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and
balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Use of
estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US
GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and
expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Groups
consolidated financial statements include valuation allowance
for deferred tax assets, the useful lives of property and
equipment and intangible assets, impairment of
available-for-sale securities, intangible assets, long-lived
assets and goodwill.
Cash
and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand,
7-days-notice
bank deposits and principal-secured floating rate financial
instruments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use, and
which have original maturities of three months or less when
purchased.
Available-for-sale
securities
Available-for-sale securities are carried at their fair value.
Unrealized gains and losses excluded from the changes in fair
value are included in accumulated other comprehensive income.
The Group reviews its available-for-sale securities for
other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with authoritative
guidance based on the specific identification method. The Group
considers available quantitative and qualitative evidence in
evaluating the potential impairment of its available-for-sale
securities. If the cost of
F-11
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
an investment exceeds the investments fair value, the
Group considers, among other factors, general market conditions,
expected future performance of the investees, the duration and
the extent to which the fair value of the investment is less
than the cost, and the Groups intent and ability to hold
the investment. Other-than-temporary impairments below costs are
recognized as a loss in the consolidated statements of
operations.
Property
and equipment, net
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are
calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated
useful lives:
|
|
|
Computer, network equipment and software
|
|
3 years
|
Vehicles
|
|
4-5 years
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
3-5 years
|
Leasehold improvement
|
|
Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful lives
|
Acquired
intangible assets, net
Acquired intangible assets other than goodwill consist of domain
names, partnership agreement, trade name, student base,
non-compete agreement, and educational license, and are carried
at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment.
Amortization of acquired intangible assets, except student base,
is calculated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the
contractual terms or the expected useful lives of the acquired
assets. Student base is amortized using the estimated attrition
pattern and graduation rates of the acquired schools. The
amortization periods by major intangible asset classes are as
follows:
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
10.0 years
|
Student base
|
|
3.5 years
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
2.6-3.5 years
|
Domain names
|
|
3.0 years
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
2.0-3.0 years
|
Educational license
|
|
0.9-2.0 years
|
Impairment
of long-lived assets
The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these
events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the
carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated
undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use
of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the
expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount
of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss
based on the fair value of the assets.
Impairment
of goodwill
Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment on an annual
basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances.
Goodwill impairment is tested using a two-step approach. The
first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its
carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the
reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, goodwill is
not considered impaired and the second step is not required. If
the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying
amount, the second step of the impairment test measures the
amount of the impairment loss, if any, by comparing the implied
fair value of goodwill to its
F-12
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
carrying amount. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its
implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to
that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated in
the same manner that goodwill is calculated in a business
combination, whereby the fair value of the reporting unit is
allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit,
with the excess purchase price over the amounts assigned to
assets and liabilities representing the implied fair value of
goodwill. The Group determines each individual school as a
reporting unit and performs its annual goodwill impairment test
on the last day of each fiscal year.
Revenue
recognition
Revenue is recognized when earned and is reported net of
business tax.
The primary sources of the Groups revenues are as follows:
(a) Educational programs and services
The educational programs and services primarily consist of
after-school group tutoring and after-school
one-on-one
tutoring. Tuition revenue is generally collected in advance and
is initially recorded as deferred revenue. Tuition revenue is
recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are
delivered.
For small-class courses consisting of more than seven classes
per course, the Group offers refunds for any remaining classes
to students who decide to withdraw from a course, provided the
course is less than two-thirds completed at the time of
withdrawal. After two-thirds of a course is delivered, no refund
is allowed. For small-class courses with less than seven
classes, no refund will be provided after the commencement of
the courses. For personalized premium services, a student can
withdraw at any time and receive a refund for the undelivered
classes. The refund is recorded as a reduction of deferred
revenue and has no impact on the recognized revenue. The Group
has not experienced significant refunds in the past.
The Group sends out coupons to attract both existing and
prospective students to enroll in its courses. The coupon has
fixed dollar amounts and can only be used against future
courses. The coupon is accounted for as a reduction of revenue
when the relevant revenue is recognized in the consolidated
statements of operations.
(b) Educational materials and others
The Group sells educational materials to students at the
Groups training centers. Revenue is recognized after a
service contract is signed, the price is fixed or determinable,
educational materials are delivered and collection of the
receivables is reasonably assured.
Value
added tax
TAL Beijing is subject to value added tax, VAT, for the
inter-company sales of self-developed software in accordance
with the PRC tax laws. For small scale VAT payer, the VAT rate
is 3% of the gross sales and for general VAT payer, the VAT rate
is 17% of the gross sales. TAL Beijing is deemed as general VAT
payer since October 2009. As the entity sells self-developed
software, it is eligible for VAT refund at the rate of 14% from
the calendar year 2010.
For the calendar year 2009, TAL Beijing filed its VAT return at
the rate of 3%. For the calendar year 2010, it files its VAT
return at a rate of 17% and enjoys a 14% VAT refund.
F-13
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Operating
leases
Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of the
ownership of the assets remain with the leasing companies are
accounted for as operating leases. Payments made for the
operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of
operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term and have
been included in the operating expenses in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Advertising
costs
The Group expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total
advertising costs incurred were $58,520, $119,081, and $487,333
for the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28,
2009 and 2010, respectively, and have been included in selling
and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of
operations.
Foreign
currency translation
The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the
United States dollar. The functional currency of the
Companys PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries in the PRC is Renminbi (RMB).
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other
than the applicable functional currencies are translated into
the functional currencies at the prevailing rates of exchange at
the balance sheet date. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities are
remeasured into the applicable functional currencies at
historical exchange rates. Transactions in currencies other than
the applicable functional currencies during the year are
converted into the functional currencies at the applicable rates
of exchange prevailing at the transaction dates. Transaction
gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements
of operations.
For translating the results of the PRC subsidiaries into the
functional currency of the Company, assets and liabilities are
translated from each subsidiarys functional currency to
the reporting currency at the exchange rate on the balance sheet
date. Equity amounts are translated at historical exchange
rates, and revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated
using the average rate for the period. Translation adjustments
are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown
as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statements of changes in equity and comprehensive
income.
Income
taxes
Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences
between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their
reported amounts in the financial statements, net of operating
loss carry forwards and credits, by applying enacted statutory
tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are
reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of
management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all
of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income
taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws and
regulations applicable to the Group as enacted by the relevant
tax authorities. The components of the deferred tax assets and
liabilities are individually classified as current and
non-current based on the characteristics of the underlying
assets and liabilities.
The impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax
return is recognized at the largest amount that is
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant
tax authorities. An uncertain income tax position will not be
recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being
sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be
classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.
F-14
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Comprehensive
income
Comprehensive income includes net income, unrealized gain (loss)
on available-for-sale securities, and foreign currency
translation adjustments. Comprehensive income is reported in the
consolidated statements of changes in equity and comprehensive
income.
Concentration
of credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to
significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of
cash and cash equivalents. As of February 28, 2010,
substantially all of the Groups cash and cash equivalents
were managed by financial institutions with high-credit ratings
and quality.
Fair
value of financial instruments
The Groups financial instruments consist primarily of cash
and cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities, amounts due
from related parties, accounts payables, amounts due to related
parties and convertible loan. The fair value of cash and cash
equivalents, amounts due from related parties, accounts
payables, and amounts due to related parties approximate their
carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets due
to the short-term maturity of these instruments. All highly
liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturity of
three months or less at the date of acquisition are included in
cash and cash equivalents, which are reported at fair value.
Net
income per share
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income
attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
year using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net
income is allocated on a pro rata basis to each class of common
shares and other participating securities based on their
participating rights.
The holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares are entitled to share dividends on a pro rata basis, as
if their shares had been converted into Class B common
shares. Accordingly, the Company has used the two-class method
in computing net income per share.
Fair
value
Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. When
determining the fair value measurements for assets and
liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value,
the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in
which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market
participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.
Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy, which
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure
fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy
within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is
based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the
fair value measurement as follows:
Level 1
Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there
are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities.
F-15
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Level 2
Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there
are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1
that are observable for the assets or liabilities such as quoted
prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets
with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active
markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant
inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or
corroborated by, observable market data.
Level 3
Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there
are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are
significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets
or liabilities.
Beneficial
conversion feature
For convertible instruments, a beneficial conversion feature is
recognized when the conversion price is less than the fair value
of the common stock into which the instrument is converted. For
convertible instruments that have a stated redemption date (such
as debt and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock), the
discount resulting from recording a beneficial conversion option
is accreted from the date of issuance to the stated redemption
date of the convertible instrument, regardless of when the
earliest conversion date occurs.
In circumstances in which the instrument is converted prior to
amortization of the full amount of the discount, the remaining
unamortized discount at the date of conversion is immediately
recognized as interest expense or as a dividend, as appropriate.
Recently
issued accounting standards
In June 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement to
amend the accounting rules for variable interest entities
(VIEs). The amendments effectively replace the
quantitative-based
risks-and-rewards
calculation for determining which reporting entity, if any, has
a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity
with an approach focused on identifying which reporting entity
has (1) the power to direct the activities of a variable
interest entity that most significantly affect the entitys
economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb
losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the entity.
Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has
an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable
interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it
has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest
entity that most significantly impact the entitys economic
performance. The new guidance also requires additional
disclosures about a reporting entitys involvement with
variable interest entities and about any significant changes in
risk exposure as a result of that involvement.
The new guidance is effective at the start of a reporting
entitys first fiscal year beginning after
November 15, 2009, and all interim and annual periods
thereafter. The new VIE model requires that, upon adoption, a
reporting entity should determine whether an entity is a VIE,
and whether the reporting entity is the VIEs primary
beneficiary, as of the date that the reporting entity first
became involved with the entity, unless an event requiring
reconsideration of those initial conclusions occurred after that
date. When making this determination, a reporting entity must
assume that new guidance had been effective from the date of its
first involvement with the entity. The Group adopted the new
guidance on March 1, 2010.
The Company has had two VIEs, which it has consolidated under
the authoritative literature prior to the amendment discussed
above because it was the primary beneficiary of those entities.
Because the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, has
(1) the power to direct the activities of the two VIEs that
most
F-16
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
significantly affect the entitys economic performance and
(2) the right to receive benefits from the two VIES, it
will continue to consolidate the two VIEs upon the adoption of
the new guidance which therefore, other than for additional
disclosures including those for prior periods, had no accounting
impact.
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. This
pronouncement was issued in response to practice concerns
related to the accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple
deliverables under an existing pronouncement. Although the new
pronouncement retains the criteria from an existing
pronouncement for when delivered items in a multiple-deliverable
arrangement should be considered separate units of accounting,
it removes the previous separation criterion under existing
pronouncements that objective and reliable evidence of the fair
value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered
items to be considered a separate unit or separate units of
accounting. The new pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. The Group is in the process of evaluating
the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding software revenue recognition. This new pronouncement
amends an existing pronouncement to exclude from its scope all
tangible products containing both software and non-software
components that function together to deliver the products
essential functionality. That is, the entire product (including
the software deliverables and non-software deliverables) would
be outside the scope of software revenue recognition and would
be accounted for under other accounting literature. The new
pronouncement includes factors that entities should consider
when determining whether the software and non-software
components function together to deliver the products
essential functionality and are thus outside the revised scope
of the authoritative literature that governs software revenue
recognition. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year; and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. The Group is in the process of evaluating
the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
milestone method of revenue recognition. The scope of this
pronouncement is limited to arrangements that include milestones
relating to research or development deliverables. The
pronouncement specifies guidance that must be met for a vendor
to recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement
of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in
which the milestone is achieved. The guidance applies to
milestones in arrangements within the scope of this consensus
regardless of whether the arrangement is determined to have
single or multiple deliverables or units of accounting. The
pronouncement will be effective for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15,
2010. Early application is permitted. Companies can apply this
guidance prospectively to milestones achieved after adoption.
However, retrospective application to all
F-17
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
prior periods is also permitted. The Group is in the process of
evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
effect of denominating the exercise price of a share-based
payment award in the currency of the market in which the
underlying equity securities trades and that currency is
different from (1) entitys functional currency,
(2) functional currency of the foreign operation for which
the employee provides services, and (3) payroll currency of
the employee. The guidance clarifies that an employee
share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in
the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the
entitys equity securities trades should be considered an
equity award assuming all other criteria for equity
classification are met. The pronouncement will be effective for
interim and annual periods beginning on or after
December 15, 2010, and will be applied prospectively.
Affected entities will be required to record a cumulative
catch-up
adjustment for all awards outstanding as of the beginning of the
annual period in which the guidance is adopted. The Group is in
the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this
pronouncement.
In the year ended February 28, 2009, the Group made five
business acquisitions. Each acquisition has been recorded using
the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the acquired
assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair value at the
date of purchase. The results of these acquired entities
operations have been included in the consolidated financial
statements since the date of purchase.
Acquisition
in Wuhan
On July 1, 2008, Xueersi Network acquired 100% equity
interest in Wuhan School. Pursuant to the original acquisition
agreement, $918,260 would be paid by cash (of which $712,745 was
paid by February 28, 2010), while $393,540 would be settled
by cash or the Class B common shares of the Company on the
closing of a qualified IPO at the discretion of the target,
provided such qualified IPO occurred within two years. Absent an
IPO in the specified period, $393,540 would be increased to
$787,080 and be settled in cash.
Since the completion of a qualified IPO is beyond the
Companys control, the Company accounted for $787,080 as a
liability incurred upon the acquisition.
F-18
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The purchase price of Wuhan School was allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177,822
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97,656
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,915
|
|
|
|
2.00 years
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,915
|
|
|
|
1.50 years
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,338,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisition-current
|
|
|
550,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisition-non-current
|
|
|
367,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligation absent of IPO
|
|
|
787,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total acquisition obligation
|
|
|
1,705,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount to present value at date of acquisition
|
|
|
(139,913
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,565,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price allocation described above was based on a
valuation analysis provided by American Appraisal China Limited,
a third party valuation firm. The valuation analysis utilizes
and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as
the income, market and cost approach. The Company has
incorporated certain assumptions, which include projected cash
flows. The company renegotiated the above acquisition agreement
(See Note 4).
Acquisition
in Shanghai
On August 1, 2008, Xueersi Network acquired 100% equity
interest in Shanghai Lehai and its two 100% owned subsidiaries,
Minhang School and Changning School. According to the
acquisition agreements, $1,027,577, or 50% of the total
consideration is contingent upon the two original
shareholders continuing employment with Shanghai Lehai for
at least three years after the acquisition. As the contingent
consideration arrangement would be automatically forfeited if
any of these two original shareholders terminates
his/her
employment with Shanghai Lehai, the amount has been accounted
for as employment compensation for post-combination services of
the original shareholders. As of February 28, 2010, the
purchase price was paid in full.
F-19
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The purchase price of Shanghai Lehai was allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
173,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expense and other current assets
|
|
|
102,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
157,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expense and other current liabilities
|
|
|
(344,380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
(1,585
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
330,865
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
|
|
10.00 years
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
164,704
|
|
|
|
3.50 years
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
16,033
|
|
|
|
3.00 years
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
3,207
|
|
|
|
1.67 years
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
357,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(194,292
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration
|
|
$
|
1,027,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price allocation described above was based on a
valuation analysis provided by American Appraisal China Limited,
a third party valuation firm. The valuation analysis utilizes
and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as
the income, market and cost approach. The Company has
incorporated certain assumptions, which include projected cash
flows.
The Group also made other acquisitions during the fiscal year
ended February 28, 2009 in Tianjin, Qianjiang, and Jianli,
for a total consideration of $605,754.
The results of operations for the 100% equity interest of all
these acquired entities have been included in the Groups
consolidated financial statements from their respective
acquisition date. The acquired goodwill is not deductible for
tax purposes.
F-20
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Pro
forma
The following summary of unaudited pro forma results of
operations of five acquired businesses for the years ended
February 29, 2008 and February 28, 2009 was presented
with the assumption that all the five acquisitions described
above during the year ended February 28, 2009 occurred as
of March 1, 2007 and 2008, respectively. These pro forma
results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do
not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which
would have resulted had the significant acquisitions occurred as
of March 1, 2007 and 2008, nor are they indicative of
future operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,517,600
|
|
|
$
|
37,876,116
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
1,546,449
|
|
|
$
|
6,598,516
|
|
Net income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Net income per Series A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
convertible redeemable preferred shareBasic
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Extinguishment
of Liabilities
|
In January 2009, the performance of Wuhan School was not in line
with expectations at the time of the purchase. Since the Company
had not yet fully paid the acquisition obligation, Xueersi
Network renegotiated with the original shareholders of Wuhan
School to adjust the remaining payments.
The acquisition payable at that time was $1,605,625 and was
reduced to $874,533 and will be settled in cash. As a result,
Xueersi Networks acquisition payables of $731,092 were
waived. This amount was treated as a gain on extinguishment of
liabilities for the year ended February 28, 2009.
|
|
5.
|
Available-for-Sale
Securities
|
In August 2007 and December 2009, the Group bought two
securities in mutual funds named Wan Jia He Xie Financing Fund
and Guo Du No. 1 An Xin Shou Yi, respectively. The
securities were classified as
available-for-sale
securities and reported at fair value.
F-21
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
The
available-for-sale
securities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring
basis were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
660,519
|
|
Foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
42,567
|
|
Changes in fair
value(1)
|
|
|
(73,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 29, 2008
|
|
|
629,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in fair
value(1)
|
|
|
(289,045
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
340,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
1,464,231
|
|
Changes in fair value
|
|
|
112,708
|
|
Foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Group determined the decline to be other-than temporary due
to the continuing challenging global financial markets, poor
performance of the equity markets, as well as the duration and
the extent to which the fair value of the securities had
continued to be less than the cost and therefore booked an
impairment loss in the income statement of $266,111, net of tax
effect of $96,557. |
The Group values the mutual funds using quoted price in active
market to determine the fair value of
available-for-sale
securities (Level 1 valuation). The following provides
additional information concerning the Groups
available-for-sale
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Mutual fund
|
|
$
|
340,418
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
340,418
|
|
|
$
|
1,805,448
|
|
|
$
|
120,678
|
|
|
$
|
(7,970
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Prepaid
Expenses and Other Current Assets
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Prepaid rent
|
|
$
|
797,674
|
|
|
$
|
1,344,238
|
|
Prepayments to suppliers
|
|
|
391,049
|
|
|
|
305,782
|
|
Staff advances
|
|
|
165,257
|
|
|
|
450,705
|
|
Others
|
|
|
60,943
|
|
|
|
180,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,414,923
|
|
|
$
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
7.
|
Property
and Equipment, Net
|
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Leasehold improvement
|
|
$
|
1,280,185
|
|
|
$
|
3,399,250
|
|
Computer, network equipment and software
|
|
|
869,600
|
|
|
|
2,293,808
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
458,412
|
|
|
|
624,296
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
377,318
|
|
|
|
462,112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(514,178
|
)
|
|
|
(1,787,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,471,337
|
|
|
$
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28,
2009 and 2010, depreciation expenses were $46,416, $452,009, and
$1,272,074, respectively.
|
|
8.
|
Intangible
Assets, Net
|
Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Domain names
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(696,148
|
)
|
|
|
(1,537,341
|
)
|
Add: foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
10,029
|
|
|
|
14,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,226,343
|
|
|
$
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domain names were acquired from third parties. The rest of
intangible assets were recorded as a result of the acquisitions
of the five businesses in the year ended February 28, 2009
(see Note 3).
The Group recorded amortization expense of $114,536, $565,300,
and $841,193 for the years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009, and 2010, respectively.
Estimated amortization expenses of the existing intangible
assets for the next five years are $717,070, $502,879, $26,371,
$26,371 and $26,371, respectively.
F-23
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
9.
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and bonus
|
|
$
|
2,303,069
|
|
|
$
|
3,893,895
|
|
Social insurance payable
|
|
|
38,791
|
|
|
|
453,081
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
|
533,035
|
|
|
|
513,062
|
|
Other taxes payable
|
|
|
634,397
|
|
|
|
1,343,425
|
|
Others
|
|
|
100,505
|
|
|
|
614,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,609,797
|
|
|
$
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of a school in Tianjin
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
76,760
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Jianli School
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Qianjiang School
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Wuhan School
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
513,062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 30, 2010, a third party agreed to provide the
Company a $500,000 convertible loan, which bears an annual
interest rate of 15% and will mature on January 30, 2012.
The interest is payable annually. Subject to mutual agreement,
the date of maturity may be extended to January 30, 2015.
The loan is convertible at the option of the holder, at any
time, into such number of Class B common shares of the
Company as determined by dividing $500,000 by the conversion
price. The conversion price was initially set at $50 per share
and then subject to adjustments for dilution, including but not
limited to issuance of additional Class B common shares and
share split.
As of the balance sheet date, the conversion option of the
convertible loan does not meet the criteria for an embedded
derivative. If the conversion option survives an IPO, it would
be required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as a
derivative.
As of February 28, 2010, the fair value of the convertible
loan approximated its carrying amount since the effective
interest rate did not fluctuate significantly during its one
month outstanding period.
Cayman
Islands
The Company is a tax-exempted company incorporated in the Cayman
Islands.
Hong
Kong
Xueersi Hong Kong was established in Hong Kong in March 2008.
Xueersi Hong Kong is subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax on
its activities conducted in Hong Kong. It was subject to Hong
Kong profit tax at
F-24
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
16.5%. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has been made in
the consolidated financial statements as it has no assessable
income for the years ended February 28, 2009, and 2010.
PRC
The subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC were generally subject
to a corporate income tax rate of 33% prior to January 1,
2008 except for those subsidiaries that enjoyed tax holidays or
preferential tax treatment. Xueersi Network and Haidian Xueersi
were entitled to a one year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as they were newly established companies in calendar year 2007.
Effective from January 1, 2008, a new Enterprise Income Tax
Law, or (the New EIT Law), combined the previous
income tax laws for foreign invested and domestic invested
enterprises in the PRC by the adoption a unified tax rate of 25%
for most enterprises with the following exceptions.
Certain qualified high and new technology enterprises that meet
the definition of high and new technology enterprise
strongly supported by the state (HNTE) could
benefit from a preferential tax rate of 15%. Xueersi Education
qualified as a HNTE under the New EIT Law effective from
January 1, 2008 and therefore for a preferential tax rate
of 15%. In addition, since the entity is located in a high
technology zone in Beijing and qualified as a high-tech company,
it was entitled to a three-year exemption from the enterprise
income tax from calendar year 2006 to 2008 and a further tax
reduction to a rate of 7.5% from calendar year 2009 to 2011.
Accordingly, in calculating deferred tax assets and liabilities,
the Group assumed Xueersi Education will continue to renew the
new HNTE status at the conclusion of the initial three-year
period. If Xueersi Education failed to obtain such renewals
after 2010, then the deferred tax assets as of February 28,
2010 would increase by $29,259.
TAL Beijing was qualified as Newly Established Software
Enterprise and therefore it was entitled to a two-year
exemption from EIT from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a further
reduction to 12.5% from calendar year 2011 to 2013.
Provision (credit) for income tax consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRC income tax expenses
|
|
$
|
304,620
|
|
|
$
|
2,620,738
|
|
|
$
|
1,936,420
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRC income tax expenses
|
|
|
(139,879
|
)
|
|
|
(602,485
|
)
|
|
|
(557,895
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
164,741
|
|
|
$
|
2,018,253
|
|
|
$
|
1,378,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Groups deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed payroll
|
|
$
|
510,275
|
|
|
$
|
903,939
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(29,146
|
)
|
|
|
(72,642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
481,129
|
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
35,434
|
|
|
|
134,915
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
70,558
|
|
|
|
163,003
|
|
Tax losses carry-forward deferred tax assets
|
|
|
137,639
|
|
|
|
303,909
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(112,342
|
)
|
|
|
(317,859
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
131,289
|
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
203,776
|
|
|
|
147,433
|
|
Unrealized gain on
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
203,776
|
|
|
$
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2010, tax loss carry-forward amounted to
$1,251,685 and would expire by the end of calendar year 2015.
The Group operates its business through its subsidiaries, its
VIEs and their subsidiaries. The Group does not file combined or
consolidated tax returns, therefore, losses from individual
subsidiaries or the VIEs and their subsidiaries may not be used
to offset other subsidiaries or VIEs earnings within
the Group. Valuation allowance is considered on each individual
subsidiary and VIE basis. A valuation allowance of $390,501 had
been established as of February 28, 2010, in respect of
certain deferred tax assets as it is considered more likely than
not that the relevant deferred tax assets will not be realized
in the foreseeable future.
Under US GAAP, a deferred tax liability should be recorded for
taxable temporary differences attributable to the excess of
financial reporting amounts over tax basis amounts, including
those differences attributable to a more than 50% interest in a
domestic subsidiary. However, recognition is not required in
situations where the tax law provides a means by which the
reported amount of that investment can be recovered tax-free and
the enterprise expects that it will ultimately use that means.
The Company has not recorded any such deferred tax liability
attributable to the undistributed earnings of its financial
interest in VIEs because it believes such excess earnings can be
distributed in a manner that would not be subject to income tax.
The impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax
return is recognized at the largest amount that is
more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant
tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be
recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being
sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be
classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.
The Group has concluded that there are no significant uncertain
tax positions requiring recognition in financial statements for
F-26
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and 2010. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties
related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does
not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in
unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. The Group
has no material unrecognized tax benefits which would favorably
affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The
years 2007 to 2009 remain subject to examination by the PRC tax
authorities.
Reconciliation between the provision for income taxes computed
by applying the PRC EIT rates of 33% in calendar year 2007, and
25% in calendar year 2008 and 2009 to income before income taxes
and the actual provision for income tax was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income before provision for income tax
|
|
$
|
1,677,313
|
|
|
$
|
9,298,922
|
|
|
$
|
15,623,484
|
|
PRC statutory tax rate
|
|
|
33
|
% (1)
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax at statutory tax rate
|
|
|
553,513
|
|
|
|
2,324,731
|
|
|
|
3,905,871
|
|
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and employees benefits
|
|
|
64,410
|
|
|
|
214,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expenses not deductable
|
|
|
23,593
|
|
|
|
257,357
|
|
|
|
289,945
|
|
Effect of income tax exemptions
|
|
|
(476,775
|
)
|
|
|
(923,868
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070,154
|
)
|
Effect of income tax rate difference in other jurisdictions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,527
|
|
|
|
3,850
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,483
|
|
|
|
249,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
$
|
164,741
|
|
|
$
|
2,018,253
|
|
|
$
|
1,378,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
PRC statutory tax rate was 33% for the period between
March 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007 and 25% for the
period between January 1, 2008 and February 29, 2008. |
If Xueersi Education, Xueersi Network and Haidian Xueersi were
not in a tax holiday period for the years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010, the
provision for income tax and earnings per share amounts would be
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
$
|
476,775
|
|
|
$
|
923,868
|
|
|
$
|
3,070,154
|
|
Net income per common share-basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
Net income per Series A preferred share-basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
Net income per common share-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities
organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for
Chinese Income tax purposes if the place of effective management
or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the
New EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be
considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management
and control over the manufacturing and business operations,
personnel, accounting, properties, etc, occurs within the PRC.
Despite the present
F-27
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC tax guidance on the
issue, the Group does not believe that the legal entities
organized outside of the PRC within the Group should be treated
as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC tax authorities
subsequently determine that the Company and its subsidiaries
registered outside the PRC should be deemed a resident
enterprise, the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside
the PRC will be subject to the PRC income tax at a rate of 25%.
If the Company were to be non-resident for PRC tax purpose,
dividends paid to it out of profits earned after January 1,
2008 would be subject to a withholding tax. In the case of
dividends paid by PRC subsidiaries, the withholding tax would be
10%.
Aggregate undistributed earnings of the Companys
subsidiaries located in the PRC that are available for
distribution to the Company of approximately $4,311,088 and
$18,202,179 as of February 28, 2009 and 2010, respectively,
are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and accordingly, no
provision has been made for the Chinese dividend withholding
taxes that would be payable upon the distribution of those
amounts to the Company. The Chinese tax authorities have also
clarified that distributions made out of pre January 1,
2008 retained earnings will not be subject to the withholding
tax.
|
|
12.
|
Impairment
Loss on Intangible Assets and Goodwill
|
Impairment
loss on intangible assets
For the year ended February 28, 2009, the performance of
Qianjiang School, Jianli School and Wuhan School was not in line
with expectations. As a result, partnership agreement, student
base, non-compete agreement and education license generated from
the acquisitions of these three schools with a total carrying
amount of $591,747 were written down to their fair value of
$232,376.
Impairment loss on intangible assets for the years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010 was
$nil, $359,371 and $nil, respectively.
Impairment
loss on goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended
February 28, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
762,272
|
|
Goodwill recognized in business acquisition
|
|
|
2,021,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange difference due to translation
|
|
|
(3,094
|
)
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
762,272
|
|
|
$
|
763,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
Impairment
|
|
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,256,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
As the performance of Wuhan School was not in line with
expectations at the time of the purchase, the Group determined
this to be a triggering event to perform the goodwill impairment
test before the annual impairment test. On January 31,
2009, the Group recognized an impairment loss of $1,187,830 for
the goodwill arising from the acquisition of Wuhan School.
The Group recognized a $68,254 impairment loss for the goodwill
arising from the acquisition of Qianjiang School for the year
ended February 28, 2009.
The Group incurred $nil, $1,256,084 and $nil impairment loss on
goodwill for the years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
|
|
13.
|
Convertible
Redeemable Preferred Shares
|
In February 2009, the Company issued 5,000,000 Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares to an investor at an
issuance price of $1 per share for total cash proceeds of
$5,000,000 before issuance cost of $113,035.
The rights, preferences, privileges and restriction granted to
and imposed on the Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares are as follows.
Conversion
Each Series A convertible redeemable preferred share may,
at the option of the holders, be converted at any time into one
fully-paid and non-assessable Class B common share of the
Company, or is automatically converted into one fully-paid and
non-assessable Class B common share upon the closing of a
qualified IPO. The Conversion Price for the Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares (Conversion
Price) shall initially equal the original issue price and
shall be adjusted from time to time for share splits and
combinations, Class B common share dividends and
distributions, other dividends; reorganizations, mergers,
consolidations, reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions and
sales of shares below the Conversion Price.
The share purchase agreement of the Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares has a down-round provision which
requires the conversion price of Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares to be subject to adjustment by the
Company of equity or any instrument or securities convertible
into equity at a purchase price less than the then-effective
conversion price. This provision may potentially cause the
conversion price to be lower than the fair value of the common
stock at the commitment date, which may result a contingent
beneficial conversion feature.
The Company has determined that there was no embedded beneficial
conversion feature attributable to the Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares because the initial effective
conversion price was higher than the fair value of the
Class B common shares at the commitment date.
Dividend
participation rights
The holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares are entitled to receive dividends ratably according to
the number of Class B common shares that each preferred
share may be converted into. Dividends shall be non-cumulative.
Liquidation
preference
Before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders
of any common shares, the holder of Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares shall be entitled to receive an
amount equal to 100% of the
F-29
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
original issue price (adjusted for any share splits, share
dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar
transactions), plus any accrued but unpaid dividends with
respect thereto (as adjusted for any share splits, share
dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar
transactions) per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share then held by such holder. All arrears or accruals of
dividends due to the holders of Series A convertible
redeemable preferred share is in priority to the holders of all
other shares.
After distribution or payment in full of the amount
distributable or payable on the Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares, the remaining assets of the Company
available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed
ratably among the holders of outstanding common shares and
holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
on an as-converted basis.
Voting
rights
The holder of Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares has the voting rights determined based on the equivalent
number of the Companys Class B common shares into
which their preferred shares are converted.
Redemption
The Company is obligated to redeem all the Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares after December 31,
2011, or at any time when there is a material breach of any of
the Company warranties at a price equaled 180% of the original
issue price. The Group recognized changes in the redemption
value $4,113,035 as deemed dividend upon issuance in the year
ended February 28, 2009.
On January 10, 2008, the Company issued 1,000 Class B
common shares at par value of $0.001.
As a result of the reorganization relating to the incorporation
of the Company, the outstanding Class B common shares have
been deemed to be 1,000 shares for the year ended
February 29, 2008. The accompanying consolidated financial
statements have been prepared as if the current share structure
had been in existence throughout the periods presented.
On February 12, 2009, the Company issued 119,999,000
additional Class B common shares proportionally to the
existing founding shareholders at par value. This issuance is
considered as an issuance with nominal consideration and has
been therefore treated in a manner akin to a stock split and the
computations of basic and diluted net income per share were
adjusted retroactively for all periods presented.
F-30
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
Deemed dividend on Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares-accretion of redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed net income to TAL Education Group shareholders
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,167,634
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator used in basic and diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-basic
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,161,499
|
(i)(ii)
|
|
|
13,675,161
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares-basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,119,170
|
(i)(iii)
|
|
|
569,798
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-diluted
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
3,161,499
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common sharebasic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
sharesbasic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,877
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common sharediluted
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-basic-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-31
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
(i) |
|
In 2009 and 2010, undistributed net income was allocated between
common shares and preferred shares on pro rata basis on the
dividend participating rights. Since each Series A
convertible redeemable preferred share has the same
participating right as each common share, the allocation was
based on the weighted average numbers of common shares and
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares. The net
income allocated for computing net income per preferred
share-basic also contains the deemed dividend for accretion of
the redemption premium. |
|
(ii) |
|
For the year ended February 28, 2009, $3,167,634 of
undistributed net income was allocated between the weighted
average numbers of 120,000,000 common shares and
232,877 Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares. Therefore, undistributed net income allocated for common
shares was $3,161,499 and $6,135 for Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares. |
|
|
|
(iii) |
|
For the year ended February 28, 2009, net income allocated
for computing net income per Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares-basic was $4,119,170 of which $6,135
was undistributed net income allocated between the weighted
average numbers of common shares and Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares and $4,113,035 was deemed dividend
on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares. |
|
|
16.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
commitment
The Group leases certain office premises under non-cancellable
leases, the term of which are ten years or less and are
renewable upon negotiation. Rental expenses under operating
leases for the years ended February 29, 2008,
February 28, 2009 and 2010 were $1,176,223, $4,858,363 and
$9,862,702, respectively.
Future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases
as of February 28, 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal year ending
|
|
|
|
|
February 2011
|
|
$
|
13,154,964
|
|
February 2012
|
|
|
12,113,895
|
|
February 2013
|
|
|
8,044,734
|
|
February 2014
|
|
|
6,134,223
|
|
February 2015 and after
|
|
|
3,226,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
42,674,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment
information
The Group is mainly engaged in after-school tutoring in the PRC.
The Groups chief operating decision maker
(CODM) has been identified as the Chief Executive
Officer who reviews financial information of separate operating
segments based on US GAAP amounts when making decisions about
allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The
business is now organized and monitored on the basis of
geographic locations. The CODM now reviews results analyzed by
service line and geographic location. This analysis is only
presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or
indirect costs. Consequently, the Group has determined that it
has only one operating segment.
F-32
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Geographic
information
The Group primary operates in the PRC and all of the
Groups long-lived assets are located in the PRC.
Major
customers
For the years ended February 29, 2008, February 28,
2009 and 2010, there was no customer who accounted for 10% or
more of the Groups revenues.
Components of revenues are presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational programs and services
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,152,739
|
|
|
$
|
69,138,216
|
|
Educational materials and others
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322,844
|
|
|
|
455,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$
|
8,882,191
|
|
|
$
|
37,475,583
|
|
|
$
|
69,593,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.
|
Mainland
China Contribution Plan
|
Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a
government-mandated defined contribution plan pursuant to which
certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance,
employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to
employees. The PRC labor regulations require the Group to accrue
for these benefits based on certain percentages of the
employees salaries. Total contributions for such employee
benefits were $49,633, $668,433, and $1,819,178 for the years
ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
As stipulated by the relevant PRC laws and regulations
applicable to the Groups entities in the PRC, the Group is
required to make appropriations from net income as determined in
accordance with the PRC GAAP to non-distributable reserves,
which include a statutory surplus reserve and a statutory
welfare reserve. The PRC laws and regulations require that
annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income should be set
aside prior to payments of dividends as reserve fund, and in
private school sector, the PRC laws and regulations require that
annual appropriations of 25% of after-tax income should be set
aside prior to payments of dividend as development fund. The
appropriations to statutory surplus reserve are required until
the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity registered capital.
The statutory reserve may be applied against prior year losses,
if any, and may be used for general business expansion and
production or increase in registered capital of the entities.
For the years ended February 28, 2009 and 2010, the Group
made apportions of $728,067 and $1,616,067 to the statutory
surplus reserve fund, respectively, and $1,438,711 and $580,558
to the development fund, respectively. As a result of these PRC
laws and regulations, the PRC entities are restricted from
transferring a portion of their net assets to the Group. As of
February 28, 2009 and 2010, such restricted net assets were
$2,660,818 and $4,857,443, respectively.
F-33
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
20.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Group had the following balances with related parties as of
February 28, 2009 and 2010, respectively:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Amounts due from the founding shareholders-non-trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Founding shareholders
|
|
$
|
92,112
|
(i)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i.
|
The amounts represent cash advances to the founding shareholders
for business expansion.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Amount due to the founding shareholders-non-trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Founding shareholders
|
|
$
|
101,043
|
(ii)
|
|
$
|
108,204
|
(ii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii.
|
The amount represents rental deposits and acquisition
consideration paid by the founding shareholder on behalf of the
Group.
|
Amounts due from (to) shareholders are non-interest bearing and
unsecured with no fixed repayment terms. There was no right to
offset the amounts due to and due from the same shareholders.
The founding shareholders contributed $131,810, $365,508 and
$219,743 capital to establish new entities
(see Note 1) during the years ended
February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
|
|
22.
|
Distribution
to Shareholders
|
In November 2008, Xueersi Network declared $1,442,020
(RMB10,000,000) cash distribution to its founding shareholders,
prior to a series of contractual arrangements entered into on
February 12, 2009 (see Note 1). As of
February 28, 2009, the amount was $1,462,095 due to the
change in the foreign exchange rate. The amount was paid in full
in April 2009. No further distribution was declared afterwards.
The Company has evaluated all events subsequent to the balance
sheet date of February 28, 2010 through September 29,
2010, the date when the consolidated financial statements were
available to be issued.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157 Further Clarification on Implementation of
Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods (Circular
157). Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance on
the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the New EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157, we
interpreted the law to mean that if an HNTE entity was in a tax
holiday period, including
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate,
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate and other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to HNTE status under the New
EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%.
Circular 157 appears to have the effect that such an entity is
entitled to pay tax at either the lower of 15% or 50% of the
standard PRC tax rate (i.e. currently 25%). Circular 157 was
unclear as to
F-34
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
whether its effect is retrospective but Xueersi Education
understands that the State Administration of Taxation has
recently taken the position that the Circular applies only to
tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the
relevant local tax district, Xueersi Education believes that
entities that qualify for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as HNTEs and which are registered in the
Zhongguancun High and New Technology industrial Zones of
Beijing, will continue to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%. Since
Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a HNTE status registered in the Zhongguancun
High and New Technology industrial Zones of Beijing, Xueersi
Education does not believe that Circular 157 has any effect
on its tax position.
New
established entity
In March 2010, Xueersi Education established a wholly owned
subsidiary, Beijing Haidian Lejiale Training School
(Haidian Lejiale). The principle activities of
Haidian Lejiale are to provide after-school tutoring for primary
and secondary school students and language education and
training in Beijing.
Class B
common share subscription receivable
The Class B common shares subscription receivable was fully
paid by the founding shareholders in June 2010.
2010
Share Incentive Plan
In June 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Share Incentive Plan.
The plans permit the grant of options to purchase the
Class A common shares, share appreciation rights,
restricted shares, restricted share units, dividend equivalent
rights and other instruments as deemed appropriate by the
administrator under the plans. The maximum aggregate number of
Class A common shares that may be issued pursuant to all
awards under the stock incentive plan is 18,750,000 shares.
On July 26, 2010, the Group granted 5,419,500 nonvested
shares under this share incentive plan to directors, executive
officers and employees. The estimated fair value of the
Class A common share on the grant date was $5 per share.
The nonvested shares will vest in accordance with the vesting
schedule set out in the award agreement, which is (1) 100%
of 945,100 nonvested shares at the first anniversary of the date
of grant, or (2) 1/2 of 831,400 nonvested shares on each of
the anniversaries since the date of grant, or (3) 1/4 of
3,643,000 nonvested shares on each of the anniversaries since
the date of grant.
Declaration
of Dividend
On September 29, 2010, the Group declared a
$30 million cash dividend to the Groups then existing
shareholders conditional upon the completion of the initial
public offering.
Amendment
to Memorandum and Articles of Association
On September 29, 2010, the Company adopted the Third
Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
(M&AA). The share capital of the Company is US$1,000,000.00
divided into (i) 500,000,000 Class A common shares of
par value US$0.001 each, (ii) 495,000,000 of Class B
common shares of par value US$0.001 each, and
(iii) 5,000,000 Series A preferred shares of par value
US$0.001 each. All issued and outstanding common shares of the
Company as of September 29, 2010 are re-designated as
Class B common shares. The outstanding preferred shares
will be automatically converted into Class B common shares
immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering.
F-35
TAL
Education Group
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended February 29, 2008, February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
Holders of Class A common shares and Class B common
shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion
rights. Each Class A common share is entitled to one vote
and each Class B common share is entitled to ten votes.
Each Class B common share is convertible into one
Class A common share at any time by the holder thereof.
Class A common shares are not convertible into Class B
common shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of
Class B common shares by a holder thereof to any person or
entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such
Class B common shares shall be automatically and
immediately converted into an equal number of Class A
common shares.
Upon adoption of the amended and restated M&AA, all shares
and per share information presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements have been revised on a
retroactive basis to reflect the re-designation of outstanding
common shares as Class B common shares as if the amended
and restated M&AA had been in place throughout the periods
presented.
F-36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Investments in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
7,490,488
|
|
|
|
22,076,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
12,490,488
|
|
|
$
|
27,576,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares and
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
$
|
126,463
|
|
|
$
|
135,233
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
8,680
|
|
|
|
14,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
135,143
|
|
|
|
150,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
135,143
|
|
|
|
650,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
($0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares and
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively,
liquidation value $5,000,000)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value,
500,000,000 shares authorized, nil issued and outstanding
as of February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized as of February 28, 2009
and February 28, 2010; 120,000,000 shares and
120,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2009 and February 28, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
Class B common shares subscription receivable
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
2,682,218
|
|
|
|
16,927,177
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
779,641
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
219,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred shares
and equity
|
|
$
|
12,490,488
|
|
|
$
|
27,576,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
TAL
Education Group
Additional InformationFinancial Statement
Schedule I
Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Statements of
Operations
(In US$, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(22,126
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,834
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,126
|
)
|
|
|
(8,834
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,248
|
)
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
7,302,777
|
|
|
|
14,259,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
TAL
Education Group
Additional InformationFinancial Statement
Schedule I
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive
Income
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
common share
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
deficit)
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common shares
|
|
|
subscription
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
receivable
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
Income (loss)
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2007
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
62,580
|
|
|
$
|
(555,968
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(493,388
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
|
1,512,572
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
|
|
42,102
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $24,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
(49,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 29, 2008
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
194,390
|
|
|
|
956,604
|
|
|
|
(7,225
|
)
|
|
|
1,143,769
|
|
|
$
|
1,505,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
|
7,280,669
|
|
Issuance of Class B common shares
|
|
|
119,999,000
|
|
|
|
119,999
|
|
|
|
(119,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion for Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares redemption premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,113,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
|
|
71,127
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $72,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
|
|
(216,784
|
)
|
Transfer to the statements of operation of
other-than-temporary-impairment,
net of tax effect of ($96,557)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
266,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
559,898
|
|
|
|
2,682,218
|
|
|
|
113,229
|
|
|
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
$
|
7,401,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
|
|
14,244,959
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
|
|
21,493
|
|
Net unrealized gains on
available-
for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of ($28,177)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
84,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
779,641
|
|
|
$
|
16,927,177
|
|
|
$
|
219,253
|
|
|
$
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
$
|
14,350,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
TAL
Education Group
Additional InformationFinancial Statement
Schedule I
Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Cash Flow
Statements
(In US$, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
For the year ended
|
|
|
|
February 29,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,512,572
|
|
|
$
|
7,280,669
|
|
|
$
|
14,244,959
|
|
Equity in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
(1,512,572
|
)
|
|
|
(7,302,777
|
)
|
|
|
(14,259,998
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,463
|
|
|
|
8,770
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,680
|
|
|
|
6,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used in) by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible redeemable
preferred shares, net of issuance cost of $113,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,886,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
Loan provided to subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,000,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,886,965
|
|
|
|
(4,500,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
(4,500,000
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis
of presentation
The condensed financial information of the parent company, TAL
Education Group, has been prepared using the same accounting
policies as set out in the Groups consolidated financial
statements except that the parent company used the equity method
to account for investments in its subsidiaries and variable
interest entities.
The Company records its investment in its subsidiaries and
variable interest entities under the equity method of
accounting. Such investment is presented on the balance sheets
as Investment in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs
subsidiaries and share of their earnings as Equity
in subsidiaries, VIEs and VIEs subsidiaries on the
statements of operations.
Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in
financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have
been condensed or omitted.
Convertible
loan
On January 30, 2010, a third party agreed to provide the
Company a $500,000 convertible loan, which bears an annual
interest rate of 15% and will mature on January 30, 2012.
The interest is payable annually. Subject to mutual agreement,
the date of maturity may be extended to January 30, 2015.
F-40
TAL
EDUCATION GROUP
Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In U.S. dollars, except share and share related
data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Note 2)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
$
|
81,494,598
|
|
|
$
|
81,494,598
|
|
Available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
448,277
|
|
|
|
448,277
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
121,819
|
|
|
|
252,268
|
|
|
|
252,268
|
|
Deferred costs in connection with initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437,152
|
|
|
|
437,152
|
|
Deferred tax assets-current
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
1,226,469
|
|
|
|
1,226,469
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
|
3,838,203
|
|
|
|
3,838,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
55,904,694
|
|
|
|
87,696,967
|
|
|
|
87,696,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
|
5,550,290
|
|
|
|
5,550,290
|
|
Deferred tax assets-non-current
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
167,989
|
|
|
|
167,989
|
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
2,170,548
|
|
|
|
2,308,268
|
|
|
|
2,308,268
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
|
1,025,325
|
|
|
|
1,025,325
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
763,802
|
|
|
|
765,923
|
|
|
|
765,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares and
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of 915,408 and
485,115 as of February 28, 2010, and August 31, 2010,
respectively)
|
|
$
|
987,742
|
|
|
$
|
712,710
|
|
|
$
|
712,710
|
|
Deferred revenue (including deferred revenue of the consolidated
VIEs without recourse to TAL Education Group of 24,631,648 and
31,858,213 as of February 28, 2010 and August 31,
2010, respectively)
|
|
|
29,407,994
|
|
|
|
42,100,775
|
|
|
|
42,100,775
|
|
Amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to related
parties of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL
Education Group of 108,204 and 100,571 as of February 28,
2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
108,204
|
|
|
|
100,571
|
|
|
|
100,571
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including
accrued expenses and other current liabilities without recourse
to TAL Education Group of 6,588,552 and 7,652,977 as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
|
9,618,867
|
|
|
|
9,618,867
|
|
Income tax payable (including income tax payable of the
consolidated VIEs without recourse to TAL Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group of 2,653,324 and 2,841,863 as of February 28, 2010,
and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
580,225
|
|
|
|
3,054,408
|
|
|
|
3,054,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
37,901,981
|
|
|
|
55,587,331
|
|
|
|
55,587,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible loan
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities-non-current
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
38,577,591
|
|
|
|
56,234,015
|
|
|
|
56,234,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares
($0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares and
5,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively,
liquidation value $5,000,000)
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
9,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL Education Group Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common shares ($0.001 par value,
500,000,000 shares authorized, nil issued and outstanding
as of February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common shares ($0.001 par value,
495,000,000 shares authorized as of February 28, 2010
and August 31, 2010; 120,000,000 shares and
120,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively)
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Class B common shares subscription receivable
|
|
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
779,641
|
|
|
|
1,699,503
|
|
|
|
10,694,503
|
|
Statutory reserve
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
|
4,857,443
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
|
25,315,575
|
|
|
|
25,315,575
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
219,253
|
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
288,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL Education Groups Equity
|
|
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
|
32,280,747
|
|
|
|
41,280,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred shares
and equity
|
|
$
|
65,503,662
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
$
|
97,514,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-41
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
32,983,005
|
|
|
$
|
53,022,037
|
|
Cost of revenues (included share-based compensation nil and
109,413 for the periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively)
|
|
|
16,067,926
|
|
|
|
26,254,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
16,915,079
|
|
|
|
26,767,062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing (included share-based compensation nil and
162,998 for the periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively)
|
|
|
1,958,295
|
|
|
|
4,183,992
|
|
General and administrative (included share-based compensation
nil and 647,451 for the periods ended August 31, 2009 and
2010, respectively)
|
|
|
4,601,514
|
|
|
|
7,807,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
6,559,809
|
|
|
|
11,991,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
10,355,270
|
|
|
|
14,775,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
102,839
|
|
|
|
205,340
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(43,452
|
)
|
Other expenses, net
|
|
|
(118,730
|
)
|
|
|
(27,373
|
)
|
Gain from sales of
available-for-sale
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax provision
|
|
|
10,339,379
|
|
|
|
14,916,374
|
|
Provision for income tax
|
|
|
912,268
|
|
|
|
1,670,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shareholders of TAL Education
Group
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-Basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per
Series A convertible redeemable preferred share-basic
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-42
TAL
Education Group
(In U.S.
dollars, except share and share related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common shares
|
|
|
subscription
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Statutory
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
receivable
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
reserve
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
559,898
|
|
|
$
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
$
|
21,400
|
|
|
$
|
113,229
|
|
|
$
|
3,355,345
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,702
|
|
|
|
19,702
|
|
|
|
19,702
|
|
Net unrealized gains on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $(18,528)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,739
|
|
|
|
41,739
|
|
|
|
41,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2009
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
559,898
|
|
|
$
|
2,660,818
|
|
|
$
|
9,448,511
|
|
|
$
|
174,670
|
|
|
$
|
12,843,897
|
|
|
$
|
9,488,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
(120,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
779,641
|
|
|
$
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
$
|
12,069,734
|
|
|
$
|
219,253
|
|
|
$
|
17,926,071
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Subscription received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation-adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,615
|
|
|
|
72,615
|
|
|
|
72,615
|
|
Transfer to statements of operations of realized losses on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $(1,997)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,973
|
|
|
|
5,973
|
|
|
|
5,973
|
|
Net unrealized (losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax effect of $3,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,615
|
)
|
|
|
(9,615
|
)
|
|
|
(9,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
120,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,699,503
|
|
|
$
|
4,857,443
|
|
|
$
|
25,315,575
|
|
|
$
|
288,226
|
|
|
$
|
32,280,747
|
|
|
$
|
13,314,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-43
TAL
Education Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
$
|
13,245,841
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of property and equipment
|
|
|
438,369
|
|
|
|
1,140,156
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
335,783
|
|
|
|
367,471
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919,862
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due from related parties
|
|
|
92,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(48,578
|
)
|
|
|
(130,501
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(705,149
|
)
|
|
|
(1,690,015
|
)
|
Deferred costs in connection with initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(274,942
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(369,207
|
)
|
|
|
(308,730
|
)
|
Rental deposit
|
|
|
(393,576
|
)
|
|
|
(157,500
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
84,417
|
|
|
|
(258,742
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,672,499
|
|
|
|
12,577,482
|
|
Amounts due to related parties
|
|
|
283,209
|
|
|
|
(7,948
|
)
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
1,480,818
|
|
|
|
3,054,910
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
(99,657
|
)
|
|
|
2,477,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
16,198,262
|
|
|
|
30,954,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(695,551
|
)
|
|
|
(1,684,984
|
)
|
Sales of available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,470,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(695,551
|
)
|
|
|
(214,324
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of deferred consideration
|
|
|
(180,345
|
)
|
|
|
(283,180
|
)
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
(1,442,020
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Subscription received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(1,622,365
|
)
|
|
|
(163,180
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes
|
|
|
25,399
|
|
|
|
164,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
13,905,745
|
|
|
|
30,742,117
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period
|
|
|
29,692,901
|
|
|
|
50,752,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period
|
|
|
43,598,646
|
|
|
|
81,494,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplement disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax paid
|
|
|
1,381,236
|
|
|
|
1,369,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-44
TAL
Education Group
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
1. Basis
of Preparation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements include the financial information of TAL Education
Group (the Company or TAL), its
subsidiaries , its Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
and VIEs subsidiaries (collectively, the
Group). All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Security and Exchange Commission and U.S. generally
accepted accounting standards for interim financial reporting.
The results of operations for the six-month periods ended
August 31, 2009 and 2010 are not necessarily indicative of
the results for the full years. The Group believes that the
disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not
misleading.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements, accounting policies and financial notes thereto
included in the Groups audited consolidated financial
statements for each of the three years ended February 29,
2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010. In opinion of the
management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments), which are necessary for a fair
representation of financial results for the interim periods
presented.
The financial information as of February 28, 2010 presented
in the unaudited condensed financial statements is derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended
February 28, 2010.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements have been prepared using the same accounting policies
as used in the preparation of our consolidated financial
statements for each of the three years ended February 29,
2008 and February 28, 2009 and 2010, except for the
additional accounting policy adopted with respect to a new
revenue stream and share-based compensation as follows.
Revenue
recognition
Online
education services
The online education services provided by the Group to its
customers include audio-video course content.
Customers enroll for online courses through the use of prepaid
study cards. The proceeds collected from the online course
education are initially recorded as deferred revenue. Revenues
are recognized on a straight line basis over the subscription
period from the date in which the students activate the courses
to the date in which the subscribed courses end. Refund is
provided to the students who decide to withdraw from the
subscribed courses within the course offer period, which
generally ranges from one month to six months, and a
proportional refund is based on the percentage of untaken
courses to the total courses offered.
Share-based
compensation
Share-based payment transactions with employees are measured
based on the grant date fair value of the equity instrument
issued and recognized as compensation expense net of a
forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis, over the requisite
service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in
additional paid-in capital.
The estimate of forfeiture rate will be adjusted over the
requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeiture
rate differs, or is expected to differ, from such estimates.
Changes in estimated forfeiture rate will be recognized through
a cumulative
catch-up
adjustment in the period of change.
F-45
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
The
VIE arrangements
The following financial statement balances and amounts of the
Companys VIEs were included in the accompanying unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
45,171,584
|
|
|
$
|
55,158,850
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
8,792,445
|
|
|
|
8,366,390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
53,964,029
|
|
|
|
63,525,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
34,897,136
|
|
|
|
42,938,739
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
175,610
|
|
|
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
35,072,746
|
|
|
$
|
43,085,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
32,983,005
|
|
|
$
|
46,589,727
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
10,385,657
|
|
|
$
|
14,324,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
16,902,677
|
|
|
$
|
9,329,391
|
|
Net cash (used in)/ provided by investing activities
|
|
$
|
(1,137,634
|
)
|
|
$
|
635,540
|
|
Net cash (used in) financing activities
|
|
$
|
(1,622,365
|
)
|
|
$
|
(283,180
|
)
|
In June 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement to
amend the accounting rules for variable interest entities
(VIEs). The amendments effectively replace the
quantitative-based
risks-and-rewards
calculation for determining which reporting entity, if any, has
a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity
with an approach focused on identifying which reporting entity
has (1) the power to direct the activities of a variable
interest entity that most significantly affect the entitys
economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb
losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the entity.
Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has
an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable
interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it
has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest
entity that most significantly impact the entitys economic
performance. The new guidance also requires additional
disclosures about a reporting entitys involvement with
variable interest entities and about any significant changes in
risk exposure as a result of that involvement.
The new guidance is effective at the start of a reporting
entitys first fiscal year beginning after
November 15, 2009, and all interim and annual periods
thereafter. The new VIE model requires that, upon adoption, a
reporting entity should determine whether an entity is a VIE,
and whether the reporting entity is the VIEs primary
beneficiary, as of the date that the reporting entity first
became involved with the entity, unless an event requiring
reconsideration of those initial conclusions occurred after that
date. When making this determination, a reporting entity must
assume that new guidance had been effective from the date of its
first involvement with the entity. The Group adopted the new
guidance on March 1, 2010.
F-46
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
The Company has had two VIEs, which it has consolidated under
the authoritative literature prior to the amendment discussed
above because it was the primary beneficiary of those entities.
Because the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, has
(1) the power to direct the activities of the two VIEs that
most significantly affect the entitys economic performance
and (2) the right to receive benefits from the two VIES, it
continues to consolidate the two VIEs upon the adoption of the
new guidance which therefore, other than for additional
disclosures, including those for prior periods, had no
accounting impact.
2. Unaudited
Pro Forma Information
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of
August 31, 2010 assumes the conversion of the Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares outstanding into
Class B common shares using a conversion ratio of 1:1 as of
that date.
Pro forma net income per share is not presented because the
effect of the conversion of the outstanding Series A
convertible redeemable preferred shares using a conversation
ratio of one for one would not result in dilution to earnings
applicable to Class B common shareholders and would have
resulted in a pro forma net income per share equal to the
historical basic net income per share for the year ended
August 31, 2010.
3. Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
Not
yet adopted
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding the revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.
Although the new pronouncement retains the criteria from
existing authoritative literature for when delivered items in a
multiple-deliverable arrangement should be considered separate
units of accounting, it removes the previous separation
criterion that objective and reliable evidence of the fair value
of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered items to
be considered separate units of accounting. The new
pronouncement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or
after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to apply this
pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or materially
modified arrangements after the pronouncements effective
date or (2) retrospectively for all periods presented.
Early application is permitted; however, if the entity elects
prospective application and early adopts this pronouncement
after its first interim reporting period, it must also do the
following in the period of adoption: (1) retrospectively
apply this pronouncement as of the beginning of that fiscal year
and (2) disclose the effect of the retrospective
adjustments on the prior interim periods revenue, income
before taxes, net income, and earnings per share. The Group is
in the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this
pronouncement.
In October 2009, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding software revenue recognition. This new pronouncement
amends existing pronouncement to exclude from their scope all
tangible products containing both software and non software
components that function together to deliver the products
essential functionality. That is, the entire product (including
the software deliverables and non software deliverables) would
be outside the scope of software revenue recognition and would
be accounted for under other accounting literature. The new
pronouncement include factors that entities should consider when
determining whether the software and non software components
function together to deliver the products essential
functionality and are thus outside the revised scope of the
authoritative literature that governs software revenue
recognition. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Entities can elect to
apply this pronouncement (1) prospectively to new or
materially modified arrangements after the pronouncements
effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods
presented. Early application is permitted; however, if the
entity elects prospective application and early adopts this
pronouncement after its first interim reporting period, it must
also do the following in the period of adoption:
F-47
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
(1) retrospectively apply this pronouncement as of the
beginning of that fiscal year and (2) disclose the effect
of the retrospective adjustments on the prior interim
periods revenue, income before taxes, net income, and
earnings per share. The Group is in the process of evaluating
the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
In January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to
improve disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance
amends previous guidance on fair value measurements to add new
requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of
Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases,
sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3
measurement on a gross basis rather than as a net basis as
currently required. This guidance also clarifies existing fair
value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about
inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This
guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning
after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to
provide the level 3 activities of purchases, sales,
issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be
effective for annual and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2010. Early application is permitted and in
the period of initial adoption, entities are not required to
provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods
presented for comparative purposes. The Group does not expect
the adoption of this pronouncement will have a significant
effect on its consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
In April 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding the milestone method of revenue recognition. The scope
of this pronouncement is limited to arrangements that include
milestones relating to research or development deliverables. The
pronouncement specific guidance that must be met for a vendor to
recognize consideration that is contingent upon achievement of a
substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the
milestone is achieved. The guidance applies to milestones in
arrangements within the scope of this pronouncement regardless
of whether the arrangement is determined to have single or
multiple deliverables or units of accounting. The pronouncement
will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within
those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early
application is permitted. Companies can apply this guidance
prospectively to milestones achieved after adoption. However,
retrospective application to all prior periods is also
permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the effect
of adoption of this pronouncement.
In April 2010, FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement
regarding the effect of denominating the exercise price of a
share-based payment award in the currency of the market in which
the underlying equity securities trades and that currency is
different from (1) entitys functional currency,
(2) functional currency of the foreign operation for which
the employee provides services, and (3) payroll currency of
the employee. The guidance clarifies that an employee
share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in
the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the
entitys equity securities trades should be considered an
equity award assuming all other criteria for equity
classification are met. The pronouncement will be effective for
interim and annual periods beginning on or after
December 15, 2010, and will be applied prospectively.
Affected entities will be required to record a cumulative
catch-up
adjustment for all awards outstanding as of the beginning of the
annual period in which the guidance is adopted. The Group is in
the process of evaluating the effect of adoption of this
pronouncement.
In July 2010, the FASB issued an authoritative pronouncement on
disclosure about the credit quality of financing receivables and
the allowance for credit losses. The objective of this guidance
is to provide financial statement users with greater
transparency about an entitys allowance for credit losses
and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The
guidance requires an entity to provide disclosures on a
disaggregated basis on two defined levels: (1) portfolio
segment; and (2) class of financing receivable. The
guidance includes additional disclosure requirements about
financing receivables, including: (1) Credit quality
indicators of financing receivables at the end of the reporting
period by class of financing receivables; (2) The aging of
F-48
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
past due financing receivables at the end of the reporting
period by class of financing receivables; and (3) The
nature and extent of troubled debt restructurings that occurred
during the period by class of financing receivables and their
effect on the allowance for credit losses. For public entities,
the disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are
effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or
after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity
that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim
and annual reporting periods beginning on or after
December 15, 2010. The Group is in the process of
evaluating the effect of adoption of this pronouncement.
4. Available-For-Sale
Securities
In August 2007 and December 2009, the Group bought two
securities in mutual funds named Wan Jia He Xie Financing Fund
and Guo Du No. 1 An Xin Shou Yi, respectively. The
securities were classified as available-for-sale securities and
reported at fair value. In March 2010, the Group sold the
security named Guo Du No. 1 An Xin Shou Yi that had a
carrying value of $1,456,261 for proceeds of $1,470,660 and
transferred the previously unrecognized loss of $5,973 (net of
tax of $1,997) from the accumulated other comprehensive income
to the statements of operations.
The available-for-sale securities measured and recorded at fair
value on a recurring basis were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 1, 2010
|
|
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposed
|
|
|
(1,456,261
|
)
|
Changes in fair value
|
|
|
(12,819
|
)
|
Foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
(799
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of August 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
448,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group values the mutual funds using quoted price in active
market to determine the fair value of available-for-sale
securities (Level 1 valuation). The following provides
additional information concerning the Groups
available-for-sale securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February 28, 2010
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
gains
|
|
|
(losses)
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Mutual fund
|
|
$
|
1,805,448
|
|
|
$
|
120,678
|
|
|
$
|
(7,970
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
$
|
340,418
|
|
|
$
|
107,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
448,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Prepaid
Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Prepaid rent
|
|
$
|
1,344,238
|
|
|
$
|
2,262,829
|
|
Prepayments to suppliers
|
|
|
305,782
|
|
|
|
247,566
|
|
Staff advances
|
|
|
450,705
|
|
|
|
197,781
|
|
VAT refund receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
603,146
|
|
Others
|
|
|
180,216
|
|
|
|
526,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,280,941
|
|
|
$
|
3,838,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-49
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
6. Property
and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Leasehold improvement
|
|
$
|
3,399,250
|
|
|
$
|
3,931,921
|
|
Computer, network equipment and software
|
|
|
2,293,808
|
|
|
|
3,252,549
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
624,296
|
|
|
|
757,688
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
462,112
|
|
|
|
541,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(1,787,976
|
)
|
|
|
(2,933,428
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,991,490
|
|
|
$
|
5,550,290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group recognized depreciation expenses of $438,369 and
$1,140,156 for the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009
and 2010, respectively.
7. Intangible
Assets, Net
Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Domain names
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
|
$
|
1,846,858
|
|
Partnership agreement
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
|
|
425,576
|
|
Student base
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
|
|
348,566
|
|
Trade name
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
|
|
262,360
|
|
Non-compete agreement
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
Education license
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
9,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,537,341
|
)
|
|
|
(1,904,812
|
)
|
Add: foreign exchange difference
|
|
|
14,039
|
|
|
|
17,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,389,160
|
|
|
$
|
1,025,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domain names were acquired from third parties. The rest of
intangible assets were recorded as a result of the acquisitions
of the five businesses in the year ended February 28, 2009.
The Group recorded amortization expense of $335,783 and $367,471
for the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
Estimated amortization expenses of the existing intangible
assets are $351,138, $505,663, $26,493, $26,493 and $117,011 for
the six-month periods ending February 28, 2011 and for the
fiscal year 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and thereafter,
respectively.
F-50
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
|
|
8.
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and bonus
|
|
$
|
3,893,895
|
|
|
$
|
5,509,769
|
|
Social insurance payable
|
|
|
453,081
|
|
|
|
705,402
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
|
513,062
|
|
|
|
240,198
|
|
Other taxes payable
|
|
|
1,343,425
|
|
|
|
2,250,961
|
|
Others
|
|
|
614,353
|
|
|
|
912,537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,817,816
|
|
|
$
|
9,618,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of a school in Tianjin
|
|
$
|
76,760
|
|
|
$
|
77,128
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Jianli School
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Qianjiang School
|
|
|
137,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for the acquisition of Wuhan School
|
|
|
161,788
|
|
|
|
163,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payable for business acquisitions
|
|
$
|
513,062
|
|
|
$
|
240,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cayman
Islands
The Company is a tax-exempted company incorporated in the Cayman
Islands.
Hong
Kong
Xueersi Hong Kong was established in Hong Kong in March 2008.
Xueersi Hong Kong is subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax on its
activities conducted in Hong Kong. It was subject to Hong Kong
profit tax at 16.5%. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has
been made in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements as it has no assessable income for the period from
its establishment to August 31, 2010.
PRC
The subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC were generally subject
to a corporate income tax rate of 33% prior to January 1,
2008 except for those subsidiaries that enjoyed tax holidays or
preferential tax treatment. Xueersi Network and Haidian Xueersi
were entitled to a one year tax exemption in calendar year 2007
as they were newly established companies in calendar year 2007.
Effective from January 1, 2008, a new Enterprise Income Tax
Law, or (the New EIT Law), combined the previous
income tax laws for foreign invested and domestic invested
enterprises in the PRC by the adoption a unified tax rate of 25%
for most enterprises with the following exceptions.
Certain qualified high and new technology enterprises that meet
the definition of high and new technology enterprise
strongly supported by the state (HNTE) could
benefit from a preferential tax rate of 15%. Xueersi Education
qualified as a HNTE under the New EIT Law effective from
January 1, 2008 and therefore for a preferential tax rate
of 15%. In addition, since the entity is located in a high
technology zone
F-51
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
in Beijing and qualified as a high-tech company, it was entitled
to a three-year exemption from EIT from calendar year 2006 to
2008 and a further tax reduction to a rate of 7.5% from calendar
year 2009 to 2011.
On April 21, 2010, the State Administration of Taxation
issued Circular 157 Further Clarification on Implementation of
Preferential EIT Rate during Transition Periods (Circular
157). Circular 157 seeks to provide additional guidance on
the interaction of certain preferential tax rates under the
transitional rules of the New EIT Law. Prior to Circular 157,
the Group interpreted the law to mean that if an HNTE entity was
in a tax holiday period, including
2-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate,
5-year
exemption plus
5-year half
rate and other tax exemptions and reductions, where it was
entitled to a 50% reduction in the tax rate and was also
entitled to a 15% rate of tax due to HNTE status under the New
EIT Law, then it was entitled to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%.
Circular 157 appears to have the effect that such an entity is
entitled to pay tax at either the lower of 15% or 50% of the
standard PRC tax rate (i.e. currently 25%). Circular 157 was
unclear as to whether its effect is retrospective but Xueersi
Education understands that the State Administration of Taxation
has recently taken the position that the Circular applies only
to tax years commencing from January 1, 2010.
Based on the interpretation of Circular 157 from the relevant
local tax district, Xueersi Education believes that entities
that qualify for
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate tax holiday as HNTEs and which are registered in the
Zhongguancun High and New Technology industrial Zones of
Beijing, will continue to pay tax at the rate of 7.5%. Since
Xueersi Education enjoys
3-year
exemption plus
3-year half
rate and is a HNTE status registered in the Zhongguancun
High and New Technology industrial Zones of Beijing, Xueersi
Education does not believe that Circular 157 has any effect on
its tax position.
In calculating deferred tax assets and liabilities, the Group
assumed Xueersi Education will continue to renew the new HNTE
status at the conclusion of the initial three-year period. If
Xueersi Education failed to obtain such renewals, then the
deferred tax assets as of August 31, 2010 would increase by
$23,165.
TAL Beijing was qualified as Newly Established Software
Enterprise and therefore it was entitled to a two-year
exemption from EIT from calendar year 2009 to 2010 and a further
tax reduction to a rate of 12.5% from calendar year 2011 to 2013.
Provision (credit) for income tax consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current
PRC income tax expenses
|
|
$
|
1,281,475
|
|
|
$
|
1,973,863
|
|
Deferred
PRC income tax benefits
|
|
|
(369,207
|
)
|
|
|
(303,330
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
912,268
|
|
|
$
|
1,670,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-52
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Groups deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed payroll
|
|
$
|
903,939
|
|
|
$
|
1,299,540
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(72,642
|
)
|
|
|
(73,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
831,297
|
|
|
|
1,226,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
134,915
|
|
|
|
196,579
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
163,003
|
|
|
|
162,914
|
|
Tax losses carry-forward deferred tax assets
|
|
|
303,909
|
|
|
|
587,294
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(317,859
|
)
|
|
|
(778,798
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
283,968
|
|
|
|
167,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
147,433
|
|
|
|
120,127
|
|
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
|
|
|
28,177
|
|
|
|
26,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
175,610
|
|
|
$
|
146,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2010, tax loss carry-forward amounted to
$2,429,825 and would expire through the calendar year 2016. The
Group operates its business through its subsidiaries, its VIEs
and their subsidiaries. The Group does not file combined or
consolidated tax returns, therefore, losses from individual
subsidiaries or the VIEs and their subsidiaries may not be used
to offset other subsidiaries or VIEs earnings within
the Group. Valuation allowance is considered on each individual
subsidiary and VIE basis. A valuation allowance of $851,869 had
been established as of August 31, 2010, in respect of
certain deferred tax assets as it is considered more likely than
not that the relevant deferred tax assets will not be realized
in the foreseeable future.
Under US GAAP, a deferred tax liability should be recorded for
taxable temporary differences attributable to the excess of
financial reporting amounts over tax basis amounts, including
those differences attributable to a more than 50% interest in a
domestic subsidiary. However, recognition is not required in
situations where the tax law provides a means by which the
reported amount of that investment can be recovered tax-free and
the enterprise expects that it will ultimately use that means.
The Company has not recorded any such deferred tax liability
attributable to the undistributed earnings of its financial
interest in VIEs because it believes such excess earnings can be
distributed in a manner that would not be subject to income tax.
The Group has concluded that there are no significant uncertain
tax positions requiring recognition in financial statements. The
Group has made its assessment of the level of tax authority for
each tax position (including the potential application of
interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and has
measured the unrecognized tax benefits associated with the tax
positions. The Group has no material unrecognized tax benefits
which would favourably affect the effective income tax rate in
future periods. The Group classifies
F-53
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
interest
and/or
penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
As of August 31, 2010, there was no interest and penalties
related to uncertain tax positions. The Group does not
anticipate any significant increases or decreases in
unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.
New EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities
organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for
Chinese Income tax purposes if the place of effective management
or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the
New EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be
considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management
and control over the manufacturing and business operations,
personnel, accounting, properties, etc, occurs within the PRC.
Despite the present uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC
tax guidance on the issue, the Group does not believe that the
legal entities organized outside of the PRC within the Group
should be treated as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC
tax authorities subsequently determine that the Company and its
subsidiaries registered outside the PRC should be deemed a
resident enterprise, the Company and its subsidiaries registered
outside the PRC will be subject to the PRC income tax at a rate
of 25%.
If the Company were to be non-resident for PRC tax purpose,
dividends paid to it out of profits earned after January 1,
2008 would be subject to a withholding tax. In the case of
dividends paid by PRC subsidiaries, the withholding tax would be
10%.
Aggregate undistributed earnings of the Companys
subsidiaries located in the PRC that are available for
distribution to the Company of approximately $32,694,990 as of
August 31, 2010, are considered to be indefinitely
reinvested and accordingly, no provision has been made for the
Chinese dividend withholding taxes that would be payable upon
the distribution of those amounts to the Company. The Chinese
tax authorities have also clarified that distributions made out
of pre January 1, 2008 retained earnings will not be
subject to the withholding tax.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended
February 28, 2010 and six-month periods ended
August 31, 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
762,272
|
|
|
$
|
763,802
|
|
Foreign exchange difference due to translation
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
2,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
763,802
|
|
|
$
|
765,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No impairment charges have been recorded for the six-month
periods ended August 31, 2010.
F-54
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
Periods ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group
|
|
$
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
$
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undistributed net income to TAL Education Group shareholders
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator used in basic and diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-basic
|
|
|
9,050,027
|
(i)
|
|
|
12,716,007
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per Series A convertible
redeemable preferred shares-basic
|
|
|
377,084
|
(i)
|
|
|
529,834
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to TAL Education Group shareholders
allocated for computing net income per common share-diluted
|
|
|
9,427,111
|
|
|
|
13,245,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common share basic
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
|
|
120,000,000
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
shares basic
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Dilutive effect of nonvested share awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,360
|
(ii)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing net income
per common share diluted
|
|
|
125,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,193,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per Series A convertible redeemable preferred
share-basic
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
Net income per common share attributable to TAL Education Group
shareholders-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Undistributed net income was allocated between common shares and
preferred shares prorated on the dividend participation rights.
Since each Series A convertible redeemable preferred share
has the same participating right as each common share, the
allocation was based on the numbers of common shares and
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares. |
|
(ii) |
|
The Group has nonvested shares outstanding which could diluted
basic net income per share in the future. |
|
|
12.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
commitment
The Group leases certain office premises under non-cancellable
leases, the term of which are ten years or less and are
renewable upon negotiation. Rental expenses under operating
leases for the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009 and
2010 were $3,881,347 and $7,168,452, respectively.
F-55
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
Future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases
as of August 31, 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Six-month periods ending February 28, 2011
|
|
$
|
7,590,469
|
|
Fiscal years ending
|
|
|
|
|
February 2012
|
|
|
13,602,220
|
|
February 2013
|
|
|
9,882,230
|
|
February 2014
|
|
|
7,128,243
|
|
February 2015 and after
|
|
|
4,071,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
42,274,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment
information
The Group is mainly engaged in after-school tutoring in the PRC.
The Groups chief operating decision maker
(CODM) has been identified as the Chief Executive
Officer who reviews financial information of separate operating
segments based on US GAAP amounts when making decisions about
allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The
business is now organized and monitored on the basis of
geographic locations. The CODM now reviews results analyzed by
service line and geographic location. This analysis is only
presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or
indirect costs. Consequently, the Group has determined that it
has only one operating segment.
Geographic
information
The Group primary operates in the PRC and all of the
Groups long-lived assets are located in the PRC.
Major
customers
For the six-month periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010,
there was no customer who accounted for 10% or more of the
Groups revenues.
Components of revenues are presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
Periods Ended
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational programs and services
|
|
$
|
32,829,477
|
|
|
$
|
52,859,699
|
|
Educational materials and others
|
|
|
153,528
|
|
|
|
162,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$
|
32,983,005
|
|
|
$
|
53,022,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
Mainland
China Contribution Plan
|
Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a
government-mandated defined contribution plan pursuant to which
certain pension benefits, medical care, unemployment insurance,
employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to
employees. The PRC labor regulations require the Group to accrue
for these benefits based on certain percentages of the
employees salaries. Total contributions for such
F-56
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
employee benefits were $545,309 and $1,615,374 for the six-month
periods ended August 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
|
|
15.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Group had the following balances with related parties as of
February 28, 2010 and August 31, 2010, respectively:
(a) Amount due to the founding shareholders-non-trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
February 28,
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Founding shareholders
|
|
$
|
108,204
|
(i)
|
|
$
|
100,571
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i.
|
The amount represents rental deposits and acquisition
consideration paid by the founding shareholder on behalf of the
Group.
|
Amounts due to shareholders are non-interest bearing and
unsecured with no fixed repayment terms. There was no right to
offset the amounts due to and due from the same shareholders.
|
|
16.
|
Share-Based
Compensation
|
Nonvested
shares
2010 Share
Incentive Plan
In June 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Share Incentive
Plan. The plan permits the grant of options to purchase the
Class A common shares, share appreciation rights,
restricted shares, restricted share units, dividend equivalent
rights and other instruments as deemed appropriate by the
administrator under the plan. The maximum aggregate number of
Class A common shares that may be issued pursuant to all
awards under the stock incentive plan is 18,750,000 shares.
On July 26, 2010, the Group granted 5,419,500 nonvested
shares under this share incentive plan to directors, executive
officers and employees. The estimated fair value of the
Class A common share on the grant date was $5 per share.
The nonvested shares will vest in accordance with the vesting
schedule set out in the award agreement, which is (1) 100%
of 945,100 nonvested shares at the first anniversary of the date
of grant, or (2) 1/2 of 831,400 nonvested shares on each of
the anniversaries since the date of grant, or (3) 1/4 of
3,643,000 nonvested shares on each of the anniversaries since
the date of grant.
The total compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line
basis over the respective vesting periods. The Group recorded a
related compensation expense of $919,862 for the six months
ended August 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
nonvested
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
Outstanding as of March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
5,419,500
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of August 31, 2010
|
|
|
5,419,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-57
TAL
Education Group
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Six-Month Periods Ended August 31, 2009 and 2010
(In U.S. Dollars, Except Share and Share Related Data)
As of August 31, 2010, the unrecognized compensation
expense related to the nonvested share awards amounted to
$22,803,948, which will be recognized over their respective
requisite service periods up to 4 years.
The Group has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet
date of August 31, 2010 through September 29, 2010,
the date the unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements were available to be issued.
On September 29, 2010, the Company adopted the Third
Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
(M&AA). The share capital of the Company is US$1,000,000.00
divided into (i) 500,000,000 Class A common shares of
par value US$0.001 each, (ii) 495,000,000 of Class B
common shares of par value US$0.001 each, and
(iii) 5,000,000 Series A preferred shares of par value
US$0.001 each. All issued and outstanding common shares of the
Company as of September 28, 2010 are re-designated as
Class B common shares. The outstanding preferred shares
will be automatically converted into Class B common shares
immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering.
Holders of Class A common shares and Class B common
shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion
rights. Each Class A common share is entitled to one vote
and each Class B common share is entitled to ten votes.
Each Class B common share is convertible into one
Class A common share at any time by the holder thereof.
Class A common shares are not convertible into Class B
common shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of
Class B common shares by a holder thereof to any person or
entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such
Class B common shares shall be automatically and
immediately converted into an equal number of Class A
common shares.
Upon adoption of the amended and restated M&AA, all shares
and per share information presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements have been revised on a
retroactive basis to reflect the re-designation of outstanding
common shares as Class B common shares as if the amended
and restated M&AA had been in place throughout the periods
presented.
On September 29, 2010, the Group declared a
$30 million cash dividend to the Groups then existing
shareholders conditional upon the completion of the initial
public offering.
F-58
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
American Depositary
Shares
Representing
Class A Common
Shares
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
Piper
Jaffray |
Oppenheimer & Co. |
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
|
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a
companys articles of association may provide for
indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent
any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to
be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification
against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.
Our post-offering articles of association provide for
indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages,
costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such, except
through their own dishonesty, willful default or fraud.
Pursuant to the indemnification agreements the form of which
will be filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Registration
Statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers
against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such
persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being
such a director or officer.
The underwriting agreement, the form of which will be filed as
Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, will also
provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is
therefore unenforceable.
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
RECENT
SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
|
During the past three years, we have issued the following
securities (including restricted shares and options to acquire
our common shares, if any). We believe that each of the
following issuances was exempt from registration under the
Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the
Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore
transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
|
Date of Sale or
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Discount and
|
Purchaser
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Securities
|
|
Consideration
|
|
Commission
|
|
Bangxin Zhang
|
|
January 24, 2008
|
|
565 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
Yundong Cao
|
|
January 24, 2008
|
|
260 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
Yachao Liu
|
|
January 24, 2008
|
|
100 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
Yunfeng Bai
|
|
January 24, 2008
|
|
75 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
Bangxin Zhang
|
|
January 22, 2009
|
|
67,799,435 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
Yundong Cao
|
|
January 22, 2009
|
|
31,199,740 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
Yachao Liu
|
|
January 22, 2009
|
|
11,999,900 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
Yunfeng Bai
|
|
January 22, 2009
|
|
8,999,925 common shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
KTB/UCI China
Ventures II Limited
|
|
February 12, 2009
|
|
5,000,000 Series A preferred shares
|
|
$5,000,000
|
|
N/A
|
Employees
|
|
July 26, 2010
|
|
5,419,500 restricted shares
|
|
Par Value
|
|
N/A
|
II-1
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
|
(a) Exhibits
See the Exhibit Index for a complete list of all exhibits
filed as part of this registration, which Exhibit Index is
incorporated herein by reference.
The agreements included as exhibits to this registration
statement contain representations and warranties by each of the
parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and
warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties
to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be
treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way
of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements
prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may apply contract standards
of materiality that are different from
materiality under the applicable securities laws;
and (iii) were made only as of the date of the applicable
agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the
agreement.
We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the
foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for
considering whether additional specific disclosures of material
information regarding material contractual provisions are
required to make the statements in this registration statement
not misleading.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to
be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the
Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions
described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed
as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by
the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
|
|
|
(2)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
|
|
|
(3)
|
For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities
Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to
an offering, other than registration statements relying on
Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement as of the date it
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
is first used after effectiveness; provided, however,
that no statement made in a registration statement or
prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in
a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into
the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of
contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify
any statement that was made in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made
in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1993 to any purchaser in the initial
distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant
undertakes in a primary offering of securities of the
undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement,
regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the
securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
|
|
|
(i)
|
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned
registrant relating to the offering required to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by
or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred
to by the undersigned registrant;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the
offering containing material information about the undersigned
registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the
undersigned registrant; and
|
|
|
(iv)
|
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by
the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
|
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe
that it meets all of the requirements for filing on
Form F-1
and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
Beijing, Peoples Republic of China, on September 29,
2010.
TAL Education Group
Name: Bangxin Zhang
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints each of Bangxin Zhang and Joseph Kauffman as
attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or
her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all
things and to execute any and all instruments which said
attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the
registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act), and any rules, regulations and
requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
thereunder, in connection with the registration under the
Securities Act of common shares of the registrant (the
Shares), including, without limitation, the power
and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the
capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on
Form F-1
(the Registration Statement) to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares,
to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration
Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed
before or after the effective date of such Registration
Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all
instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with
such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto,
whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective
date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned
hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on September 29, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Bangxin
Zhang
Bangxin
Zhang
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Yundong
Cao
Yundong
Cao
|
|
Director and President
|
|
|
|
/s/ Joseph
Kauffman
Joseph
Kauffman
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Aieming
Amy Yeh
Aieming
Amy Yeh
|
|
Director
|
SIGNATURE
OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES
Pursuant to the Securities Act, the undersigned, the duly
authorized representative in the United States of TAL Education
Group, has signed this Registration Statement or amendment
thereto in New York, on September 29, 2010.
Authorized U.S. Representative
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Kate Ledyard, on behalf of
Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.
|
Title: Manager
TAL
EDUCATION GROUP
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Document
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of
Association of the Registrant as currently in effect
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of
Association of the Registrant as effective upon closing of this
offering
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Class A common share certificate
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of American depositary receipt evidencing American
depositary shares (included in Exhibit 4.3)
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Form of Deposit Agreement between the Registrant and the
depositary
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement among the
Registrant, the Series A preferred holder, Tiger Global
Five China Holdings and other parties thereto, dated
August 12, 2009
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Form of Opinion of Maples and Calder, the Cayman Islands counsel
to the Registrant, regarding the issue of shares being registered
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Form of Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom LLP regarding certain U.S. federal tax matters
|
|
8
|
.2
|
|
Form of Opinion of Maples and Calder regarding certain Cayman
Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
8
|
.3
|
|
Form of Opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm regarding certain PRC law
matters
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
2010 Share Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, the Series A
preferred holder and other parties thereto, dated
February 12, 2009
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, KTB China Optimum
Fund, Tiger Global Five China Holdings and other parties
thereto, dated August 12, 2009
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Assumption Agreement between the Registrant and KTB China
Optimum Fund, dated September 4, 2009
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrants
directors and officers
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and an
Executive Officer of the Registrant
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
English translation of Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement
among TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing
Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Xueersi Network
Technology Co., Ltd., Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu,
Yunfeng Bai, and other parties thereto, dated June 25, 2010
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
English translation of Call Option Agreement among TAL Education
Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co.,
Ltd., Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai,
dated February 12, 2009
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
English translation of Equity Pledge Supplemental Agreement
among TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing
Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., Bangxin Zhang, Yundong
Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai, dated June 25, 2010
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
English translation of Equity Pledge Supplemental Agreement
among TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., Beijing
Xueersi Network Technology Ltd., Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao,
Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai, dated June 25, 2010
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
English translation of Powers of Attorney by Bangxin Zhang,
Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai, dated August 12,
2009
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd.
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Form of Consent of Maples and Calder (included in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.3
|
|
Form of Consent of Tian Yuan Law Firm (included in
Exhibit 8.3)
|
|
23
|
.4
|
|
Consent of iResearch Consulting Group
|
|
23
|
.5
|
|
Consent of American Appraisal China Limited
|
|
23
|
.6
|
|
Consent of Jane Jie Sun, an independent director appointee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Document
|
|
|
23
|
.7
|
|
Consent of Wai Chau Lin, an independent director appointee
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page of this
registration statement)
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
Company No.: 203047
AMENDED AND RESTATED on 29 September, 2010
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM
AND
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
Incorporated on the 10th day of January, 2008
IN THE CAYMAN ISLANDS
THE COMPANIES LAW (2010 Revision)
Company Limited by Shares
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
1. |
|
The name of the Company is TAL Education Group. |
|
2. |
|
The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices
of Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House,
Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands or at such other place as
the Directors may from time to time decide. |
|
3. |
|
The objects for which the Company is established are
unrestricted and shall include, but without limitation, the
following: |
|
(a) |
(i) |
To carry on
the business of an
investment company
and to act as
promoters and
entrepreneurs and
to carry on
business as
financiers,
capitalists,
concessionaires,
merchants, brokers,
traders, dealers,
agents, importers
and exporters and
to undertake and
carry on and
execute all kinds
of investment,
financial,
commercial,
mercantile, trading
and other
operations. |
|
(ii) |
|
To carry on
whether as
principals, agents
or otherwise
howsoever the
business of
realtors,
developers,
consultants, estate
agents or managers,
builders,
contractors,
engineers,
manufacturers,
dealers in or
vendors of all
types of property
including services. |
|
(b) |
|
To exercise and enforce all rights and
powers conferred by or incidental to the
ownership of any shares, stock, obligations
or other securities including without
prejudice to the generality of the
foregoing all such powers of veto or
control as may be conferred by virtue of
the holding by the Company of some special
proportion of the issued or nominal amount
thereof, to provide managerial and other
executive, supervisory and consultant
services for or in relation to any company
in which the Company is interested upon
such terms as may be thought fit. |
|
|
(c) |
|
To purchase or otherwise acquire, to
sell, exchange, surrender, lease, mortgage,
charge, convert, turn to account, dispose
of and deal with real and personal property
and rights of all kinds and, in particular,
mortgages, debentures, produce,
concessions, options, contracts, patents,
annuities, licenses, stocks, shares, bonds,
policies, book debts, business concerns,
undertakings, claims, privileges and choses
in action of all kinds. |
|
|
(d) |
|
To subscribe for, conditionally or
unconditionally, to underwrite, issue on
commission or otherwise, take, hold, deal
in and convert stocks, shares and
securities of all kinds and to enter into
partnership or into any arrangement for
sharing profits, reciprocal concessions or
cooperation with any person or company and
to promote and aid in promoting, to
constitute, form or organize any company,
syndicate or partnership of any kind, for
the purpose of acquiring and undertaking
any property and liabilities of the Company
or of advancing, directly or indirectly,
the objects of the Company or for any other
purpose which the Company may think
expedient. |
- 2 -
|
(e) |
|
To stand surety for or to guarantee,
support or secure the performance of all or
any of the obligations of any person, firm
or company whether or not related or
affiliated to the Company in any manner and
whether by personal covenant or by
mortgage, charge or lien upon the whole or
any part of the undertaking, property and
assets of the Company, both present and
future, including its uncalled capital or
by any such method and whether or not the
Company shall receive valuable
consideration thereof. |
|
|
(f) |
|
To engage in or carry on any other
lawful trade, business or enterprise which
may at any time appear to the Directors of
the Company capable of being conveniently
carried on in conjunction with any of the
aforementioned businesses or activities or
which may appear to the Directors or the
Company likely to be profitable to the
Company. |
|
|
In the interpretation of this Memorandum of Association in general
and of this Article 3 in particular no object, business or power
specified or mentioned shall be limited or restricted by reference
to or inference from any other object, business or power, or the
name of the Company, or by the juxtaposition of two or more
objects, businesses or powers and that, in the event of any
ambiguity in this clause or elsewhere in this Memorandum of
Association, the same shall be resolved by such interpretation and
construction as will widen and enlarge and not restrict the
objects, businesses and powers of and exercisable by the Company. |
|
4. |
|
Except as prohibited or limited by the Companies Law (2010
Revision), the Company shall have full power and authority to carry
out any object and shall have and be capable of from time to time
and at all times exercising any and all of the powers at any time
or from time to time exercisable by a natural person or body
corporate in doing in any part of the world whether as principal,
agent, contractor or otherwise whatever may be considered by it
necessary for the attainment of its objects and whatever else may
be considered by it as incidental or conducive thereto or
consequential thereon, including, but without in any way
restricting the generality of the foregoing, the power to make any
alterations or amendments to this Memorandum of Association and the
Articles of Association of the Company considered necessary or
convenient in the manner set out in the Articles of Association of
the Company, and the power to do any of the following acts or
things, viz: to pay all expenses of and incidental to the
promotion, formation and incorporation of the Company; to register
the Company to do business in any other jurisdiction; to sell,
lease or dispose of any property of the Company; to draw, make,
accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes,
debentures, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants and other
negotiable or transferable instruments; to lend money or other
assets and to act as guarantors; to borrow or raise money on the
security of the undertaking or on all or any of the assets of the
Company including uncalled capital or without security; to invest
monies of the Company in such manner as the Directors determine; to
promote other companies; to sell the undertaking of the Company for
cash or any other consideration; to distribute assets in specie to
Members of the Company; to make charitable or benevolent donations;
to pay pensions or gratuities or provide other benefits in cash or
kind to Directors, officers, employees, past or present and their
families; to purchase Directors and officers liability insurance
and to carry on any trade or business and generally to do all acts
and things which, in the opinion of the Company or the Directors,
may be conveniently or profitably or usefully acquired and dealt
with, carried on, executed or done by the Company in connection
with the business aforesaid provided that the Company shall only
carry on the businesses for which a license is required under the
laws of the Cayman Islands when so licensed under the terms of such
laws. |
|
5. |
|
The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from
time to time unpaid on such Members shares. |
- 3 -
6. |
|
The share capital of the Company is US$1,000,000.00 divided
into (i) 500,000,000 Class A Common Shares of par value US$0.001
each, (ii) 495,000,000 of Class B Common Shares of par value
US$0.001 each, and (iii) 5,000,000 Series A Preferred Shares of par
value US$0.001 each, with power for the Company insofar as is
permitted by applicable law and the Articles of Association
(including without limitation Schedule A thereto), to
redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the
said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Law (2010
Revision) and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of
its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or
without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to
any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and
so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly
declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or
otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained
provided always that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained in this Memorandum of Association, the Company shall have
no power to issue bearer shares, warrants, coupons or certificates. |
|
7. |
|
If the Company is registered as exempted, its operations will
be carried on subject to the provisions of Section 174 of the
Companies Law (2010 Revision) and, subject to the provisions of the
Companies Law (2010 Revision) and the Articles of Association, it
shall have the power to register by way of continuation as a body
corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction
outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman
Islands. |
- 4 -
THE COMPANIES LAW (2010 Revision)
Company Limited by Shares
AMENDED AND RESTATED on 29 September 2010
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
1. |
|
In these Articles Table A in the Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there be something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith. |
|
|
|
Additional Transfer Notice
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(c)(i) of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Affiliate
|
|
means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who
or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with such specified Person, including, without
limitation, any partner, officer, director, member or employee of
such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing
that is controlled by or under common control with one or more
general partners or managing members of, or shares the same
management company with, such Person; |
|
|
|
Articles or Articles of Association
|
|
means the articles of association of the Company as originally
framed or as from time to time altered by Special Resolution. |
|
|
|
Auditors
|
|
means the persons for the time being performing the duties of
auditors of the Company. |
|
|
|
Board
|
|
means the board directors for the time being of the Company. |
|
|
|
Business Day
|
|
means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which licensed
banks are open for general banking business in Hong Kong and the
PRC. |
|
|
|
Chairman
|
|
means the chairman of the Board of the Company. |
|
|
|
Class A Common Share
|
|
means a Class A Common Share in the capital of the Company with a
par value of US$0.001 per share. |
|
|
|
Class B Common Share
|
|
means a Class B Common Share in the capital of the Company with a
par value of US$0.001 per share. |
|
|
|
Closing
|
|
means the closing of the Series A Preferred Share financing. |
|
|
|
Common Shareholders
|
|
means the persons registered in the Companys register of members
as the holder of Common Shares, and the permitted transferees and
assigns of any Common Shareholder. |
|
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
means Class A Common Shares and Class B Common Shares collectively. |
- 1 -
|
|
|
Common Share Equivalents
|
|
means warrants, options and rights exercisable for Common Shares
and instruments convertible or exchangeable for Common Shares. |
|
|
|
Company
|
|
means the above named Company. |
|
|
|
Conversion Price
|
|
shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 7.3 of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Co-Sale Participant
|
|
shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 9.2(a) of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
debenture
|
|
means debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and any other such
securities of the Company whether constituting a charge on the
assets of the Company or not. |
|
|
|
Directors or Director
|
|
means the directors or a director of the Company. |
|
|
|
Effective Conversion Price
|
|
with respect to any Common Shares Equivalent at a given time, an
amount equal to the quotient of (i) the sum of any consideration,
if any, received by the Company with respect to the issuance of
such Common shares Equivalent and the consideration receivable by
the Company, if any, upon the exercise, exchange, or conversion of
the Common Share Equivalent over (ii) the number of Common Shares
issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of the Common
Share Equivalent. |
|
|
|
Equity Securities
|
|
means any Common Shares or Common Share Equivalents. |
|
|
|
Exchange Act
|
|
means United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. |
|
|
|
Existing Holder
|
|
The holder of the Series A Preferred Shares as of 29 September 2010. |
|
|
|
Founders and Founder
|
|
includes ZHANG Bangxin, CAO Yundong, LIU Yachao and BAI Yunfeng,
each a Founder. |
|
|
|
Fully-Exercising Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning as set forth in Clause 10.2 of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Fully Participating Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning as set forth in Clause 9.1(b) of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Future Issuance Price
|
|
has the meaning as set forth in Clause 7.3(v)(A) of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Group Entities
|
|
means the Company, TAL Group Limited, TAL Education Technology
(Beijing) Co., Ltd. , Beijing Xueersi
Education Technology Co., Ltd. ,
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
and their Subsidiaries (including the
schools and company branches under the direct and indirect control
of the above Companies), each a Group Entity. |
|
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC. |
- 2 -
|
|
|
IPO
|
|
means an initial public offering by the Company of its Common
Shares on a public stock exchange of the United States that has
been registered under the Securities Act, or in a similar public
offering of Common Shares in a jurisdiction and on a recognized
securities exchange outside of the United States, provided such an
initial public offering in terms of price, offering proceeds and
regulatory approval is reasonably equivalent to the aforesaid
public offering in the United States. |
|
|
|
Issuance Notice
|
|
has the meaning as set forth in Clause 10.1 of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Liquidation Event
|
|
has the meaning as set forth in Clause 2.1 of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Member
|
|
shall bear the meaning as ascribed to it in the Statute. |
|
|
|
Memorandum of Association
|
|
means the memorandum of association of the Company as originally
framed or as from time to time altered by Special Resolution. |
|
|
|
month
|
|
means calendar month. |
|
|
|
New Securities
|
|
means any Equity Securities of the Company; provided that the term
New Securities does not include (i) securities issued upon
conversion of the Preferred Shares; (ii) securities issued to
employees, professional consultants, officers or directors of the
Company pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or stock bonus
plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board; (iii)
securities issued in a Qualified Public Offering; (iv) securities
issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or
re-capitalization of the Company; and (v) securities issued upon
the exercise of that certain set forth in Section 6.6 of the
Purchase Agreement; |
|
|
|
Non-Selling Shareholders or Non-Selling Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it under Clause 9.1(a) of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Observer
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 97 of these Articles. |
|
|
|
Original Issue Price
|
|
means US$1.00 for each Series A Preferred Share, or the aggregate
amount of issue price based on such price per share. |
|
|
|
Over-allotment Notice
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(b)(vi) of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Over-allotment Shares
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(b)(vi) of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
paid-up
|
|
means paid-up and/or credited as paid-up. |
|
|
|
Participating Shareholders
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(b)(vi) of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Person
|
|
means any individual, person corporate, corporation, partnership,
limited partnership, proprietorship, association, limited liability
company, firm, trust, estate or enterprise or entity. |
- 3 -
|
|
|
PRC
|
|
means the Peoples Republic of China. |
|
|
|
Purchase Agreement
|
|
means the agreement entered into by and among the Company, the
Sellers, the Founders, Tiger and other parties thereto dated August
12, 2009, setting forth the sale and purchase of certain number of
Common Shares by Tiger from the Sellers. |
|
|
|
Qualified Public Offering or Qualified IPO
|
|
means an initial public offering by the Company of its Common
Shares on a public stock exchange of the United States that has
been registered under the Securities Act, with the net proceeds to
the Company of at least US$50,000,000 (excluding the underwriting
discounts, selling commissions and expenses) and an implied market
capitalization of the Company of at least US$300,000,000 or in a
similar public offering of Common Shares in a jurisdiction and on a
recognized securities exchange outside of the United States,
provided such an initial public offering in terms of price,
offering proceeds and regulatory approval is reasonably equivalent
to the aforesaid public offering in the United States. |
|
|
|
registered office
|
|
means the registered office for the time being of the Company. |
|
|
|
Remaining Shares
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(c) of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 4 of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
RMB:
|
|
means the lawful currency of the Peoples Republic of China. |
|
|
|
Seal
|
|
means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate
seal. |
|
|
|
Secretary
|
|
includes an Assistant Secretary and any person appointed to perform
the duties of Secretary of the Company. |
|
|
|
Securities Act
|
|
means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; |
|
|
|
Sellers or Seller
|
|
Includes BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED,
each a Seller; |
|
|
|
Selling Shareholders or Selling Shareholders
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 11.1 of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Series A Director
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 64(c) of Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Series A Financing
|
|
means the series A round of financing of the Company. |
|
|
|
Series A Preferred Shares
|
|
means the Companys voting Series A Preferred Shares, with par
value of US$0.001 each with the rights and privileges as set forth
herein and in the Series A Share Purchase Agreement. |
|
|
|
Series A Preferred Shareholders
|
|
means the persons registered in the Companys register of members
as the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, and the permitted
transferees and assigns of any Series A Preferred Shareholder. |
- 4 -
|
|
|
Shares or Share
|
|
means any class of shares in the share capital of the Company,
includes a fraction of a share. |
|
|
|
Shareholder
|
|
means a holder of Shares from time to time or its lawful successor. |
|
|
|
Special Resolution
|
|
has the same meaning as in the Statute and includes a resolution
approved in writing as described therein. |
|
|
|
Statute
|
|
means the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands as amended and every
statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being
in force. |
|
|
|
Shareholders Agreement
|
|
means the agreement entered into among the Company, TAL Group
Limited, TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
, Beijing Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd. , Beijing Xueersi
Network Technology Co., Ltd. , Series A
Preferred Shareholders, Tiger Global Five China Holdings and
certain other parties thereto dated August 12, 2009, to regulate
certain matters among the Shareholders and certain affairs of the
Company. |
|
|
|
Series A Share Purchase Agreement
|
|
means the Series A Preferred Share Purchase Agreement executed by
and among the Company, the Series A Preferred Shareholder, and
certain other parties thereto. |
|
|
|
Shares Offered by Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(a) of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Subsidiary(ies) or subsidiary
|
|
means as of the relevant date of determination, with respect to any
Person (the subject entity), (i) any Person: (1) more than 50% of
whose shares or other interests entitled to vote in the election of
directors or (2) more than a fifty percent (50%) interest in the
profits or capital of such Person are owned or controlled directly
or indirectly by the subject entity or through one (1) or more
Subsidiaries of the subject entity, (ii) any Person whose assets,
or portions thereof, are consolidated with the net earnings of the
subject entity and are recorded on the books of the subject entity
for financial reporting purposes in accordance with US GAAP (or
other standard acceptable to the Series A Preferred Shareholders
and Tiger), or (iii) any Person with respect to which the subject
entity has the power to otherwise direct the business and policies
of that entity directly or indirectly through another subsidiary.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Subsidiaries of the Company shall
include the Group Entities. |
|
|
|
Tiger
|
|
means Tiger Global Five China Holdings, a company organized under
the laws of Mauritius, and its Affiliates or any of its (or their)
successor(s). |
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(a) of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Transfer Notice
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(a) of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
Transferor
|
|
has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.1(a) of the Schedule A. |
|
|
|
US
|
|
means the lawful currency of the United States of America. |
- 5 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
written and in writing
|
|
include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible
form. |
|
|
|
Written Consent
|
|
means a written resolution executed by the relevant number of
Shareholders or Directors, as the case may be, in lieu of a
shareholders meeting or a board meeting. |
|
|
Words importing the singular number only include the plural number and vice versa. |
|
|
|
Words importing the masculine gender only include the feminine gender. |
|
|
|
Words importing persons only include corporations. |
|
2. |
|
The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors shall see fit, notwithstanding that part only of the shares may
have been allotted. |
|
3. |
|
The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the
Company including the expenses of registration. |
|
|
|
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES |
|
4. |
|
Certificates representing shares of the Company shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Directors. Such certificates may be under Seal. All
certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the shares to which they relate. The name and address of the
person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered in the register of Members of the
Company. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a
like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled. The Directors may authorize certificates to be issued with the seal and authorized signature(s)
affixed by some method or system of mechanical process. |
|
5. |
|
Notwithstanding Article 4 of these Articles, if a share certificate be defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on payment of a fee of one dollar
(US$l.00) or such less sum and on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of the expenses incurred by the Company in investigating
evidence, as the Directors may prescribe. |
|
|
|
ISSUE OF SHARES |
|
6. |
|
Subject to the provisions, if any, in that behalf in the Memorandum of Association and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting
and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or
otherwise dispose of shares of the Company (including fractions of a share) with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether
in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, provided always
that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in these Articles of Association, the Company shall be precluded from issuing bearer shares,
warrants, coupons or certificates. |
- 6 -
7. |
|
The Company shall maintain a register of its Members and every person whose name is entered as a Member in the register of Members shall be entitled
without payment to receive within two months after allotment or lodgment of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) one
certificate for all his shares or several certificates each for one or more of his shares upon payment of fifty cents (US$0.50) for every certificate after the
first or such less sum as the Directors shall from time to time determine provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the
Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of the several joint holders shall be sufficient
delivery to all such holders. |
|
|
|
TRANSFER OF SHARES |
|
8. |
|
The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferor shall be deemed to
remain the holder of a share until the name of the transferee is entered in the register in respect thereof. |
|
9. |
|
The Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer of shares without assigning any reason therefor. If the Directors refuse to
register a transfer they shall notify the transferee within two months of such refusal. |
|
10. |
|
The registration of transfers may be suspended at such time and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided always that
such registration shall not be suspended for more than 45 days in any year. |
|
|
|
COMMON SHARE CONVERSION |
|
11. |
|
Each Class B Common Share is convertible into one (1) Class A Common Share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A Common Shares are not convertible
into Class B Common Shares or Series A Preferred Shares under any circumstances. A conversion of Class B Common Shares to Class A Common Shares shall be
effected by way of compulsory repurchase by the Company of the relevant Class B Common Shares for a redemption price equal to the original issue price for each
Class B Common Share and the issue of Class A Common Shares for a subscription price equal to the redemption price for the equal number of Class B Common
Shares. |
|
|
|
If at any time the Founders, Tiger and the Existing Holder and their Affiliates collectively own less than 5% of the total number of the issued and outstanding
Class B Common Shares of the Company (taking into account all of the issued and outstanding preferred shares on an as-converted basis), each issued and
outstanding Class B Common Share shall be automatically and immediately converted into one share of Class A Common Share, and no Class B Common Shares shall be
issued by the Company thereafter. |
|
|
|
Subject to the Statute and notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles, upon any transfer of Class B Common Shares by a holder thereof to any person
or entity which is not an Affiliate of such holder, such Class B Common Shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into an equal number of Class A
Common Shares. |
- 7 -
|
REDEEMABLE SHARES |
|
12. |
(a) |
Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the Memorandum of Association, shares may be issued on the terms that they are, or
at the option of the Company or the holder are, to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company, before the issue of
the shares, may by Special Resolution determine. |
|
(b) |
|
Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the Memorandum of Association, the Company may purchase its own shares (including
fractions of a share), including any redeemable shares, provided that the manner of purchase has first been authorized by the
Company in general meeting and may make payment therefore in any manner by the Statute, including out of capital. |
|
|
VARIATION OF RIGHTS OF SHARES |
|
13. |
|
If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by
the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of
three-fourths of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that
class. |
|
|
|
The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of one class of shares except that the
necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the issued shares of the class and that any holder of shares of the
class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll. |
|
14. |
|
Subject to Schedule A, the rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise
expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu
therewith. |
|
|
|
COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES |
|
15. |
|
The Company may in so far as the Statute from time to time permits pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to
subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgment of fully
or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful. |
|
|
|
NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS |
|
16. |
|
No person shall be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to
recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a
share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the
entirety thereof in the registered holder. |
- 8 -
|
LIEN ON SHARES |
|
17. |
|
The Company shall have a first and paramount lien and charge on all shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether
solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate,
either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from
the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such share shall operate as a waiver of the Companys lien (if any) thereon. The Companys
lien (if any) on a share shall extend to all dividends or other monies payable in respect thereof. |
|
18. |
|
The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless a sum in
respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing stating and demanding payment of such
part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder or holders for the time being of the
share, or the person, of which the Company has notice, entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy. |
|
19. |
|
To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorize some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be
registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his
title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale. |
|
20. |
|
The proceeds of such sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is
presently payable and the residue, if any, shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to
the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale. |
|
|
|
CALL ON SHARES |
21. |
(a) |
The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares (whether on
account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium or otherwise) and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made
payable at fixed terms, provided that no call shall be payable at less than one month from the date fixed for the payment of the last
preceding call, and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days notice specifying the time or times of payment)
pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the
Directors may determine. A call may be made payable by installments. |
|
(b) |
|
A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorizing such call was passed. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof. |
22. |
|
If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on a day appointed for payment thereof, the persons from whom the sum is due shall pay interest
on the sum from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate not exceeding ten per cent per annum as the Directors may
determine, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of such interest either wholly or in part. |
- 9 -
23. |
|
Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or
by way of premium or otherwise, shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made, notified and payable on the date on which by the
terms of issue the same becomes payable, and in the case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest forfeiture or
otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. |
|
24. |
|
The Directors may, on the issue of shares, differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls or interest to be paid and the times of payment. |
25. |
(a) |
The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, all or any part of the monies
uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the monies so advanced may (until the same would but for such
advances, become payable) pay interest at such rate not exceeding (unless the Company in general meeting shall otherwise direct)
seven per cent per annum, as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such sum in advance. |
|
(b) |
|
No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect
of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable. |
|
FORFEITURE OF SHARES |
|
26. |
(a) |
|
If a Member fails to pay any call or installment of a call or to make any payment required by the terms of issue on the day
appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of the call, installment or
payment remains unpaid, give notice requiring payment of so much of the call, installment or payment as is unpaid, together with any
interest which may have accrued and all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. Such notice
shall name a day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of giving of the notice) on or before which the
payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that, in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the
shares in respect of which such notice was given will be liable to be forfeited. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been
given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the
Directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually
paid before the forfeiture. |
|
|
(c) |
|
A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any
time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. |
27. |
|
A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay
to the Company all monies which, at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares together with interest thereon, but his
liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies whenever payable in respect of the shares. |
- 10 -
28. |
|
A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or the Secretary of the Company that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on a date
stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the fact therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may
receive the consideration given for the share on any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favor of the person to whom the
share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase
money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or
disposal of the share. |
|
29. |
|
The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes
payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made
and notified. |
|
|
|
REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS |
|
30. |
|
The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$l.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration,
certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, notice in lieu of distringas, or other instrument. |
|
|
|
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES |
|
31. |
|
In case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased
where he was a sole holder, shall be the only person duly authorized by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares, but nothing herein
contained shall release the estate of any such deceased holder from any liability in respect of any shares which had been held by him solely or jointly with
other persons. |
32. |
(a) |
Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or
in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors and
subject as hereinafter provided, elect either to be registered himself as holder of the share or to make such transfer of the share
to such other person nominated by him as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made and to have such person registered as the
transferee thereof, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would
have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before his death or bankruptcy as the case may be. |
|
(b) |
|
If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder he shall deliver or send to the Company a
notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. |
33. |
|
A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of the holder (or in any other case than by
transfer) shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that
he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in
relation to meetings of the Company PROVIDED HOWEVER that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered
himself or to transfer the share and if the notice is not complied with within ninety days the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends,
bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with. |
|
|
|
AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION, CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE & ALTERATION OF CAPITAL |
- 11 -
34. |
(a) |
Subject to and in so far as permitted by the provisions of the Statute, the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution
alter or amend its Memorandum of Association otherwise than with respect to its name and objects and may, without restricting the
generality of the foregoing: |
|
(i) |
|
increase the share capital by such sum to be divided into shares of such amount or without
nominal or par value as the resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and
privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its
existing shares; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
by subdivision of its existing shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share
capital into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association or into shares
without nominal or par value; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or
agreed to be taken by any person. |
|
(b) |
|
All new shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens,
transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by Special Resolution change its name or alter its objects. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Without prejudice to Article 11 of these Articles and subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by Special
Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its registered
office. |
|
|
CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE |
|
35. |
|
For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to
receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other proper purpose, the Directors of the Company may provide that the
register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period but not to exceed in any case 40 days. If the register of Members shall be so closed for
the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members such register shall be so closed for at least ten days immediately
preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the register of Members. |
|
36. |
|
In lieu of or apart from closing the register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of Members
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members and for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any dividend the
Directors may, at or within 90 days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination. |
- 12 -
37. |
|
If the register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the
Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members
entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof. |
|
|
|
GENERAL MEETING |
38. |
(a) |
Subject to paragraph (c) hereof, the Company shall within one year of its incorporation and in each year of its existence
thereafter hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The
annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is
prescribed by them, it shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Company on the second Wednesday in December of each
year at ten oclock in the morning. |
|
(b) |
|
At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented. |
|
|
(c) |
|
If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute it may but shall not be obliged to hold an annual general meeting. |
39. |
(a) |
|
The Directors may whenever they think fit, and they shall on the requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of
the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit
carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company, proceed to convene a general meeting of the Company. |
|
(b) |
|
The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the registered
office of the Company and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists. |
|
|
(c) |
|
If the Directors do not within 21 days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general
meeting, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may
themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the
expiration of the said 21 days. |
|
|
(d) |
|
A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in
which general meetings are to be convened by Directors. |
|
|
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS |
|
40. |
|
At least a ten (10) Business Day notice shall be given of an
annual general meeting or any other general meeting. Every notice
shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to
be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify
the place, the
day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the
business and shall be given in manner hereinafter mentioned or in
such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company
provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or
not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and
whether or not the provisions of Article 38 of these Articles
have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if
it is so agreed: |
|
(a) |
|
in the case of a general meeting called as an annual general meeting by all the
Members entitled to attend and vote thereat or their proxies; and |
- 13 -
|
(b) |
|
in the case of any other general meeting by holders of not less than the minimum
number of Shares required to approve the actions submitted to the Members for approval
at such meeting, or their proxies. |
41. |
|
The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by any person entitled to
receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting. |
|
|
|
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS |
|
42. |
|
No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to
business; a meeting of the Shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of and throughout the meeting, there are present in
person or by proxy: (a) the Series A Preferred Shareholder; and (b) the holders of Common Shares holding not less than an aggregate of 75%
of all Common Shares in issue. A person shall be deemed to be present at a general meeting if he participates by telephone or other
electronic means and all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other. |
|
43. |
|
The adoption of any resolution of the General Meeting shall require the affirmative votes of or prior written consent of the holders
holding an aggregate of no less than 50% of all outstanding shares of the Company. A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing
(in one or more counterparts) signed by all Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general
meetings (or being corporations by their duly authorized representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a
general meeting of the Company duly convened and held. |
|
44. |
|
The Chairman, if any, of the Board shall preside as Chairman at every general meeting of the Company, or if he shall not be present
within three hours without due course or without authorizing any other Director to preside as Chairman at the general meeting after the time
appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be Chairman of the
meeting. |
|
45. |
|
If at any general meeting no Director is willing to act as Chairman or if no Director is present within three hours after the time
appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting. |
|
46. |
|
The Chairman may, with the consent of any general meeting duly constituted hereunder, and shall if so directed by the meeting, adjourn
the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business
left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a general meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting; save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an
adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned general meeting. |
|
47. |
|
At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is, before or on
the declaration of the result of the show of hands, demanded by the Chairman or any other Member present in person or by proxy. |
|
48. |
|
Unless a poll be so demanded a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has on a show of hands been carried, or carried
unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the Companys minute book containing the minutes of the
proceedings of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor
of or against such resolution. |
|
49. |
|
The demand for a poll may be withdrawn. |
- 14 -
50. |
|
Except as provided in Article 51 of these Articles, if a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman directs
and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded. |
|
51. |
|
In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the general meeting at which the show of
hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. |
|
52. |
|
A poll demanded on the election of a Chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other
question shall be taken at such time as the Chairman of the general meeting directs and any business other than that upon which a poll has
been demanded or is contingent thereon may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll. |
|
|
|
VOTES OF MEMBERS |
|
53. |
|
Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, (i) on a show of hands, each Member
of record present in person or by proxy at a general meeting shall have one vote, and (ii) on a poll, each Class A Common Share shall
entitle its holder who is a Member of record present in person or by proxy at a general meeting to one vote and each Class B Common Share
shall entitle its holder who is a Member of record present in person or by proxy at a general meeting to ten (10) votes. |
|
54. |
|
In the case of joint holders of record the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to
the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names
stand in the register of Members. |
|
55. |
|
A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on
a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person in the nature of a committee, receiver or curator
bonis appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other persons may vote by proxy. |
|
56. |
|
No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a shareholder of the Company on the record date
for such meeting nor unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid. |
|
57. |
|
No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the
vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at such general meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such
objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairman of the general meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive. |
|
58. |
|
On a poll or on a show of hands votes may be given either personally or by proxy. |
|
|
|
PROXIES |
|
59. |
|
The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointer or of his attorney duly
authorized in writing, or, if the appointer is a corporation under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized in that behalf. A proxy
need not be a Member of the Company. |
- 15 -
60. |
|
The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as is specified for
that purpose in the notice convening the meeting no later than the time for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting provided that the
Chairman of the Meeting may at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited upon receipt of
telex, cable or telecopy confirmation from the appointer that the instrument of proxy duly signed is in the course of transmission to the
Company. |
|
61. |
|
The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any
adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or
concur in demanding a poll. |
|
62. |
|
A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the
principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which
the proxy is given provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer as aforesaid shall have been
received by the Company at the registered office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought
to use the proxy. |
|
63. |
|
Any corporation which is a Member of record of the Company may in accordance with its Articles or in the absence of such provision by
resolution of its Directors or other governing body authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the
Company or of any class of Members of the Company, and the person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of
the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member of record of the Company. |
|
64. |
|
Shares of its own capital belonging to the Company or held by it in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at
any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time. |
|
|
|
DIRECTORS |
- 16 -
65. |
|
The Board of the Company shall consist of up to five (5) Directors, whose nomination and election shall be as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
The holders of majority (voting pursuant to Section 5 hereof) of Common Shares (excluding Common Shares held by Tiger and KTB CHINA
OPTIMUM FUND, if any), shall be entitled to, by written notice to the Company, nominate and elect one (1) Director to the Board, initially to
be ZHANG Bangxin, and shall also be entitled to remove any such Director occupying such position and to fill any vacancy caused by the
resignation, death or renewal of any such Director occupying such position; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Tiger, a holder of Common Shares, shall be entitled to, by written notice to the Company, nominate and elect one (1) Director to the
Board, initially to be CHEN Xiaohong, and shall also be entitled to remove any such Director occupying such position and to fill any vacancy
caused by the resignation, death or renewal of any such Director occupying such position. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Series A Preferred Shareholder shall be entitled to, by written notice to the Company, nominate and elect one (1) Director to the
Board, initially to be YEH Aieming Amy (Series A Director), and shall also be entitled to remove any such Director occupying such
position and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or renewal of any such Director occupying such position. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Any Shareholder may nominate a Director to fill the remaining two (2) directors; provided that the election of such Director(s) shall be
subject to the approval of all of the Shareholders voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.
|
The chairman of the Board (Chairman of the Board) shall be elected by the Board with majority votes.
66. |
|
Directors shall serve without any remuneration, but all reasonable costs (including travel expenses) incurred by the Directors in the
performance of their duties as members of the entire Board shall be borne by the Company. |
|
67. |
|
The Directors may by resolution award special remuneration to any Director of the Company undertaking any special work or services for,
or undertaking any special mission on behalf of, the Company other than his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director
who is also counsel or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration
as a Director. |
|
68. |
|
A Director or alternate Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in
conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine. |
|
69. |
|
A Director or alternate Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be
entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director. |
|
70. |
|
A shareholding qualification for Directors may be fixed by the Company in general meeting, but unless and until so fixed no
qualification shall be required. |
- 17 -
71. |
|
A Director or alternate Director of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company
promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise and no such Director or alternate Director
shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest
in, such other company. |
|
72. |
|
No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the
Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of
the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director
or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract
or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director (or his alternate
Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is so interested as aforesaid,
provided however, that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be
disclosed by him or the alternate Director appointed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon. |
|
73. |
|
A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as
interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be
sufficient disclosure under Article 71 of the Articles and after such
general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction. |
|
|
|
ALTERNATE DIRECTORS |
|
74. |
|
Subject to the exception contained in Article 80 of these Articles, a Director who expects to be unable to attend Directors Meetings
because of absence, illness or otherwise may appoint any person to be an alternate Director to act in his stead and such appointee whilst he
holds office as an alternate Director shall, in the event of absence therefrom of his appointer, be entitled to attend meetings of the
Directors and to vote thereat and to do, in the place and stead of his appointer, any other act or thing which his appointer is permitted or
required to do by virtue of his being a Director as if the alternate Director were the appointer, other than appointment of an alternate to
himself, and he shall ipso facto vacate office if and when his appointer ceases to be a Director or removes the appointee from office. Any
appointment or removal under this Article shall be effected by notice in writing under the hand of the Director making the same. |
|
|
|
POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS |
|
75. |
|
The business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors (or a sole Director if only one is appointed) who may pay all expenses
incurred in promoting, registering and setting up the Company, and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, from time to time
by the Statute, or by these Articles, or such regulations, being not inconsistent with the aforesaid, as may be prescribed by the Company in
general meeting required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, provided however, that no regulations made by the Company in
general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that regulation had not been made. |
|
76. |
|
The Directors may from time to time and at any time by powers of attorney appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether
nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purpose and with such powers,
authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and
subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and
convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys as the Directors may think fit and may also authorize any such attorney to delegate
all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. |
- 18 -
77. |
|
All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the
Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall from time
to time by resolution determine. |
|
78. |
|
The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose: |
|
(a) |
|
of all appointments of officers made by the Directors; |
|
|
(b) |
|
of the names of the Directors (including those represented thereat by an alternate
or by proxy) present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the
Directors; |
|
|
(c) |
|
of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of the
Directors and of committees of Directors. |
79. |
|
The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other
salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for
the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance. |
|
80. |
|
The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and
uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any
debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. |
|
|
|
MANAGEMENT |
81. |
(a) |
|
The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of
the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the
three next following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers
conferred by this paragraph. |
|
(b) |
|
The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local
boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any
persons to be members of such committees or local boards or any managers or agents and
may fix their remuneration. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee,
local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the
time being vested in the Directors and may authorize the members for the time being of
any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act
notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such
terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors
may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such
delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment
or variation shall be affected thereby. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Any such delegates as aforesaid my be authorized by the Directors to sub-delegate
all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested in
them. |
|
|
(e) |
|
A Compensation Committee of the Board shall be established to implement salary
and equity guidelines for the Company, as well as approve compensation packages,
severance agreements, employments stock options plan and employment agreements for all
senior management of the Company. The Series A Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled
to elect one member of the Compensation Committee and no resolution of the Compensation
Committee shall be passed without the affirmative vote of written consent of such
Member. |
- 19 -
|
|
MANAGING DIRECTORS |
|
82. |
|
The Directors may, from time to time, appoint one or more of their body (but not an alternate Director) to the office of managing
director for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary, or commission, or participation in profits, or partly in one way
and partly in another) as they may think fit but his appointment shall be subject to termination ipso facto if he ceases from any cause to be
a Director and no alternate Director appointed by him can act in his stead as a Director or managing director. |
|
83. |
|
The Directors may entrust to and confer upon a managing director any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions
and with such restrictions as they may think fit and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may from time to
time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers. |
|
|
|
PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS |
|
84. |
|
Regular meetings of the Board shall be convened by the Chairman of the Board at least once every six (6) month. Not less than five (5)
Business Days prior written notice of any meeting of the Board shall be given to all Directors with the following materials: (i) a written
notice of the meeting; (ii) a meeting agenda for the meeting; and (iii) documents needed to be reported and distributed to the Directors;
provided, however, that such notice period may be waived if approved by all of the Directors in writing; and for this purpose, the presence
of a director at a meeting shall be deemed to constitute a waiver on his part in respect of such meeting. The location of each meeting of the
Board shall be decided by the Chairman of the Board or if such is not available as agreed to by a majority of the Directors. The minutes of
all Board meetings shall be kept on file by the Company. |
|
85. |
|
Except as otherwise provided by these Articles, the Directors shall meet together for the dispatch of business, convening, adjourning
and otherwise regulating their meetings as they think fit. At any Board meeting, each Director may exercise one (1) vote. The adoption of any
resolution of the Board shall require the affirmative votes of at least three (3) Directors and alternate Directors present at a meeting at
which there is a quorum, the vote of an alternate Director not being counted if his appointer be present at such meeting. By notice and copy
to all Directors, resolutions may be adopted by Written Consent executed by all Directors. In case of an equality of votes, the Chairman
shall have a second or casting vote. |
|
86. |
|
A Director or alternate Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director or alternate Director shall, at any time summon
a meeting of the Directors by at least five (5) Business Days notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director which notice shall
set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at,
before or after the meeting is held and provided further if notice is given in person, by cable, telex or telecopy the same shall be deemed
to have been given on the day it is delivered to the Directors or
transmitting organization as the case may be. The provisions of Article 40
of these Articles shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to notices of meetings of Directors. |
|
87. |
|
A meeting of the Board is duly constituted if there are present at least three (3) Directors including one director appointed by ZHANG
Bangxin, one (1) Director appointed by the Series A Preferred Shareholders and one (1) Director appointed by Tiger. A Director and his
appointed alternate Director being considered only one person for this purpose. For the purposes of this Article an alternate Director or
proxy appointed by a Director shall be counted in a quorum at a meeting at which the Director appointing him is not present. If within three
(3) hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present without due cause, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same
day after two weeks at the same time and place or to such other time or such other place as the Directors may determine and if at the
adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within three (3) hours from the time appointed for the meeting the Directors present shall be a
quorum. |
- 20 -
88. |
|
The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the
number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the
purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose. |
|
89. |
|
The Directors may elect a Chairman of their Board with majority votes and determine the period for which he is to hold office; the
Chairman of the Board shall preside as Chairman at every Board meeting of the Company, but if at any meeting the Chairman is not present
within three(3) hours without due course or without authorizing any other Director to preside as Chairman at the meeting after the time
appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting. |
|
90. |
|
The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of the Board (including Alternate
Directors in the absence of their appointers) as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated
conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors. |
|
91. |
|
A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the
members present, and in the case of an equality of votes the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. |
|
92. |
|
All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director)
shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director,
or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director or
alternate Director as the case may be. |
|
93. |
|
Members of the Board or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee by means of telephone
conference, video conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each
other and participation in a meeting at the same time pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. A
resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts), signed by all the Directors for the time being or all the members of a committee of
Directors (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such resolution on behalf of his appointer) shall be as valid and effectual as if it
had been passed at a meeting of the Directors or committee as the case may be duly convened and held. |
94. |
(a) |
|
A Director may be represented at any meetings of the Board by a proxy appointed by
him in which event the presence or vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to
be that of the Director. |
|
(b) |
|
The provisions of Articles 58 to 61 shall mutatis mutandis apply to the appointment
of proxies by Directors. |
|
|
VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR |
|
95. |
|
The office of a Director shall be vacated: |
|
(a) |
|
if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if he absents himself (without being represented by proxy or an alternate Director
appointed by him) from three consecutive meetings of the Board without special leave of
absence from the Directors, and they pass a resolution that he has by reason of such
absence vacated office; |
- 21 -
|
(c) |
|
if he dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his
creditors generally; |
|
|
(d) |
|
if he is found a lunatic or becomes of unsound mind. |
|
|
APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS |
|
96. |
|
Subject to any requirements of applicable law, a Director may be removed from the Board, with or without cause, upon the written notice
given by the Shareholder which nominated such Director. |
|
97. |
|
In the event any Director resigns, becomes incapacitated,
dies, is removed in accordance with Article 95 of these Articles or otherwise
ceases to be a Director, the Shareholder which nominated such Director shall be entitled to appoint his replacement. |
|
98. |
|
The Series A Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to appoint a representative (Observer) to attend all meetings of the Board, in a
non-voting observer capacity; provided, however, that the Observer shall agree to hold in confidence and to act in a fiduciary manner with
respect to all information so obtained in the meetings of the Board; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold
any information and to exclude the Observer from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting
could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel, result in disclosure of trade secrets, or a
conflict of interest, or if such shareholder or its representative is a competitor of the Company. |
|
|
|
PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT |
|
99. |
|
A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to
have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the Minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written
dissent from such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent
by registered mail to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who
voted in favor of such action. |
|
|
|
SEAL |
100. |
(a) |
|
The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a seal which shall, subject to
paragraph (c) hereof, only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee
of the Directors authorized by the Directors in that behalf and every instrument to
which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by one person who shall be either a
Director or the secretary or secretary-treasurer or some person appointed by the
Directors for the purpose. |
|
(b) |
|
The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a
duplicate seal or seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the Common Seal of the
Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of
every place where it is to be used. |
|
|
(c) |
|
A Director, Secretary or other officer or representative or attorney may without
further authority of the Directors affix the Seal of the Company over his signature
alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under Seal or
to be filed with the registrar of companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere
wheresoever. |
- 22 -
|
|
OFFICERS |
|
101. |
|
The Company may have a President, a Secretary or secretary-treasurer appointed by the Directors who may also from time to time appoint
such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such
provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time prescribe. |
|
|
|
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE |
|
102. |
|
Subject to the Statute, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and distributions on shares
of the Company outstanding and authorize payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefore. |
|
103. |
|
The Directors may, before declaring any dividends or distributions, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves
which shall at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the like
discretion, be employed in the business of the Company. |
|
104. |
|
No dividend or distribution shall be payable except out of the profits of the Company, realized or unrealized, or out of the share
premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute. |
|
105. |
|
Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends or distributions, if dividends or
distributions are to be declared on a class of shares they shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on
the shares of such class outstanding on the record date for such dividend or distribution as determined in accordance with these Articles but
no amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purpose of this Article as paid on the share. |
|
106. |
|
The Directors may deduct from any dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to
the Company on account of calls or otherwise. |
|
107. |
|
The Directors may declare that any dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in
particular of paid up shares, debentures, or debenture stock of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty
arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional
certificates and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be
made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets
in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors. |
|
108. |
|
Any dividend, distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through
the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the holder who is first named on the register
of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be
made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any
dividends, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the share held by them as joint holders. |
|
109. |
|
No dividend or distribution shall bear interest against the Company. |
- 23 -
|
|
CAPITALISATION |
|
110. |
|
The Company may upon the recommendation of the Directors by ordinary resolution authorizing the Director to capitalize any sum standing
to the credit of any of the Companys reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum
standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the
proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of dividend and to
apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid up to and amongst
them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalization,
with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions
(including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The
Director may authorize any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such
capitalization and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned. |
|
|
|
BOOKS OF ACCOUNT |
|
111. |
|
The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to: |
|
(a) |
|
all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect
of which the receipt or expenditure takes place; |
|
|
(b) |
|
all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; |
|
|
(c) |
|
the assets and liabilities of the Company. |
|
|
Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the
state of the Companys affairs and to explain its transactions. |
|
112. |
|
The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or
regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member
(not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statue or
authorized by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting. |
|
113. |
|
The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts,
balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law. |
|
|
|
AUDIT |
|
114. |
|
The Company may at any annual general meeting appoint an Auditor or Auditors of the Company who shall hold office until the next annual
general meeting and may fix his or their remuneration. |
|
115. |
|
The Directors may before the first annual general meeting appoint an Auditor or Auditors of the Company who shall hold office until the
first annual general meeting unless previously removed by an ordinary resolution of the Members in general meeting in which case the Members
at that meeting may appoint Auditors. The Directors may fill any casual vacancy in the office of Auditor but while any such vacancy continues
the surviving or continuing Auditor or Auditors, if any, may act. The remuneration of any Auditor appointed by the Directors under these
Articles may be fixed by the Directors. |
- 24 -
116. |
|
Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall
be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the
performance of the duties of the auditors. |
|
117. |
|
Auditors shall at the next annual general meeting following their appointment and at any other time during their term of office, upon
request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members, make a report on the accounts of the Company in general meeting during their
tenure of office. |
|
|
|
NOTICES |
|
118. |
|
Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by post, cable, telex or
telecopy to him or to his address as shown in the register of Members, such notice, if mailed, to be forwarded airmail if the address be
outside the Cayman Islands. |
119. |
(a) |
|
Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be
effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and posting a letter containing the notice,
and to have been effected at the expiration of 60 hours after the letter containing the
same is posted as aforesaid. |
|
(b) |
|
Where a notice is sent by cable, telex, telecopy or electronic message, service of
the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such
notice through a transmitting organization and to have been effected on the day the same
is sent as aforesaid. |
120. |
|
A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of record of a share by giving the notice to the joint holder first named on
the register of Members in respect of the share. |
|
121. |
|
A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a share or shares in
consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post as aforesaid in a pre-paid letter addressed to them by
name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for
that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same
might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred. |
|
122. |
|
Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorized to: |
|
(a) |
|
every person shown as a Member in the register of Members as of the record date for
such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if
given to the joint holder first named in the register of Members. |
|
|
(b) |
|
every person upon whom the ownership of a share devolves by reason of his being a
legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member of record where the
Member of record but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of
the meeting; and |
|
|
No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings. |
|
|
|
WINDING UP |
- 25 -
123. |
|
If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction
required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall
consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as
aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may
with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the
liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities
whereon there is any liability. |
|
124. |
|
If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay
the whole of the paid-up capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in
proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them
respectively. And if in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the
whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the
capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. This Article is to be without prejudice to the
rights of the holders of shares issued upon special terms and conditions. |
|
|
|
INDEMNITY |
|
125. |
|
The Directors and officers for the time being of the Company and any trustee for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs
of the Company and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives respectively shall be indemnified out of the assets of
the Company from and against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them shall or may
incur or sustain by reason of any act done or omitted in or about the execution of their duty in their respective offices or trusts, except
such (if any) as they shall incur or sustain by or through their own willful neglect or default respectively and no such |
|
|
|
Director, officer or trustee shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director, officer or trustee or
for joining in any receipt for the sake of conformity or for the solvency or honesty of any banker or other persons with whom any monies or
effects belonging to the Company may be lodged or deposited for safe custody or for any insufficiency of any security upon which any monies
of the Company may be invested or for any other loss or damage due to any such cause as aforesaid or which may happen in or about the
execution of his office or trust unless the same shall happen through the willful neglect or default of such Director, Officer or trustee. |
|
|
|
FINANCIAL YEAR |
|
126. |
|
Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on the last day of February in each year and,
following the year of incorporation, shall begin on March 1st in each year. |
|
|
|
AMENDMENTS OF ARTICLES |
|
127. |
|
Subject to the Statute, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole
or in part, provided that no alteration or change shall be made to any of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series A
Preferred Shares without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Shares. |
- 26 -
|
|
TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION |
|
128. |
|
If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a
Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the
Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands. |
- 27 -
SCHEDULE A
The holders of Series A Preferred Shares and Common Shares shall, in addition to any other rights
conferred on them under these Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association have the rights
set out in this Schedule A, which forms part of the Articles of Association of the Company.
In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions set out herein and other provisions of
the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association, the provisions set out herein shall
prevail to the extent permitted by applicable laws.
|
1.1. |
|
Subject to Articles 101 to 108 of these Articles, and further subject to the
circumstances prevailing at the relevant time including, in particular, the working capital
requirements of the Company and the unanimous approval of the Board, the Company may
distribute dividend in accordance with the Articles in respect of each financial year out
of such of its profits as are then lawfully available for distribution. |
|
|
1.2. |
|
The dividend shall be distributed when, as and if declared by the Board among the then
outstanding Common Shareholders and Series A Preferred Shareholders pro rata and on an
as-if-converted basis in accordance with the amounts paid up on their respective Shares.
For the avoidance of doubt, dividends shall be non-cumulative such that dividends shall
only accrue and be payable when, as and if declared by the Board in its sole discretion. |
2. |
|
Liquidation Right. |
|
2.1 |
|
Liquidation Event. The following events shall be treated as a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up (each, a Liquidation Event) unless waived by the holders of at
least fifty-one percent (51%) of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, voting
together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis: |
|
(i) |
|
any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any Person,
or any other corporate reorganization, including a sale or acquisition of
equity securities of the Company, in which the Shareholders of the Company
immediately before such transaction own less than 50% of the Companys voting
power immediately after such transaction (excluding any transaction effected
solely for tax purposes or to change the Companys domicile); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or |
|
|
(iii) |
|
any termination, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company; |
|
|
|
and upon any such event, any proceeds generated therefrom to which the Shareholders of the
Company shall be entitled to shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of
Clause 2.2 of Schedule A. |
2.2 |
|
Liquidation Preferences. Upon any Liquidation Event, whether voluntary or
involuntary, unless any Preferred Shareholder has agreed otherwise in advance and in writing
on the definitive liquidation plan of the Company: |
|
(i) |
|
Before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of
any Common Shares, the holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to
receive an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Original Issue
Price (adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations,
recapitalizations and similar transactions), plus any declared but unpaid
dividends with respect thereto (as adjusted for any share splits, share
dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions) per Series
A Preferred Share then held by such holder. All |
SCHEDULE A
1
|
|
|
arrears or accruals of dividends as declared by the Board due to the Series A
Preferred Shareholders are in priority to the holders of all other shares. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
After distribution or payment in full of the amount distributable
or payable on the Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to Clause 2.2(i)
of Schedule A, the remaining assets of the Company available for
distribution to Shareholders shall be distributed ratably among the then
holders of outstanding Common Shares and holders of Series A Preferred Shares
on an as-if-converted basis. |
3. |
|
Voting Rights. Each Existing Holder or its Affiliate shall be entitled to exercise
the number of votes which such holder would have been entitled to exercise as if all the
Series A Preferred Shares held by such holder had been converted into Class B Common Shares
immediately before the holding of the general meeting at the Conversion Price then in effect;
and each holder of Preferred Shares which is not an Existing Holder or its Affiliate is
entitled to exercise the number of votes which such holder would have been entitled to
exercise as if all the Series A Preferred Shares held by such holder had been converted into
Class A Common Shares immediately before the holding of the general meeting at the Conversion
Price then in effect. The holders of Series A Preferred Shares and Common Shares shall vote
together and not as a separate class, except as otherwise required by the Articles or the
Shareholders Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein and subject to other voting
requirements contained herein, the Company shall not carry out any of actions relating to the
issues listed in Clause 4 and Clause 5 of Schedule A below, and no
affirmative shareholders resolution shall be adopted to approve or carry out the same, except
with the affirmative votes or prior written consent of the holders holding an aggregate of no
less than 50% of all outstanding shares of the Company. |
|
4. |
|
Veto Rights of Series A Preferred Shareholder/Series A Director. Subject to
Clause 5 below, so long as there are any Series A Preferred Shares outstanding, the
Company shall not take, and shall procure that each Group Entity does not take, whether in
one transaction or through a series of transactions, or whether by amending the Articles or
otherwise, any of the following actions without (i) the prior written consent of the holders
of majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares; or (ii) the prior consent of the
Board, including the affirmative consent of the Series A Director, and in the context of such
matters set forth in this Clause 4 which are by applicable laws required to be
determined by the shareholders of the Company, the approval of the holders of at least a
majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be deemed obtained if the
matter is approved at a general meeting of the Company with the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares or by way of
written resolution signed by all the holders of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares: |
|
(i) |
|
dissolve or liquidate any Group Entity (other than as a result
of the restructuring of the Companys Subsidiaries pursuant to a restructuring
plan prior to the IPO that approved by the Board (the Restructuring); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
amend any of the charter/constitutional documents of any Group
Entity or any of its Subsidiaries that may affect the rights, preferences or
privileges of the Series A Preferred Shareholder; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
make changes in the capital structure of any Group Entity or
any of its Subsidiaries, including the creation or issuance of additional
securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into equity of the Company
(other than as a result of the Restructuring and/or a new round financing of
the Company, as long as the pre-money valuation of the Company in the new round
financing reaches either (x) within 12 months following Closing is at least 1.3
times of the post-money valuation of the Company in the Series A Financing on a
fully diluted basis or (y) after 12 months following Closing is at least 1.5
times of the post-money valuation of the Company in the Series A Financing on a
fully diluted |
SCHEDULE A
2
|
|
|
basis, and in any case of (x) or (y), the rights of the Series A
Preferred Shareholders shall rank at least pari passu with, and shall not be
inferior to, the rights of the new round investor(s).); |
|
|
(iv) |
|
make or result in mergers, amalgamations, investments,
acquisitions, joint ventures and dispositions involving any Group Entity (other
than as a result of the Restructuring); |
|
|
(v) |
|
repurchase or redeem any shares, provided, however, that this
restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares from employees,
officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the
Group Entity or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to agreements under which the
Group Entity has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of
certain events, such as the termination of employment or service; |
|
|
(vi) |
|
make material changes to the scope, nature and/or activities of
the business of any Group Entity and its Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(vii) |
|
approve or amend any annual operating and capital budgets and
annual business plan of any Group Entity; |
|
|
(viii) |
|
make changes in the number of members of the board of any Group Entity or its
Subsidiaries where there is Director nominated by the Series A preferred
shareholders sitting in such board; |
|
|
(ix) |
|
adopt any new employee stock option plan and formation of the
compensation committee; and transactions with a related party; or |
|
|
(x) |
|
make any dividend or distributions on shares of any Group
Entity. |
5. |
|
Veto Rights of Tiger. In addition to Clause 4 above, the Company shall not
take, and shall procure that each Group Entity does not take, whether in one transaction or
through a series of transactions, or whether by amending the Articles or otherwise, the
following actions without the prior written consent of Tiger, and in the context of such
matters set forth in this Clause 5 which are by applicable laws required to be
determined by the shareholders of the Company, the approval of Tiger shall be deemed obtained
if the matter is approved at a general meeting of the Company with the affirmative vote of
Tiger or by way of written resolution signed by Tiger: |
|
(a) |
|
actions as listed in Section 4(v) of this Schedule A, provided
that (i) Series A Preferred Shareholders exercise of its redemption rights in
accordance with Clause 8 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Companys exercise of
its right of first refusal in accordance with Clause 9.1 of this Agreement
shall not be subject to the veto rights of Tiger set out herein; |
|
|
(b) |
|
enter into, or obligate itself to enter into, any related party transaction
with an Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any employee,
officer, director, administrator or shareholder of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company or any member of such persons immediate family, or any corporation,
partnership or other entity in which such person or family member is an officer,
director, administrator or partner, or in which such person or family member has
ownership or economic interests or otherwise controls such entity; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
alter or change, either by means of amending the Group Entitys constitutional
documents or otherwise, the rights, preferences or privileges of Tiger; |
SCHEDULE A
3
6. |
|
Matters Requiring Series A Preferred Shareholders Presence and Vote. So long as
there are any Series A Preferred Shares outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent
required elsewhere in these Articles or by any applicable statute, matters listed below shall
be discussed in the general meeting with the presence of the Series A Preferred Shareholder: |
|
(i) |
|
incurrence of any debt, guarantees or liens in excess of
RMB5,000,000 in the aggregate (excluding any extension, renewal or refinancing
of debt, guarantees or liens outstanding at the Closing (as defined in the
Series A Share Purchase Agreement) on comparable or better terms); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
appoint and/or reappoint a corporate auditor or changes in the
accounting principles of the Group Entity; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
assignment and/or transfer by any Seller of the Equity Securities
of the Company and/or transfer by any Founder of the shares of the Sellers; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
appoint and/or reappoint the chief executive officer or the chief
financial officer of the Company; or |
|
|
(v) |
|
any capital expenditures in excess of RMB1 million outside of
budget approved by the Board. |
7. |
|
Conversion Rights. The Series A Preferred Shareholders shall have the following
rights described below with respect to the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares into
Common Shares: The number of Common Shares to which the Series A Preferred Shareholders shall
be entitled upon conversion of any Series A Preferred Share shall be the quotient of the
Original Issue Price over the Conversion Price. For the avoidance of doubt, the initial
conversion ratio for Series A Preferred Shares to Common Shares shall be 1:1, subject to
adjustments of the Conversion Price as set forth in Clause 7.3 of Schedule A
below. |
|
7.1 |
|
Optional Conversion. |
|
(i) |
|
Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Clause
7.1 of Schedule A, (a) any Series A Preferred Shares held by the
Existing Holder or its Affiliates may, at the option of such holder, be
converted at any time into fully-paid and non-assessable Class A or Class B
Common Shares, and (b) any Series A Preferred Shares held by a holder other
than the Existing Holder or its Affiliates may, at the option of such holder,
be converted at any time into fully-paid and non-assessable Class A Common
Shares only, pursuant to Clause 7.1(ii) of Schedule A below.
Upon such conversion, all preference rights attached to such Series A Preferred
Share shall be automatically terminated. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The Series A Preferred Shareholder who desires to convert such
Series A Preferred Shares into any class of Common Shares shall surrender the
certificate therefore, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any
transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Shares, and shall give written notice
to the Company at such office that the Holder has elected to convert such
Shares. Such notice shall state the number of Series A Preferred Shares being
converted, and the class of Common Shares into which such Preferred Shares
shall be converted, if applicable. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue
and deliver to the Holder at such office a certificate for the number of the
applicable class of Common Shares to which such Holder is entitled and shall
promptly pay (i) in cash, any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series A
Preferred Shares being converted and (ii) in cash, the value of any fractional
Common Shares to which the Series A Preferred Shareholder would otherwise be
entitled. |
SCHEDULE A
4
|
|
|
Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business
on the date of the surrender of the certificates representing the Series A
Preferred Shares to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the
applicable class of Common Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be
treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Shares on such
date. |
7.2 |
|
Automatic Conversion. |
|
(i) |
|
Without any action being required by the holder of such Series A
Preferred Shares and whether or not the certificates representing such Series A
Preferred Shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent, (a) each
Series A Preferred Share held by the Existing Holder or its Affiliates shall
automatically be converted into Class B Common Shares and (b) each Series A
Preferred Share held by a holder other than the Existing Holder or its
Affiliates shall automatically be converted into Class A Common Shares, based
on the then-effective Conversion Price, immediately upon the closing of a
Qualified Public Offering. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates for any
Common Shares issuable upon the automatic conversion of any Series A Preferred
Shares unless the certificate evidencing such Series A Preferred Shares is
either delivered as provided below to the Company or any transfer agent for the
Series A Preferred Shares, or the Series A Preferred Shareholder notifies the
Company or its transfer agent that such certificate has been lost, stolen or
destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify
the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificate.
The Company shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of certificate for
Series A Preferred Shares, or satisfactory agreement for indemnification in the
case of a lost certificate, promptly issue and deliver at its office to the
Series A Preferred Shareholder thereof a certificate or certificates for the
number of Common Shares to which such Series A Preferred Shareholder is
entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash, any declared and unpaid dividends
on the Series A Preferred Shares being converted and (ii) in cash, the value of
any fractional Common Shares to which the Series A Preferred Shareholder would
otherwise be entitled. Any person entitled to receive Common Shares issuable
upon the automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares shall be treated
for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Shares on the date of such
conversion. |
7.3 |
|
Conversion Price. |
|
|
|
The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Shares (Conversion Price) shall
initially equal to the Original Issue Price and shall be adjusted from time to time as
provided below: |
|
(i) |
|
Adjustment for Share Splits and Combinations. If the
Company shall at any time, or from time to time, effect a subdivision of the
outstanding Common Shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to
such subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company
shall at any time, or from time to time, combine the outstanding Common Shares
into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately
prior to the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment
under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of business on the
date the subdivision or combination becomes effective. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Adjustment for Common Share Dividends and Distributions.
If the Company at any time, or from time to time, makes (or fixes a record date
for the |
SCHEDULE A
5
|
|
|
determination of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive) a dividend or
other distribution to the holders of Common Shares payable in Common Shares,
in each such event the Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as
of the time of such issuance (or in the event such record date is fixed, as
of the close of business on such record date) by multiplying the Conversion
Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total
number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time
of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the
denominator of which is the total number of Common Shares issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of
business on such record date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in
payment of such dividend or distribution. |
|
(iii) |
|
Adjustments for Other Dividends. If the Company at any
time, or from time to time, makes (or fixes a record date for the determination
of holders of Common Shares entitled to receive) a dividend or other
distribution payable in securities of the Company other than Common Shares or
Common Shares Equivalents, then, and in each such event, provision shall be
made so that, upon conversion of any Series A Preferred Share thereafter, the
Series A Preferred Shareholders thereof shall receive, in addition to the
number of Common Shares issuable thereon, the amount of securities of the
Company which the Series A Preferred Shareholder would have received had the
Series A Preferred Share been converted into Common Shares immediately prior to
such event, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations, Reclassifications,
Exchanges, Substitutions. If at any time, or from time to time, any capital
reorganization or reclassification of the Common Shares (other than as a result
of a share dividend, subdivision, split or combination otherwise treated above)
occurs or the Company is consolidated, merged or reorganized with or into
another Person (other than a consolidation, merger or reorganization treated in
Clause 7.3.1 of Schedule A), then in any such event, provision
shall be made so that, upon conversion of any Series A Preferred Share
thereafter, the Series A Preferred Shareholder thereof shall receive the kind
and amount of shares and other securities and property which the Series A
Preferred Shareholder of such share would have received had the Series A
Preferred Share been converted into Common Shares on the date of such event,
all subject to further adjustment as provided herein, or with respect to such
other securities or property, in accordance with any terms applicable thereto. |
|
|
(v) |
|
Sale of Shares below the Conversion Price. |
|
A. |
|
Adjustment of Series A Conversion Price Upon
Issuance of Additional Equity Securities. If at any time, or from time
to time, the Company shall issue or sell New Securitas (other than (i)
as a subdivision or combination of Common Shares provided for in
Clause 7.3(i) of Schedule A above, (ii) as a dividend
or other distribution provided for in Clause 5.3(ii) of
Schedule A above, (iii) the issuance of Shares under any stock
option plan, (iv) the conversion of Preferred Shares into Common
Shares, or (v) the issuance of New Securities in a Qualified Public
Offering) for a consideration of price per share (the Future Issuance
Price) less than the Series A Conversion Price, then, and in each
such case, the Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of
business on the date of such issue or sale, to equal such Future
Issuance Price. |
|
|
B. |
|
Determination of Consideration. For the
purpose of making any adjustment |
SCHEDULE A
6
|
|
|
in the Conversion Price or number of Common Shares issuable upon
conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares, as provided above: |
|
(a) |
|
To the extent it consists of cash, the
consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of
securities shall be computed at the net amount of cash received by the
Company after deduction of any expenses payable directly or indirectly
by the Company and any underwriting or similar commissions,
compensations, discounts or concessions paid or allowed by the Company
in connection with such issue or sale; |
|
|
(b) |
|
To the extent it consists of property other
than cash, consideration other than cash received by the Company for
any issue or sale of securities shall be computed at the fair market
value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board as of the date
of the adoption of the resolution specifically authorizing such issue
or sale, irrespective of any accounting treatment of such property;
and |
|
|
(c) |
|
If New Securities or Common Share Equivalents
exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for New Securities are issued
or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the
Company for consideration which covers both, the consideration
received for the New Securities or Common Share Equivalents shall be
computed as that portion of the consideration received which is
reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to
such New Securities or Common Share Equivalents. |
|
|
C. |
|
No Exercise. If all of the rights to
exercise, convert or exchange any Common Share Equivalents shall
expire without any of such rights having been exercised, the Series A
Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such Common Share
Equivalents shall be readjusted to the Series A Conversion Price which
would have been in effect had no adjustment been made. |
|
(vi) |
|
Certificate of Adjustment. In the case of any adjustment
or readjustment of the Conversion Price, the Company, at its sole expense,
shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions
hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and
shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each
registered Series A Preferred Shareholder at the holders address as shown in
the Companys books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or
readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or
readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received
or deemed to be received by the Company for any New Securities issued or sold
or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the number of New Securities issued
or sold or deemed to be issued or sold, (iii) the Conversion Price in effect
after such adjustment or readjustment, and (iv) the number of Common Shares and
the type and amount, if any, of other property which would be received upon
conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares after such adjustment or
readjustment. |
|
|
(vii) |
|
Notice of Record Date. In the event the Company shall
propose to take any action of the type or types requiring an adjustment to the
Conversion Price or the number or character of the Series A Preferred Shares as
set forth herein, the Company shall give notice to the Series A Preferred
Shareholder, which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect
to any such action and the date on which such action is to take place. Such
notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be
reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such
effect may be known at the date of such notice) |
SCHEDULE A
7
|
|
|
on the Conversion Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other
securities or property which shall be deliverable upon the occurrence of
such action of deliverable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Shares.
In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date,
such notice shall be given at least twenty (20) days prior to the date so
fixed, and in the case of all other actions, such notice shall be given at
least thirty (30) days prior to the taking of such proposed action. |
|
(viii) |
|
Fractional Shares. No fractional Common Shares shall be
issued upon conversion of any Series A Preferred Share. All Common Shares
(including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one Series
A Preferred Share by the Series A Preferred Shareholder thereof shall be
aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in
the issuance of any fractional share. If, after such aggregation, the
conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company
shall round this fractional share up to 1 Share. |
|
|
(ix) |
|
Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The
Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but
un-issued Common Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of
the Series A Preferred Shares. Such number of its Common Shares as shall from
time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A
Preferred Shares. If at any time the number of authorized but un-issued Common
Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding
Series A Preferred Shares, the Company will take such corporate action as may,
in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but
un-issued Common Shares to such number of Shares as shall be sufficient for
such purpose. |
|
|
(x) |
|
Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this
Clause 7.4 of Schedule A hall be in writing and shall be deemed
effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii)
when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours
of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days
after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally
recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written
verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to the Series A
Preferred Shareholder of record at the address of the Series A Preferred
Shareholder appearing on the books of the Company. |
|
|
(xi) |
|
Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other
than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be
imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of Common Shares upon conversion
of Series A Preferred Shares, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in
connection with any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of Common
Shares in a name other than that in which the Series A Preferred Shares so
converted were registered. |
SCHEDULE A
8
8.1 |
|
Redemption Right. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the
extent permitted by applicable laws, at any time and from time to time after December 31,
2011, at the written request for redemption (made on one or more occasions) by the Series A
Preferred Shareholder then outstanding, concurrently with surrender by such holder of
certificates representing its Series A Preferred Shares, the Company shall redeem all the
Series A Preferred Shares as may be requested by such holder. |
|
8.2 |
|
Redemption Price. The redemption price per Share at which such redemption shall be
made by the Company for the number of Preferred Shares as requested to be redeemed shall be
one hundred and eighty percent (180%) of the Original Issue Price. The Company shall pay such
amount on each of the Series A Preferred Shares to be redeemed on the redemption date
specified in the request of such Preferred Shareholder. |
|
8.3 |
|
Unredeemed Shares. If on the date of redemption, the number of Series A Preferred
Shares that may then be legally redeemed by the Company is less than the number of Series A
Preferred Shares to be redeemed, then any unredeemed preferred shares will be carried forward
and redeemed as soon as the Company is legally able to do so. If the Company does not have
sufficient cash legally available to redeem all of the Series A Preferred Shares required to
be redeemed, the remainder of the unredeemed Series A Preferred Shares will be paid in the
form of a one-year note to the Series A Preferred Shareholder bearing an interest of 25% for
Series A Preferred Shares. |
|
9. |
|
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, CO-SALE. |
|
9.1 |
|
Right of First Refusal |
|
(a) |
|
Transfer Notice from Shareholders. If at any time a Common Shareholder
or a Series A Preferred Shareholder (a Transferor) proposes to transfer Equity
Securities to one or more third parties pursuant to an understanding with such third
parties (the Transfer), then, the Transferor shall give each of the other non-selling
Shareholders (the Non-Selling Shareholders) and the Company written notice of the
Transferors intention to make the Transfer (the Transfer Notice), provided, however,
that the Transferor shall only give such Transfer Notice to each of the Common
Shareholders if the Transferor is a Series A Preferred Shareholder which shall include
(i) a description of the Equity Securities to be transferred (Shares Offered by
Shareholder), (ii) the identity of the prospective transferee; and (iii) the
consideration and the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is
to be made. The Transfer Notice shall be evidence that the Transferor has received a
firm offer from the prospective transferee and in good faith believes a binding
agreement for the Transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice.
The Transfer Notice shall also include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or
letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Non-Selling Shareholders Rights of First Refusal. |
|
(i) |
|
The Non-Selling Shareholders shall have an option for a
period of thirty (30) days from its receipt of the Transfer Notice to elect
to purchase its respective pro rata shares of the Shares Offered by
Shareholder at the same price and subject to the same material terms and
conditions as described in the Transfer Notice, provided, however that the
Sellers shall have such option provided herein for a period of fifteen (15)
days. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The Non-Selling Shareholders may exercise such purchase
option and, thereby, purchase all or any portion of its pro rata share of the
Shares Offered by Shareholder, by notifying Transferor in writing, before
expiration of the |
SCHEDULE A
9
|
|
|
applicable period as provided above as to the number of shares which it
wishes to purchase. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The Non-Selling Shareholders pro rata share of the Shares
Offered by Shareholder shall be a fraction, of which the numerator shall be
the number of Equity Securities owned by such Non-Selling Shareholder on the
date of the Transfer Notice, and the denominator shall be the total number of
Equity Securities held by all the Non-Selling Shareholders on the date of the
Transfer Notice. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Each of the Non-Selling Shareholders shall be entitled to
apportion its pro rata share of the Shares Offered by Shareholder among its
partners and Affiliates, provided that such Non-Selling Shareholder notifies
the Transferor of such allocation. |
|
|
(v) |
|
If any of the Non-Selling Shareholder gives the Transferor
notice that it desires to purchase its pro rata share of the Shares Offered
by Shareholder (the Participating Shareholder), then payment for the Shares
Offered by Shareholder shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery
of the Shares Offered by Shareholder to be purchased at a place agreed by the
parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no
later than the latest of (i) thirty (30) business days after the Non-Selling
Shareholders receipt of the Transfer Notice, (ii) the closing date
contemplated in the Transfer Notice, and (iii) the date on which the value of
the purchase price is established pursuant to Clauses 9.1(d) of
Schedule A. |
|
|
(vi) |
|
In the event any Non-Selling Shareholder elects not to
purchase its full pro rata share of the Shares Offered by Shareholder
available pursuant to its option under Clause 9.1(b) of Schedule
A within the time period set forth therein, then the Transferor shall
promptly, but in any event within five (5) days, give written notice (the
Over-allotment Notice) to each Participating Shareholder that has elected
to purchase all of its pro rata share of the Shares Offered by Shareholder
(each a Fully Participating Shareholder), which notice shall set forth the
number of the Shares Offered by Shareholder not purchased by the other
Non-Selling Shareholders (the Over-allotment Shares), and shall offer the
Fully Participating Shareholders the right to acquire the Over-allotment
Shares. Each Fully Participating Shareholder shall have five (5) days after
receipt of the Over-allotment Notice to deliver a written notice to the
Transferor of its election to purchase its pro rata share of the
Over-allotment Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the
Transfer Notice and indicating the maximum number of the Over-allotment
Shares that it will purchase in the event that any other Fully Participating
Shareholder elects not to purchase its pro rata share of the Over-allotment
Shares. For purposes of this Clause 9.1(b) of Schedule A,
each Fully Participating Shareholders pro rata share of the Over-allotment
Shares shall be a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the number of
Equity Securities owned by such Fully Participating Shareholder on the date
of the Transfer Notice, and the denominator shall be the total number of
Equity Securities held by all the Fully Participating Shareholder on the date
of the Transfer Notice. |
|
|
(vii) |
|
If the Non-Selling Shareholders fail to purchase any or
all of the Shares Offered by Shareholder by exercising the option granted in
this Clause 9.1(b) of Schedule A within the period provided,
the remaining Shares Offered by Shareholder shall be subject to the options
granted to the Company pursuant to Clause 9.1(c) of Schedule
A. |
|
|
|
This Clause 9.1(b) shall be subject to Section 6.6 of the Purchase Agreement. |
SCHEDULE A
10
|
(c) |
|
The Companys Right of Refusal. |
|
|
|
|
Subject to the Non-Selling Shareholders option as set forth in Clause
9.1(b), if at any time the Transferor propose a Transfer, within five (5) days
after the Non-Selling Shareholders have declined to purchase all, or a portion, of
the Shares Offered by Shareholder or the Non-Selling Shareholders option to so
purchase the Shares Offered by Shareholder has expired, the Transferor shall give
the Company an additional transfer notice (Additional Transfer Notice) that shall
include all of the information and certifications required in a Transfer Notice and
shall additionally identify the Shares Offered by Shareholder that the Non-Selling
Shareholders have declined to purchase (the Remaining Shares) and briefly describe
the Companys rights of refusal with respect to the proposed Transfer. The Company
shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days from its receipt of the
Additional Transfer Notice to elect to purchase the Remaining Shares at the same
price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the
Additional Transfer Notice, subject to compliance with the Companies Law of the
Cayman Islands. The Company may exercise such purchase option and purchase all or
any portion of the Remaining Shares by notifying the Transferor in writing before
expiration of such ten (10) day period as to the number of such shares that it
wishes to purchase. If the Company gives the Transferor notice that it desires to
purchase such shares, then payment for the Remaining Shares to be purchased shall be
made by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Remaining Shares to be
purchased at a place agreed upon between the Company and the Transferor and at the
time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than the latest of
(i) thirty (30) business days after the Companys receipt of the Additional Transfer
Notice, (ii) the closing date contemplated in the Additional Transfer Notice, and
(iii) the date on which the value of the purchase price is established pursuant to
Clause 9.1(d) of Schedule A. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Valuation of Property. |
|
(i) |
|
Should the purchase price specified in the Transfer Notice
be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the
Company or the Non-Selling Shareholder, as the case may be, shall have the
right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the
value of such property. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If the Transferor and the Company (or the relevant
Non-Selling Shareholder, as the case may be) fail to agree on such cash value
within ten (10) days after the Companys (or such Non-Selling Shareholder)
receipt of the Transfer Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser
of recognized standing selected by the Transferor and the Company (or the
Non-Selling Shareholder, as the case may be) or, if they fail to agree on an
appraiser within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the Transfer Notice,
each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two appraisers
shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal
shall be determinative of such value. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by the
Transferor and the Company (or the relevant Non-Selling Shareholder(s), as
the case may be, in which case, with the half of the cost to be borne pro
rata by each of such Non-Selling Shareholders based on the number of shares
to be purchased pursuant to this Clause 9 of Schedule A. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
If the closing time for the Companys (or the Non-Selling
Shareholders) purchase as provided in Clause 9.1(b) or (c) of
Schedule A above has expired but for the determination of the value
of the purchase price offered by the prospective transferee, such closing
shall be held on or prior to the fifth |
SCHEDULE A
11
|
|
|
business day after such valuation shall have been made pursuant to this
sub-Section. |
|
(a) |
|
To the extent the Company and the Non-Selling Shareholders do not exercise their
respective rights of first refusal as to all of the Shares Offered by a Shareholder
pursuant to Clause 9.1 of Schedule A, the Series A Preferred Shareholder
and Tiger (each a Co-Sale Participant) which notifies the Transferor in writing within
fifty (50) days after receipt of the Transfer Notice referred to in Clause 9.1(a)
of Schedule A, shall have the right to participate in such sale of Equity
Securities on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, Tiger shall be entitled to the
right of co-sale as endowed by this Clause 9.2 of Schedule A to the
extent that the Transferor is any of the Founders and/or Sellers. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Number of Equity Securities for Co-sale. |
|
|
|
|
Each Co-Sale Participant may elect to sell up to such number of Equity Securities
equal to (on a fully converted basis) the product of (i) the aggregate number of
Shares Offered by Shareholder covered by the Transfer Notice that have not been
subscribed for pursuant to this Clause 9 of Schedule A; by (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Equity Securities owned by such
Co-Sale Participant on the date of the Transfer Notice and the denominator of which
is the total number of Equity Securities owned by the Transferor and the Co-Sale
Participants on the date of the Transfer Notice. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Co-Sale Participant shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly
delivering to the Transferor for transfer to the prospective transferee one or more
certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the type and number of
Equity Securities which the Co-Sale Participant elects to sell; provided, however that
if the prospective transferee objects to the delivery of Equity Securities in lieu of
Common Shares, the Co-Sale Participant shall convert such Equity Securities into Common
Shares and deliver certificates corresponding to such Common Shares. The Company agrees
to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the
purchaser and contingent on such transfer. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The share certificate or certificates that a Co-Sale Participant delivers to the
Transferor pursuant to Clause 9.2(c) of Schedule A shall be transferred
to the prospective transferee in consummation of the sale of the Equity Securities
pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, and the
Transferor shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Participant that portion
of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Participant is entitled by reason of its
participation in such sale. |
|
|
(e) |
|
To the extent that any prospective transferee prohibits the participation of a
Co-Sale Participant exercising its co-sale rights hereunder in a proposed Transfer or
otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Participant
exercising its co-sale rights hereunder, the Transferor shall not sell to such
prospective transferee any Equity Securities unless and until, simultaneously with such
sale, the Transferor shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale
Participant for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions described in
the Transfer Notice. |
9.3 |
|
Non-exercise of Rights. |
|
|
|
To the extent that the Company and the Non-Selling Shareholders have not exercised their
rights to purchase the Shares Offered by Shareholder, the Remaining Shares or the
Over-allotment Shares within the time periods specified in Clause 9.1 of Schedule
A and the Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger have not exercised their rights to
participate in the sale of the Equity |
SCHEDULE A
12
|
|
Securities pursuant to and within the time periods specified in Clause 9.2 of
Schedule A, the Transferor shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the
expiration of such rights to sell the Shares Offered by Shareholder, the Remaining Shares or
the Over-allotment Shares, as the case may be, upon terms and conditions (including the
purchase price) no more favorable than those specified in the Transfer Notice to the third
party prospective transferee(s) identified in the Transfer Notice. In the event such
Transferor does not consummate the sale or disposition of the Shares Offered by Shareholder,
the Remaining Shares and the Over-allotment Shares within the applicable time period from the
expiration of these rights, the Companys first refusal rights and the Non-Selling
Shareholders first refusal rights and co-sale rights shall continue to be applicable to any
subsequent disposition of the Shares Offered by Shareholder or the Remaining Shares by the
Transferor until such right lapses in accordance with the terms of these Articles.
Furthermore, the exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Non-Selling Shareholders under
this Clause 9.3 of Schedule A shall not adversely affect their rights to make
subsequent purchases or sales hereunder. |
9.4 |
|
Limitation to and the Termination of the Rights of First Refusal and Co-Sale. |
|
(a) |
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 9.1, Clause 9.2,
Clause 9.3 and Clause 9.4, a Transferor may sell or otherwise assign,
with or without consideration, Shares to any spouse or member of such Transferors
immediate family, or to a custodian, trustee, executor, or other fiduciary for the
account of the Transferors spouse or members of the Transferors immediate family, or
to a trust for the Transferors own self, or a charitable remainder trust, provided that
each such transferee or assignee, prior to the completion of the sale, transfer, or
assignment, shall have agreed in writing to be bound by provisions in these Articles. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The rights of first refusal and co-sale rights provided under this Clause
9 shall be terminated immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Public
Offering. |
10. |
|
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS |
|
10.1 |
|
Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this
Clause 10.4 of Schedule A, each time the Company proposes to issue any New
Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Series A Preferred
Shareholder and Tiger in a written notice (an Issuance Notice) setting forth (i) a
description of the New Securities to be issued, including the rights and powers associated
therewith, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms
upon which it proposes to offer the New Securities. |
|
10.2 |
|
Exercise of Preemptive Rights. By written notification received by the Company
within twenty-one (21) calendar days after delivery of the Issuance Notice to a Series A
Preferred Shareholder and Tiger, such Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger may elect to
purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Issuance Notice, up to such portion
of the New Securities offered as equal to the proportion to the number of Common Shares
(including shares of Common Shares issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of Common
Shares Equivalents) then held by such Series A Preferred Shareholder or Tiger, as the case may
be, bears to the total number of shares of Common Shares then outstanding (determined on a
fully-diluted basis, assuming the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Common Shares
Equivalents). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform the Series A Preferred
Shareholder and Tiger that elect to purchase all the New Securities available to it pursuant
to this Clause 10.2 (a Fully-Exercising Shareholder) of any other Series A Preferred
Shareholders or Tigers failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing
after such information is given, the Fully-Exercising Shareholder may elect to purchase a pro
rata share of any New Securities unsubscribed by the Series A Preferred Shareholder or Tiger,
pursuant to its rights hereunder, that is equal to the proportion that the number of Common
Shares (including shares of Common Shares issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of
Common Share Equivalents) then held by the Fully-Exercising Shareholder bears to the total
number of Common Shares then |
SCHEDULE A
13
|
|
outstanding (determined on a fully-diluted basis, assuming the exercise, conversion or
exchange of any Common Shares Equivalents). |
10.3 |
|
Issuance of Unsubscribed New Securities. Upon expiration of the period described in
Clause 10.2, unsubscribed New Securities may be offered by the Company during the one
hundred and twenty (120) day period thereafter to any person or persons at a price not less,
and upon terms no more favourable to the offeree, than specified in the Issuance Notice. If
the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the unsubscribed New Securities
within such 120-day period, or if such agreement is not consummated within forty-five (45)
days of the execution thereof, the preemptive rights of the Series A Preferred Shareholder and
Tiger under this Clause 10.2 shall be deemed revived and such unsubscribed New Shares
shall not be offered unless first re-offered to the Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger
in accordance herewith. |
|
10.4 |
|
Exempted Issuance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, the
preemptive rights described in this Clause 10 of Schedule A shall not apply to
(i) the issuance of Equity Securities for the exercise of option of follow-on investments by
Tiger, (ii) the issuance of Equity Securities in a Qualified Public Offering, (iii) the
issuance by the Company of Common Shares (or options therefor) to employees, officers,
directors or consultants of the Company pursuant to a stock option plan or other share option
plans or other stock incentive arrangements approved by the Board of the Company, (iv) the
issuance of Equity Securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the
Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or
otherwise, as a result of which the shareholders of the Company immediately after such merger,
sale or consolidation will not hold securities representing a majority of the voting power of
the outstanding securities of the surviving or resulting entity, provided that such issuance
has obtained required approvals and consents pursuant to Clause 10 hereof; (v) Common
Shares issued in connection with any share split or stock dividend, reclassification or the
like; or (vi) the issuance of Equity Securities pursuant to the conversion, exchange or
exercise of any warrant, option, right, or convertible or exchangeable instrument. |
|
10.5 |
|
Assignment. The rights of each of Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger under
this Clause 10 shall only be assigned (i) to each other, (ii) to an Affiliate of such
Series A Preferred Shareholder or Tiger (as the case may be) which acquires any of the Equity
Securities thereof (provided that such Affiliate agrees in writing to be bound by the
provisions hereof), or (ii) to an assignee or transferee who acquires all of the Equity
Securities held by the Series A Preferred Shareholder or Tiger (as the case may be) (provided
that such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof).
Tiger shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself
and its members, partners and Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate. |
|
10.6 |
|
Granted Rights. Series A Preferred Shareholder shall be granted any preemptive
rights and registration rights granted to any subsequent purchasers of the New Securities of
the Company to the extent that such subsequent rights are superior to those granted rights
hereof. |
|
10.7 |
|
Termination. The rights of the Series A Preferred Shareholder, and the obligations
of the Company, under this Clause 10 of Schedule A shall terminate immediately
prior to the closing of a Qualified Public Offering. |
|
11. |
|
TAG ALONG RIGHTS |
|
11.1 |
|
Tag Along Rights. Without prejudice to any right and privilege of Series A Preferred
Shareholder and Tiger provided under Clause 9.2 of Schedule A, if at any time the
majority of Sellers propose to, by the way of assignment or transfer, transfer Equity
Securities or any Common Shareholder(s) proposes to transfer or assign Equity Securities
representing 50% or more voting power in the Company to one or more third parties (Selling
Shareholders, each a Selling Shareholders) pursuant to an understanding with such third
parties in bona fide and good faith, |
SCHEDULE A
14
|
|
and based on a pre-money valuation of the Company which is at least USD 250 million, such
Selling Shareholder shall give each of the Series A Preferred Shareholders and Tiger the
Company written notice of its intention to make the transfer, which shall include (i) a
description of the Equity Securities to be transferred, (ii) the identity of the prospective
transferee of the Common Shares, and (iii) the consideration and the material terms and
conditions upon which such Common Shares are to be transferred or assigned, and attached
with a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement
relating to the proposed transfer. The Transfer Notice shall be evidence that such Selling
Shareholder has received a firm offer from the prospective transferee and in good faith
believes that a binding agreement for the transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in
the notice. |
11.2 |
|
Option to Transfer the Shares of the Remaining Shareholders. Upon the receipt of the
written notice of the Selling Shareholder pursuant to Clause 11.1 above, Series A
Preferred Shareholder and Tiger shall have the option to require their Shares of the Company
to be sold to the transferee on the same terms and conditions as set forth in such written
notice. To exercise the option, the Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger shall give the
Selling Shareholders of the Company and the Company written notice to such effect. Upon the
receipt of such notice, the Selling Shareholders shall have the obligation to sell the
respective shares of the Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger on the same terms and
conditions with the sale of the Common Shares of the Company. |
|
11.3 |
|
Termination of the Rights of Tag Along Right. The right of tag along provided under
this Clause 11 of Schedule A shall be terminated immediately prior to the
closing of a Qualified Public Offering. |
|
12. |
|
INFORMATION AND INSPECTION RIGHTS |
|
12.1 |
|
Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each of the Series A
Preferred Shareholders and Tiger: |
|
(i) |
|
within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company, annual consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal
year, all prepared in accordance with US GAAP (or other standard acceptable to the
Series A Preferred Shareholders and Tiger), and audited and certified by
independent certified public accountants of recognized international standing and
reputation selected by the Company and approved by the Board; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
within thirty (30) days of the end of each quarter, unaudited
consolidated financial statements for such quarter for the Company; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
at least forty (45) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, an
annual consolidated budget for the succeeding fiscal year, including without
limitation, for each month during such succeeding fiscal year projected balance
sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows. |
12.2 |
|
Financial Statements. For the purpose of this Clause 12.2 of Schedule A, the
term financial statements shall be construed to include a balance sheet, statement of
earnings, stockholders equity and cash flows for the applicable period, prepared in accordance
with US GAAP (or other standard acceptable to the Series A Preferred Shareholders and Tiger)
and compared against the Companys annual operating plan and budget. |
|
12.3 |
|
Inspection. The Company shall permit each of the Series A Preferred Shareholders and
Tiger, as the same as any other Shareholders, to visit and inspect the properties and examine
the books of account and records as deemed by the Series A Preferred Shareholders and/or Tiger
to be material to the Companys performance and outlook of the Company and discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with the directors, officers, employees,
accountants, legal counsel and |
SCHEDULE A
15
|
|
investment bankers of the Company, all at such reasonable times as notified by the Series A
Preferred Shareholders and/or Tiger. |
12.4 |
|
Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants. The covenants set forth in
Clause 12.1, 12.2 and 12.3 of Schedule A shall terminate as to any
Series A Preferred Shareholders and Tiger and be of no further force or effect upon the
earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, (ii) the date
when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections
12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or comparable requirements under the laws of
another jurisdiction), and (iii) such date as the Series A Preferred Shareholders do not hold
any Series A Preferred Shares in the Company or Tiger does not hold any Common Shares in the
Company (as the case may be). |
|
12.5 |
|
Assignment. The rights of any Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger under this
Clause 12.5 of Schedule A shall only be assigned (i) among themselves, (ii) to
an Affiliate which acquires any of the Equity Securities thereof, or (iii) to an assignee or
transferee who acquires any of the Equity Securities thereof . |
SCHEDULE A
16
exv4w1
Name of Company:
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
Number:
Share(s):
Issued to:
[name of shareholder]
Dated
Transferred from:
Exhibit 4.1
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
Incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands
Share capital is US$[ ] divided into [ ] Class A Common Shares of US$0.001 each and
[ ] Class B Common Shares of US$0.001 each
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT [name of shareholder] is the registered holder of
[no. of share] Share(s) in the above-named Company subject to the Memorandum and
Articles of Association thereof.
GIVEN UNDER the common seal of the said Company on
THE COMMON SEAL of the said Company was hereunto affixed in the presence of:
TRANSFER
|
|
|
I
|
|
(the Transferor) for the value received |
|
|
|
DO HEREBY transfer to
|
|
(the Transferee) the |
|
|
|
|
|
shares standing in my name in the |
|
|
|
undertaking called TAL EDUCATION GROUP |
|
|
To hold the same unto the Transferee
Dated
Signed by the Transferor
in the presence of:
exv4w4
Exhibit 4.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
Dated this 12th Day of August 2009
by and among
Xueersi International Education Group,
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED,
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED,
KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited,
TIGER GLOBAL FIVE CHINA HOLDINGS
and
CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PARTIES NAME HEREIN
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
DEFINITIONS.
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
INTERPRETATION.
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
ORIGINAL SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
DIVIDEND RIGHTS
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
BOARD SIZE AND COMPOSITION.
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
CONVERSION RIGHTS.
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
LIQUIDATION RIGHTS
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
INFORMATION AND INSPECTION RIGHTS
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
|
TAG ALONG RIGHTS
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
|
PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
|
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, CO-SALE
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.
|
|
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
|
REDEMPTION RIGHT
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
|
SHARE PREFERENCES; DOCUMNENT RELATIONS
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.
|
|
NOTICE
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
34 |
|
SCHEDULE 1 PARTICULARS OF THE COMPANY AS AT THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT
AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made on August 12, 2009 by
and among the following parties:
|
(1) |
|
Xueersi International Education Group (), a company organized
under the laws of Cayman Islands (the Company); |
|
|
(2) |
|
TAL Group Limited, a company organized under the laws of Hong Kong (the HK
Company); |
|
|
(3) |
|
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (), a wholly
foreign-owned enterprise organized under the laws of the PRC (the WFOE); |
|
|
(4) |
|
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. (), a
company organized under the laws of the PRC (Xueersi Education); |
|
|
(5) |
|
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. (), a company
organized under the laws of the PRC (Xueersi Technology, together with Xueersi
Education, Domestic Companies); |
|
|
|
|
Unless the context requires or provides otherwise, the Company, HK Company, the WFOE, the
Domestic Companies and their Subsidiaries (including schools and company branches under
direct or indirect control thereof) are hereinafter collectively referred to as Group
Entities, and each a Group Entity. |
|
|
(6) |
|
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of BRITISH VIRGIN ISLAND; |
|
|
(7) |
|
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of BRITISH
VIRGIN ISLAND; |
|
|
(8) |
|
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of BRITISH
VIRGIN ISLAND; |
|
|
(9) |
|
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED a company organized under the laws of BRITISH VIRGIN ISLAND; |
|
|
|
|
Unless the context requires or provides otherwise, BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, CENTRAL GLORY
INVESTMENTS LIMITED, PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the Sellers, and each a Seller. |
|
|
(10) |
|
ZHANG Bangxin, a Chinese resident, with its PRC ID number of 321182198010012913
(Zhang); |
|
|
(11) |
|
CAO Yundong, a Chinese resident, with its PRC ID number of 372831197910205618
(Cao); |
|
|
(12) |
|
LIU Yachao, a Chinese resident, with its PRC ID number of 211103198110152138 (Liu); |
1
|
(13) |
|
BAI Yunfeng, a Chinese resident, with its PRC ID number of 360521198109240073
(Bai); |
|
|
|
|
Unless the context requires or provides otherwise, Zhang, Cao, Liu and Bai are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the Founders, and each a Founder. |
|
|
(14) |
|
KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited, a limited liability company with its BVI Company
Number: 1039743 and registered address at Portcullis TrustNet (BVI) Limited of Portcullis
TrustNet Chambers, PO Box 3444, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (KTB or
Series A Preferred Shareholder); and |
|
|
(15) |
|
TIGER GLOBAL FIVE CHINA HOLDINGS, a company organized under the laws of Mauritius
(Tiger). |
The Company, the HK Company, the WFOE, the Domestic Companies, the Sellers, the Series A Preferred
Shareholders and Tiger may hereinafter, as appropriate, collectively be referred to as the
Parties and individually referred to as a Party.
WHEREAS:
|
(1) |
|
The Company is a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, the
particulars of which as at the date hereof are set out in Schedule 1 hereof; |
|
|
(2) |
|
On February 12, 2009, the Company, Series A Preferred Shareholder, Founders, and
certain relevant parties entered into a shareholders agreement (the Original
Shareholders Agreement); |
|
|
(3) |
|
On May 18, 2009, each of Zhang Bangxin, Cao Yundong, Liu Yachao and Bai Yunfeng
entered into a Sale of Shares with BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS
LIMITED, PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED, respectively,
pursuant to which Sellers purchased all the shares held by the Founders in the Company
and assumed all the right and obligations of Founders in the Company; |
|
|
(4) |
|
On August 12, 2009, the Company, the Sellers, KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND, Tiger and
certain other parties entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which Tiger
purchased certain number of Common Shares of the Company from the Sellers and KTB CHINA
OPTIMUM FUND was granted an option to purchase certain number of Common Shares from the
Sellers on a date no later than September 4, 2009 (the Purchase Agreement); |
|
|
(5) |
|
To induce KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND and Tiger to enter into the Purchase Agreement and
pursuant to Section 2.7 thereof, the Company, the Sellers, the Series A Preferred
Shareholder and Tiger hereby agree that this Agreement shall restate and amend the
Original Shareholders Agreement, and govern certain shareholder rights and other relevant
matters as set out in this Agreement. |
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the mutual promises and covenants
set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the Parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:
2
|
|
|
1. |
|
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
|
|
|
Additional Transfer Notice
|
|
has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.1(c); |
|
|
|
Affiliate
|
|
means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or
indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified
Person, including, without limitation, any partner, officer, director, member or employee of
such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by or
under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the
same management company with, such Person; |
|
|
|
Agreement
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph; |
|
|
|
Applicable Securities Law
|
|
means (i) with respect to any offering of securities in the United States of America, the
securities law of the United States, as amended from time to time, including the Exchange
Act and the Securities Act, and any applicable law of any state of the United States of
America, and (ii) with respect to any offering of securities in any jurisdiction other than
the United States of America, the applicable laws of that jurisdiction; |
|
|
|
Articles
|
|
means the Articles of Association of the Company, as amended from time to time; |
|
|
|
Board
|
|
means the board of directors for the time being of the Company; |
|
|
|
Business Day
|
|
means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the commercial banks in
Hong Kong and Beijing are authorized or required to be closed for the conduct of regular
banking business; |
|
|
|
Closing
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the Series A Share Purchase Agreement; |
|
|
|
Commission
|
|
means (i) with respect to any offering of securities in the United States of America, the
Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any other federal agency at the
time administering the Securities Act, and (ii) with respect to any offering of securities
in a jurisdiction other than the United States, the regulatory body of the jurisdiction with
authority to supervise and regulate the sale of securities in that jurisdiction; |
|
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
means the Common Shares of the Company with par value of US$0.001 per share; |
3
|
|
|
Common Share Equivalents
|
|
means warrants, options and rights exercisable for Common Shares and instruments convertible
or exchangeable for Common Shares; |
|
|
|
Company
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (1); |
|
|
|
Conversion Price
or Applicable Conversion Price
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3; |
|
|
|
Co-sale Participant
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a); |
|
|
|
Domestic Companies
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (5); |
|
|
|
Equity Securities
|
|
means any Common Shares or Common Share Equivalents; |
|
|
|
Exchange Act
|
|
means United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder; |
|
|
|
Founders
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section the introductory paragraph (13); |
|
|
|
Fully-Exercising Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2; |
|
|
|
Fully Participating Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b); |
|
|
|
Future Issuance Price
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(5)(a); |
|
|
|
Group Entities
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (5); |
|
|
|
Holders
|
|
means Tiger, KTB or any person to whom the shares of the Company held by any of them is
transferred; |
|
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC; |
|
|
|
HK Company
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (2); |
|
|
|
HKIAC
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 16.8(c); |
|
|
|
Initiating Holders
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(1); |
|
|
|
IPO
|
|
means an initial public offering by the Company of its Common Shares on a public stock
exchange of the United States that has been registered under the Securities Act, or in a
similar public offering of Common Shares in a jurisdiction and on a recognized securities
exchange outside of the United States, provided such an initial public offering in terms of
price, offering proceeds and regulatory approval is reasonably equivalent to the aforesaid
public offering in the United States. |
4
|
|
|
Issuance Notice
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1; |
|
|
|
KTB
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (14); |
|
|
|
Liquidation Event
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1; |
|
|
|
New Common Director
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b); |
|
|
|
New Common Shares
|
|
means the Common Shares acquired by Tiger and KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND, if any, from the
Sellers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; |
|
|
|
New Securities
|
|
means any Equity Securities of the Company; provided that the term New Securities does not
include (i) securities issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares; (ii) securities
issued to employees, professional consultants, officers or directors of the Company pursuant
to any stock option, stock purchase or stock bonus plan, agreement or arrangement approved
by the Board; (iii) securities issued in a Qualified Public Offering; (iv) securities issued
in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or re-capitalization of the Company; and
(v) securities issued upon the exercise of that certain set forth in Section 6.6 of the
Purchase Agreement; |
|
|
|
Non-selling Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning as set forth in Section 11.1(a); |
|
|
|
Original Issue Price
|
|
means US$1.00 for each Series A Preferred Share, or the aggregate amount of issue price
based on such price per share; |
|
|
|
Original Shareholders Agreement
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Recital (2); |
|
|
|
Over-allotment Notice
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b); |
|
|
|
Over-allotment Shares
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b); |
|
|
|
Participating Shareholders
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b); |
|
|
|
Person
|
|
means any individual, person corporate, corporation, partnership, limited partnership,
proprietorship, association, limited liability company, firm, trust, estate or enterprise or
entity; |
|
|
|
PRC
|
|
means the Peoples Republic of China, for the purpose of this Agreement, excluding Hong
Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan; |
|
|
|
Preferred Shareholders
|
|
means all of Series A Preferred Shareholder; |
|
|
|
Purchase Agreement
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Recital(3); |
5
|
|
|
Qualified Public Offering or Qualified IPO
|
|
means an initial public offering by the Company of its Common Shares on a public stock
exchange of the United States that has been registered under the Securities Act, with the
net proceeds to the Company of at least US$50,000,000 (excluding the underwriting discounts,
selling commissions and expenses) and an implied market capitalization of the Company of at
least US$300,000,000 or in a similar public offering of Common Shares in a jurisdiction and
on a recognized securities exchange outside of the United States, provided such initial
public offering in terms of price, offering proceeds and regulatory approval is reasonably
equivalent to the aforesaid public offering in the United States; |
|
|
|
Registration or Registrations
|
|
means a registration or the registrations effected by preparing and filing a Registration
Statement and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of that Registration
Statement; |
|
|
|
Registrable Securities
|
|
means any (i) Series A Preferred Shares and New Common Shares (ii) any shares issued as (or
issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is
issued) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in
replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) above, excluding in all cases, however, any
Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his, her or its rights
under Section 12 of this Agreement are not assigned; |
|
|
|
Remaining Shares
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c); |
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a); |
|
|
|
Rule 144
|
|
means Rule 144 promulgated under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as such rule may
be amended from time to time, or any successor or substitute rule, law or provision; |
|
|
|
Securities Act
|
|
means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder; |
|
|
|
Sellers
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section the introductory paragraph (9); |
|
|
|
Selling Expenses
|
|
means all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of
Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement; |
|
|
|
Selling Shareholders
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1; |
|
|
|
Series A Preferred Shares
or Preferred Shares
|
|
means the Companys voting Series A Preferred Shares, with |
6
|
|
|
|
|
par value of US$0.001 each with the rights and privileges
as set forth in this Agreement and the Articles; |
|
|
|
Series A Preferred Shareholders
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (10); |
|
|
|
Series A Share Purchase Agreement
|
|
means the certain share purchase agreement dated February 12, 2009 by and among the same
parties to the Original Shareholders Agreement in connection with the subscription of
Series A Preferred Shares by KTB. |
|
|
|
Share
|
|
means a share or, where applicable, Share Equivalent (on as-converted basis) in the share
capital of the Company (of whatever class); |
|
|
|
Share Offered by Shareholder
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a); |
|
|
|
Shareholder
|
|
means a holder of Shares from time to time or its lawful successor; |
|
|
|
Subsidiary(ies) or subsidiary
|
|
means as of the relevant date of determination, with respect to any Person (the subject
entity), (i) any Person: (1) more than 50% of whose shares or other interests entitled to
vote in the election of directors or (2) more than a fifty percent (50%) interest in the
profits or capital of such Person are owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the
subject entity or through one (1) or more Subsidiaries of the subject entity, (ii) any
Person whose assets, or portions thereof, are consolidated with the net earnings of the
subject entity and are recorded on the books of the subject entity for financial reporting
purposes in accordance with US GAAP (or other standard acceptable to the Series A Preferred
Shareholders and Tiger), or (iii) any Person with respect to which the subject entity has
the power to otherwise direct the business and policies of that entity directly or
indirectly through another subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Subsidiaries of the
Company shall include the Group Entities. |
|
|
|
Tiger
|
|
means Tiger Global Five China Holdings, a company organized under the laws of Mauritius,
and its Affiliates or any of its (or their) successor(s). |
|
|
|
Transfer
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a); |
|
|
|
Transfer Notice
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a); |
|
|
|
Transferor
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a); |
|
|
|
Violation
|
|
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4(1) (a); |
|
|
|
WFOE
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (3); |
7
|
|
|
Xueersi Education
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (4); and |
|
|
|
Xueersi Technology
|
|
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph (5); |
For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided:
|
(a) |
|
the terms defined in this Section 1 shall have the meanings assigned to them
in this Section 1 and include the plural as well as the singular; |
|
|
(b) |
|
references to a Shareholder shall include references to his successors or permitted
assignees; |
|
|
(c) |
|
all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned under
IAS; |
|
|
(d) |
|
all references in this Agreement to designated Sections and other subdivisions are
to the designated Sections and other subdivisions of the body of this Agreement; |
|
|
(e) |
|
pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun
forms; |
|
|
(f) |
|
the words herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of similar import refer
to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision; and |
|
|
(g) |
|
all references in this Agreement to designated schedules, exhibits and annexes are to
the Schedules, Exhibits and Annexes attached to this Agreement unless explicitly stated
otherwise. |
|
|
|
2. |
|
ORIGINAL SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT |
2.1 |
|
Each of the parties to the Original Shareholders Agreement hereby agrees that the Original
Shareholders Agreement (including any and all of its rights, privileged and benefits as
endowed thereby) shall be terminated and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement effective
from and as of the date hereof. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Series A Preferred
Shareholder hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives its rights under Section 10
of the Original Shareholders Agreement and Articles 129 through 131 of the Companys first
amended and restated articles of association, dated February 12, 2009, in connection with the
acquisition of Common Shares by Tiger and KTB from the Sellers pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement. |
|
2.2 |
|
Each of the parties to the Original Shareholders Agreement hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally waives any and all of its rights, as endowed by the Original Shareholders
Agreement, to initiate any claim, demand, dispute, obligation, liability and issue, contingent
or otherwise which it has, or may in the future have, against the other parties arising out of
or in connection with the Original Shareholders Agreement. |
8
3.1 |
|
Dividend Rights. Subject to the circumstances prevailing at the relevant time including, in
particular, the working capital requirements of the Company, the Company may distribute by way
of dividend in accordance with the Articles in respect of each financial year such of its
profits as are then lawfully available for distribution as subject to the discretion of the
Board. The dividend shall be distributed among the Common Shareholders and Holders ratably
according to the number of Common Shares each Preferred Share may be converted into. Dividends
shall be non-cumulative. |
|
|
|
4. |
|
BOARD SIZE AND COMPOSITION. |
The Board of the Company shall consist of up to five (5) Directors, whose nomination and
election shall be as follows:
|
(a) |
|
The holders of majority of Common Shares (excluding Common Shares held by Tiger
and KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND, if any), shall be entitled to, by written notice to the
Company, nominate and elect one (1) Director to the Board, initially to be ZHANG
Bangxin, and shall also be entitled to remove any such Director occupying such position
and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or renewal of any such
Director occupying such position; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Tiger shall be entitled to, by written notice to the Company, nominate and
elect one (1) Director to the Board, initially to be CHEN Xiaohong (New Common
Director), and shall also be entitled to remove any such Director occupying such
position and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or renewal of any
such Director occupying such position. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Series A Preferred Shareholder shall be entitled to, by written notice to
the Company, nominate and elect one (1) Director to the Board, initially to be YEH
Aieming Amy (Series A Director), and shall also be entitled to remove any such
Director occupying such position and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation,
death or renewal of any such Director occupying such position. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Any Shareholder may nominate a Director to fill the remaining two (2)
directors; provided that the election of such Director(s) shall be subject to the
approval of all of the Shareholders voting together as a single class on an
as-converted basis. |
The chairman of the Board (Chairman of the Board) shall be elected by the Board with
majority votes.
5.1 |
|
Veto Rights of KTB. Subject to Section 5.2 below, so long as there are any
Series A Preferred Shares outstanding, the Company shall not take, and shall procure that each
Group Entity does not take, whether in one transaction or through a series of transactions, or
whether by amending the Articles or otherwise, any of the following actions without (i) the
prior written consent of the holders of majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares;
or (ii) the prior consent of the Board, including the affirmative consent of the Series A
Director, and in the context of such matters set forth in this Section 5.1 which are
by applicable laws required to be determined by the shareholders of the Company, the approval
of the holders of at least a majority of the then |
9
|
|
outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be deemed obtained if the matter is approved at
a general meeting of the Company with the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a
majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares or by way of written resolution
signed by all the holders of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares: |
|
(a) |
|
dissolve or liquidate any Group Entity (other than as a result of the
restructuring of the Companys Subsidiaries pursuant to a restructuring plan prior to
the IPO that is approved by the Board) (the Restructuring); |
|
|
(b) |
|
amend any of the charter/constitutional documents of any Group Entity or any of
its Subsidiaries that may affect the rights, preferences or privileges of KTB; |
|
|
(c) |
|
make changes in the capital structure of any Group Entity or any of its
Subsidiaries, including the creation or issuance of additional securities or securities
convertible or exchangeable into equity of the Company (other than as a result of the
Restructuring and/or a new round financing of the Company, as long as the pre-money
valuation of the Company in the new round financing reaches either (x) within 12 months
following Closing is at least 1.3 times of the post-money valuation of the Company in
the Series A financing on a fully diluted basis or (y) after 12 months following
Closing is at least 1.5 times of the post-money valuation of the Company in the Series
A financing on a fully diluted basis, and in any case of (x) or (y), the rights of KTB
shall rank at least pari passu with, and shall not be inferior to, the rights of the
new round investor(s).); |
|
|
(d) |
|
make or result in mergers, amalgamations, investments, acquisitions, joint
ventures and dispositions involving any Group Entity (other than as a result of the
Restructuring); |
|
|
(e) |
|
repurchase or redeem any shares, provided, however that this restriction shall
not apply to the repurchase of shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants
or other persons performing services for the Group Entity or any of its Subsidiaries
pursuant to agreements under which the Group Entity has the option to
repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or
service; |
|
|
(f) |
|
make material changes to the scope, nature and/or activities of the business of
any Group Entity and its Subsidiaries; |
|
|
(g) |
|
approve or amend any annual operating and capital budgets and annual business
plan of any Group Entity; |
|
|
(h) |
|
make changes in the number of members of the board of any Group Entity or its
Subsidiaries where there is Director nominated by KTB sitting in such board; |
|
|
(i) |
|
adopt any new employee stock option plan and formation of the compensation
committee; and transactions with a related party; or |
|
|
(j) |
|
make any dividend or distributions on shares of any Group Entity. |
5.2 |
|
Veto Rights of Tiger. In addition to Section 5.1 above, the Company shall
not take, and shall procure that each Group Entity does not take, whether in one transaction
or through a series of transactions, or whether by amending the Articles or otherwise, the
following actions without the prior written consent of Tiger, and in the context of such
matters set forth in this Section 5.2 which are by applicable laws required to be
determined by the shareholders of the Company, the |
10
|
|
approval of Tiger shall be deemed obtained if the matter is approved at a general meeting
of the Company with the affirmative vote of Tiger or by way of written resolution signed by
Tiger: |
|
(a) |
|
actions listed in Section 5.1(e) of this Agreement, provided that (i)
KTBs exercise of its redemption rights in accordance with Section 13 of this
Agreement, or (ii) the Companys exercise of its right of first refusal in accordance
with Section 11.1 of this Agreement shall not be subject to the veto rights of
Tiger set out herein; |
|
|
(b) |
|
enter into, or obligate itself to enter into, any related party transaction
with an Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any employee,
officer, director, administrator or shareholder of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company or any member of such persons immediate family, or any corporation,
partnership or other entity in which such person or family member is an officer,
director, administrator or partner, or in which such person or family member has
ownership or economic interests or otherwise controls such entity; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
alter or change, either by means of amending the Group Entitys constitutional
documents or otherwise, the rights, preferences or privileges of Tiger. |
5.3 |
|
Matters Requiring Holders Presence and Vote. |
|
|
|
So long as there are any Series A Preferred Shares outstanding, in
addition to any other vote or consent required elsewhere in this
Agreement, matters listed below shall be discussed in the
shareholders meeting with the presence of the Series A Preferred
Shareholder: |
|
(a) |
|
incurrence of any debt, guarantees or liens in excess of RMB5,000,000 in the
aggregate (excluding any extension, renewal or refinancing of debt, guarantees or
liens outstanding at the Closing (as defined in the Series A Share Purchase Agreement)
on comparable or better terms); |
|
|
(b) |
|
appoint and/or reappoint a corporate auditor or changes in the accounting
principles of the Group Entity; |
|
|
(c) |
|
assignment and/or transfer by any Seller of the Equity Securities of the
Company and/or transfer by any Founder of the shares of the Sellers; |
|
|
(d) |
|
appoint and/or reappoint the chief executive officer or the chief financial
officer of the Company; or |
|
|
(e) |
|
any capital expenditures in excess of RMB1 million outside of budget approved
by the Board. |
|
|
The Series A Preferred Shareholder shall have the following rights described below with
respect to the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares into Common Shares: The number of
Common Shares to which the Series A Preferred Shareholder shall be entitled upon conversion
of any Series A Preferred Share shall be the quotient of the Original Issue Price over the
Conversion Price. For the avoidance of doubt, the initial conversion ratio for Series A
Preferred Shares to Common Shares shall be 1:1, subject to adjustments of the Conversion
Price as set forth below. |
11
|
(1) |
|
Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 6, any
Preferred Shares may, at the option of the Holder, be converted at any time into
fully-paid and non-assessable Common Shares pursuant to Section 6.1(2) below.
Upon such conversion, all preference rights attached to such Series A Preferred Share
shall be automatically terminated. |
|
|
(2) |
|
The Series A Preferred Shareholder who desires to convert such Series A Preferred
Shares into Common Shares shall surrender the certificate therefore, duly endorsed, at
the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Shares, and
shall give written notice to the Company at such office that the Holder has elected to
convert such Shares. Such notice shall state the number of Series A Preferred Shares
being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver to the Holder
at such office a certificate for the number of Common Shares to which such Holder is
entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash, any declared and unpaid dividends on the
Series A Preferred Shares being converted and (ii) in cash, the value of any fractional
Common Shares to which the Series A Preferred Shareholder would otherwise be entitled.
Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date
of the surrender of the certificates representing the Series A Preferred Shares to be
converted, and the person entitled to receive the Common Shares issuable upon such
conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Shares
on such date. |
6.2 |
|
Automatic Conversion. |
|
(1) |
|
Without any action being required by the holder of such Series A Preferred Shares
and whether or not the certificates representing such Series A Preferred Shares are
surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent, each Series A Preferred Share shall
automatically be converted, based on the then-effective Conversion Price, immediately
upon the closing of the Qualified Public Offering. |
|
|
(2) |
|
The Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates for any Common Shares
issuable upon the automatic conversion of any Series A Preferred Shares unless the
certificate evidencing such Series A Preferred Shares is either delivered as provided
below to the Company or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Shares, or the
Series A Preferred Shareholder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such
certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to
the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with
such certificate. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of certificate
for Preferred Shares, or satisfactory agreement for indemnification in the case of a
lost certificate, promptly issue and deliver at its office to the Series A Preferred
Shareholder thereof a certificate or certificates for the number of Common Shares to
which such Series A Preferred Shareholder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in
cash, any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares being converted
and (ii) in cash, the value of any fractional Common Shares to which the Series A
Preferred Shareholder would otherwise be entitled. Any person entitled to receive Common
Shares issuable upon the automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares shall be
treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Shares on the date of such
conversion. |
12
|
|
The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Shares (Conversion Price) shall initially
equal to the Original Issue Price and shall be adjusted from time to time as provided below: |
|
(1) |
|
Adjustment for Share Splits and Combinations. If the Company shall at any time,
or from time to time, effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares, the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be
proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company shall at any time, or from time to
time, combine the outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the combination shall be proportionately
increased. Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of
business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective. |
|
|
(2) |
|
Adjustment for Common Share Dividends and Distributions. If the Company at any
time, or from time to time, makes (or fixes a record date for the determination of
holders of Common Shares entitled to receive) a dividend or other distribution to the
holders of Common Shares payable in Common Shares, in each such event the Conversion
Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance (or in the event
such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date) by
multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the numerator of which
is the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the
denominator of which is the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding
immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record
date plus the number of Common Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or
distribution. |
|
|
(3) |
|
Adjustments for Other Dividends. If the Company at any time, or from time to
time, makes (or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Shares
entitled to receive) a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the
Company other than Common Shares or Common Shares Equivalents, then, and in each such
event, provision shall be made so that, upon conversion of any Preferred Share
thereafter, the Series A Preferred Shareholder thereof shall receive, in addition to the
number of Common Shares issuable thereon, the amount of securities of the Company which
the Series A Preferred Shareholders would have received had the Series A Preferred Share
been converted into Common Shares immediately prior to such event, all subject to
further adjustment as provided herein. |
|
|
(4) |
|
Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations, Reclassifications, Exchanges,
Substitutions. If at any time, or from time to time, any capital reorganization or
reclassification of the Common Shares (other than as a result of a share dividend,
subdivision, split or combination otherwise treated above) occurs or the Company is
consolidated, merged or reorganized with or into another Person (other than a
consolidation, merger or reorganization treated in Section 6.1), then in any
such event, provision shall be made so that, upon conversion of any Preferred Share
thereafter, the Series A Preferred Shareholder thereof shall receive the kind and amount
of shares and other securities and property which the Series A Preferred Shareholder of
such share would have received had the Series A Preferred Share been converted into
Common Shares on the date of such event, all subject to further adjustment as provided
herein, or with respect to such other securities or property, in accordance with any
terms applicable thereto. |
|
|
(5) |
|
Sale of Shares below the Conversion Price. |
13
|
(a) |
|
Adjustment of Series A Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional
Equity Securities. If at any time, or from time to time, the Company shall issue
or sell New Securities (other than (i) as a subdivision or combination of Common
Shares provided for in Section 6.3 (1) above, (ii) as a dividend or other
distribution provided for in Section 6.3 (2) above, (iii) the issuance of
Shares under any stock option plan, (iv) the conversion of Preferred Shares into
Common Shares, or (v) the issuance of New Securities in a Qualified Public
Offering) for a consideration of price per share (the Future Issuance Price)
less than the Series A Conversion Price, then, and in each such case, the
Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of
such issue or sale, to equal such Future Issuance Price. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Determination of Consideration. For the purpose of making any
adjustment in the Conversion Price or number of Common Shares issuable upon
conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares, as provided above: |
|
(i) |
|
To the extent it consists of cash, the consideration
received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities shall be
computed at the net amount of cash received by the Company after deduction
of any expenses payable directly or indirectly by the Company and any
underwriting or similar commissions, compensations, discounts or
concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or
sale; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
To the extent it consists of property other than cash,
consideration other than cash received by the Company for any issue or sale
of securities shall be computed at the fair market value thereof, as
determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of the adoption of the
resolution specifically authorizing such issue or sale, irrespective of any
accounting treatment of such property; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
If New Securities or Common Share Equivalents
exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for New Securities are issued or
sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company
for consideration which covers both, the consideration received for the New
Securities or Common Share Equivalents shall be computed as that portion of
the consideration received which is reasonably determined in good faith by
the Board to be allocable to such New Securities or Common Share
Equivalents. |
|
(c) |
|
No Exercise. If all of the rights to exercise, convert or exchange
any Common Share Equivalents shall expire without any of such rights having been
exercised, the Series A Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such
Common Share Equivalents shall be readjusted to the Series A Conversion Price
which would have been in effect had no such adjustment been made. |
|
(6) |
|
Certificate of Adjustment. In the case of any adjustment or readjustment of the
Conversion Price, the Company, at its sole expense, shall compute such adjustment or
readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing
such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail,
postage prepaid, to each registered Series A Preferred Shareholder at the holders
address as shown in the Companys books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment
or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment
is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be
received by the Company for |
14
|
|
|
any New Securities issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the
number of New Securities issued or sold or deemed to be issued or sold, (iii) the
Conversion Price in effect after such adjustment or readjustment, and (iv) the number
of Common Shares and the type and amount, if any, of other property which would be
received upon conversion of the Preferred Shares after such adjustment or
readjustment. |
|
|
(7) |
|
Notice of Record Date. In the event the Company shall propose to take any action
of the type or types requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Price or the number or
character of the Series A Preferred Shares as set forth herein, the Company shall give
notice to the Series A Preferred Shareholder, which notice shall specify the record
date, if any, with respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to
take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be
reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect
may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price and the number, kind or
class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon the
occurrence of such action of deliverable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred
Shares. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such
notice shall be given at least twenty (20) days prior to the date so fixed, and in the
case of all other actions, such notice shall be given at least thirty (30) days prior to
the taking of such proposed action. |
6.4 |
|
Fractional Shares. No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon conversion of
any Preferred Share. All Common Shares (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion
of more than one Preferred Share by the Series A Preferred Shareholder thereof shall be
aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of
any fractional share. If, after such aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance
of any fractional share, the Company shall round this fractional share up to 1 Share. |
|
6.5 |
|
Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times
reserve and keep available out of its authorized but un-issued Common Shares, solely for the
purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares. Such number of its
Common Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
outstanding Series A Preferred Shares. If at any time the number of authorized but un-issued
Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series
A Preferred Shares, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its
counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but un-issued Common Shares to such number of
Shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose. |
|
6.6 |
|
Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 6 shall be in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be
notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours
of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one
(1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day
delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to the Series A
Preferred Shareholder of record at the address of the Series A Preferred Shareholder appearing
on the books of the Company. |
|
6.7 |
|
Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon
income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or
delivery of Common Shares upon conversion of Series A Preferred Shares, excluding any tax or
other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of
Common Shares in a name other than that in which the Series A Preferred Shares so converted
were registered. |
15
7.1 |
|
Liquidation Event. The following events shall be treated as a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up (each, a Liquidation Event) unless waived by the holders of at
least fifty-one percent (51%) of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, voting
together as a single class on an as-converted basis: |
|
(i) |
|
any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any
Person, or any other corporate reorganization, including a sale or acquisition
of equity securities of the Company, in which the Shareholders of the Company
immediately before such transaction own less than 50% of the Companys voting
power immediately after such transaction (excluding any transaction effected
solely for tax purposes or to change the Companys domicile); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company; or |
|
|
(iii) |
|
any termination, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company; |
|
|
and upon any such event, any proceeds generated therefrom to which the Shareholders of the
Company are entitled to shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of Section
7.2. |
|
7.2 |
|
Liquidation Preferences. Upon any Liquidation Event, whether voluntary or
involuntary, unless any Preferred Shareholder has agreed otherwise in advance and in writing
on the definitive liquidation plan of the Company, |
|
(i) |
|
Before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders
of any Common Shares, the holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled
to receive an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Original Issue
Price (adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations,
recapitalizations and similar transactions), plus any declared but unpaid
dividends with respect thereto (as adjusted for any share splits, share
dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions) per Series
A Preferred Share then held by such holder. All arrears or accruals of
dividends as declared by the Board due to the holders of Series A Preferred
Shares are in priority to the holders of all other shares. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
After distribution or payment in full of the amount
distributable or payable on the Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to
Section 7.2(i) of this Agreement, the remaining assets of the Company
available for distribution to Shareholders shall be distributed ratably among
the then holders of outstanding Common Shares and holders of Series A Preferred
Shares on an as-converted basis. |
|
|
|
8. |
|
INFORMATION AND INSPECTION RIGHTS |
8.1 |
|
Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each of the Holders: |
|
(a) |
|
within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, annual
consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year, all prepared in
accordance with US GAAP (or other standard acceptable to the Holders), and audited and
certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized international
standing |
16
|
|
|
and reputation selected by the Company and approved by the Board; |
|
|
(b) |
|
within thirty (30) days of the end of each quarter, unaudited consolidated
financial statements for such quarter for the Company; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
at least forty-five (45) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, an annual
consolidated budget for the succeeding fiscal year, including without limitation, for
each month during such succeeding fiscal year projected balance sheets, income
statements and statements of cash flows. |
8.2 |
|
Financial Statements. For the purpose of this Section 8, the term financial
statements shall be construed to include a balance sheet, statement of earnings, stockholders
equity and cash flows for the applicable period, prepared in accordance with US GAAP (or other
standard acceptable to the Holders) and compared against the Companys annual operating plan
and budget. |
|
8.3 |
|
Inspection. The Company shall permit each Holder, as the same as any other
Shareholders, to visit and inspect the properties and examine the books of account and records
as deemed by the Holders to be material to the Companys performance and outlook of the
Company and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with the directors,
officers, employees, accountants, legal counsel and investment bankers of the Company, all at
such reasonable times as notified by the Holders. |
|
8.4 |
|
Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants. The covenants set forth in
Sections 8.1 to 8.3 shall terminate as to any Holder and be of no further
force or effect upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Public
Offering, (ii) the date when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting
requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or comparable requirements under
the laws of another jurisdiction), and (iii) such date as the Holder holds no shares in the
Company. |
|
8.5 |
|
Assignment. The rights of any Holder under this Section 8 shall only be
assigned (i) to another Holder, (ii) to an Affiliate of such Holder which acquires any of the
Equity Securities thereof, or (iii) to an assignee or transferee who acquires any of the
Equity Securities thereof. |
9.1 |
|
Tag Along Rights. Without prejudice to any right and privilege of Series A Preferred
Shareholder and Tiger provided under Section 11.2 of this Agreement, if at any time
the majority of Sellers propose to, by the way of assignment or transfer, transfer Equity
Securities or any Common Shareholder(s) proposes to transfer or assign Equity Securities
representing 50% or more voting power in the Company to one or more third parties (Selling
Shareholders, each a Selling Shareholder) pursuant to an understanding with such third
parties in bona fide and good faith, and based on a pre-money valuation of the Company which
is at least US$250 million, such Selling Shareholder shall give each of the Holders and the
Company written notice of its intention to make the transfer, which shall include (i) a
description of the Equity Securities to be transferred, (ii) the identity of the prospective
transferee of the Common Shares, and (iii) the consideration and the material terms and
conditions upon which such Common Shares are to be transferred or assigned, and attached with
a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to
the proposed transfer. The Transfer Notice shall be evidence that such Selling Shareholder has
received a firm offer from the prospective transferee and in good faith believes that a
binding agreement for the transfer is obtainable on terms set forth in the notice. |
17
9.2 |
|
Option to Transfer the Shares of the Remaining Shareholders. Upon the receipt of the
written notice of the Selling Shareholder pursuant to Section 9.1 above, the Holders
shall have the option to require their Shares of the Company to be sold to the transferee on
the same terms and conditions as set forth in such written notice. To exercise the option,
the Holders shall give the Selling Shareholders of the Company and the Company written notice
to such effect. Upon the receipt of such notice, the Selling Shareholders shall have the
obligation to sell the respective shares of the Holders on the same terms and conditions with
the sale of the Common Shares of the Company. |
|
9.3 |
|
Termination of the Rights of Tag Along Right. The right of tag along provided under
this Section 9 shall be terminated immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified
Public Offering. |
10.1 |
|
Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section
10, each time the Company proposes to issue any New Securities, the Company shall first offer
such New Securities to each of the Holders in a written notice (an Issuance Notice) setting
forth (i) a description of the New Securities to be issued, including the rights and powers
associated therewith, and (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the
price and terms upon which it proposes to offer the New Securities. |
|
10.2 |
|
Exercise of Preemptive Rights. By written notification received by the Company
within twenty-one (21) calendar days after delivery of the Issuance Notice to the Holders,
such Holders may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Issuance
Notice, up to such portion of the New Securities offered as equal to the proportion that the
number of Common Shares (including shares of Common Shares issuable upon conversion, exchange
or exercise of Common Shares Equivalents) then held by such Holder bears to the total number
of shares of Common Shares then outstanding (determined on a fully-diluted basis, assuming the
exercise, conversion or exchange of any Common Shares Equivalents). The Company shall
promptly, in writing, inform the Holders that elect to purchase all the New Securities
available to it pursuant to this Section 10.2 (a Fully-Exercising Shareholder) of
any other Holders failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after
such information is given, the Fully-Exercising Shareholder may elect to purchase a pro rata
share of any New Securities unsubscribed by the Holders, pursuant to its rights hereunder,
that is equal to the proportion that the number of Common Shares (including shares of Common
Shares issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of Common Shares Equivalents) then held
by the Fully-Exercising Shareholder bears to the total number of Common Shares then
outstanding (determined on a fully-diluted basis, assuming the exercise, conversion or
exchange of any Common Shares Equivalents). |
|
10.3 |
|
Issuance of Unsubscribed New Securities. Upon expiration of the period described in
Section 10.2 hereof, unsubscribed New Securities may be offered by the Company during
the one hundred and twenty (120) day period thereafter to any person or persons at a price not
less, and upon terms no more favourable to the offeree, than specified in the Issuance Notice.
If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the unsubscribed New
Securities within such 120-day period, or if such agreement is not consummated within
forty-five (45) days of the execution thereof, the pre-emptive rights of the Holders under
this Section 10 shall be deemed revived and such unsubscribed New Securities shall not
be offered unless first re-offered to the Holders in accordance herewith. |
|
10.4 |
|
Exempted Issuance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, the
preemptive rights described in this Section 10 shall not apply to (i) the issuance of
Equity Securities for the |
18
|
|
exercise of option of follow-on investments by Tiger, (ii) the issuance of Equity Securities
in a Qualified Public Offering, (iii) the issuance by the Company of Common Shares (or
options therefor) to employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company pursuant to
a stock option plan or other share option plans or other stock incentive arrangements
approved by the Board of the Company, (iv) the issuance of Equity Securities in connection
with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation,
sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, as a result of which the shareholders
of the Company immediately after such merger, sale or consolidation will not hold securities
representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding securities of the surviving or
resulting entity, provided that such issuance has obtained required approvals and consents
pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (v) Common Shares issued in connection with any share
split or stock dividend, reclassification or the like; or (vi) the issuance of Equity
Securities pursuant to the conversion, exchange or exercise of any warrant, option, right, or
convertible or exchangeable instrument. |
|
10.5 |
|
Assignment. The rights of any Holder under this Section 10 shall only be
assigned (i) to another Holder, (ii) to an Affiliate of such Holder which acquires any of the
Equity Securities thereof (provided that such Affiliate agrees in writing to be bound by the
provisions hereof), or (iii) to an assignee or transferee who acquires all of the Equity
Securities held by the Holder (provided that such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to
be bound by the provisions hereof), (collectively referred to as the Permitted Assignees,
and individually referred to as a Permitted Assignee.). A Permitted Assignee which is a
Holder shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself
and its members, partners and Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate. |
|
10.6 |
|
Granted Rights. Each of the Holders shall be granted any preemptive rights and
registration rights granted to any subsequent purchasers of the New Securities of the Company
to the extent that such subsequent rights are superior to those granted rights hereof. |
|
10.7 |
|
Termination. The rights of the Holders and the obligations of the Company, under
this Section 10 shall terminate immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Public
Offering. |
|
|
|
11. |
|
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, CO-SALE |
11.1 |
|
Right of First Refusal |
|
(a) |
|
Transfer Notice from Shareholders. |
|
|
|
|
If at any time a Common Shareholder or a Series A Preferred Shareholder (a
Transferor) proposes to transfer Equity Securities to one or more third parties
pursuant to an understanding with such third parties (the Transfer), then, the
Transferor shall give each of the other non-selling Shareholders (the Non-Selling
Shareholders) and the Company written notice of the Transferors intention to make
the Transfer (the Transfer Notice), provided, however, that the Transferor shall
only give such Transfer Notice to each of the Common Shareholders if the Transferor
is a Series A Preferred Shareholder, which shall include (i) a description of the
Equity Securities to be transferred (Shares Offered by Shareholder), (ii) the
identity of the prospective transferee; and (iii) the consideration and the material
terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made. The Transfer
Notice shall be evidence that the Transferor has received a firm offer from the
prospective transferee and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the
Transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. The Transfer
Notice shall also include a copy of any written proposal, |
19
|
|
|
term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer. |
|
(b) |
|
Non-Selling Shareholders Rights of First Refusal. |
|
(i) |
|
The Non-Selling Shareholders shall have an option for a period
of thirty (30) days from its receipt of the Transfer Notice to elect to
purchase its respective pro rata shares of the Shares Offered by Shareholder at
the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as
described in the Transfer Notice, provided, however that the Sellers shall have
such option provided herein for a period of fifteen (15) days. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The Non-Selling Shareholders may exercise such purchase option
and, thereby, purchase all or any portion of its pro rata share of the Shares
Offered by Shareholder , by notifying Transferor in writing, before expiration
of the applicable period as provided above as to the number of shares which it
wishes to purchase. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The Non-Selling Shareholders pro rata share of the Shares
Offered by Shareholder shall be a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the
number of Equity Securities owned by such Non-Selling Shareholder on the date
of the Transfer Notice, and the denominator shall be the total number of Equity
Securities held by all the Non-Selling Shareholders on the date of the Transfer
Notice. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Each of the Non-Selling Shareholders shall be entitled to
apportion its pro rata share of the Shares Offered by Shareholder among its
partners and Affiliates, provided that such Non-Selling Shareholder notifies
the Transferor of such allocation. |
|
|
(v) |
|
If any of the Non-Selling Shareholder gives the Transferor
notice that it desires to purchase its pro rata share of the Shares Offered by
Shareholder (the Participating Shareholder), then payment for the Shares
Offered by Shareholder shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of
the Shares Offered by Shareholder to be purchased at a place agreed by the
parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no
later than the latest of (i) thirty (30) business days after the Non-Selling
Shareholders receipt of the Transfer Notice, (ii) the closing date
contemplated in the Transfer Notice and (iii) the date on which the value of
the purchase price is established pursuant to Section 11.1(d). |
|
|
(vi) |
|
In the event any Non-Selling Shareholder elects not to purchase
its full pro rata share of the Shares Offered by Shareholder available
pursuant to its option under Section 11.1(c) within the time period set
forth therein, then the Transferor shall promptly, but in any event within five
(5) days, give written notice (the Over-allotment Notice) to each
Participating Shareholder that has elected to purchase all of its pro rata
share of the Shares Offered by Shareholder (each a Fully Participating
Shareholder), which notice shall set forth the number of the Shares Offered by
Shareholder not purchased by the other Non-Selling Shareholders (the
Over-allotment Shares), and shall offer the Fully Participating Shareholders
the right to acquire the Over-allotment Shares. Each Fully Participating
Shareholder shall have five (5) days after receipt of the Over-allotment Notice
to deliver a written notice to the Transferor of its election to purchase its
pro rata share of the Over-allotment Shares on the same terms and conditions as
set forth in the Transfer Notice and indicating the maximum number |
20
|
|
|
of the Over-allotment Shares that it will purchase in the event that any other
Fully Participating Shareholder elects not to purchase its pro rata share of
the Over-allotment Shares. For purposes of this Section 11.1(b), each
Fully Participating Shareholders pro rata share of the Over-allotment Shares
shall be a fraction, of which the numerator shall be the number of Equity
Securities owned by such Fully Participating Shareholder on the date of the
Transfer Notice, and the denominator shall be the total number of Equity
Securities held by all the Fully Participating Shareholder on the date of the
Transfer Notice. |
|
|
(vii) |
|
If the Non-Selling Shareholders fail to purchase any or all of
the Shares Offered by Shareholder by exercising the option granted in this
Section 11.1(b) within the period provided, the remaining Shares
Offered by Shareholder shall be subject to the options granted to the Company
pursuant to Section 11.1(c). |
|
|
|
This Section 11.1(b) shall be subject to Section 6.6 of the Purchase Agreement. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Companys Right of Refusal. |
|
|
|
|
Subject to the Non-Selling Shareholders option as set forth in Section 11.1(b),
if at any time the Transferor propose a Transfer, within five (5) days after the
Non-Selling Shareholders have declined to purchase all, or a portion, of the Shares
Offered by Shareholder or the Non-Selling Shareholders option to so purchase the
Shares Offered by Shareholder has expired, the Transferor shall give the Company an
additional transfer notice (Additional Transfer Notice) that shall include all of
the information and certifications required in a Transfer Notice and shall
additionally identify the Shares Offered by Shareholder that the Non-Selling
Shareholders have declined to purchase (the Remaining Shares) and briefly describe
the Companys rights of refusal with respect to the proposed Transfer. The Company
shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days from its receipt of the
Additional Transfer Notice to elect to purchase the Remaining Shares at the same
price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the
Additional Transfer Notice, subject to compliance with the Companies Law of the
Cayman Islands. The Company may exercise such purchase option and purchase all or
any portion of the Remaining Shares by notifying the Transferor in writing before
expiration of such ten (10) day period as to the number of such shares that it
wishes to purchase. If the Company gives the Transferor notice that it desires to
purchase such shares, then payment for the Remaining Shares to be purchased shall be
made by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Remaining Shares to be
purchased at a place agreed upon between the Company and the Transferor and at the
time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than the latest of
(i) thirty (30) business days after the Companys receipt of the Additional Transfer
Notice, (ii) the closing date contemplated in the Additional Transfer Notice, and
(iii) the date on which the value of the purchase price is established pursuant to
Section 11.1(d). |
|
|
(d) |
|
Valuation of Property. |
|
(i) |
|
Should the purchase price specified in the Transfer Notice be
payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company
or the Non-Selling Shareholders, as the case may be, shall have the right to
pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such
property. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If the Transferor and the Company (or the relevant Non-Selling
Shareholder, as the |
21
|
|
|
case may be) fail to agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the
Companys (or such Non-Selling Shareholders) receipt of the Transfer Notice,
the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by
the Transferor and the Company (or the Non-Selling Shareholder, as the case
may be) or, if they fail to agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days
after the receipt of the Transfer Notice, each shall select an appraiser of
recognized standing and the two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser
of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by the
Transferor and the Company (or the relevant Non-Selling Shareholder(s), as the
case may be, in which case, with the half of the cost to be borne pro rata by
each of such Non-Selling Shareholders based on the number of shares to be
purchased pursuant to this Section 11.1. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
If the closing time for the Companys (or the Non-Selling
Shareholders) purchase as provided in Section 11.1(b)(v) above has
expired but for the determination of the value of the purchase price offered by
the prospective transferee, such closing shall be held on or prior to the fifth
business day after such valuation shall have been made pursuant to Section
11.1(c). |
|
(a) |
|
To the extent the Company and the Non-Selling Shareholders do not exercise their
respective rights of first refusal as to all of the Shares Offered by a Shareholder
pursuant to Section 11.1, the Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger (each a
Co-Sale Participant) which notifies the Transferor in writing within fifty (50) days
after receipt of the Transfer Notice referred to in Section 11.1(a), shall have
the right to participate in such sale of Equity Securities on the same terms and
conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary provided herein, Tiger shall be entitled to the right of co-sale as endowed by
this Section 11.2 to the extent that the Transferor is any of the Founders
and/or Sellers. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Number of Equity Securities for Co-sale. |
|
|
|
|
Each Co-Sale Participant may elect to sell up to such number of Equity Securities
equal to (on a fully converted basis) the product of (i) the aggregate number of
Shares Offered by Shareholder covered by the Transfer Notice that have not been
subscribed for pursuant to Section 11.1 above; by (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of Equity Securities owned by such Co-Sale
Participant on the date of the Transfer Notice and the denominator of which is the
total number of Equity Securities owned by the Transferor and the Co-Sale Participants
on the date of the Transfer Notice. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Co-Sale Participant shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly
delivering to the Transferor for transfer to the prospective transferee one or more
certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the type and number of
Equity Securities which the Co-Sale Participant elects to sell; provided, however that
if the prospective third-party transferee objects to the delivery of Equity Securities
in lieu of Common Shares, the Co-Sale Participant shall convert such Equity Securities
into Common Shares and deliver certificates corresponding to such Common Shares. The
Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual
transfer of such shares to the purchaser and |
22
|
|
|
contingent on such transfer. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The share certificate or certificates that a Co-Sale Participant delivers to the
Transferor pursuant to Section 11.2(c) shall be transferred to the prospective
transferee in consummation of the sale of the Equity Securities pursuant to the terms
and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, and the Transferor shall concurrently
therewith remit to such Co-Sale Participant that portion of the sale proceeds to which
such Co-Sale Participant is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. |
|
|
(e) |
|
To the extent that any prospective transferee prohibits the participation of a
Co-Sale Participant exercising its co-sale rights hereunder in a proposed Transfer or
otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Participant
exercising its co-sale rights hereunder, the Transferor shall not sell to such
prospective transferee any Equity Securities unless and until, simultaneously with such
sale, the Transferor shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale
Participant for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions as described
in the Transfer Notice. |
11.3 |
|
Non-exercise of Rights. |
|
|
|
To the extent that the Company and the Non-Selling Shareholders have not exercised their
rights to purchase the Shares Offered by Shareholder, the Remaining Shares or the
Over-allotment Shares within the time periods specified in Section 11.1 and the
Series A Preferred Shareholder and Tiger have not exercised their rights to participate in
the sale of the Equity Securities pursuant to and within the time periods specified in
Section 11.2, the Transferor shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the
expiration of such rights to sell the Shares Offered by Shareholder, the Remaining Shares or
the Over-allotment Shares, as the case may be, upon terms and conditions (including the
purchase price) no more favorable than those specified in the Transfer Notice to the
third-party prospective transferee(s) identified in the Transfer Notice. In the event such
Transferor does not consummate the sale or disposition of the Shares Offered by Shareholder,
the Remaining Shares and the Over-allotment Shares within the applicable time period from
the expiration of these rights, the Companys first refusal rights and the Non-Selling
Shareholders first refusal rights and co-sale rights shall continue to be applicable to any
subsequent disposition of the Shares Offered by Shareholder or the Remaining Shares by the
Transferor until such right lapses in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Furthermore, the exercise or non exercise of the rights of the Non-Selling Shareholders
under this Section 11 shall not adversely affect their rights to make subsequent
purchases or sales hereunder. |
|
11.4 |
|
Limitation to and the Termination of the Rights of First Refusal and Co-sale |
|
(a) |
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, a Transferor may sell
or otherwise assign, with or without consideration, Shares to any spouse or member of
such Transferors immediate family, or to a custodian, trustee, executor, or other
fiduciary for the account of the Transferors spouse or members of the Transferors
immediate family, or to a trust for the Transferors own self, or a charitable remainder
trust, provided that each such transferee or assignee, prior to the completion of the
sale, transfer, or assignment, shall have agreed in writing to be bound by provisions in
this Agreement. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The rights of first refusal and co-sale rights provided under this Section
11 shall be terminated immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Public
Offering. |
23
12.1 |
|
Demand Registration. |
|
(1) |
|
Registration Other Than on Form F-3. Subject to the terms of this Section
12, at any time after the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6) months following
the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, or (ii) the date that is
three (3) years after the Closing, the holders of at least 30% of the aggregate shares
initially purchased by the Series A Preferred Shareholders and Tiger, together on an
as-converted basis, (for the purposes of this Section 12.1, collectively, the
Initiating Holders) may request the Company in writing to file a Registration covering
the registration of Registrable Securities for a public offering with anticipated gross
proceeds of at least US$5,000,000 in the aggregate. Upon receipt of such a request, the
Company shall (a) promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other
Holders, and (b) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days of the
receipt of such request, cause Registrable Securities specified in the request, to be
Registered and/or qualified for sale and distribution in such jurisdictions as the
Initiating Holders may reasonably request. |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 12.1(3) below, the
Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section
12.1(1): |
|
(a) |
|
with respect to a Registration initiated pursuant to Section
12.1(1), after the Company has effected two (2) Registrations pursuant to
this Section 12.1(1), and such Registration have been declared or ordered
effective (and have not been subject to a stop order or otherwise withdrawn); or |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable
Securities that may be registered on Form F-3 pursuant to Section 12.1(2)
hereof; |
|
(2) |
|
Registration on Form F-3. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, at any time
after a Qualified Public Offering, the Initiating Holders may request the Company in
writing to file a Registration on Form F-3 (or any successor form to Form F-3, or any
comparable form for Registration in a jurisdiction other than the United States, to the
extent that the Company is qualified to use such form to register the requested
Registrable Securities) for a public offering of all or a part of the Registrable
Securities owned by such Initiating Holders. Upon receipt of such a request, the Company
shall, (a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other
Holders, and (b) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days of the
receipt of such request, cause the Registrable Securities specified in the request, to
be registered and qualified for sale and distribution in such jurisdictions as the
Initiating Holders may reasonably request. The Initiating Holders may at any time, and
from time to time, require the Company to effect the Registration of Registrable
Securities under this Section 12.1(2), provided that the Company shall
not be obligated to effect more than two (2) Registrations on demand of the Initiating
Holders any 12-month period pursuant to this Section 12.1(2). |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 12.1(3) below, the Company shall
not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 12.1(2): |
|
(a) |
|
if Form F-3 (or its comparable form) is not available for such
offering by the Holders; or |
24
|
(b) |
|
if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities
of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell
Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price
to the public (net of any underwriters discounts or commissions) of less than
US$500,000. |
|
(a) |
|
the Company shall be entitled to postpone or suspend, for a
reasonable period of time, the filing, effectiveness or use of, or trading under,
any registration statement as requested by the Initiating Holders pursuant to
Section 12.1(1) or 12.1(2), if the Company shall determine that
any such filing or the sale of any securities pursuant to such registration
statement would in the good faith judgment of the Board: |
|
(i) |
|
materially impede, delay or interfere with any material
pending or proposed financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or
other similar transaction involving the Company for which the Board has
authorized negotiations; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
require disclosure of material nonpublic information
that, if disclosed at such time, would be materially harmful to the
interests of the Company and its shareholders; provided,
however that during any such period all executive officers and
directors of the Company are also prohibited from selling securities of the
Company (or any security of any of the Companys Subsidiaries or
Affiliates); |
|
(b) |
|
if, after receiving a request from the Initiating Holders pursuant
to Section 12.1(1) or Section 12.1(2), the Company furnishes to
each Initiating Holder a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of the Company, it
would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for a
registration statement to be filed in the near future, the Companys obligation
to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement shall
be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the receipt of any
request duly submitted by the Initiating Holders under Section 12.1(1) or
12.1(2) to register Registrable Securities; provided that the
Company shall not exercise the right contained in this Section 12.1(3)(b)
more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided
further that the Company shall not register any securities of the Company
for the account of itself or any other shareholder during such ninety (90) day
period. |
|
(4) |
|
Underwritten Offerings. If, in connection with a request to register Registrable
Securities under Section 12.1(1) or Section 12.1(2), the Initiating
Holders intend to distribute such Registrable Securities by means of an underwriting,
they shall so advise the Company as a part of the request, and the Company shall include
such information in the written notice to the other Holders. In such event, the right
of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such Registration shall be
conditioned upon such Holders participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of
such Holders Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.
All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall
enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or
underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating
Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter
advises the Company that marketing factors (including the |
25
|
|
|
aggregate number of securities requested to be registered, the general condition of
the market, and the status of the Persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the
Registration) require a limitation of the number of securities underwritten (including
Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders that would
otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be
included in the underwriting shall be allocated to such Holders pro rata based on the
number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating
Holders). In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such
underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded. Any Registrable
Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the
Registration. |
12.2 |
|
Piggyback Registrations |
|
(1) |
|
Registration of the Companys Securities. Subject to Section 12.2(3), if
the Company proposes to register for its own account (including for this purpose a
registration statement filed by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders) any
of its Equity Securities in connection with the public offering of such securities, the
Company shall promptly give each Holder written notice of such Registration and, upon
the written request of any Holder given within twenty (20) days after delivery of such
notice, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include in such
Registration any Registrable Securities thereby requested by the Holders. The Holders
right to demand the piggyback registration pursuant to this Section 12.2 is
unlimited. |
|
|
(2) |
|
Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate
or withdraw any Registration initiated by it under Section 12.2(1) prior to the
effectiveness of such Registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include
Registrable Securities in such Registration. The expenses of such withdrawn Registration
shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 12.3. |
|
|
(3) |
|
Underwriting Requirements. |
|
(a) |
|
In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of the
Companys Equity Securities, the Company shall not be required under this
Section 12.2 to include any Holders Registrable Securities in such
underwriting unless such Holder enters into an underwriting agreement in
customary form with the underwriters selected by the Company and setting forth
such terms for the underwriting as have been agreed upon between the Company and
the underwriters. In the event the underwriters advise the Holders seeking
Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 12.2 in
writing that market factors (including the aggregate number of Registrable
Securities requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and
the status of the persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the
Registration) require a limitation of the number of Equity Securities to be
underwritten, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only
that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the
underwriters may advise will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In no
event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all
other selling shareholders securities have been first excluded. In the event
that the underwriters advise that less than all of the Registrable Securities
requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable
Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among
the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all
selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to |
26
|
|
|
by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall
the amount of securities included in the Registration on behalf of the Holders
be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total shares requested to be
included by the Holders in such offering, unless such offering is the Qualified
Public Offering, in which case the amount of securities of Tiger included in the
offering may be reduced on the basis and as advised by the underwriters as
provided above, including completely, if, no other shareholders securities are
included in such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning
apportionment, for any selling shareholder that is a Holder of Registrable
Securities and that is an investment fund, partnership, limited liability
company or corporation, the affiliated investment funds, partners, members,
retired partners, retired members and shareholders of such Holder, or the
estates and family members of any such partners, members, retired members and
retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons
shall be deemed to be a single selling Holder, and any pro rata reduction with
respect to such selling Holder, shall be based upon the aggregate amount of
Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If any Series A Preferred Shareholder disapproves of the terms of
any underwriting, such Preferred Shareholder may elect to withdraw therefrom by
written notice to the Company and the underwriters delivered at least seven (7)
days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable
Securities excluded or withdrawn from the underwriting shall be withdrawn from
the Registration. |
|
(1) |
|
Registration Procedures and Obligations. Subject to provisions under Section
12.1(3), whenever required under this Agreement to effect the Registration of any
Registrable Securities held by a Holder, the Company shall, as expeditiously as
possible: |
|
(a) |
|
Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with
respect to those Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to
cause that registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of
the Holders of thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities registered
thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one
hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in
the Registration Statement has been completed; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Prepare and file with the Commission amendments and supplements to
that registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with the
registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of
Applicable Securities Law with respect to the disposition of all securities
covered by the registration statement; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Furnish to the Holders the number of copies of a prospectus,
including a preliminary prospectus, required by Applicable Securities Law, and
any other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the
disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them; |
|
|
(d) |
|
Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the
securities covered by the registration statement under the securities laws of any
jurisdiction, as reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the
Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or file a general consent
to service of process in any such jurisdictions; |
27
|
(e) |
|
In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and
perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary
form, with the managing underwriter of the offering; |
|
|
(f) |
|
Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the
registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required
to be delivered under Applicable Securities Law or of the happening of any event
as a result of which any prospectus included in the registration statement, as
then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; |
|
|
(g) |
|
Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable
Securities registered pursuant to the registration statement and, where
applicable, a CUSIP number for all those Registrable Securities, in each case not
later than the effective date of the Registration; |
|
|
(h) |
|
Furnish, at the request of any Preferred Shareholder requesting
Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, on the date
that such Registrable Securities are delivered for sale in connection with a
Registration pursuant to this Agreement, (i) an opinion, dated the date of the
sale, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of the
Registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an
underwritten public offering; and (ii) a comfort letter dated the date of the
sale, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form
and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants
to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the
underwriters; and |
|
|
(i) |
|
Take all reasonable action necessary to cause all such Registrable
Securities registered pursuant to this Section 12.3(1) to be listed or
admitted for quotation on the primary exchange upon which the Companys
securities are then listed or admitted for quotation. |
|
(2) |
|
Information from Holders. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations
of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the
Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that the such Holder shall furnish to the
Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and
the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the
Registration of such Holders Registrable Securities. |
|
|
(3) |
|
Expenses of Registration. All expenses, other than Selling Expenses, incurred in
connection with Registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Agreement,
including (without limitation) all Registration, filing and qualification fees,
printers and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and
disbursements of one counsel of the selling Holders, shall be borne by the Company. |
|
|
(4) |
|
Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an
injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any Registration as the result of any
controversy that may arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this
Section 12. |
|
|
(5) |
|
IPO Preparation. In anticipation of the IPO, the Company shall have the right to
designate the Companys Chief Financial Officer and its principle and accounting and
legal firms, |
28
|
|
|
provided that such person and firms are acceptable to the Holders. |
12.4 |
|
Indemnification under Registration Rights. |
|
(a) |
|
To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold
harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors, shareholders of each
Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as
defined in the Securities Act) for such Holders and each Person, if any, who
controls (as defined in the Securities Act) such Holder against any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become
subject to under laws which are applicable to the Company and relate to action or
inaction required of the Company in connection with any Registration,
qualification, or compliance, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of
the following statements, omissions or violations (each a Violation): (i) any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such
registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus
contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or
alleged omission to state in the registration statement, including any
preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or
supplements thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged
violation by the Company of Applicable Securities Laws, or any rule or regulation
promulgated under Applicable Securities Laws. The Company will reimburse each
such Holder, underwriter or controlling person or other aforementioned persons
for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The indemnity agreement contained in this Section 11.4(1)
shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the
Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company
be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action
to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for
use in connection with such Registration by any such Holder, underwriter or
controlling person. |
|
|
(c) |
|
With respect to any preliminary prospectus, the foregoing indemnity
shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter, or any Person
controlling (within the meaning of the Securities Act) such Holder or
underwriter, from whom the Person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the prospectus (as
then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments
or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or
underwriter to such Person, if required by law to have been so delivered, at or
prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such Person, and
if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect
giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability. |
29
|
(a) |
|
To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers who has signed the
registration statement, legal counsel and accountants, any underwriter, and each
Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the
Company or such underwriter, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
(joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject,
under Applicable Securities Laws, or any rule or regulation promulgated under
Applicable Securities Laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any
Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such
Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished by the selling Holders expressly for use in connection with such
Registration; and such selling Holder will reimburse any person intended to be
indemnified pursuant to this Section 12.4(2), for any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The indemnity contained in this Section 12.4(2) shall not
apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such selling Holders
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and in no event shall any
indemnity under this Section 12.4(2) exceed the gross proceeds from the
offering received by such selling Holder. |
|
(3) |
|
Notice of Indemnification Claim. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party
under Section 12.4(1) or Section 12.4(2) of notice of the commencement
of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under Section
12.4(1) or Section 12.4(2), deliver to the indemnifying party a written
notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to
participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any
other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel
mutually satisfactory to the indemnifying parties. An indemnified party (together with
all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel)
shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be
paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the
counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or
potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party
represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to
the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action,
if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying
party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 12.4, but the
omission to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any
liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this
Section 12.4. |
|
|
(4) |
|
Contribution. If any indemnification provided for in Section 12.4(1) or
Section 12.4(2) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable
to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified
party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion
as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one
hand, and of the indemnified party, on the other, in connection with the statements or
omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, |
30
|
|
|
damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the
parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct
or prevent such statement or omission. |
|
|
(5) |
|
Underwriting Agreement. To the extent that the provisions on indemnification and
contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the
underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the
provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control. |
|
|
(6) |
|
Survival. The obligations of the Company and the selling Holders under this
Section 12.4 shall survive the closing of any offering of Registrable Securities
in a registration statement under this Agreement, and otherwise. |
12.5 |
|
Additional Undertakings. |
|
(1) |
|
Reports under the Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders
the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any comparable
provision of any Applicable Securities Law that may at any time permit a Holder to sell
securities of the Company to the public without Registration or pursuant to a
Registration on Form F-3 (or any comparable form in a jurisdiction other than the United
States), the Company agrees to: |
|
(a) |
|
make and keep public information available, as those terms are
understood and defined in Rule 144 (or comparable provision under Applicable
Securities Laws in any jurisdiction where the Companys securities are listed),
at all times after the effective date of a Qualified Public Offering; |
|
|
(b) |
|
file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other
documents required of the Company under all Applicable Securities Laws; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
at any time following ninety (90) days after the effective date of
the Qualified Public Offering, promptly furnish to any Holder, upon request (i) a
written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting
requirements of all Applicable Securities Laws at any time after it has become
subject to such reporting requirements or, at any time after so qualified, that
it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form F-3
(or any form comparable thereto under Applicable Securities Laws of any
jurisdiction where the Companys securities are listed), (ii) a copy of the most
recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and
documents as may be filed by the Company with the Commission, and (iii) such
other information as may be reasonably requested in availing such Holder of any
rule or regulation of the Commission, that permits the selling of any such
securities without Registration or pursuant to such form. |
|
(2) |
|
Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this
Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a
majority of the Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or
prospective holder of any Equity Securities of the Company that would allow such holder
or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any Registration filed under
Section 12.2, unless under the terms of such agreement such holder or
prospective holder may include such Equity |
31
|
|
|
Securities in any such Registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such
securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders
that are included, (b) to demand Registration of their securities, or (c) to enjoy
registration rights otherwise superior to or in parity with those of the Holders as
endowed by this Agreement. |
|
|
(3) |
|
Market Stand-Off Agreement. The Holders agree that it will not, without the
prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the
date of the final prospectus relating to the Companys IPO and ending on the date
specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one
hundred and eighty (l80) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any
option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any shares of Equity Securities (whether then owned or thereafter acquired)
or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or
in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Equity Securities, whether
any such transaction described in Section (i) or (ii) above is to be
settled by delivery of Equity Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
The foregoing provision of this Section 12.5(3) shall apply only to the
Companys Qualified Public Offering and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all
officers, directors and greater than 1% shareholder of the Company enter into similar
agreements to the extent requested by the managing underwriter. The underwriters in
connection with the Companys IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this
Section 12.5(3) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the
provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing
covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the
Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other
person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. |
|
|
(4) |
|
Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed
on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each
Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this
Section 12.5(3)): |
|
|
|
|
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP
PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUERS INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF
THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUERS PRINCIPAL OFFICE.
SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES. |
|
|
(5) |
|
Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to Register
Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all
related obligations under this Agreement) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of
such securities that (i) is an Affiliate of such Holder, or (ii) after such assignment
or transfer, holds Registrable Securities representing at least 50% Common Shares
(subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and
other recapitalizations), provided that: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time
after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such
transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights
are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (c) such transfer or assignment
shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer or assignment the further
disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under
Applicable Securities Law; (d) the transferee is not a business |
32
|
|
|
competitor of the Company; (e) the transfer is in connection with a transfer of all
securities of the transfer; and (f) the transfer is to constituent partners or
shareholders who agree to act through a single representative. In the event of a
transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities which does not satisfy the conditions
set forth above, such securities shall no longer be deemed to constitute Registrable
Securities for purposes of this Agreement. |
|
|
(6) |
|
Exercise of Series A Preferred Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no obligation to Register Registrable
Securities which, if constituting Common Share Equivalents, have not been exercised,
converted or exchanged, as applicable, for Common Shares. |
12.6 |
|
Termination of the Registration Right. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any
right provided for in this Section 12 after five (5) years following the consummation
of the Qualified Public Offering or (b) as to any Holder, such earlier time after the
Qualified Public Offering at which such Holder (i) can sell all shares held by it in
compliance with Rule 144(b)(1)(i) or (ii) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Companys
outstanding Common Shares and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with
any Affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can
be sold in any ninety (90) day period without registration in compliance with Rule 144. |
13.1 |
|
Redemption Right. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the
extent permitted by applicable laws, at any time and from time to time after December 31,
2011, at the written request for redemption (made on one or more occasions) by the Series A
Preferred Shareholder then outstanding, concurrently with surrender by such holder of
certificates representing its Series A Preferred Shares, the Company shall redeem all the
Series A Preferred Shares as may be requested by such holder. |
|
13.2 |
|
Redemption Price. The redemption price per Share at which such redemption shall be
made by the Company for the number of Preferred Shares as requested to be redeemed shall be
one hundred and eighty percent (180%) of the Original Issue Price. The Company shall pay such
amount on each of the Series A Preferred Shares to be redeemed on the redemption date
specified in the request of such Preferred Shareholder. |
|
13.3 |
|
Unredeemed Shares. If on the date of redemption, the number of Preferred Shares that
may then be legally redeemed by the Company is less than the number of Preferred Shares to be
redeemed, then any unredeemed preferred shares will be carried forward and redeemed as soon as
the Company is legally able to do so. If the Company does not have sufficient cash legally
available to redeem all of the Preferred Shares required to be redeemed, the remainder of the
unredeemed Preferred Shares will be paid in the form of a one-year note to the Preferred
Shareholder bearing an interest of 25% for Series A Preferred Shares. |
|
|
|
14. |
|
SHARE PREFERENCES; DOCUMNENT RELATIONS |
14.1 |
|
Share Preference. Subject to other terms in this Agreement, the rights, preferences
and privileges attached to the Series A Preferred Shares shall not be subordinated to those
attached to any other class of Shares, and will at all times be at least pari passu with the
rights attached to all other Shares, including currently issued and outstanding Common Shares
or Preferred Shares or any other Shares to be issued in the future, unless each of the Series
A Preferred Shareholder gives its prior written consent to the Companys issuance of any new
class of securities of the Company or |
33
|
|
assignment to existing securities having or receiving rights, preferences or privileges in
parity with or senior to the Series A Preferred Shares. |
15.1 |
|
Any notice or other communication given or made under this Agreement shall be in writing. |
|
15.2 |
|
Any such notice or other communication shall be addressed as provided in this Section
14 and, if so addressed, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
if sent by personal delivery, upon delivery at the address of the relevant
Party; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if sent by registered post, five (5) Business Days after the date of posting;
and |
|
|
(c) |
|
if sent by facsimile, upon despatch to the facsimile number of the recipient,
with the production of a transmission report by the machine from which the facsimile
was sent which indicates that the facsimile was sent in its entirety to the facsimile
number of the recipient. |
15.3 |
|
The relevant address and facsimile number of each Party for the purposes of this Agreement
are set out in the relevant schedule as attached to the Share Purchase Agreement. |
|
15.4 |
|
A Party may notify the other Parties to this Agreement of a change to its/his name, address
or facsimile number for the purpose of this Section PROVIDED THAT such notification shall
only be effective on: |
|
(a) |
|
if Sub-Section (ii) does not apply, the date specified in the notification as
the date on which the change is to take place; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
if no date is specified or the date specified is less than seven (7) Business
Days after (and excluding) the date on which the notice is given, the date falling
seven (7) Business Days after notice of any such change has been given. |
16.1 |
|
Successors and Assigns. |
|
(a) |
|
Series A Preferred Shareholder shall be entitled to transfer all or part of its
Series A Preferred Shares to one or more affiliated partnerships or funds managed by or
affiliated with it or any of their respective directors, officers or partners, provided
such transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of the Share Purchase
Agreement and related agreements as if it were a purchaser of such Series A Preferred
Shares thereunder. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Subject to sub-Section (i) above, this Agreement is personal to the Parties
hereto and save as expressly provided herein, none of them may assign, mortgage, charge
or sub-license any of their respective rights herein, or sub-contract or otherwise
delegate any of its obligations herein, except with the prior written consent of the
other Parties hereto. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Subject to sub-Section (ii) above, this Agreement shall be binding on and inure
for the benefit of the successors, permitted assigns and personal representatives (as
the case may be) of each of the Parties hereto. |
34
|
(d) |
|
Notwithstanding the above, it is agreed that Series A Preferred Shareholders
may, subject to Section 10.1 hereof, transfer and assign all the rights and
obligations hereunder to any third parties without prior written consent of any other
party in this agreement except to a transferee or assignee who is a direct or indirect
competitor of the Group Entities and except that any such transfer will at the
reasonable discretion of the Company have material adverse impact on the business of
Group Entities, and it is further agreed that any such transfer conducted by Series A
Preferred Shareholders causing adverse material impact on the business of Group Entity
should be null and void on and after the date when such transfer is executed. To avoid
doubt, the Sellers not exercising the Right of First Refusal under this Agreement
should not be construed as a waiver of the Indemnitees to their right hereunder in the
event that such transfer conducted by Series A Preferred Shareholder has material
adverse impact on the business of Group Entities. Any transfer in violation of this
sub-Section (iv) shall constitute breach of this Agreement. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Subject to sub-Section (vi) below, without prior written consent from all
Preferred Shareholders, any Common Shareholder shall not assign or transfer its Equity
Securities in the Company to any third party. The aforesaid share transfer restriction
will expire upon the closing of Qualified IPO. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Notwithstanding the sub-Section (v) above but subject to Section 10.1
hereof, each Seller shall be entitled to, without prior consent of the Series A
Preferred Shareholder, transfer up to 8% of the total number of Shares held by such
transferring Seller at the time of Closing to the investors if and when such transfer
is associated with, and conducted concurrently with, a new round of financing for the
Company, and the Series A Preferred Shareholder shall take all necessary action, and
shall procure the Director it nominated or appointed in the Board of Director of the
Company to take all necessary action, including but not limited to vote in favor of
such transfer in the relevant resolutions. To avoid doubt, this sub-Section (vi)
provided herein is not subject to Section 9 of this Agreement. |
16.2 |
|
Cumulative Rights. |
|
|
|
Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any remedy conferred on any Party hereto for
breach of this Agreement shall be in addition and without prejudice to all other rights and
remedies available to it. |
|
16.3 |
|
Entire Agreement; Amendments. |
|
|
|
This Agreement shall supersede all and any previous agreements, understandings or
arrangements (if any) between and among the Parties hereto or any of them in relation to the
subject matter hereof and all or any such previous agreements, understandings or
arrangements (if any) shall cease and determine with effect from the date hereof. This
Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between and among the Parties hereto or any of
them in relation to the subject matter hereof (no Party having relied on any representation,
warranty or undertaking made by any other party which is not a term of this Agreement). |
|
|
|
Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement
may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively), only with the written consent of each of (i) the Company, (ii) the Series A
Preferred Shareholder representing more than 50% of all Series A Preferred Shares, (iii)
Sellers, and (iv) Tiger. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph
shall be |
35
|
|
binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. |
|
16.4 |
|
Further Assurance. |
|
|
|
Each of the Parties hereto undertakes with each of the other Parties that it shall do, or
shall procure to be done, all such acts and things and shall execute, or shall procure to be
executed, all such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to implement the provisions
of this Agreement or otherwise to give full legal force and effect thereof. |
|
16.5 |
|
Severability. |
|
|
|
The Parties hereto intended that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the
maximum extent permissible under the laws applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement
of any provisions of this Agreement is sought. If any particular provision or part of this
Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, this Agreement shall be deemed to be
amended by the deletion of the provision or part held to be invalid or unenforceable or, to
the extent permissible by the applicable laws of the relevant jurisdiction in which such
enforcement is sought, such provision or part shall be deemed to be varied in such a way as
to achieve most closely the purpose of the original provision or part in a manner which is
valid and enforceable, provided that for the avoidance of doubt, such amendments shall apply
only with respect to the operation of this Agreement in the particular jurisdiction in which
the decision as to invalidity or unenforceability is made. |
|
16.6 |
|
Non-waiver. |
|
|
|
No delay or omission on the part of any Party hereto in exercising any right, power or
privilege shall operate to impair such right, power or privilege or be construed as a waiver
by such Party of the same and no single or partial exercise or non-exercise or delay in
exercising any right, power or privilege by any Party hereto shall in any circumstances
preclude any other or further exercise by such Party of such right, power or privilege or
the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by such Party. |
|
16.7 |
|
Counterparts. |
|
|
|
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by different Parties hereto on separate
copies or counterparts and which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
The facsimile transmissions of any executed original document (including without limitation,
any page of an original document on which an original signature appears) and/or
retransmission of any such facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be the same as the
delivery of an executed original. At the request of any Party hereto, the other Parties
hereto shall confirm facsimile transmissions by executing duplicate original documents and
delivering the same to the requesting party or parties. |
|
16.8 |
|
Dispute Resolution; Governing Law. |
|
(a) |
|
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Law of
the State of New York as to matters within the scope thereof, without regard to its
principles of conflicts of laws. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement,
or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be resolved
through consultation. Such consultation shall begin immediately after one Party hereto
has delivered to the other |
36
|
|
|
Party hereto a written request for such consultation. If within thirty (30) days
following the date on which such notice is given the dispute cannot be resolved, the
dispute shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of either Party with notice
to the other. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of Hong Kong
International Arbitration Commission Center (HKIAC) in accordance with its
arbitration rules. If the parties do not agree to appoint the arbitrator(s) who
has/have consented to participate within thirty (30) days after a notice of
arbitration, the relevant appointment shall be made by HKIAC. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English. |
|
|
(e) |
|
The arbitrators shall decide any dispute submitted by the Parties to the
arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive law of New York and shall not
apply any other substantive law. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Each Party hereto shall cooperate with the other(s) in making full disclosure
of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by the
other in connection with such arbitration proceedings, subject only to any
confidentiality obligations binding on such party. |
|
|
(g) |
|
The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the
disputing parties, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent
jurisdiction for enforcement of such award. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Any Party in dispute with another shall be entitled to seek preliminary
injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of
the arbitral tribunal. |
16.9 |
|
This Agreement shall take effect, after being duly executed and delivered by all the Parties
hereto, upon the effectiveness of the Share Purchase Agreement. |
|
16.10 |
|
Cross-Guarantees. |
|
|
|
Each of Zhang Bangxin, Cao Yundong, LIU Yachao and BAI Yunfeng shall unconditionally
guarantees the performance of BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED respectively under this
Agreement and vice versa, each of BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED shall unconditionally
guarantees the performance of Zhang Bangxin, Cao Yundong, LIU Yachao and BAI Yunfeng
respectively under this Agreement. |
|
16.11 |
|
Power of Attorney. |
|
|
|
KTB hereby authorizes the Company, on behalf of itself and as agent for KTB, to enter into
the Assumption Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit B-2 of the Purchase Agreement
pursuant to Section 6.23 thereunder. |
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
37
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholder Agreement as of the date first
written above.
|
|
|
|
|
SELLERS |
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
Name: |
ZHANG Bangxin () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Yundong Cao |
|
|
Name: |
CAO Yundong () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Yachao Liu |
|
|
Name: |
LIU Yachao () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Yunfeng Bai
|
|
|
Name: |
BAI Yunfeng () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
XUEERSI INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
Name: |
ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
Title: |
Director |
|
|
|
HK COMPANY: |
TAL GROUP LIMITED
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
Name: |
ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
Title: |
Director |
|
|
|
WFOE: |
TAL EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY (BEIJING) CO., LTD.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
Name: |
ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
Title: |
Legal Representative |
|
|
Affix Seal: |
|
|
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
DOMESTIC COMPANIES |
BEIJING XUEERSI EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Yachao Liu |
|
|
Name: |
LIU Yachao |
|
|
Title: |
Legal Representative |
|
|
|
Affix Seal: |
|
|
|
|
BEIJING XUEERSI NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Yachao Liu |
|
|
Name: |
LIU Yachao |
|
|
Title: |
Legal Representative |
|
|
|
Affix Seal: |
|
|
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
SERIES A PREFERRED SHAREHOLDER: |
KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Authorized Signatory |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
Legal Representative |
|
|
|
Affix Seal: |
|
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
TIGER: |
Tiger Global Five China Holdings
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Authorized Signatory |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 1
Particulars of the Company as at the date of this Agreement
1. |
|
Name: Xueersi International Education Group() |
|
2. |
|
Date of Incorporation: January 10, 2008 |
|
3. |
|
Country of incorporation and status of company: Cayman Islands, Private company limited by shares |
4. |
|
Registered office: |
The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the
offices of Offshore Incorporations (Cayman) Limited, Scotia Centre,
4th Floor, P.O. Box 2804, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1112, Cayman
Island. |
5. |
|
Authorized share capital: |
US$200,000.00, divided into 200,000,000 shares of par value of US$0.001 each, of which 195,000,000 are classified as Common Shares and 5,000,000 shares are designated as Series A Preferred Shares. |
6. |
|
Issued or reserved shares: |
125,000,000 Common Shares and 5,000,000 Series A Preferred Shares |
7. |
|
Directors: ZHANG Bangxin, CAO Yundong, LIU Yachao, BAI Yunfeng, YEH Aieming Amy |
|
8. |
|
Secretary: CIA Nominee Holdings Limited |
|
9. |
|
Financial year end: the last day of February |
Schedule 1
exv5w1
Exhibit 5.1
TAL Education Group
18/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue
Haidian District
Beijing 100080
Peoples Republic of China
________ 2010
Dear Sirs
TAL Education Group
We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to TAL Education Group (the Company) in connection
with the Companys registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements
thereto (the Registration Statement), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 filed on _____ 2010, as amended, relating to the
offering by the Company of certain American Depositary Shares (the ADSs) representing the
Companys Class A Common Shares of par value US$0.001 each (the Shares).
We are furnishing this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.
For the purposes of this opinion, we have reviewed only originals, copies or final drafts of the
following documents:
1.1 |
|
the certificate of incorporation dated 8 January 2008; |
|
1.2 |
|
the third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as
adopted by a special resolution passed on 29 September 2010 (the Pre IPO M&A); |
|
1.3 |
|
the fourth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as
conditionally adopted by special resolution passed on 29 September and effective immediately
upon the completion of the Companys initial public offering of ADSs representing its Class A
Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the IPO M&A); |
|
1.4 |
|
the written resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company dated 29 September 2010 (the
Directors Resolutions); |
|
1.5 |
|
the written resolutions of the shareholders of the Company dated 29 September 2010 (the
Shareholders Resolutions); |
2
1.6 |
|
a certificate from a Director of the Company addressed to this firm dated ________ 2010 (the
Directors Certificate); |
|
1.7 |
|
a certificate of good standing dated __________ 2010, issued by the Registrar of Companies in
the Cayman Islands (the Certificate of Good Standing); and |
|
1.8 |
|
the Registration Statement. |
|
2 |
|
Assumptions |
Save as aforesaid we have not been instructed to undertake and have not undertaken any further
enquiry or due diligence in relation to the transaction the subject of this opinion. The following
opinions are given only as to and based on circumstances and matters of fact existing at the date
hereof and of which we are aware consequent upon the instructions we have received in relation to
the matter the subject of this opinion and as to the laws of the Cayman Islands as the same are in
force at the date hereof. In giving this opinion, we have relied upon the completeness and
accuracy (and assumed the continuing completeness and accuracy as at the date hereof) of the
Directors Certificate as to matters of fact and the Certificate of Good Standing without further
verification and have relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently
verified:
2.1 |
|
copy documents or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in
the final forms of, the originals; and |
|
2.2 |
|
the genuineness of all signatures and seals. |
|
3 |
|
Opinion |
The following opinions are given only as to matters of Cayman Islands law and we have assumed that
there is nothing under any other law that would affect or vary the following opinions.
Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set out below and having regard to such
legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:
3.1 |
|
the Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability for an
unlimited duration and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman
Islands; |
|
3.2 |
|
immediately upon the completion of the Companys initial public offering of its ADSs
representing its Class A Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, the authorised share
capital of the Company will be US$______ divided into (i) _______ Class A Common Shares of a
nominal or par value of US$0.001 each and (ii) _______ Class B Common Shares of a nominal or
par value of US$0.001 each and (iii) _______ shares of such Class or Classes (howsoever
designated) as the Board of Directors may determine in accordance with Articles 8 and 9 of the
Articles of Association; |
|
3.3 |
|
the issuance and allotment of the Shares has been duly authorised and when allotted, issued
and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement and entered in the register of
members (shareholders), the Shares will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and |
|
3.4. |
|
the statements under the captions Enforceability of Civil Liabilities, Taxation and
Legal Matters and elsewhere in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to
the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material
respects and such statements constitute our opinion. |
3
Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with respect to any representations and
warranties which may be made by or with respect to the Company in any of the documents or
instruments cited in this opinion or otherwise with respect to the commercial terms of the
transactions the subject of this opinion.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to
the reference to our name under the headings Enforceability of Civil Liabilities, Taxation and
Legal Matters and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving
such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is
required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and
Regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Yours faithfully
Maples and Calder
Encl
exv8w1
EXHIBIT 8.1
___, 2010
TAL Education Group
18/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District
Beijing 100080
Peoples Republic of China
|
|
|
|
|
Re: |
|
American Depositary Shares of TAL Education Group (the Company) |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested our opinion concerning the statements in the Registration Statement (as
described below) under the caption TaxationMaterial United States Federal Income Tax
Considerations in connection with the public offering of certain American Depositary Shares
(ADSs), each of which represents Class A common shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the
Company, pursuant to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the Act), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Commission) on the date hereof (the Registration Statement).
In connection with rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined and relied on
originals or copies of the following:
|
(a) |
|
the Registration Statement; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
such other documents, certificates and records as we have
deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below. |
Our opinion is conditioned on the initial and continuing accuracy of the facts, information
and analyses set forth in such documents, certificates and records (as identified in clauses (a)
and (b) of the immediately preceding paragraph). All capitalized terms used but not otherwise
defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.
TAL Education Group
___, 2010
Page 2
For purposes of our opinion, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the
genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the
conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed,
electronic, or photo static copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.
We have relied on a representation of the Company that such documents, certificates, and records
are duly authorized, valid and enforceable.
In addition, we have relied on factual statements and representations of the officers and
other representatives of the Company and others, and we have assumed that such statements and
representations are and will continue to be correct without regard to any qualification as to
knowledge or belief.
Our opinion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury
regulations, judicial decisions, published positions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, and such
other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as in effect as of the date of this opinion
and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change at any time (possibly with
retroactive effect). A change in the authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the
conclusions expressed herein. There can be no assurance, moreover, that the opinion expressed
herein will be accepted by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or, if challenged, by a court.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, under current U.S.
federal income tax law, although the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the
heading Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations does not purport to summarize
all possible U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
ADSs to U.S. Holders (as defined therein), such discussion constitutes, in all material respects, a
fair and accurate summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of the ADSs that are anticipated to be material to U.S. Holders who purchase the
ADSs pursuant to the Registration Statement, subject to the qualifications set forth in such
discussion and, to the extent that it sets forth specific legal conclusions under United States
federal income tax law, except as otherwise provided therein, it represents our opinion.
Except as set forth above, we express no other opinion. This opinion is furnished to you
solely for your benefit in connection with the sale of the securities and is not to be relied on by
anyone else without our prior written consent. This opinion is expressed as of the date hereof,
and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise our opinion to reflect any legal
developments or factual matters arising subsequent to the date hereof.
TAL Education Group
___, 2010
Page 3
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
and to the use of our name under the caption Legal Matters in the prospectus included in the
Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the
category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
exv8w3
Exhibit 8.3
, 2010
|
|
|
To:
|
|
TAL Education Group
18/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District
Beijing 100080
Peoples Republic of China |
|
|
|
Re:
|
|
Legal Opinion on Certain PRC Law Matters |
We are qualified lawyers of the Peoples Republic of China (the PRC, for purposes of this legal
opinion, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region
and Taiwan), and as such are qualified to issue this opinion on the PRC Laws (as defined below).
We have acted as PRC legal counsel to TAL Education Group (the Company), a company incorporated
under the laws of the Cayman Islands, in connection with (i) the Companys proposed initial public
offering (Offering) of its certain number of American Depositary Shares (ADSs), each of which
represents of the common shares, par value US$ 0.001 per share, of the Company; and (ii) the
issuance of the prospectus (Prospectus) that forms part of the Companys registration statement
on Form F-1 (No. ) (the Registration Statement) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission.
|
|
|
A. |
|
Documents Examined, Definition and Information Provided |
In connection with the furnishing of this opinion, we have examined copies, certified or
otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided by the Company, and such other
documents, corporate records, certificates, Approvals (as defined below) and other instruments
as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering this opinion, including, without
limitation, originals
1
or copies of the certificates issued by PRC government authorities and officers of the Company.
All of these documents are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Documents.
Unless the context of this opinion otherwise provides, the following terms in this opinion
shall have the meanings set forth below:
Approvals means all necessary approvals, consents, waivers, sanctions, certificates,
authorizations, filings, registrations, exemptions, permissions, endorsements, annual
inspections, qualifications and licenses.
PRC Affiliated Entities means all the subsidiaries directly or indirectly established by the
VIEs under the PRC Laws which take the form of companies or schools as set out in Schedule
I of this opinion.
PRC Laws means all laws, regulations, statutes, orders, decrees, guidelines, notices,
judicial interpretations and sub-ordinate legislations currently in force and publicly
available in the PRC on the date of this opinion.
TAL Beijing means TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Variable Interest Entities or VIEs means Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. and
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., which are domestic PRC companies in which the
Company does not have equity interests but whose financial results have been consolidated into
the Companys consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
In our examination of the aforesaid Documents, we have assumed, without independent
investigation and inquiry that:
|
1. |
|
all signatures, seals and chops are genuine and were made or affixed by
representatives duly authorized by the respective parties, all natural persons have the
necessary legal capacity, all Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and
all Documents submitted to us as certified or photo static copies conform to the
originals; |
2
|
2. |
|
no amendments, revisions, modifications or other changes have been made with
respect to any of the Documents after they were submitted to us for the purposes of this
opinion; and |
|
|
3. |
|
each of the parties to the Documents (except that we do not make such assumptions
about the VIEs and the PRC Affiliated Entities) is duly organized and validly existing in
good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation,
and has been duly approved and authorized where applicable by the competent governmental
authorities of the relevant jurisdiction to carry on its business and to perform its
obligations under the Documents to which it is a party. |
In expressing the opinions set forth herein, we have relied upon the factual matters contained
in the representations and warranties set forth in the Documents.
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:
1. With Respect to the Contractual Arrangements between TAL Beijing, PRC Affiliated Entities,
VIEs and their Respective Shareholders
(a) Each of the parties to the contractual arrangements and agreements by and among TAL
Beijing, the PRC Affiliated Entities, VIEs and their respective shareholders that has been
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement (collectively, VIE Contracts) has full
power, authority and legal right to enter into, execute, deliver and perform their respective
obligations under each of the VIE Contracts and such obligations constitute valid, legal and
binding obligations enforceable in accordance with the terms of each of the VIE Contracts
against each of them. Each VIE Contracts and the transactions contemplated thereby have been
duly authorized by the entities expressed to be parties thereto. No Approvals are required to
be done or obtained for the performance of the respective parties of their obligations and the
transactions contemplated under the VIE Contracts other than those already obtained, except
when TAL Beijing decides to exercise the option granted under the Call Option Agreement to
purchase the equity interests in VIEs, such purchase shall be subject to prior approval by the
Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart and be further subject to registrations with the
relevant government authorities.
(b) The execution, delivery and performance by each of the relevant parties of their
respective obligations under each of the VIE Contracts, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereunder, do not and will not (i) result in any violation of their
respective articles of association, their respective business licenses or constitutive
documents, (ii) result in any violation of any applicable PRC Laws, or (iii) to the best of
our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries,
3
conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, any agreement, instrument, arbitration award or judgment, order or
decree of any court of the PRC having jurisdiction over the relevant parties of the VIE
Contracts, as the case may be, any agreement or instrument to which any of them is expressed
to be a party or which is binding on any of them.
(c) The contractual arrangement and the ownership structure described under the caption
Summary and Our Corporate History and Structure in the Prospectus are true and accurate in
all material respects and nothing has been omitted from such description which would make the
same misleading in any material respects. The ownership structures of TAL Beijing, VIEs and
the PRC Affiliated Entities as described in the Prospectus complies, and immediately after
giving effect of this Offering will comply, with all applicable PRC Laws, and does not
violate, breach, or otherwise conflict with any applicable PRC Laws, except as disclosed in
the Prospectus.
2. With respect to the M&A Rules
On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State
Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the
State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the State Administration for Foreign Exchange,
and the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, jointly adopted the Regulations on
Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rule, which
became effective on September 8, 2006. M&A Rule provides, among other things, that offshore
special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies
and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to
publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The Company acquired
contractual control rather than acquired any equity interests in the VIEs and the PRC
Affiliated Entities and is hence not a special purpose vehicle formed or controlled by PRC
companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules. Therefore, the Company is not
required to obtain the approval from CSRC for the listing and trading of the Companys ADSs on
an overseas stock exchange.
3. Taxation
The statements set forth under the caption Taxation in the Prospectus, insofar as they
constitute statements of PRC tax law, are accurate in all material respects and that such
statements constitute our opinion.
We hereby consent to the use of our name under the captions Risk Factors, Our Corporate
History and Structure, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
4
Results
of Operations, Regulation, Taxation,
Legal Matters and Enforceability of Civil
Liabilities in the Prospectus.
This opinion relates only to PRC Laws and we express no opinion as to any laws other than PRC Laws.
PRC Laws as used in this opinion refers to the PRC Laws currently in force as of the date of this
opinion and there is no guarantee that any of such PRC Laws will not be changed, amended or revoked
in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retroactive effect.
We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the
Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the
person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
the regulations promulgated thereunder.
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
Tian Yuan Law Firm |
|
5
Schedule I PRC Affiliated Entities
1. |
|
Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi Training School |
|
2. |
|
Beijing Haidian District Lejiale Training School |
|
3. |
|
Tianjin Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. |
|
4. |
|
Shenzhen Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. |
|
5. |
|
Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi Training School |
|
6. |
|
Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School |
|
7. |
|
Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution Co., Ltd. |
|
8. |
|
Shanghai Lehai Science and Technology Information Co., Ltd. |
|
9. |
|
Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Lejiale School |
|
10. |
|
Shanghai Minhang District Lejiale School |
|
11. |
|
Shanghai Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. |
|
12. |
|
Guangzhou Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. |
|
13. |
|
Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing English Training School |
|
14. |
|
Hubei Qianjiang Xiaohafu English Training School |
|
15. |
|
Hubei Jianli Hafu English Training School |
|
16. |
|
Tianjin Hexi District Xueersi Training School |
6
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
2010 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
The purpose of this TAL Education Group 2010 Share Incentive Plan (the Plan) is to
promote the success and enhance the value of TAL Education Group, a company formed under the laws
of the Cayman Islands (the Company) by aligning the personal interests of the members of
the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of the Companys shareholders and by providing such
individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance. The Plan is further intended to provide
flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members
of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment and contribution the Companys
business is largely dependent.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified
below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the
plural where the context so indicates.
2.1 Applicable Laws means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the
Awards under applicable provisions of the corporate, securities, tax and other laws, rules,
regulations and government orders, and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national
market system, of any jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.
2.2 Award means an Option, Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit award granted
to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.
2.3 Award Agreement means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or
document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium.
2.4 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.5 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended.
2.6 Committee means a committee of the Board described in Article 10.
2.7 Consultant means any consultant or adviser if: (a) the consultant or adviser
renders bona fide services to a Service Recipient; (b) the services rendered by the consultant or
adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising
transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Companys
securities; and (c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly
with the Service Recipient to render such services.
2.8 Corporate Transaction, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, means
any of the following transactions, provided, however, that the Committee shall determine under
(d) and (e) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final,
binding and conclusive:
(a) an amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation or scheme of arrangement (i) in which the
Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to
change the jurisdiction in which the Company is incorporated or (ii) following which the holders of
the voting securities of the Company do not continue to hold more than 50% of the combined voting
power of the voting securities of the surviving entity;
(b) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company;
(c) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
(d) any reverse takeover or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse takeover
(including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse takeover) in which the Company
is the surviving entity but (A) the Companys equity securities outstanding immediately prior to
such takeover are converted or exchanged by virtue of the takeover into other property, whether in
the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Companys outstanding securities are
transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior
to such takeover or the initial transaction culminating in such takeover, but excluding any such
transaction or series of related transactions that the Committee determines shall not be a
Corporate Transaction; or
(e) acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group
of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than
fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Companys outstanding securities but
excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Committee determines
shall not be a Corporate Transaction.
2.9 Disability, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, means that the
Participant qualifies to receive long-term disability payments under the Service Recipients
long-term disability insurance program, as it may be amended from time to time, to which the
Participant provides services regardless of whether the Participant is covered by such policy.
If the Service Recipient to which the Participant provides service does not have a long-term
disability plan in place, Disability means that a Participant is unable to carry out the
responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Participant by reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety
(90) consecutive days. A Participant will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless
2
he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Committee in its
discretion.
2.10 Effective Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.
2.11 Employee means any person, including an officer or a member of the Board of
the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, who is in the employment of a Service
Recipient, subject to the control and direction of the Service Recipient as to both the work to
be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a directors fee by a
Service Recipient shall not be sufficient to constitute employment by the Service Recipient.
2.12 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States,
as amended.
2.13 Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as
follows:
(a) If the Shares are listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market
systems, including without limitation, The New York Stock Exchange and The Nasdaq Stock Market, its
Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales
were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed (as
determined by the Committee) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing
bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or
closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the
Committee deems reliable;
(b) If the Shares are regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC
Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing
sales price for such Shares as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of
determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be
the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Shares on the date of determination (or,
if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as
reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or
(c) In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) and
(b), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Committee in good faith and in
its discretion by reference to (i) the placing price of the latest private placement of the Shares
and the development of the Companys business operations and the general economic and market
conditions since such latest private placement, (ii) other third party transactions involving the
Shares and the development of the Companys business operation and the general economic and market
conditions since such sale, (iii) an independent valuation of the Shares, or (iv) such other methodologies or information as the Committee
determines to be indicative of Fair Market Value.
3
2.14 Incentive Share Option means an Option that is intended to meet the
requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
2.15 Independent Director means a member of the Board who is a non-Employee
Director and who meets the independent standards under the stock exchange on which the Companys
Shares are listed, if applicable.
2.16 Non-Employee Director means a member of the Board who qualifies as a
Non-Employee Director as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor
definition adopted by the Board.
2.17 Non-Qualified Share Option means an Option that is not intended to be an
Incentive Share Option.
2.18 Option means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 5 of the
Plan to purchase a specified number of Shares at a specified price during specified time periods.
An Option may be either an Incentive Share Option or a Non-Qualified Share Option.
2.19 Participant means a person who, as a member of the Board, Consultant or
Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.
2.20 Parent means a parent corporation under Section 424(e) of the Code.
2.21 Plan means this TAL Education Group 2010 Share Incentive Plan, as it may be
amended from time to time.
2.22 Related Entity means any business, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company
holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly, but which is not a Subsidiary and
which the Board designates as a Related Entity for purposes of the Plan.
2.23 Restricted Share means a Share awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 6
that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture.
2.24 Restricted Share Unit means the right granted to a Participant pursuant to
Article 7 to receive a Share at a future date.
2.25 Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States, as
amended.
2.26 Service Recipient means the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company
and any Related Entity to which a Participant provides services as an Employee, a Consultant or a
Director.
2.27 Share means ordinary shares of the Company, and such other securities of the
Company that may be substituted for Shares pursuant to Article 9.
4
2.28 Subsidiary means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the
outstanding voting shares or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the
Company.
2.29 Trading Date means the closing of the first sale to the general public of the
Shares pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.
ARTICLE 3
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
3.1 Number of Shares.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Article 9 and Section 3.1(b), the maximum aggregate number of
Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards (including Incentive Share Options) shall be
18,750,000.
(b) To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any Shares
subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. To
the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for,
any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form or combination by the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary of the Company shall not be counted against Shares available for grant
pursuant to the Plan. Shares delivered by the Participant or withheld by the Company upon the
exercise of any Award under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding
thereon, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section
3.1(a). If any Restricted Shares are forfeited by the Participant or repurchased by the Company,
such Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of
Section 3.1(a). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be
optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Share Option to fail to
qualify as an incentive Share option under Section 422 of the Code.
3.2 Shares Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in
whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares (subject to Applicable Laws)
or Shares purchased on the open market. Additionally, in the discretion of the Committee,
American Depository Shares in an amount equal to the number of Shares which otherwise would be
distributed pursuant to an Award may be distributed in lieu of Shares in settlement of any Award.
If the number of Shares represented by an American Depository Share is other than on a
one-to-one basis, the limitations of Section 3.1 shall be adjusted to reflect the distribution of
American Depository Shares in lieu of Shares.
ARTICLE 4
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
4.1 Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include Employees,
5
Consultants, and all members of the Board, as determined by the Committee.
4.2 Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from
time to time, select from among all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted
and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No individual shall have any right to
be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.
4.3 Jurisdictions. In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to
Participants employed in various jurisdictions, the Committee may provide for such special terms
as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy,
or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides or is employed.
Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or
alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes
without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided,
however, that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall
increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that
would violate any Applicable Laws.
ARTICLE 5
OPTIONS
5.1 General. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the
following terms and conditions:
(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to an Option shall be
determined by the Committee and set forth in the Share Option Award Agreement which may be a fixed
or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares. The exercise price per Share
subject to an Option may be amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the Committee, the
determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. For the avoidance of doubt, to the
extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws or any exchange rule, a downward adjustment of the
exercise prices of Options mentioned in the preceding sentence shall be effective without the
approval of the Companys shareholders or the approval of the affected Participants.
(b) Time and Conditions of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times
at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, including exercise prior to vesting;
provided that the term of any Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten years, except as provided in Section 12.1. The Committee shall also determine any conditions,
if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.
(c) Payment. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of
an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation (i) cash or check
denominated in U.S. Dollars, (ii) to the extent permissible under the Applicable Laws, cash or
check in Chinese Renminbi, (iii) cash or check denominated in any other local currency as approved
by the Committee, (iv) Shares held for such period of time as may be
6
required by the Committee in
order to avoid adverse financial accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date
of delivery equal to the exercise price, (v) after the Trading Date, the delivery of a notice that
the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable
upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of
the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided
that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (vi) other
property acceptable to the Committee with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, or (vii)
any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
no Participant who is a member of the Board or an executive officer of the Company within the
meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an
Option in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.
(d) Evidence of Grant. All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between
the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as
may be specified by the Committee.
5.2 Incentive Share Options. Incentive Share Options may be granted to Employees of
the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Incentive Share Options may not be granted
to Employees of a Related Entity or to Independent Directors or Consultants. The terms of any
Incentive Share Options granted pursuant to the Plan, in addition to the requirements of Section
5.1, must comply with the following additional provisions of this Section 5.2:
(a) Expiration of Option. An Incentive Share Option may not be exercised to any
extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:
(i) Ten years from the date it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award
Agreement;
(ii) [60 days] after the Participants termination of employment as an Employee; and
(iii) [Six months] after the date of the Participants termination of employment or service on
account of Disability or death. Upon the Participants Disability or death, any Incentive Share
Options exercisable at the Participants Disability or death may be exercised by the Participants
legal representative or representatives, by the person or persons entitled to do so pursuant to the Participants last will and testament, or, if the
Participant fails to make testamentary disposition of such Incentive Share Option or dies
intestate, by the person or persons entitled to receive the Incentive Share Option pursuant to the
applicable laws of descent and distribution.
(b) Individual Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of
the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options are
first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such other
limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent
that Incentive Share Options are first exercisable by a Participant in
7
excess of such limitation,
the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Share Options.
(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price of an Incentive Share Option shall be equal to
the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. However, the exercise price of any Incentive Share
Option granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns Shares possessing more than ten
percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Shares of the Company may not be less
than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and such Option may not be exercisable for more
than five years from the date of grant.
(d) Transfer Restriction. The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any
disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Share Option within (i) two years from
the date of grant of such Incentive Share Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares
to the Participant.
(e) Expiration of Incentive Share Options. No Award of an Incentive Share Option may
be made pursuant to this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.
(f) Right to Exercise. During a Participants lifetime, an Incentive Share Option may
be exercised only by the Participant.
ARTICLE 6
RESTRICTED SHARES
6.1 Grant of Restricted Shares. The Committee, at any time and from time to time,
may grant Restricted Shares to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall
determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted
Shares to be granted to each Participant.
6.2 Restricted Shares Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Shares shall be
evidenced by a Restricted Shares Award Agreement that shall specify the period of restriction,
the number of Restricted Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in
its sole discretion, shall determine. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Restricted
Shares shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Restricted
Shares have lapsed.
6.3 Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such
restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose (including,
without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Shares or the right to receive
dividends on the Restricted Share). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at
such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee
determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.
6.4 Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the
time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service during
the applicable restriction period, Restricted Shares that are at that time subject to
restrictions shall be forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Restricted Shares Award
8
Agreement; provided, however, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Shares Award
Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Shares
will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes,
and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase
conditions relating to Restricted Shares.
6.5 Certificates for Restricted Shares. Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the
Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates
representing Restricted Shares are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must
bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to
such Restricted Shares, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the
certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.
6.6 Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6,
Restricted Shares granted under the Plan shall be released from escrow as soon as practicable
after the last day of the period of restriction. The Committee, in its discretion, may
accelerate the time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed. After the restrictions
have lapsed, the Participant shall be entitled to have any legend or legends under Section 6.5
removed from his or her Share certificate, and the Shares shall be freely transferable by the
Participant, subject to applicable legal restrictions. The Committee (in its discretion) may
establish procedures regarding the release of Shares from escrow and the removal of legends, as
necessary or appropriate to minimize administrative burdens on the Company.
ARTICLE 7
RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS
7.1 Grant of Restricted Share Units. The Committee, at any time and from time to
time, may grant Restricted Share Units to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion,
shall determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted
Share Units to be granted to each Participant.
7.2 Restricted Share Units Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Share Units
shall be evidenced by a Restricted Share Units Award Agreement that shall specify any vesting conditions, the number of Restricted Share Units granted, and such other terms and
conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
7.3 Performance Objectives and Other Terms. The Committee, in its discretion, shall
set performance objectives or other vesting criteria which, depending on the extent to which they
are met, will determine the number or value of Restricted Share Units that will be paid out to
the Participants.
7.4 Form and Timing of Payment of Restricted Share Units. At the time of grant, the
Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Share Units shall become fully
vested and nonforfeitable. Upon vesting, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay
Restricted Share Units in the form of cash, in Shares or in a combination thereof.
9
7.5 Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the
time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service during
the applicable restriction period, Restricted Share Units that are at that time unvested shall be
forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Restricted Share Units Award Agreement; provided,
however, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Share Units Award Agreement that
restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Share Units will be
waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b)
in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions
relating to Restricted Share Units.
ARTICLE 8
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
8.1 Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements
that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include the term of
an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participants employment or service
terminates, and the Companys authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend,
cancel or rescind an Award.
8.2 Limits on Transfer. No right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be
pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a
Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any
other party other than the Company or a Subsidiary. Except as otherwise provided by the
Committee, no Award shall be assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of by a Participant
other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee by express provision
in the Award or an amendment thereto may permit an Award (other than an Incentive Share Option)
to be transferred to, exercised by and paid to certain persons or entities related to the
Participant, including but not limited to members of the Participants family, charitable
institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are members of
the Participants family and/or charitable institutions, or to such other persons or entities as
may be expressly approved by the Committee, pursuant to such conditions and procedures as the Committee may establish. Any permitted transfer shall be
subject to the condition that the Committee receive evidence satisfactory to it that the transfer
is being made for estate and/or tax planning purposes (or to a blind trust in connection with
the Participants termination of employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary to assume
a position with a governmental, charitable, educational or similar non-profit institution) and on
a basis consistent with the Companys lawful issue of securities.
8.3 Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding Section 8.2, a Participant may, in the manner
determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant
and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participants death. A
beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant
to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable
to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to
any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If the Participant
is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a
10
person other than the
Participants spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participants
interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the
Participants spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment
shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participants will or the laws of
descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or
revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the
Committee.
8.4 Share Certificates. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing Shares pursuant to
the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel,
that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all Applicable Laws,
regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on
which the Shares are listed or traded. All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are
subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or
advisable to comply with all Applicable Laws, and the rules of any national securities exchange
or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee
may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.
In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Committee may require that a
Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in
its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or
requirements. The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any
timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a
window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Committee.
8.5 Paperless Administration. Subject to Applicable Laws, the Committee may make
Awards, provide applicable disclosure and procedures for exercise of Awards by an internet
website or interactive voice response system for the paperless administration of Awards.
8.6 Foreign Currency. A Participant may be required to provide evidence that any
currency used to pay the exercise price of any Award were acquired and taken out of the
jurisdiction in which the Participant resides in accordance with Applicable Laws, including
foreign exchange control laws and regulations. In the event the exercise price for an Award is
paid in Chinese Renminbi or other foreign currency, as permitted by the Committee, the amount
payable will be determined by conversion from U.S. dollars at the official rate promulgated by
the Peoples Bank of China for Chinese Renminbi, or for jurisdictions other than the Peoples
Republic of China, the exchange rate as selected by the Committee on the date of exercise.
ARTICLE 9
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
9.1 Adjustments. In the event of any dividend, share split, combination or exchange
of Shares, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other
11
distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to its shareholders, or any
other change affecting Shares or the price of a Share, the Committee shall make such
proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Committee in its discretion may deem appropriate to
reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares that may be
issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section
3.1); (b) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any
applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (c) the grant or exercise
price per Share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.
9.2 Corporate Transactions. Except as may otherwise be provided in any Award
Agreement or any other written agreement entered into by and between the Company and a
Participant, if the Committee anticipates the occurrence, or upon the occurrence, of a Corporate
Transaction, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for (i) any and all Awards
outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future and shall give each
Participant the right to exercise the vested portion of such Awards during a period of time as
the Committee shall determine, or (ii) the purchase of any Award for an amount of cash equal to
the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award (and, for the avoidance
of doubt, if as of such date the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have
been attained upon the exercise of such Award, then such Award may be terminated by the Company
without payment), or (iii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected
by the Committee in its sole discretion or the assumption of or substitution of such Award by the
successor or surviving corporation, or a Parent or Subsidiary thereof, with appropriate
adjustments as to the number and kind of Shares and prices, or (iv) payment of an Award in cash
based on the value of Shares on the date of the Corporate Transaction plus reasonable interest on
the Award through the date when such Award would otherwise be vested or have been paid in
accordance with its original terms, if necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.
9.3 Outstanding AwardsOther Changes. In the event of any other change in the
capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in
this Article 9, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the
number and class of Shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs
and in the per Share grant or exercise price of each Award as the Committee may consider
appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
9.4 No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall
have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, the payment
of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or any
dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation.
Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Committee under the Plan,
no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any
class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the
number of Shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.
12
ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION
10.1 Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee of one
or more members of the Board (the Committee) to whom the Board shall delegate the authority to
grant or amend Awards to Participants other than any of the Committee members. Any grant or
amendment of Awards to any Committee member shall then require an affirmative vote of a majority
of the Board members who are not on the Committee.
10.2 Action by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a
quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is
present, and acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall
be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith,
rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other
employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Companys independent certified public
accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the
Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.
10.3 Authority of Committee. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the
Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
(a) Designate Participants to receive Awards;
(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award
will relate;
(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any
restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or
restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, any
provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such
considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be
settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other
property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each
Participant;
(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;
(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or
advisable to administer the Plan;
(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award
Agreement; and
13
(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or
as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.
10.4 Decisions Binding. The Committees interpretation of the Plan, any Awards
granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the
Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
ARTICLE 11
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATE
11.1 Effective Date. The Plan is effective as of the date the Plan is adopted and
approved by the Board (the Effective Date). The Plan will be deemed to be approved by
the shareholders if it receives the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the share
capital of the Company present or represented and entitled to vote at a meeting duly held in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companys Memorandum of Association and Articles
of Association.
11.2 Expiration Date. The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant
to the Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Any Awards that are outstanding
on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of
the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
12.1 Amendment, Modification, And Termination. With the approval of the Board, at
any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided,
however, that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws, or stock
exchange rules, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a
manner and to such a degree as required, unless the Company decides to follow home country
practice, and (b) unless the Company decides to follow home country practice, shareholder
approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that (i) increases the number of Shares
available under the Plan (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 9), (ii) permits the
Committee to extend the term of the Plan or the exercise period for an Option beyond ten years
from the date of grant, or (iii) results in a material increase in benefits or a change in
eligibility requirements.
12.2 Awards Previously Granted. Except with respect to amendments made pursuant to
Section 12.1, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in
any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written
consent of the Participant.
14
ARTICLE 13
GENERAL PROVISIONS
13.1 No Rights to Awards. No Participant or other person shall have any claim to be
granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to
treat Participants and other persons uniformly.
13.2 No Shareholders Rights. No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a
Shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are in fact issued to such person in
connection with such Award.
13.3 Taxes. No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Participant until
such Participant has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any
income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. The Company or any
Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant
to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the
Participants payroll tax obligations) required or permitted by law to be withheld with respect
to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan. The Committee
may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to
elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return
of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld. Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the
issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award after such Shares were
acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy any income and payroll tax
liabilities applicable to the Participant with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or
payment of the Award shall, unless specifically approved by the Committee, be limited to the
number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to
the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for the
applicable income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable
income.
13.4 No Right to Employment or Services. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement
shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Service Recipient to terminate any
Participants employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to
continue in the employ or service of any Service Recipient.
13.5 Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan for
incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to
an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any
rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.
13.6 Indemnification. To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each
member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company
from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably
15
incurred by
such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which
he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure
to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in
satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or
she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he
or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of
indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such
persons may be entitled pursuant to the Companys Memorandum of Association and Articles of
Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to
indemnify them or hold them harmless.
13.7 Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken
into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit
sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except
to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement
thereunder.
13.8 Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company
and its Subsidiaries.
13.9 Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are
for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather
than such titles or headings, shall control.
13.10 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Committee
shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or
whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.
13.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set
forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any
amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such
exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Plan and Awards granted or
awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable
exemptive rule.
13.12 Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to make
payment of awards in Share or otherwise shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, and to such
approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to
register any of the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan under the Securities Act or any other
similar law in any applicable jurisdiction. If the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan may in
certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act or other
Applicable Laws, the Company may restrict the transfer of such Shares in such manner as it deems
advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
13.13 Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in
16
accordance with and governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.
13.14 Section 409A. To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award
granted under the Plan is or may become subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement
evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the
Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and the Award Agreements shall be interpreted in
accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and
other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulation
or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of
the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Committee determines
that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury
guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective
Date), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award agreement or
adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with
retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or
appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and /or preserve the intended
tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related U.S. Department of Treasury guidance.
13.15 Appendices. The Committee may approve such supplements, amendments or
appendices to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for purposes of compliance
with applicable laws or otherwise and such supplements, amendments or appendices shall be
considered a part of the Plan; provided, however, that no such supplements shall increase the
share limitation contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan without the approval of the Board.
17
exv10w2
Exhibit 10.2
EXECUTION
Dated
February 12, 2009
(1) TAL group
(2) ZHANG Bangxin ()
(3) CAO Yundong ()
(4) LIU Yachao ()
(5) BAI Yunfeng ()
(6) KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited
(7) TAL Group Limited
(8) TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
()
(9) Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
()
(10) Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
()
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
For the Issuance of Series A Preferred Shares in
TAL group
(a company incorporated in Cayman Islands)
EXECUTION
CONTENT
|
|
|
|
|
RECITALS: |
|
|
2 |
|
1. AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND SELL SHARES |
|
|
3 |
|
2. CLOSING; DELIVERY |
|
|
4 |
|
3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GROUP COMPANIES AND THE FOUNDERS |
|
|
5 |
|
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS |
|
|
12 |
|
5. COVENANTS OF THE GROUP COMPANIES, THE FOUNDERS AND THE INVESTORS |
|
|
13 |
|
6. CONDITIONS TO INVESTORS OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING |
|
|
15 |
|
7. CONDITIONS TO COMPANYS OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING |
|
|
17 |
|
8. MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
17 |
|
1
EXECUTION
SERIES A PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS SERIES A PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this
Agreement) is made and entered into
as of February 12,2009 by and among TAL group, an exempted limited liability
company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the
Company); TAL Group Limited, a
limited liability company organized under the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of
the Peoples Republic of China (the
PRC) and wholly owned by the Company (the
HK Holdco); TAL
Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (
), a wholly foreign-owned
enterprise established under the laws of the PRC (the
WFOE); Beijing Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. (
), a limited liability company established under the laws of
PRC (
XueErSi Education or
Domestic Holdco), Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
(
), a limited liability company established under the laws of PRC
(
XueErSi Network); the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the
Founders and each,
a
Founder); and the persons listed on Exhibit B hereto (collectively, the
Investors and each,
an
Investor).
Each of the Company, the Founders, HK Holdco, the Investors, the Domestic Holdco, XueErSi Network
and the WFOE shall be referred to individually as a Party and collectively as the Parties.
RECITALS:
A. The Company was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on January 2, 2008 with
its registered office at the offices of Offshore Incorporations (Cayman) Limited, Scotia Centre,
4th Floor, P.O. Box 2804, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1112, Cayman Islands;
B. The HK Holdco is organized on March 11, 2008 and is engaged in the business of holding,
management and disposition of equity interest in the WFOE. Its registered office is in Hong Kong,
and the Company owns 100% of the equity interest in the HK Holdco;
C. The WFOE is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise established on May 8,
2008, under
the laws of the PRC with its registered address at 2
nd Floor, Suzhou Street, No.1,
Haidian District, (
), Beijing, China, and the HK Holdco owns 100% of
the equity interest in the WFOE;
D. The Founders directly and indirectly holds 100% equity interest in the following entities:
(i) Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. (
), is a
limited liability company established on December 31, 2005 under the laws of the PRC with
its registered address at Suite A413, Zhongding Mansion, Jia No. 18 W. 3rd Ring Rd. N,
Haidian District, Beijing, China;
(ii) Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. (
), and
previously known as
and
), a
limited liability company established on August 23, 2007 under the laws of the PRC with its
registered address at Suite A509, Zhongding Mansion, Jia No. 18 W. 3rd Ring Rd. N, Haidian
District, Beijing, China;
(iii) Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School (
), a
private non-enterprise entity (legal person) established on July 3, 2006 under the laws of
the PRC with its registered address at No. 2 Cui Wei Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China
(the
Haidian School)];
(iv) Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi Training School (
), a
private non-enterprise entity (legal person) established on January 5, 2007 under the laws
of the PRC with its registered address at Suite 102, Wanxin Business Mansion, No. 94 Dong Si
Shi Tiao, Dongcheng District, Beijing, China (the
Dongcheng School);
2
EXECUTION
(v) Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi Training School (
), a
private non-enterprise entity (legal person) established under the laws of the PRC with its
registered address at Rm. 500, Tower A, Business Building, Nanlishi Road Yi, No.3-2,
Xicheng District, Beijing, China, (the
Xicheng School);
(vi) Qianjiang Hafu English Training Centre (
), a private
non-enterprise entity (legal person) established on under the laws of the PRC with its
registered address at the Workers Culture Club, Jianshe Road, No.71, Qianjiang Town,,
China (the
Wuhan Qianjiang School);
(vii) Wuhan Xiaoxinxing English Training School (
), a
private non-enterprise entity (legal person) established under the laws of the PRC with its
registered address at Xinhuaxiao Road, No. 106, Hankou District, Wuhan, China (the
Wuhan
Jianghan School);
(viii) Jianli Hafu English Training School (
), a private
non-enterprise entity (legal person) established under the laws of the PRC with its
registered address at the Workers Culture Club, Yanchen Road, Jianli County, China (the
Jianli School);
(ix) Shanghai Lehai Technology and Information Co., Ltd.
(
), a limited liability company established on November, 11,
2008 under the laws of the PRC with its registered address at Xingfa Road, No.65, Fengjing
town, Jinshan District, Shanghai, China (the
Shanghai Company);
(x) Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Jialejia Advanced Study School
(
), a private non-enterprise entity (legal person)
established on October 10, 2008 under the laws of the PRC with its registered address at 4th
Floor, Tianshan Road, No.1825, Changning District, Shanghai, China (the
Shanghai Changning
School);
(xi) Shanghai Minhang District Jialejia Advanced Study School
(
), a private non-enterprise entity (legal person) established on
June 28, 2006 under the laws of the PRC with its registered address at 2nd Floor, Qixin
Road, No.2893, Minhang District, Shanghai, China
Shanghai Minhang School);
(xii) Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution Co., Ltd.(
), a
limited liability company established on June 30, 2008 under the laws of the PRC with its
registered address at Rm.1012, Fuxing Road Jia, No. 23, Haidian District, Beijing, China
(the
Zhikang, and together with the entities listed under (i) to (xii) above, the
Domestic Subsidiaries and each a
Domestic Subsidiary, collectively with the Company, HK
Holdco, WFOE, Domestic Holdco and XueErSi Network and their subsidiaries, the
Group
Companies and each, a
Group Company.
E. The Domestic Entities are engaged in the business of primary, junior high and senior high
school training, and one-to-one tutoring. The business in which each Domestic Entities is engaged
is hereinafter referred to as its respective Principal Business.
WHEREAS, the Investors desire to purchase from the Company the Preferred Shares (as defined in
Section 1.2) and the Company desires to sell the Preferred Shares to the Purchasers pursuant to the
terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter
set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND SELL SHARES
3
EXECUTION
1.1. Authorization. As of the Closing (as defined below), the Company will have authorized
the issuance, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, of up to 5,000,000 series A
preferred shares (the Series A Preferred Shares) having the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions as set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the
Company attached hereto as Exhibit C (the Restated Articles).
1.2. Agreement to Purchase and Sell. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company
hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Investors, and the Investors hereby agree, severally and not
jointly, to purchase from the Company, the number of Series A Shares set forth opposite the name of
such Investors on Exhibit B, at a price of US$1.00 per share, amounting to an aggregate purchase
price of US$5,000,000 (the Purchase Price). The Series A Preferred Shares to be purchased and
sold pursuant to this Agreement will be collectively hereinafter referred to as the Purchased
Shares, and the common shares of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Purchased Shares will
be collectively hereinafter referred to as the Conversion Shares. At the Closing, the amount of
capital set forth opposite such Investors name under the caption Number of Series A Preferred
Shares as of the Closing on Exhibit B amounting to an aggregate of US$5,000,000 shall be paid by
the Investors by wire transfer to an account opened by the Company with a bank approved by the
Investors (the Company Account), provided that transfer instructions are delivered to the
Investors at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the Closing.
1.3 Post-Investment Capitalization Structure. Immediately after the Closing (as defined
below), the post-investment capitalization structure of the Company shall be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares/ |
|
|
Shareholders |
|
Preferred Shares |
|
Share Percentage |
Zhang Bangxin ( ) |
|
|
67,800,000 Common Shares |
|
|
|
54.24 |
% |
Cao Yundong ( ) |
|
|
31,200,000 Common Shares |
|
|
|
24.96 |
% |
Liu Yachao ( ) |
|
|
12,000,000 Common Shares |
|
|
|
9.6 |
% |
Bai Yunfeng ( ) |
|
|
9,000,000 Common Shares |
|
|
|
7.2 |
% |
Investors |
|
|
5,000,000 Series A Shares |
|
|
|
4.0 |
% |
Total |
|
|
125,000,000 shares |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
2. CLOSING; DELIVERY
2.1. The Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6, the purchase
and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents
and signatures, on February 15, 2009, - or at such other time and place as the Company the Investors
may mutually agree upon(which time and place are designated sequentially as the Closing), which
date shall be no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the satisfaction or waiver of each
condition to the Closings as set forth in Section 6 (other than conditions that by their nature are
to be satisfied at the Closings, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions).
2.2. Delivery. At the Closing, the Investors shall deposit the Purchase Price by wire
transfer of immediately available U.S. dollar funds into the Company Account. Upon (i) receipt of
payment of the Purchase Price by the Company and (ii) receipt of the duly signed and dated
instruments of transfer and subscription letters relating to the Series A Preferred Shares being
purchased by such Investor, the Company shall cause its share register to be updated to reflect the
Series A Preferred Shares being purchased by such Investor, deliver to the Investors one or more
certificates representing the Purchased Shares and a copy of the Companys register of members
certified by an authorized officer of the Company, reflecting the number of shares held by each
shareholder of the Company hereunder at such Closing.
4
EXECUTION
3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GROUP COMPANIES AND THE FOUNDERS
The Company, the HK Holdco, WFOE, Domestic Holdco, XueErSi Network and each Founder, jointly
and severally, hereby represent and warrant to the Investors, except as set forth in the Disclosure
Schedule (the Disclosure Schedule) attached to this Agreement as Exhibit E (which Disclosure
Schedule shall be deemed to be representations and warranties to the Investors), as of the date
hereof and the Closing Date hereunder, as follows. In this Agreement, any reference to Material
Adverse Effect means the material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), assets
relating to, or results of operation of or business (as presently conducted and proposed to be
conducted) of the Group Companies as a whole.
3.l. Organization, Standing and Qualification. Except as set forth in Section 3.1 of the
Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
(or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under, and by virtue of, the laws of the place
of its incorporation or establishment and has all requisite power and authority to own its
properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be
conducted, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any agreement contemplated
hereunder to which it is a party. Each Group Company is qualified to do business and is in good
standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) in each jurisdiction where failure to
be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.
3.2. Capitalization.
(1) Company. Immediately prior to the Closing, the authorized share capital of the Company
consists of the following:
(a) Common Shares. A total of 50,000,000 authorized common shares, par value US$0.001 per
share, of the Company (the Common Shares), 1,000 of which are issued and outstanding.
(b) Preferred Shares. A total of 5,000,000 authorized preferred shares, which are designated
as Series A Preferred Shares, none of which are issued and outstanding.
(c) Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Purchased Shares to be issued under this
Agreement, and (ii) the rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement to be entered into at the
Closing and attached hereto as Exhibit F (the Shareholders Agreement), there are no options,
warrants, conversion privileges or other rights, or agreements with respect to the issuance
thereof, presently outstanding to purchase any of the shares of the Company. Apart from the
exceptions noted in this Section 3.2(1) and the Shareholders Agreement, no shares of the Companys
outstanding share capital, or shares issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options
or other shares issuable by the Company, are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first
refusal or other rights to purchase such shares (whether in favor of the Company or any other
person).
(d) Outstanding Security Holders. A complete and current list of all outstanding ultimate
and/or beneficial shareholders, option holders and other security holders of the Company as of the
date hereof is set forth in Section 3.2(1)(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, indicating the type and
number of shares, options or other securities held by each such shareholder, option holder or other
security holder.
(2) HK Holdco. The HK Holdco is the sole legal and beneficial owner of one hundred percent
(100%) of the equity interest of the WFOE.
(3) Domestic Entities.
(a) WFOE. Immediately prior to the Closing, the registered capital of the WFOE is
US$4,900,000.
5
EXECUTION
(b) Domestic Subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the Closing,
(i) the registered capital of the XueErSi Education is RMB500,000 and each of Zhang Bangxin
(
), Cao Yundong (
),
Liu Yachao (
) and Bai Yunfeng (
) owns, respectively,
56.5%, 26%, 10% and 7.5% of the equity interests of the XueErSi Education;
(ii) the registered capital of the Haidian School is RMB500,000 and XueErSi Network owns 100%
of the interests of the Haidian School;
(iii) the registered capital of the XueErSi Network is RMB3,000,000 and each of Zhang Bangxin
(
), Cao Yundong (
),
Liu Yachao (
) and Bai Yunfeng (
) owns, respectively,
56.5%, 26%, 11.25% and 6.25% of the equity interests of the XueErSi Network;
(iv) the registered capital of the Dongcheng School is RMB500,000 and XueErSi Education owns
100% of the interests of the Dongcheng School;
(v) the registered capital of the Xicheng School is RMB500,000 and XueErSi Network owns 100%
of the interests of the Xicheng School;
(vi) the registered capital of the Wuhan Qianjiang School is RMB150,000 and XueErSi Network
owns 100% of the interests of the Wuhan Qianjiang School;
(vii)the registered capital of the Wuhan Jianghan School is RMB200,000 and XueErSi Network
owns 100% of the interests of the Wuhan Jianghan School;
(viii)the registered capital of the Jianli School is RMB50,000 and XueErSi Network owns 100%
of the interests of the Jianli School;
(ix) the registered capital of the Shanghai Company is RMB 500,000 and XueErSi Network owns
100% of the interests of the Shanghai Company;
(x) the registered capital of the Shanghai Changning School is RMB100,000 and Shanghai Company
owns 100% of the interests of the Shanghai Changning School;
(xi) the registered capital of the Shanghai Minhang School is RMB100,000 and Shanghai Company
owns 100% of the interests of the Shanghai Minhang School; and
(xii) the registered capital of Zhikang is RMB500,000 and XueErSi Network owns 100% of the
interests of Zhikang.
(c) Domestic Entities. A complete and current list of all outstanding ultimate and/or
beneficial shareholders, option holders and other security holders of the Domestic Entities as of
the date hereof is set forth in Section 3.2(3)(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, indicating the amount
of the registered capital that each such shareholder has contributed to each PRC Company, options
or other securities held by each such shareholder, option holder or other security holder.
3.3. Subsidiaries; Group Structure. Except for the HK Holdco and the WFOE, the Company does
not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation,
partnership, trust, joint venture, association, or other entity. Save for the contractual control
over the businesses of the Domestic Entities after completion of the Restructuring (as defined
below) attached hereto as Exhibit D, the WFOE does not have any subsidiaries, does not own or
control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, partnership, trust, joint
venture, association or other entity and does not maintain any offices or branches.
3.4. Due Authorization. All corporate actions on the part of each Group Company and each
Founder and, as applicable, their respective officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the
6
EXECUTION
authorization, execution and delivery of, and the performance of all obligations of such Group
Company and such Founder under, this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and any other agreements
to which it is a party and the execution of which is contemplated hereunder (the Ancillary
Agreements), and the authorization, issuance, reservation for issuance and delivery of all of the
Purchased Shares being sold under this Agreement and the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion
of such Purchased Shares have been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. Each of this
Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, when executed and delivered,
will constitute valid and binding obligations of each Group Company and each Founder, to the extent
each is a party to such agreements, enforceable in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other
laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors rights
generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive
relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions
contained in the Shareholders Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement may be limited by
applicable securities laws..
3.5. Valid Issuance of Purchased Shares.
(a) The Purchased Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Conversion Shares
have been duly and validly reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of
the Restated Articles, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(b) All outstanding share capital of the Company has been duly and validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable, and all outstanding shares, options, warrants and other securities of the
Company have been issued in full compliance with the requirements of all applicable securities laws
and regulations, including, to the extent applicable, the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), or in compliance
with applicable exemptions therefrom, and all other provisions of applicable securities laws and
regulations.
3.6. Liabilities. Except as disclosed in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Group
Company has any indebtedness for borrowed money that it has directly or indirectly created,
incurred, assumed, or guaranteed, or with respect to which the Group Company has otherwise become
directly or indirectly liable.
3.7. Title to Properties and Assets. Each Group Company has good and marketable title to its
properties and assets as reflected in its balance sheet subject to no mortgage, pledge, lien,
encumbrance, security interest or charge of any kind. With respect to the property and assets it
leases, except as disclosed in Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is in
compliance with such leases and, to the best of its and the Founders knowledge, such Group Company
holds valid leasehold interests free of any liens, encumbrances, security interests or claims of
any party other than the lessors in such property and assets, breach of which would be reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect to the business of the Group Company
3.8. Status of Proprietary Assets. For purpose of this Agreement, Proprietary Assets means
all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights,
formulas, designs, trade secrets, confidential and proprietary information, proprietary rights,
know-how and processes owned by, licensed to or used by any Group Company. Each Group Company owns
or has a valid right to use all the Proprietary Assets necessary for its business as now conducted
and as proposed to be conducted and, to the best knowledge of each Group Company and each Founder,
without any conflict with or infringement of the rights of others. Section 3.8 of the Disclosure
Schedule contains a complete list of Proprietary Assets of each Group Company necessary for its
business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. There are no outstanding options,
licenses or agreements of any kind granted by any Group Company relating to any of its Proprietary
Assets, nor is any Group Company bound by or a party to any options, licenses or agreements of any
kind with respect to the Proprietary Assets of any other person or entity, except, in either case,
for standard end-user agreements with respect to commercially readily available intellectual
property such as off the shelf computer software. To the best knowledge of each Group Company
and each Founder, it has not violated or, by conducting its business as proposed,
7
EXECUTION
would not violate any Proprietary Assets of any other person or entity, nor, to the best
knowledge of such Group Company, is there any reasonable basis therefor. Each Group Company is not
aware that any of its officers, employees or consultants is obligated under any contract (including
licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his,
her or its best efforts to promote the interests of such Group Company or that would conflict with
the business of such Group Company as proposed to be conducted or that would prevent such officers,
employees or consultants from assigning to such Group Company inventions conceived or reduced to
practice in connection with services rendered to such Group Company. Neither the execution nor
delivery of this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, nor the
carrying on of the business of any Group Company by its employees, nor the conduct of the business
of any Group Company as proposed, will, to the best knowledge of each Group Company and each
Founder, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any of such employees
is now obligated. Each Group Company does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any
inventions of any of its employees (or people it currently intends to hire) made prior to or
outside the scope of their employment by such Group Company.
3.9. Material Contracts and Obligations. As of the date hereof, all contracts, agreements,
leases, licenses, instruments, understandings, commitments (oral or written), indebtedness,
liabilities, proposed transactions and other obligations to which any Group Company is a party or
by which it is bound that (i) are material to the conduct and operations of its business and
properties, (ii) involve any of its officers, consultants, directors, employees or shareholders, or
(iii) obligate such Group Company to share, license or develop any product or technology (the
Material Contracts) are listed in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule and have been made
available for inspection by the Investors and their counsel. For purposes of this Section 3.9,
material shall mean (i) involving obligation, cost or amount, or imposing liability or contingent
liability on any Group Company, in excess of US$100,000 per annum or in excess of US$100,000 in the
aggregate, (ii) not terminable upon thirty (30) days notice without incurring any penalty or
obligation, (iii) containing exclusivity, non-competition, or similar clauses that impair, restrict
or impose conditions on any Group Companys right to offer or sell products or services in
specified areas, during specified periods, or otherwise, (iv) not in the ordinary course of
business, (v) transferring or licensing any Proprietary Assets to or from any Group Company (other
than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business or licenses from commercially readily
available off the shelf computer software) or (vi) an agreement the termination of which would be
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. All the Material Agreements are valid,
binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto and the terms thereof have been complied
with by the relevant Group Company, and to the best knowledge of each Group Company and the
Founders, by all the other parties thereto. There are no circumstances likely to give rise to any
breach of such terms, no grounds for rescission, avoidance or repudiation of any of the Material
Contracts and no notice of termination or of intention to terminate has been received in respect of
any Material Contracts.
3.10. Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation
(Action) pending (or, to the best knowledge of each Group Company and each Founder, currently
threatened) against any of the Group Companies, Founder, any key employee of each Group Company,
the name of which is listed on Exhibit H (the Key Employee) in connection with such Key
Employees relationship with the Company. To the best knowledge of each Group Company and each
Founder, there is no factual or legal basis for any such Action that is likely to result,
individually or in the aggregate, in any material adverse change in the business, properties,
assets, financial condition, affairs or prospects of any Group Company. By way of example, but not
by way of limitation, there are no Actions pending against any of the Group Companies or, to the
best knowledge of each Group Company and each Founder, threatened against any of the Group
Companies, relating to the use by any employee of any Group Company of any information, technology
or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, clients or other parties. No
Group Company is a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment
or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality and there is no Action by any Group
Company currently pending or which it intends to initiate.
3.11. Compliance with Laws; Governmental Consents. None of the Group Companies is in
violation of any applicable statute, rule, regulation, order or restriction of any domestic or
foreign
8
EXECUTION
government or any instrumentality or agency thereof in respect of the conduct of its business
or the ownership of its properties. Save as set out in Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule,
all consents, permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, qualifications, or filings by or with
any governmental authority and any third party which are required to be obtained or made by each
Group Company and each Founder in connection with the conduct of the Principal Business or the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder shall have been obtained or made prior to
and be effective as of the Closing. All applicable laws of the PRC with respect to the opening and
operation of foreign exchange accounts and foreign exchange activities of the Group Company, where
applicable, have been and will continue to be fully complied with, and all requisite approvals
including any from the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange (
SAFE) or its local branches
as the context may be, required under the SAFE Circular (as defined below) in relation thereto have
been duly and lawfully obtained and are in full force and effect and there exist no grounds on
which any such approval may be cancelled or revoked or each PRC Company or its legal representative
may be subject to liability or penalties for material misrepresentation or failure to disclose
material information to the issuing SAFE authority. Each Founder and each other shareholder of the
Group Companies who is required to comply with the SAFE Circular has obtained registration with
respect to their holding of equity interest in the Company with SAFE in accordance with the SAFE
Circular and other applicable laws of the PRC.
SAFE Circular shall mean the SAFE Circular on
Issues Relating to the Administration of Foreign Exchange of Company Financing through Offshore
Special Purpose Vehicles and Round-Tripping Investment by PRC Resident
(
) issued
by SAFE with effect from 1 November 2005, SAFE Circular on Release of Operative Directives for
Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign
Exchange Administration of Financing and Round-tripped Investment by Domestic Residents through
Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles (
) issued
by SAFE with effect from 29 May 2007 and any applicable laws
of the PRC in force from time to time which operate to restate, amend or repeal the aforesaid SAFE
Circular or any part thereof.
3.12. Compliance with Other Instruments and Agreements. Each Group Company is not in, nor
shall the conduct of its business as currently or proposed to be conducted result in, any
violation, breach or default of any term of its constitutional documents of the respective Group
Company which may include, as applicable, memoranda and articles of association, by-laws, joint
venture contracts, feasibility studies for the Domestic Entities and the like (the Constitutional
Documents), or in any material respect of any term or provision of any mortgage, indenture,
contract, agreement or instrument to which the Group Company is a party or by which it may be
bound, (the Group Company Contracts) or of any provision of any judgment, decree, order, statute,
rule or regulation applicable to or binding upon the Group Company. The execution, delivery and
performance of and compliance with this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result
in any such violation, breach or default, or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both, either a default under any Group Companys
Constitutional Documents or any Group Company Contract, or, to the best knowledge of each Group
Company and each Founder, a violation of any statutes, laws, regulations or orders, or an event
which results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any asset of any Group
Company.
3.13. Disclosure. Each Group Company and each Founder has fully provided the Investors with
all the information that the Investors have reasonably requested for deciding whether to purchase
the Purchased Shares and all the information that the Company believes is reasonably necessary to
enable the Investors to make such decision. No representation or warranty by any Group Company or
any Founder in this Agreement and no information or materials provided by any Group Company or any
Founder to the Investors in connection with their due diligence investigation of any Group Company
or the negotiation and execution of this Agreement contains or will contain any untrue statement of
a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are
made, not misleading.
3.14. Registration Rights. Except as provided in the Shareholders Agreement, the Company has
not granted or agreed to grant any person or entity any registration rights (including piggyback
registration rights), nor is the Company obliged to list any of its shares on any securities
exchange. To the best knowledge of each Group Company and each Founder, except as contemplated in
this Agreement, the
9
EXECUTION
Shareholders Agreement and the Restated Articles, no voting or similar agreements exist
related to the Companys securities which are presently outstanding or that may hereafter be
issued.
3.15. Financial Statements. The Company has delivered to the Investors unaudited and
consolidated financial statement for the Group Companies for the respective periods from January 1,
2007 to August 31, 2008 (the foregoing management accounts and any notes thereto are hereinafter
referred to as the Financial Statements and August 31, 2008, the Balance Sheet Date). Such
Financial Statements (i) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and
operating results of the Domestic Companies as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated
therein, and (ii) have been prepared in accordance with the US GAAP applied on a consistent basis.
Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Domestic Companies has no material liabilities
or obligations, contingent or otherwise, as of the statement date, other than (i) liabilities
incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the statement date, (ii) obligations
under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) liabilities
and obligations of a type or nature not required under US GAAP to be reflected in the Financial
Statements, which, in all such cases, individually and in the aggregate would not have a Material
Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Financial Statements, none of the Group Companies is a
guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person or entity. Each Group Company
maintains a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with PRC GAAP.
3.16. Activities Since Balance Sheet Date. Except as set forth in Section 3.16 of the
Disclosure Schedule, since the Balance Sheet Date, with respect to any Group Company, there has not
been:
(a) any material change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results
of such Group Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the
ordinary course of business that do not have, in the aggregate, Material Adverse Effects;
(b) any material change in the contingent obligations of such Group Company by way of
guarantee, endorsement, indemnity, warranty or otherwise;
(c) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, having Material
Adverse Effects (as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted);
(d) any waiver by such Group Company of a valuable right or of a material debt;
(e) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any
obligation by such Group Company, except such satisfaction, discharge or payment made in the
ordinary course of business that is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition,
operating results or business of such Group Company;
(f) any material change or amendment to a material contract or arrangement by which such Group
Company or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject, except for changes or amendments
which are expressly provided for or disclosed in this Agreement;
(g) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any present or
prospective employee, contractor or director;
(h) any sale, assignment or transfer of any Proprietary Assets or other material intangible
assets of such Group Company;
(i) any resignation or termination of any key officer or employee of such Group Company;
(j) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien created by such Group
Company, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet
due or payable;
10
EXECUTION
(k) any debt, obligation, or liability incurred, assumed or guaranteed by such Group Company
individually in excess of US$100,000 or in excess of US$100,000 in the aggregate;
(l) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of such
Group Companys share capital, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition
of any of such share capital by such Group Company other than the repurchase of share capital from
employees, officers, directors or consultants pursuant to agreements approved by the Board of
Directors of such Group Company under which such Group Company has the option to repurchase such
shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as termination of employment or
consulting relationship;
(m) any failure to conduct business in the ordinary course and consistent with such Group
Companys past practices;
(n) any transactions with any Founder or any director, officer or employee of such Group
Company, or any members of their immediate families, or any entity controlled by any of such
individuals;
(o) any other event or condition of any character which would have a Material Adverse Effect;
or
(p) any agreement or commitment by such Group Company to do any of the things described above.
3.17. Tax Matters. The provisions for taxes in the respective Financial Statements are
sufficient for the payment of all accrued and unpaid applicable taxes of the covered Group Company,
whether or not assessed or disputed as of the date of each such balance sheet. There have been no
examinations or audits of any tax returns or reports by any applicable governmental agency. Except
as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company has duly filed all tax
returns required to have been filed by it and paid all taxes shown to be due on such returns. Each
Group Company is not subject to any waivers of applicable statutes of limitations with respect to
taxes for any year. Since the Balance Sheet Date, none of the Group Companies has incurred any
taxes, assessments or governmental charges other than in the ordinary course of business and each
Group Company has made adequate provisions on its books of account for all taxes, assessments and
governmental charges with respect to its business, properties and operations for such period.
3.18. Interested Party Transactions. Except for transactions in the ordinary course of the
business of a Group Company, no Founder or any Affiliate or Associate (as those terms are
defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Act) of any such Founder has any agreement,
understanding, proposed transaction with, or is indebted to, any Group Company, nor is any Group
Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them (other
than for accrued salaries, reimbursable expenses or other standard employee benefits). No Founder
has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which a Group Company
is affiliated or with which a Group Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation
that competes with a Group Company, except that any such Founder may have record ownership interest
in the Company or own shares in (but not exceeding one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of)
publicly traded companies that may compete with a Group Company. No Affiliates or Associates of
any Founder is directly or indirectly interested in any material contract with a Group Company. No
Founder or any Affiliate or Associate of any such Founder has had, either directly or indirectly, a
material interest in: (a) any person or entity which purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes
to a Group Company any goods, property, intellectual or other property rights or services; or (b)
any contract or agreement to which a Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound or
affected.
3.19. Exempt Offering. The offer and sale of the Purchased Shares pursuant to this Agreement
are exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and from the registration or qualification
requirements of any other applicable securities laws and regulations, and the issuance of the
Conversion Shares in accordance with the Restated Articles will be exempt from such registration or
11
EXECUTION
qualification requirements.
3.20. No Other Business. The Company was formed solely to acquire and hold an equity interest
in its operating subsidiaries and since its formation has not engaged in any business and has not
incurred any liability except in the ordinary course of its business of acquiring and holding its
equity interest in its operating subsidiaries.
3.21. Minute Books. The minute books of each Group Company made available to the Investors
contain minutes of all meetings and substantially material actions taken by directors and
shareholders or equity interest holders of such Group Company since its time of formation, and
reflect all substantially material transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all
material respects.
3.22 Employee Matters. Save as disclosed in Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule, each
Group Company has complied in all material aspects with all applicable employment and labor laws.
The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee intends to terminate their employment
with any Group Company, nor does any Group Company have a present intention to terminate the
employment of any officer or key employee. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently
effective incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement or other employee compensation
agreement. Subject to any applicable laws, all employees are employed by the Company on an at-will
basis and the Company may terminate any employment agreement with any employee without cause at any
time without incurring any penalty or obligation unless otherwise required by the applicable law.
3.23. Other Representations and Warranties Relating to the Domestic Entities.
(a) The Constitutional Documents and certificates and related contracts and agreements of each
PRC Company are valid and have been duly approved or issued (as applicable) by competent PRC
authorities.
(b) The capital and organizational structure of each PRC Company upon the completion of the
Restructuring and the conduct by each PRC Company of its applicable business set forth in the
Recitals under such structure is valid and in full compliance with PRC laws.
(c) None of the Domestic Entities is in receipt of any letter or notice from any relevant
authority notifying revocation of any permits or licenses issued to it for noncompliance or the
need for compliance or remedial actions in respect of the activities carried out directly or
indirectly by such PRC Company.
(d) The Domestic Entities have been conducting and will conduct their business activities
within the permitted scope of business or are otherwise operating their business in full compliance
with all relevant legal requirements and with all requisite licenses, permits and approvals granted
by competent PRC authorities.
(e) In respect of approvals, licenses or permits requisite for the conduct of any part of the
business of the Domestic Entities which are subject to periodic renewal, none of Group Company or
Founder has any reason to believe that such requisite renewals will not be granted by the relevant
PRC authorities.
4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS
The Investors represent and warrant to the Company as follows:
4.1. Accredited Investors. Each Investor is an Accredited Investor within the definition
set forth in Rule 501(a) under Regulation D of the Act.
4.2. Authorization. The Investors have all requisite power, authority and capacity to enter
into this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, and to perform its obligations under this
12
EXECUTION
Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Investors. This Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, when executed and
delivered by the Investors, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Investor,
subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium,
reorganization and similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and to general equitable
principles.
4.3. Purchase for Own Account. The Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Investors own
account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to or in connection with the sale or
distribution of any part thereof.
4.4. Exempt from Registration; Restricted Securities. The Investors understand that the
Purchased Shares and the Conversion Shares will not be registered under the Act, on the ground that
the sale provided for in this Agreement is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the
reliance of the Company on such exemption is predicated in part on the Investors representations
set forth in this Agreement. The Investors understand that the Purchased Shares and the Conversion
Shares are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Act and that the
Purchased Shares and the Conversion Shares are not registered and must be held indefinitely unless
they are subsequently registered or an exemption from such registration is available. The
Investors acknowledge that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, they
may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of
sale, the holding period for the Purchased Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company
which are outside of the Investors control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may
not be able to satisfy. The Investors understand that this offering is not intended to be part of
the public offering, and that Purchaser will not be able to rely on the protection of Section 11 of
the Act.
4.5 No Public Market. The Investor understands that no public market now exists for the
Purchased Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist
for the Purchased Shares.
5. COVENANTS OF THE GROUP COMPANIES, THE FOUNDERS AND THE INVESTORS
5.1. Covenants of the Group Companies and the Founders. The Group Companies and the Founders
jointly covenant to the Investors as follows:
5.1.1. Use of Proceeds from the Sale of Purchased Shares. The proceeds from the sale of the
Purchased Shares hereunder shall be used for business expansion, capital expenditures and general
working capital of the Group Companies.
5.1.2. Ordinary Course of Business. From the date hereof until the Closing, the Founders
shall cause each of the Group Companies to be conducted in the ordinary course of business and
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the present character and quality of the
business, including without limitation, its present operations, physical facilities, working
conditions, goodwill and relationships with lessors, licensors, suppliers, customers, employees and
independent contractors. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, with respect to
any Group Company, unless otherwise has been disclosed to the Investor, there has not been any
activity as set forth in Article 3.16 of this Agreement from the date hereof until the Closing.
5.1.3. Directors of the Subsidiaries. Each of the Subsidiaries shall have the same number of
directors as, and the Investors and the holders of outstanding Common Shares shall be entitled to
appoint the same number of directors to the Subsidiaries as they are entitled to appoint to the
Company.
5.1.4. Confidentiality Agreement; Employment Agreement. Each Founder shall have entered into
a Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement with the Company in the form and substance attached
hereto as Exhibit G-1. Each Key Employee, the name of which is listed on Exhibit H,
13
EXECUTION
shall have entered into an employment agreement (the Employment Agreement) with the WFOE or any
other Group Company, as the case may be, in form and substance in the form and substance attached
hereto as Exhibit G-2. Each employee, other than the Key Employee, shall have entered into an
employment agreement with the WFOE or any other Group Company, as the case may be, in form and
substance satisfactory and acceptable to the Investors.
5.1.5. Indemnification. Subject to the Section 8.2 herein, each of the Group Companies and
the Founders hereby, jointly and severally, indemnifies and holds harmless the Investors and their
affiliates, partners, officers and directors (the Indemnified Persons and each, an Indemnified
Person) against any and all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, actions, expenses or demands
arising out of, or resulting from any breach of the representations, warranties and covenants of
the Group Companies and the Founders contained herein (the Indemnifiable Damages).
5.1.6. Equity Compensation; Establishment of ESOP. As soon as practicable after the Closing,
the Company agrees to take whatever actions are necessary to establish an employee stock option
plan (the ESOP), at the election of the Board of Directors of the Company, for the issuances of
shares to selected members of the Companys management team, provided, however, that the terms of
the ESOP shall be consistent with the terms of the Restated Articles and the Shareholders
Agreement, shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the approval of
the director appointed by the Investors.
5.1.7. Shareholders Agreement. Each Group Company and the Founders shall cause a person, to
whom the Company will issue any securities, or any options, warrants or other rights exercisable or
convertible into any securities issuable by the Company after the date of this Agreement, to
execute and deliver the Shareholders Agreement and to agree to be bound by the terms and conditions
thereof by executing an additional counterpart signature page to the Shareholders Agreement, or
such other document evidencing such persons agreement to be bound thereby; provided that the
obligations of the Group Companies and the Founders under this Section 5.1.7 shall terminate
immediately upon the termination of the Shareholders Agreement.
5.1.8. Restructuring. Each of the Group Companies and the Founders shall cause all agreements
or documents set forth in Exhibit I (the Restructuring) attached hereto (the Restructuring
Documents) to which any of the Group Companies, the Founders and/or any other shareholders of the
Domestic Entities is a party to be executed and delivered by any of the Group Companies, the
Founders and/or any other shareholders of the Domestic Entities, which agreements or documents
shall be in the form and substance satisfactory to the Investors .
5.1.9. Filing of Articles. Immediately following the Closing, the Restated Articles, together
with the special resolution of the Company on approving its adoption, shall have been duly filed
with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.
5.1.10 Assignment of the Application of the Trademark Registration. As soon as practicable
but no later than three (3) months after the Closing, the assignment agreements related to the
assignment of application of the trademark registration applied by
Zhang Bangxin (
), XueErSi
Education and XueErSi Network to the WFOE or HK Holdco, respectively, based on the proposals of the
tax planning counsel of the Company shall be executed and delivered by the relevant parties, to the
satisfaction of the Investors, and filed with the Trademark Office of State Administration of
Industry and Commerce.
5.1.11 Amendment to Purchase Agreement regarding Wuhan Qianjiang School and Jianli School.
The Founder shall cause the execution of a supplemental agreement to the purchase agreement in
respect of XueErSi Networks acquisition of Wuhan Qianjiang School and Jianli School, respectively,
to procure an amendment to the payment of purchase from the original share swap to a cash
consideration.
5.1.12 Registration of Each and All Teaching Centers of the Domestic Entities. As soon as
practical but no later than twelve (12) months after the Closing, 50% of the teaching centers set
up by the Domestic Entities listed on Exhibit P attached hereto shall be duly registered with the
14
EXECUTION
local government authorities in charge of education in the respective locations pursuant to the
laws of the PRC, and the remaining teaching centers shall be duly registered with the local
government authorities in charge of education in the respective locations pursuant to the laws of
the PRC no later than first confidential filing for IPO of the Company.
5.1.13. Additional Covenants. Except as required by this Agreement, no resolution of the
directors, owners, members, partners or shareholders of either the Group Companies shall be passed,
nor shall any contract or commitment be entered into, in each case, prior to the Closing without
the prior written consent of the Investor, except that the Group Companies may carry on its
respective business in the same manner as heretofore and may pass resolutions and enter into
contracts for so long as they are effected in the ordinary course of business.
If at any time before the Closing, the Founders and Group Companies come to know of any fact
or event which:
(a) is in any way inconsistent with any of the representations and warranties given by the
Founders and Group Companies, and/or
(b) suggests that any fact warranted may not be as warranted or may be misleading, the
Founders and Group Companies shall give immediate written notice thereof to the Investor in which
event the Investor may within five (5) days of receiving such notice terminate this Agreement by
written notice without any penalty whatsoever and without prejudice to any rights that the Investor
may have under this Agreement or applicable law.
5.2. Covenants of the Investors. The Investors hereby jointly and severally covenant to the
Group Companies and the Founders that, within seven (7) Business Days of the date hereof the
Investors shall expressly notify to the Founders as to whether the Investors have been satisfied
with the fulfillment of the conditions to Investors obligations to purchase the Purchased Shares
provided under Section 6 below.
6. CONDITIONS TO INVESTORS OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING
The obligation of the Investors to purchase the Purchased Shares at the Closing is subject to
the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of the Investors on or prior to the Closing, of the following
conditions:
6.1. Representations and Warranties Are True and Correct. The representations and warranties
made by the Group Companies and the Founders in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct and
complete when made, and shall be true and correct and complete as of the Closing Date with the same
force and effect as if they had been made on and as of such date.
6.2. Performance of Obligations. Each of the Group Companies and the Founders shall have
performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement
that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing and shall have
obtained all approvals, consents and qualifications necessary to complete the transactions
contemplated hereby.
6.3. Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions
shall be satisfactory in substance and form to the Investors, and the Investors shall have received
all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably
request.
6.4. Consents and Waivers. Each of the Group Companies and the Founders shall have obtained
any and all consents and/or waivers necessary for the conduct of the Principal Business and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to, (i)
all consents, permits, approvals, orders, authorizations or registrations, qualifications,
designations, declarations or filings by or with any governmental authority and any third party in
connection with the conduct of the Principal Business; (ii) all filing, registration and reporting
requirements of SAFE in connection with the respective shareholding in any Group Company of the
Founders and other shareholders of the Domestic Entities, if it so required by the applicable laws,
(iii) all other permits, authorizations,
15
EXECUTION
approvals, consents or permits of any governmental authority or regulatory body, and (iv) the
waiver by the existing shareholders of the Company of any anti-dilution rights, rights of first
refusal, preemptive rights and all similar rights in connection with the issuance of the Purchased
Shares at the Closing.
6.5. Compliance Certificate. At the Closing, each of the Founders shall deliver to the
Investors certificates, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in
Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have been fulfilled and stating, where applicable, that there shall have been
no material adverse change in the business, affairs, prospects, operations, properties, assets or
condition of the Group Companies since the Balance Sheet Date, in the form and substance attached
hereto as Exhibit M.
6.6. Restructuring. The Restructuring Documents shall have been executed and delivered by the
relevant parties, to the satisfaction of the Investors.
6.7. Board of Directors. At the Closing, the Board of Directors of the Company, HK Holdco,
WFOE, Domestic Holdco and XueErSi Network shall consist of persons elected or appointed in
accordance with the Restated Articles. The Investors shall have received a copy of the Companys
register of directors, certified by a director of the Company as true and complete as of the date
of the Closing, updated to show such reconstitution of the Board of the Company in accordance with
the Restated Articles. The Investor shall have received the relevant resolutions of each of other
Group Companies where the Investor has the right to nominate director in the board in accordance
with the Restated Articles on the appointment of at least one (1) director nominated by the
Investor to the Board of such company .
6.8. Register of Members. The Investors shall have received a copy of the Companys register
of members, certified by a director of the Company as true and complete as of the date of the
Closing, updated to show the Investors as the holders of their respective number of Purchased
Shares.
6.9. No Material Adverse Change. There shall have not been any Material Adverse Effect on any
Group Company since the Balance Sheet Date.
6.10. Opinion of Companys PRC Counsel. The Purchasers shall have received from PRC legal
counsel of the Company a legal opinion, dated as of the Closing, in a form and substance
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit K to this Agreement
6.11. Opinion of Offshore Counsel. The Purchasers shall have received an opinion from Conyers
Dill & Pearman, special counsel to the Company, dated as of the Closing, in a form and substance
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J to this Agreement.
6.12. Key Employee Employment Agreement. Each Key Employee shall have entered into an
Employment Agreement with the WFOE, which should include standard confidentiality and
non-competition provisions in the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit G-2.
6.13. Indemnification Agreement. The Company shall have duly executed and delivered an
indemnification agreement with the director appointed by the Investors substantially in the form
set forth in Exhibit L hereto.
6.14. Management Rights Letter. The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Investor
the Management Rights Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N.
6.15. Due Diligence. The Investors shall have completed their legal, financial, and business
due diligence investigation of the Group Companies to its satisfaction.
6.16 Investment Committee Approval. Investors investment committee shall have approved the
execution of this Agreement, Shareholders Agreement and the other documents and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.
6.17 Execution of this Agreement and Shareholders Agreement. The Company shall have delivered
to the Investor this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, duly executed by the
16
EXECUTION
Company and all other parties thereto (except for the Investor).
6.18 Amendment to Constitutional Documents. The Restated Articles shall have been duly adopted
by the Company by all necessary corporate action of its Board of Directors and its shareholders and
duly filed with the Registrar of Companies in Cayman Islands.
6.19 Equity Transfer. The equity transfer documents relating to the equity interest of Liu
Yachao (
) in Haidian School to the XueErSi Network shall have been executed and delivered by
the relevant parties, to the satisfaction of the Investors;
6.20 Beijing AIC Letter. The Founders shall cause the WFOE to obtain a written document
issued by Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce (
) or its authorized branch
which indicates the approved deadline for HK Holdco to make capital contribution to WFOE.
6.21 Amendment to Purchase Agreement of Wuhan Jianghan School. The Founder shall cause the
execution of a supplemental agreement to the purchase agreement in respect of XueErSi Networks
acquisition of Wuhan Jianghan School from YANG Jian and ZENG Jiannan to procure an amendment to the
payment of purchase from the original share swap to a cash consideration.
7. CONDITIONS TO COMPANYS OBLIGATIONS AT THE CLOSING
The obligations of the Company under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment at or
before the Closing of the following conditions:
7.1. Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Investors
contained in Section 4 hereof shall be true and correct as of the date of the Closing.
7.2. Payment of the Purchase Price. The Investors shall have delivered to the Company the
Purchase Price in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.2.
7.3. Restated Articles Effective. The Restated Articles shall have been duly adopted by the
Company by all necessary corporate action of its Board of Directors and shareholders.
7.4. Execution of Shareholders Agreement. The Investors shall have executed and delivered to
the Company the Shareholders Agreement.
8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance the laws
of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of PRC as to matters within the scope thereof, without
regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.
8.2. Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall
survive any investigation made by any party hereto and the Closing of the transactions contemplated
hereby.
8.3. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions
hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs,
executors and administrators of the parties hereto whose rights or obligations hereunder are
affected by such amendments. This Agreement and the rights and obligations therein may be assigned
by the Investors without the written consent of the Company except to a transferee or assignee who
is a direct or indirect competitor of the Group Company and except that any such transfer will have
material adverse impact on the business of Group Company and except that any such transfer will at
the reasonable discretion of the Company have material adverse impact on the business of Group
Company, and it is further agreed that any such transfer conducted by the Investors causing adverse
material impact on the business of Group Company should be null and voidon and after the date when
such transfer is executed. Any transfer in violation of this Section 8.3 shall constitute breach
of this Agreement. This Agreement and the rights and obligations therein
17
EXECUTION
may not be assigned by any Group Company or any Founder without the written consent of the
Investors.
8.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Restated Articles, the Shareholders Agreement and
any Ancillary Agreements and the schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, which are hereby
expressly incorporated herein by this reference, constitute the entire understanding and agreement
between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof; provided, however, that nothing
in this Agreement or related agreements shall be deemed to terminate or supersede the provisions of
any confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements executed by the parties hereto prior to the date
of this Agreement, which agreements shall continue in full force and effect until terminated in
accordance with their respective terms.
8.5. Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and
other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be conclusively
deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand delivered to the other party; (b) when sent by
facsimile at the number set forth in Exhibit O hereto; (c) seven (7) business days after deposit in
the mail as air mail or certified mail, receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to the
other party as set forth in Exhibit O; or (d) three (3) business days after deposit with an
overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties as set forth in Exhibit O
with next business-day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation
of delivery from the delivery service provider.
Each person making a communication hereunder by facsimile shall promptly confirm by telephone
to the person to whom such communication was addressed each communication made by it by facsimile
pursuant hereto but the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of any such
communication. A party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional
addresses, for purposes of this Section 8.5 by giving, the other party written notice of the new
address in the manner set forth above.
8.6. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended only with the written
consent of all the parties hereto.
8.7. Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy
accruing to any Group Company, Founder or the Investors, upon any breach or default of any party
hereto under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Group Company,
Founder, or Investors nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an
acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach of default thereafter occurring; nor shall any
waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit,
consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Group Company, Founder, or the
Investors of any breach of default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Group
Company, Founder or the Investors of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in
writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All
remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to the Group Companies, the
Founders, or the Investors shall be cumulative and not alternative.
8.8. Finders Fees. Each party hereto (a) represents and warrants to each other party hereto
that it has retained no finder or broker in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, and (b) hereby agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless such other party hereto from and
against any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finders fee of any
broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or
asserted liability) for which the indemnifying party or any of its employees or representatives are
responsible.
8.9. Interpretation; Titles and Subtitles. This Agreement shall be construed according to its
fair language. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and
are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
8.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
8.11. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no
18
EXECUTION
way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
8.12. Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure. The parties hereto agree to be bound by the
confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions of Section 7 of the Shareholders Agreement.
8.13. Dispute Resolution
(a) Negotiation Between Parties. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve any
dispute between them regarding this Agreement. If the negotiations do not resolve the dispute to
the reasonable satisfaction of all parties within thirty (30) days after the commencement of the
negotiation, subsection (b) shall apply.
(b) Arbitration. In the event the parties are unable to settle a dispute between them
regarding this Agreement in accordance with subsection (a) above, such dispute shall be referred to
and finally settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre in accordance
with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules (the UNCITRAL Rules) in effect, which rules are deemed to be
incorporated by reference into this subsection (b). The arbitration tribunal shall consist of three
arbitrators to be appointed according to the UNCITRAL Rules. The language of the arbitration shall
be English.
8.14 Expenses.
(a) The Company and the Investors shall each bear its own costs and expenses in connection
with the transaction contemplated hereby, except that the Company will reimburse the Investor for
the Investors financial and legal due diligence expenses as well as the legal agreement and other
documentation fees, should the transaction contemplated hereunder consummates. Such fee shall be
paid by the Company based on the record of actual expenses made by the Investor concurrently with
the Closing and will be capped at USD100,000. The Investors may effect such reimbursement at the
Closing by withholding from the payment of the Purchase Price the amount to which the Investors are
entitled to reimbursement pursuant to the preceding sentence.
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the investment transaction does not proceed
if (i) the Investors completes its due diligence and decides to invest while the Company for any
reason does not want to proceed with the Investor for the transaction, or (ii) any written
presentation or representation made by the Company to the Investor is untrue, the Company shall
bear all legal costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Investors for its due diligence
work and in the preparation of this Agreement and all other documents for consummating the
transaction contemplated hereunder. Such fee shall be capped at USD 100,000 as stated above.
(c) Additionally, in the event that the Investor does not identify any untrue written
presentation or representation made by the Company during its due diligence but decides to
re-negotiate the valuation of the investment, the Investors shall bear all actual expenses made by
the Company for its due diligence work and in the preparation of this Agreement and all other
documents for consummating the transaction contemplated hereunder. Such fee shall be capped at USD
100,000.
8.15. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at the election of the Investors on or
after March 31, 2009, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before such date unless such
date is extended by the mutual written consent of the Company and the Investors, provided that: (i)
the Investors are not in material default of any of their obligations hereunder, and (ii) the right
to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.15 shall not be available to the Investors
if their breach of any provision of this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted, directly or
indirectly, in, the failure of the Closing to be consummated by March 31, 2009. Such termination
under this Section 8.15 shall be without prejudice to any claims for damages or other remedies that
the parties may have under this Agreement or applicable law.
REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
19
EXECUTION
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized
representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL GROUP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
|
|
Title: Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HK SUBSIDIARY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL GROUP LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
|
|
Title: Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WFOE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY (BEIJING) CO., LTD.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
|
|
Title: Legal Representative |
|
|
20
EXECUTION
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized
representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BEIJING XUEERSI EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
/s/ Yachao Liu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: LIU Yachao |
|
|
|
|
Title: Legal Representative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
/s/ Yachao Liu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: LIU Yachao |
|
|
|
|
Title: Legal Representative |
|
|
21
EXECUTION
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized
representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOUNDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZHANG BANGXIN () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Yundong Cao |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAO YUNDONG () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Yachao Liu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIU YACHAO () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Yunfeng Bai |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAI YUNFENG () |
22
EXECUTION
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized
representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
Investors: |
KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited |
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Authorized Signatory |
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Legal Representative |
|
|
23
exv10w3
Exhibit 10.3
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated this 12th Day of August 2009
by and among
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED,
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED,
TIGER GLOBAL FIVE CHINA HOLDINGS
KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND
and
CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PARTIES NAMED HEREIN
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMMON SHARES |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Sale of Common Shares; Purchase Price |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
Closing |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Filing with the Registrar of the Companies of Cayman Islands |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF TIGER AT CLOSING |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Completion of Due Diligence |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Material Adverse Effect |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Proceedings and Documents |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Authorizations |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
Representations and Warranties |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
Restated Articles |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Shareholders Agreement |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Opinion of Offshore Counsel |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Opinion of PRC Counsel |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.10 |
|
Board of Directors |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.11 |
|
Letters of Commitment and Non-competition |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
Compliance Certificates |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.13 |
|
Director Indemnification Agreement |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.14 |
|
Management Rights Letter |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.15 |
|
Key Persons Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreements |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.16 |
|
Investment Committee Approval |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.17 |
|
Registration of Equity Pledge |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.18 |
|
WFOE Registered Address Alteration |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.19 |
|
Removal of Contents from Website |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.20 |
|
Assignment of Cooperation Agreement |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.21 |
|
Execution of Power of Attorney |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY AT CLOSING |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Representations and Warranties |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Performance |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Qualifications |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE WARRANTORS |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
|
UNDERTAKINGS |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Ordinary Course of Business |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
Employee Share Incentive Plan |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
Exclusivity |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Notice of Certain Events |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
Compliance |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
Option for Follow-on Investments. |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
Service Agreement |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
Registration of Teaching Centres |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.10 |
|
Amendment to Employment Contract and Teaching Agreement |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.11 |
|
Foreigner Employment Permit |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.12 |
|
Foreign Exchange Compliance |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.13 |
|
Trademark Assignment to the WFOE or HK Company |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.14 |
|
Social Insurance and Housing Fund Compliance |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.15 |
|
Restructuring |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.16 |
|
Insurance |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.17 |
|
Consent of Sellers |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.18 |
|
Audit of the Group Entities |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.19 |
|
Amendment to Articles of Association |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.20 |
|
R&D Employees Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreements |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.21 |
|
Adjustment for Dilutive Issuances |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.22 |
|
Tax Covenants |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.23 |
|
Option for KTBs Investment |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
|
CURE OF BREACHES; INDEMNITY |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
Survival of Warranties |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
Confidentiality |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
Transfer; Successors and Assigns |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
Governing Law |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
Counterparts; Facsimile |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
Titles and Subtitles |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
Notices |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
No Finders Fees |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.10 |
|
Attorneys Fees |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.11 |
|
Amendments and Waivers |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.12 |
|
Severability |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.13 |
|
Delays or Omissions |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.14 |
|
Entire Agreement |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.15 |
|
Dispute Resolution |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.16 |
|
No Commitment for Additional Financing |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.17 |
|
Rights Cumulative |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.18 |
|
No Waiver |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.19 |
|
No Presumption |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.20 |
|
Third Party Beneficiaries |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.21 |
|
Termination of Agreement |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.22 |
|
Cross-Guarantees |
|
|
23 |
|
Schedules
|
|
|
Schedule 1A
|
|
Schedule of the Sellers |
Schedule 1B
|
|
Schedule of the Purchaser |
Schedule 1C
|
|
Schedule of Founders |
Schedule 2A
|
|
Schedule of Schools, Subsidiary Companies and Company Branches |
Schedule 2B
|
|
Consent of Spouse |
Schedule 3
|
|
Definitions |
Schedule 4
|
|
Representations and Warranties of the Warrantors |
Schedule 6
|
|
Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser |
Schedule 7
|
|
Capitalization Table |
Schedule 8
|
|
Notices |
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the
Agreement) is made on August 12, 2009, by and among the
Persons listed on
Schedule 1A attached to this Agreement (each a
Seller and together the
Sellers), the individualsas listed on
Schedule 1C attached to this Agreement (each a
Founder and together the
Founders), Xueersi International Education Group, a company organized
under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the
Company); TAL Group Limited (the
HK Company), a
company organized under the laws of Hong Kong; TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
(
) (the
WFOE), a wholly foreign-owned enterprise organized under
the laws of the PRC; Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. (
)
(
Xueersi Education), a company organized under the laws of the PRC; Beijing Xueersi Network
Technology Co., Ltd. (
), a company organized under the laws of the PRC
(
Xueersi Technology, together with Xueersi Education, the
Domestic Companies) and the Persons
listed on
Schedule 1B attached to this Agreement (collectively but not individually, the
Purchaser).
Each of the Sellers, the Company, the HK Company, the WFOE, each of the Domestic Companies and the
Purchaser shall be referred to individually as a Party and collectively as the Parties.
For the purpose of his Agreement, Capitalized terms used herein, if not defined in the main text,
shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 3 attached hereto.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Tiger desires to purchase from the Sellers an aggregate of 21,875,000 Common Shares
of the Company (the Common Shares to be sold and transferred to the Purchaser pursuant to this
Agreement shall be referred herein as the Shares) and the Sellers desire to collective sell such
Shares to Tiger pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Company own beneficially and of record 100% of the shares
in the HK Company;
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the HK Company own beneficially and of record 100% of the
equity in the WFOE;
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Founders own beneficially and of record 100% of the equity
interests respectively in the Domestic Companies; and
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Domestic Companies own beneficially and of record,
directly or indirectly, 100% of capital contribution of certain schools (the Schools) listed on
Schedule 2A and 100% of equity of the subsidiary companies listed on Schedule 2A
(the Subsidiary Companies), and wholly owned branches listed on Schedule 2A (the
Company Branches).
WHEREAS, each of the Schools operates certain teaching centres to engage in the education and
training activities in the PRC (Teaching Centres, together with the Schools, the
2
Subsidiary
Companies and the Company Branches, the Company, the HK Company, the WFOE, the Domestic Companies,
each a Group Entity, and collectively, the Group Entities).
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
|
|
|
1. |
|
PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMMON SHARES. |
1.1 |
|
Sale of Common Shares; Purchase Price. |
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tiger hereby agrees to purchase at the
Closing (as defined below) from each Seller and each Seller hereby agrees to sell and transfer to
Tiger that number of Shares set forth opposite such Sellers name on Schedule 1A, at a
purchase price of US$1.60 per Share (the Purchase Price).
|
(a) |
|
Closing. The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place
remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures, on a date specified by the
Parties, or at such other time and place as the Sellers and Tiger mutually agree upon,
which date shall be no later than five (5) Business Days after the satisfaction or
waiver of each condition to the Closing by Tiger set forth in Section 2 and
Section 3 (other than conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at
the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) (which time
and place are designated as the Closing). |
|
(1) |
|
At the Closing, the Sellers shall cause the Companys share
register to be updated to reflect the Shares purchased by Tiger, and the
Sellers shall deliver, or cause the Company to deliver a copy of such updated
share register to Tiger, certified as a true and correct copy by the Companys
registered agent in the Cayman Islands. |
|
|
(2) |
|
At or prior to the Closing, each Seller shall deliver the
original share certificates(s) representing the Common Shares held by such
Seller (such share certificates to be cancelled and reissued to reflect the
sale of Shares) together with executed copies of such transfer documents as
may be required by the Companys registered agent in the Cayman Islands to
effectively transfer title to the Shares to Tiger. |
|
|
(3) |
|
At the Closing, Tiger shall wire transfer immediately
available U.S. dollar funds representing that portion of the aggregate
Purchase Price to which each Seller is entitled as set forth opposite such
Sellers name on Schedule 1A (less the pro rata portion of Tigers
fees and expenses pursuant to Section 8.9 hereof) to an
account designated by each such Seller; provided that each such Seller
delivers wire transfer instructions to Tiger at least three (3) business
days prior to the Closing. |
|
|
(4) |
|
At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Tiger an updated
copy of the Companys register of directors, reflecting the addition of CHEN
Xiaohong |
3
|
|
|
designated by Tiger to the Companys board of directors, certified as
a true and correct copy by the Companys registered agent in the Cayman
Islands. |
|
(b) |
|
Within five (5) Business Days after the Closing, the Seller shall cause the
Companys secretary to deliver to Tiger one or more certificates representing the
Shares. |
1.3 |
|
Filing with the Registrar of the Companies of Cayman Islands. |
|
|
|
Within three (3) days after the Closing and upon the receipt of the respective Purchase
Price by each and all the Sellers, the Sellers shall, serverally and jointly, cause the
Company to file the Restated Articles, change to the updated Register of Directors, the
resolutions of the members adopting the Restated Articles with the Registrar of the
Companies of Cayman Islands. |
|
|
|
2. |
|
CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF TIGER AT CLOSING. |
|
|
The obligations of Tiger to purchase the Shares at the Closing are subject to the
fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless
otherwise waived in writing by Tiger: |
2.1 |
|
Completion of Due Diligence. |
|
|
|
Tiger shall have satisfactorily completed its business, legal and financial due diligence
review. |
2.2 |
|
Material Adverse Effect. |
|
|
|
Since the date of this Agreement, no event, circumstance or change shall have occurred
that, individually or in the aggregate with one or more other events, circumstances or
changes, have had or reasonably could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company or any other Group Entity. |
2.3 |
|
Proceedings and Documents. |
|
|
|
All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the
Closing and all documents incidental thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to Tiger, and Tiger (or their legal counsel) shall have received all such
counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as reasonably
requested. Such documents may include good standing certificates or analogous certificates
in other jurisdictions. Each
Seller and the Company shall have each performed and complied with all covenants,
agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be
performed or complied with by such parties on or before the Closing. |
2.4 |
|
Authorizations. |
|
|
|
Each Seller shall have obtained any and all authorizations, approvals, waivers or permits
of |
4
|
|
any Person or any Governmental Authority necessary for the consummation of all of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, including
without limitation, the consent of such Sellers spouse (if applicable) in the form
attached hereto as Schedule 2B and any other authorizations, approvals, waivers or
permits that are required in connection with the lawful sale or transfer of the Shares.
Each Seller shall have fully satisfied (including with respect to rights of timely
notification) or obtained enforceable waivers in respect of any preemptive or similar
rights directly or indirectly affecting any of its shares or securities (including the
waiver of holders of Series A Preferred Shares of its preemptive rights in their entirety),
as applicable. |
2.5 |
|
Representations and Warranties. |
|
|
|
The representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Schedule 4 shall
be true, complete and correct in all respects as of the Closing, except for (i) those
representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, which
representations will have been true and correct in all respects as of such particular date;
and (ii) those disclosures as set out in the Disclosure Schedule. |
|
2.6 |
|
Restated Articles. |
|
|
|
The memorandum and articles of association of the Company shall have been amended as set
forth in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Restated Articles). Such
Restated Articles shall have been duly adopted by all necessary actions of the Board of
Directors and/or the members of the Company. |
|
2.7 |
|
Shareholders Agreement. |
|
|
|
Each Seller, the Company, the Purchaser, the HK Company, the Domestic Companies, the WFOE
and the holder of Series A Preferred Shares shall have executed and delivered the
Shareholders Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1. |
|
2.8 |
|
Opinion of Offshore Counsel. |
|
|
|
The Company and the Sellers shall have delivered to Tiger from Conyers Dill & Pearman, the
Cayman Islands legal counsel to the Company, a legal opinion, dated as of the Closing, in a
form and substance substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C to this
Agreement. |
|
2.9 |
|
Opinion of PRC Counsel. |
|
|
|
Tiger shall have received from PRC legal counsel of the Company a legal opinion, dated as
of the Closing, in a form and substance substantially in the form attached as Exhibit
D to this Agreement. |
|
2.10 |
|
Board of Directors. |
|
|
|
As of the Closing, the authorized size of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be up
to five(5) and the Board of Directors shall be comprised of the following members: ZHANG
Bangxin, YEH Aieming Amy, CHEN Xiaohong, and the vacancies to be filled by |
5
|
|
directors
jointly appointed by the Shareholders. |
2.11 |
|
Letters of Commitment and Non-competition. |
|
|
|
Each Seller shall have entered into a Letter of Commitment and Non-Compete in the form and
substance attached hereto as Exhibit E-1. |
|
2.12 |
|
Compliance Certificates. |
|
|
|
Tiger shall have received (a) a certificate executed and delivered by the chief executive
officer of the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-1, and (b) a
certificate executed and delivered by each Seller in the form attached as Exhibit
F-2. |
|
2.13 |
|
Director Indemnification Agreement. |
|
|
|
The Company shall have executed and delivered the Director Indemnification Agreement with
respect to the Tiger nominated directors in the form and substance attached hereto as
Exhibit G. |
|
2.14 |
|
Management Rights Letter. |
|
|
|
The Company shall have executed and delivered to Tiger a Management Rights Letter in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit H. |
|
2.15 |
|
Key Persons Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreements. |
|
|
|
Each of the Key Persons of the Group Entities, the name of which are listed on Exhibit
E-3 attached hereto, shall have entered into a confidentiality and proprietary
information agreement with the WFOE in the form and substance attached hereto as
Exhibit E-2, as an integral part of his/her employment agreement with the WFOE,
that shall include provisions relating to the assignment of inventions, duty of
non-solicitation and non-competition during and after termination of employment agreement. |
|
2.16 |
|
Investment Committee Approval. |
|
|
|
Tigers investment committee shall have approved the execution of this Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. |
|
2.17 |
|
Registration of Equity Pledge. |
|
|
|
The Company shall have registered the equity pledge agreement (included as part of the
variable interest control documents) with the competent administration for industry and
commerce pursuant to the Measures on Equity Pledge Registration effective as of October 1,
2008 and shall have provided the registration approval for the examination of Tiger. |
|
2.18 |
|
WFOE Registered Address Alteration. |
|
|
|
The WFOEs registered address alteration from the 2nd Floor, No.1 Suzhou Street, Haidian
District, Beijing to Room 1702-1703, Lantian Hesheng Plaza, No. 32, |
6
|
|
Zhongguancun St.,
Haidian District, Beijing () shall have been
duly registered with Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce, and as a result of
such alteration, there is not any education or training activities being conducted on the
leased premise of the WFOE. |
2.19 |
|
Removal of Contents from Website. |
|
|
|
All textbooks and audio materials displayed on the Companys website (www.eduu.com) that is
known to infringe upon the intellectual properties of a third party shall be removed from
the website in its entirety, it being understood that known offending content posted by
third party users on the Companys bulletin board system (BBS) after that day which is
three days prior to the Closing may not have been removed at Closing but shall be timely
addressed by the Company following the Closing through regular monitoring. |
|
2.20 |
|
Assignment of Cooperation Agreement. |
|
|
|
The rights and obligations of Haidian School under the Cooperation Agreement entered into
by and between Haidian School and Audio-Video Publishing House of Beijing Normal University
of Education in connection with the publishing of certain textbooks on May 12, 2008 shall
have been assigned to Xueersi Network or terminated in accordance with an agreement duly
signed by relevant parties. |
|
2.21 |
|
Execution of Power of Attorney. |
|
|
|
The shareholders of the Domestic Companies shall have entered into a power of attorney with
the WFOE in a form and substance acceptable to Tiger, pursuant to which, the shareholders
of the Domestic Companies shall have authorized the WFOE to exercise their rights as
shareholders of the Domestic Companies. |
|
|
|
3. |
|
CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY AT CLOSING. |
|
|
The obligations of each Seller to sell the Shares to Tiger at the Closing are subject to
the fulfillment by Tiger, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions,
unless otherwise waived by writing: |
3.1 |
|
Representations and Warranties. |
|
|
|
The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Schedule 6 shall
be true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the Closing. |
|
3.2 |
|
Performance. |
|
|
|
The Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations
and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied
with by it on or before the Closing. |
|
3.3 |
|
Qualifications. |
7
|
|
All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any Governmental Authority that are
required in connection with the lawful sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall
be obtained and effective as of the Closing. |
|
|
|
4. |
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE WARRANTORS. |
|
|
The Warrantors hereby, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Purchaser that
the statements contained in Schedule 4 attached hereto are true, correct and
complete with respect to (i) each Warrantor, on and as of the Execution Date, and (ii) each
Warrantor, on and as of the date of the Closing (with the same effect as if made on and as
of the date of the Closing), except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto
as Schedule 5 (the Disclosure Schedule), which exceptions shall be deemed to be
representations and warranties as if made hereunder. |
|
|
|
5. |
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER. |
|
|
The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Sellers that the statements contained in
Schedule 6 attached hereto are true, correct and complete with respect to the
Purchaser as of the Closing. |
6.1 |
|
Ordinary Course of Business. |
|
|
|
From the Execution Date until the earlier of the Termination Date or the Closing, the
Founders, the Sellers and the Company, jointly and severally, shall cause each Group Entity
to be conducted in the ordinary course of business and shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the present character and quality of the
business, including without limitation, its present operations, physical facilities,
working conditions, goodwill and relationships with lessors, licensors, suppliers,
customers, employees and independent contractors. Commencing with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the Termination Date or the
Closing, no Group Entity may take any of the actions specified in Section 5.2 of
the Shareholders Agreement without written consent of Tiger. |
6.2 |
|
Employee Share Incentive Plan. |
|
(a) |
|
In the event that the Company adopts a share option or an employee share
incentive plan to selected officers, directors, employees and consultants of the
Company (a Share Plan) at any time after Closing, such Share Plan shall be subject
to the following conditions: (i) option grants shall be at a minimum exercise price
per share of no less than the Purchase Price (as appropriately adjusted for stock
dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits and the like), (ii) Zhang Bangxin and
Cao Yundong shall not be entitled to receive any option grants, restricted stock
grants or other equity incentives from the Company under a Share Plan or otherwise,
and (iii) without the written consent of Tiger, the total number of options reserved
or issued under the Share Plan shall not be more than 8% of the then effective
capitalization of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the |
8
|
|
|
Company may grant 2%
of the total options reserved under the Share Plan at an exercise price per share that
is less than the Purchase Price. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Company and the Sellers shall use, and shall cause the WFOE and the
Domestic Company to use, their best efforts to obtain (or cause the Subsidiaries to
obtain) all authorizations, consents, orders and approvals of all Governmental
Authorities and officials that may be or become necessary to adopt the Share Plan in
compliance with the Laws of the PRC, and will cooperate fully with the Purchaser in
promptly seeking to obtain all such authorizations, consents, orders and approvals. |
6.3 |
|
Exclusivity. |
|
|
|
From the Execution Date until the earlier of the Termination Date or the Closing, each
Warrantor agrees not to (i) discuss the sale of any equity securities or any other
instruments convertible into the equity securities of any Group Entity with any third
party, or (ii) to provide any information with respect to any Group Entity to a third party
in connection with a potential investment by such third party in any equity securities or
any other instruments convertible into the equity securities of such Group Entity, or (iii)
to close any financing transaction of any equity securities or any other instruments
convertible into the equity securities of any Group Entity with any third party (the
Exclusivity Period). |
|
6.4 |
|
Notice of Certain Events. |
|
|
|
If, at any time before the Closing, any Warrantor becomes aware of any material fact or
event which: (i) is in any way inconsistent with any of the representations and warranties
in this Agreement; (ii) suggests that any fact warranted hereunder may not be as warranted
or may be misleading; or (iii) might affect the willingness of a prudent investor to
purchase the Shares on the terms contained in the Transaction Documents or the amount of
the consideration a prudent investor would be prepared to pay for the Shares; then the
Warrantors shall immediately notify the Purchaser in writing, describing the fact or event
in reasonable detail. |
|
6.5 |
|
Compliance. |
|
|
|
The Company and each Group Entity, and each of the Sellers shall take necessary steps to
ensure that the Company and each Group Entity, shall comply with all applicable laws and
regulations, including without limitation compliance with all contributions required to be
made under the PRC social insurance and housing schemes. |
|
6.6 |
|
Option for Follow-on Investments. |
|
(a) |
|
The Company and each of the Sellers, jointly and severally, grant an option to
Tiger to acquire such additional securities of the Company, prior to the Companys IPO
to enable Tiger to increase its equity in the Company to 25% (on fully-diluted basis)
at a fair market value (which shall not in any event fall below the par value of the
shares of the Company where the Company is issuing new shares of the Company) to be
determined by the Company or selling party(ies), as the case may be.
|
9
|
(b) |
|
Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the foregoing option is exercised
by way of share transfer by any Seller to Tiger (Transfer of Secondary Shares), each
of Tiger and KTB (or KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited substituting KTB) may purchase
its respective pro rata portion of the shares offered by any such Seller by following
the procedures provided in Section 11.1(b)(i) through (iv) of the
Shareholders Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
To avoid doubt, set forth below are the formula for calculating the number of shares each of Tiger and KTB: |
|
(i) |
|
Number of shares that KTB is entitled to purchase = [X /
(X+Y)] × selling shares offered by any of the Sellers |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Number of shares that Tiger is entitled to purchase = [Y /
(X+Y)] × selling shares offered by any of the Sellers |
|
|
|
X = number of shares then held by KTB and KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited in the
Company |
|
|
|
|
Y = number of shares then held by Tiger in the Company |
|
|
|
|
Further, the Parties understand that in the event of the Transfer of Secondary
Shares, each of the Seller/Sellers, who do not elect or is/are not required to sell
shares to Tiger, shall waive, pursuant to Section 11.1 (b) of the Shareholders
Agreement,their respective rights of first refusal that they would otherwise have
under Section 11 of the Shareholders Agreement and Section 9 of
Schedule A of the Restated Articles. |
6.7 |
|
Service Agreement. |
|
|
|
As soon as practicable and in any event prior to the IPO, (i) the Sellers and the Company
shall, jointly and severally, cause Xueersi Education and the Schools within the Group
Entity to enter into the service agreements, pursuant to which, the Company Branches under
Xueersi Education will provide administrative services including without limitation to
student enrolment and tuition collection services to the Training Centres opened by the
School; (ii) the Seller and the Company shall jointly and severally cause each of the
Schools (other than Haidian School) within the Group Entities to enter into a set of
service agreements with the WFOE including technical support and technical service
agreement, education material research and development agreement, education software
license agreement, and etc. |
|
6.8 |
|
Filing for Incorporation of Tianjin Subsidiary. |
|
|
|
As soon as practicable following the Closing, the Company shall file the documents
required for the incorporation of subsidiary in Tianjin by Xueersi Education to Tianjin
Administration for Industry and Commerce and shall have provided the relevant filing
documents to Tiger. |
10
6.9 |
|
Registration of Teaching Centres. |
|
|
|
As soon as practicable following the Closing and in any event prior to the IPO of the
Company, the Sellers and the Company shall use its best efforts to have substantial all of
the Teaching Centres operated by the Schools registered with the competent district
education commission. |
|
6.10 |
|
Amendment to Employment Contract and Teaching Agreement. |
|
|
|
As soon as practicable following the Closing, the Domestic Companies shall use commercially
reasonable effort to amend, and shall cause the Schools to amend the labor contracts
entered into by and between the relevant Group Entities and all the employees in the Group
Entities to make them not in violation of the PRC Labor Contract Law. |
|
6.11 |
|
Foreigner Employment Permit. |
|
|
|
As soon as practicable following the Closing, the Sellers and the Company shall use its
best efforts to apply for Foreigner Employment Certificate () from Shanghai
Human Resource and Social Security Protection
Bureau () for the employees of foreign nationality of the Group
Entities. |
|
6.12 |
|
Foreign Exchange Compliance. |
|
|
|
Each Seller of the Company shall update its registration with the Beijing Branch of the
State Foreign Exchange Administration in accordance with the requirements of Notice
Regarding Certain Administrative Measures on Financing and Inbound Investments by PRC
Residents Through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles and any successor rules or regulations
under Laws of the PRC within thirty (30) Business Days following the Closing. |
|
6.13 |
|
Trademark Assignment to the WFOE or HK Company. |
|
|
|
Within two (2) years following the Closing, the Domestic Companies and the Sellers (as the
case may be) have entered into a trademark assignment agreement with the WFOE or the HK
Company, pursuant to which certain trademarks shall be assigned to the WFOE or the HK
Company other than those trademarks that are necessary for the operation of value added
telecommunication business via the website of the Company using the domain name eduu.com.
The foregoing trademark assignment shall be conducted based on the opinion of the tax
advisor acceptable to Tiger. |
|
6.14 |
|
Social Insurance and Housing Fund Compliance. |
|
|
|
Prior to the IPO of the Company, the Domestic Companies shall duly pay, and shall cause
the Schools to duly pay, for the social insurance and housing fund in full compliance with
the Laws of the PRC. |
|
6.15 |
|
Restructuring. |
|
(a) |
|
Xueersi Education shall set up a subsidiary in Tianjin, which shall be the
capital |
11
|
|
|
contributor of the schools to be established in Tianjin. Following the
completion of the foregoing restructuring, (i) the schools in Tianjin shall continue
the education and training activities originally conducted by Xueersi Education
Tianjin Branch, and (ii) Xueersi Education Tianjin Branch shall cease to conduct any
education and training activities and shall be converted into a service branch
supporting the administration of schools in Tianjin. |
|
|
(b) |
|
For the purpose of avoiding any potential negative tax consequences that the
current structure may impose on Tiger, the Sellers and the Company agree to undertake
any restructuring of the Group Entities reasonably requested by Tiger. |
6.16 |
|
Insurance. |
|
|
|
Within six (6) months following the Closing, the Company shall have purchased from
financially sound and reputable insurers (i) directors and officers liability insurance,
and (ii) property and casualty insurance, in each case upon terms acceptable to Tiger, and
will use best efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as
Tiger determines that such insurance should be discontinued. |
|
6.17 |
|
Consent of Sellers. |
|
|
|
The Parties understand that Xueersi Network entered into two share purchase agreements both
dated June 19, 2008 in connection with its acquisition of Hubei Qianjiang School and Wuhan
Jianghan School, respectively, from the relevant original sponsors of the two schools (the
School Purchase Agreements). In the event that the original sponsors require Xueersi
Network to settle the unpaid consideration, when it is due, in the form of equity interest
in the Company when listed pursuant to the School Purchase Agreements, the Sellers agree
jointly and severally that they shall take such actions, or cause such actions to be taken
as necessary to (i) assume and discharge in full Xueersi Networks obligations under the
School Purchase Agreement with respect to the settlement of the unpaid consideration
thereunder; and (ii) avoid Tigers equity interests in the Company being in any way diluted
by such settlement. |
|
6.18 |
|
Audit of the Group Entities. |
|
|
|
The Sellers and the Company shall jointly and severally cause the Group Entities be audited
by one of the Big 4 accounting firms (i.e., PricewaterhouseCoopers, KPMG, Deloitte & Touche
or Ernst & Young) at a certain time following the Closing that is acceptable to Tiger. |
|
6.19 |
|
Amendment to Articles of Association. |
|
|
|
As soon as practicable and in any event prior to the IPO of the Company, the Articles of
Association of Wuhan Jianghan School and Hubei Jianli School shall have been amended to include
provisions setting forth a reasonable return on investment to the capital contributors in
accordance with the PRC Non-state Education Promotional Law () and its
implementing rules. |
12
6.20 |
|
R&D Employees Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreements. |
|
|
|
Within three (3) months following the Closing, each of employees engaged in research and
development of software and teaching materials for the Group Entities shall have entered
into a confidentiality and proprietary information agreement with his/her respective
employer within the Group Entities, in the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit
E-2, as an integral part of his/her employment agreement with such employer, that shall
include provisions relating to the assignment of inventions, duty of non-solicitation and
non-competition after termination of employment agreement. |
|
6.21 |
|
Adjustment for Dilutive Issuances. |
|
|
|
If, after the Closing, the Company issues additional equity securities for a per share
consideration (the Future Issuance Price) less than the Purchase Price (as appropriately
adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like), then in such event, immediately
prior to such issuance, each of the Sellers shall transfer such additional shares (on a
post-split or post-stock dividend basis, if applicable) to Tiger in accordance with the
following formula hereunder: |
|
|
|
Additional Shares = (X/Future Issuance Price) (X/Purchase Price)
X = amount of consideration received by such Seller for selling Shares to Tiger. |
|
6.22 |
|
Tax Covenants. |
|
(a) |
|
In the event that the Company is determined by counsel or accountants for the
Purchaser to be a CFC with respect to the shares held by the Purchaser, the Company
agrees (a) to use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid generating Subpart F Income
(as defined in Section 952 of the Code) (Subpart F Income) and (b) to the
extent permitted by law, to annually make dividend distributions to the Purchaser in an
amount equal to 50% of any income deemed distributed to the Purchaser that would have
been deemed distributed to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 951(a) of the Code had the
Purchaser been a United States person as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30)
of the Code (or such lesser amount determined by the Purchaser in its sole discretion).
No later than 45 days following the end of each Company taxable year, the Company
shall provide the following information to the Purchaser: (i) the Companys
capitalization table as of the end of the last day of such taxable year and (ii) a
report regarding the Companys status as a CFC. In addition, the Company shall provide
the Purchaser with access to such other Company information as may be required by the
Purchaser to determine the Companys status as a CFC and to determine whether the
Purchaser or any of the Purchasers Partners is required to report its pro rata portion
of the Companys Subpart F Income on its United States federal income tax return, or to
allow the Purchaser or such Purchasers Partners to otherwise comply with applicable
United States federal income tax laws. For purposes of this Section 6.21, (i)
the term Purchasers Partners shall mean each of the Purchasers shareholders,
partners, members or other equity holders and any direct or indirect equity owners of
such entities and (ii) the Company shall mean the Company and any of its
subsidiaries. |
13
|
(b) |
|
The Company shall engage a Big 4 accounting firm (i.e., PricewaterhouseCoopers,
KPMG, Deloitte & Touche or Ernst & Young) to determine the Companys status as a PFIC
on an annual basis and shall report such status to the Purchaser on or prior to
February 15 of each calendar year and further provide a copy of the written
certification from its accounting firm regarding such status. In addition, to ensure
that the Purchasers Partners have sufficient information to make a Qualified Electing
Fund election or file a Protective Statement pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
1.1295-3, as amended (or any successor thereto), the Company shall provide annual
financial information to the Purchaser in the form provided in the attached PFIC
Exhibit in Exhibit I (or in such other form as may be required to reflect
changes in applicable law) as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each
taxable year of the Company (but in no event later than 45 days following the end of
each such taxable year), and shall provide the Purchaser with access to such other
Company information as may be required for purposes of filing U.S. federal income tax
returns in connection with such Qualified Electing Fund election or Protective
Statement. In the event that an Purchasers Partner has made a Qualified Electing
Fund election must include in its gross income for a particular taxable year its pro
rata share of the Companys earnings and profits pursuant to Section 1293 of the Code,
the Company agrees to make a dividend distribution to the Purchaser (no later than 45
days following the end of the Companys taxable year or, if later, 45 days after the
Company is informed by the Purchaser that the Purchasers Partner has been required to
recognize such an income inclusion) in an amount equal to 50% of the amount that would
be included by the Purchaser if the Purchaser were a United States person as such
term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and had the Purchaser made a valid
and timely Qualified Electing Fund election which was applicable to such taxable
year. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Company shall take such actions, including making an election to be treated
as a corporation or refraining from making an election to be treated as a partnership,
as may be required to ensure that at all times the Company is treated as corporation
for United States federal income tax purposes. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The Company shall make due inquiry with its tax advisors (and shall cooperate
with the Purchasers tax advisors with respect to such inquiry) on at least an annual
basis regarding whether the Purchasers or any Purchasers Partners direct or indirect
interest in the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either or both of
Sections 6038 and 6038B of the Code (and the Company shall duly inform the Purchaser of
the results of such determination), and in the event that the Purchasers or any
Purchasers Partners direct or indirect interest in Company is determined by the
Companys tax advisors or the Purchasers tax advisors to be subject to the reporting
requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B, the Company agrees, upon a
request from the Purchaser, to provide such information as may be necessary to fulfill
the Purchasers or the Purchasers Partners obligations thereunder. |
|
|
(e) |
|
The Parties acknowledge that neither the Group Entities nor the Purchaser be |
14
|
|
|
responsible in any way for any taxes or any withholdings related to the transactions
contemplated in this agreement. |
6.23 |
|
Option for KTBs Investment. |
|
|
|
Each of the Sellers, jointly and severally, grants an option to KTB to acquire such number
of Shares set forth opposite such Sellers name on Schedule 1A and in the column of Number
of Common Shares to be Sold to KTB, on a date no later than September 4, 2009, at the
Purchase Price for an aggregate purchase price of no more than US$5,000,000. The obligations
of KTB to exercise such option are subject to the fulfilment, of each of the following
conditions, unless otherwise waived in writing by KTB: |
|
(a) |
|
Opinion of Offshore Counsel. |
|
|
The Company and the Sellers shall have delivered to KTB from Conyers Dill & Pearman, the
Cayman Islands legal counsel to the Company, a legal opinion, dated as of the Closing by
Tiger, in a form and substance substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C to
this Agreement. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Opinion of PRC Counsel. |
|
|
KTB shall have received from PRC legal counsel of the Company a legal opinion, dated as of
the Closing by Tiger, in a form and substance substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit D to this Agreement. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Delivery to KTB of all the documents as set forth in Section 1.2(a)(1) and 1.2(a)(2)
hereof as applicable mutatis mutandis to KTB. |
|
|
The Existing Shareholders (as defined in the Assumption Agreement) of the Company hereby
authorize, either by way of signing this Agreement or pursuant to Section 16.11 of
the Shareholders Agreement, the Company, on behalf of itself and as agent for the Existing
Shareholders of the Company, to enter into the Assumption Agreement with KTB in the form
attached as Exhibit B-2 of this Agreement, when KTB exercises its option of
investment provided hereunder. |
|
|
|
7. |
|
CURE OF BREACHES; INDEMNITY. |
|
(a) |
|
any breach or violation of, or inaccuracy or misrepresentation in, any
representation or warranty made by the Warrantors or the Purchaser contained herein or
any of the other Transaction Documents; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement contained herein or any
of the other Transaction Documents attributable to the Warrantors or the Purchaser; |
|
|
(each of (a) and (b), a Breach), then (i) if the Breach is on the part of the Warrantors,
the Sellers shall, jointly and severally, cause the Company or cause the other Warrantors,
as |
15
|
the case may be, to, cure such Breach (to the extent that such Breach is curable); and (ii)
if the Breach is on the part of the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall cure such Breach (to the
extent that such Breach in curable). |
7.2 |
|
Each Seller and the Founder holding such Seller shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify
and keep indemnified the Group Companies, the Purchaser and the Purchasers Affiliates,
limited partners, members, stockholders, employees, agents and representatives (the
Indemnitees) at all times and hold the Indemnitees harmless against any and all losses,
liabilities, damages, liens, claims, obligations, penalties, settlements, deficiencies, costs
expenses, diminution in value and lost opportunities paid, suffered, sustained or incurred by
the Indemnitees including without limitation reasonable advisors fees and other reasonable
expenses of investigation, assessment, contesting of, any claim, settlement of any claim or
any legal proceedings (each, an Indemnifiable Loss), resulting from, or arising out of, or
due to, directly or indirectly, (A) any claim that such Seller and/or Founder has failed to
(x) properly make any tax filing or report the proceeds of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement in accordance with applicable law and/or (y) pay any applicable taxes related
to the income or gain derived by such Seller and/or Founder in the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement in accordance with applicable laws and regulations or (B) any claim that any
Group Company and/or the Purchaser is responsible for any taxes or withholdings for the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. |
|
7.3 |
|
Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, absent fraud, gross negligence or
willful misconduct by any of the Warrantors, this Section 7 shall be the sole and
exclusive remedy of the Indemnitees for any claim against the Warrantors for any Breach. |
8.1 |
|
Survival of Warranties. |
|
|
|
Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the
Warrantors contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any
investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the
Purchaser or the Sellers. |
|
8.2 |
|
Confidentiality. |
|
(a) |
|
Disclosure of Terms. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, any
term sheet or memorandum of understanding entered into pursuant to the transactions
contemplated hereby, all exhibits and schedules attached hereto and thereto, and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (collectively, the Transaction Terms),
including their existence, shall be considered confidential information and shall not
be disclosed by any party hereto to any third party except as permitted in accordance
with the provisions set forth below. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sellers and
Company may disclose (i) the existence of the investment to its bona fide prospective |
16
|
|
|
Purchaser, employees, Directors, bankers, lenders, accountants, legal counsels and
business partners, or to any person or entity to which disclosure is approved in
writing by the Purchaser; and (ii) the transaction terms to its current
shareholders, employees, Directors, bankers, lenders, accountants and legal
counsels, in each case only where such persons or entities are under appropriate
nondisclosure obligations substantially similar to those set forth in this
Section 8.2, or to any person or entity to which disclosure is approved in
writing by the Purchaser. The Purchaser may disclose (x) the existence of the
investment and the Transaction Terms to any Affiliate, partner, limited partner,
former partner, potential partner or potential limited partner of the Purchaser or
other related third parties and (y) the fact of the investment to the public, in
each case as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion. Any Party hereto may also
provide disclosure in order to comply with applicable Laws, as set forth in
Section 8.2(c) below. |
|
(c) |
|
Legally Compelled Disclosure. In the event that any Party is requested
or becomes legally compelled (including without limitation, pursuant to any applicable
tax, securities, or other Laws and regulations of any jurisdiction) to disclose the
existence of this Agreement or content of any of the Transaction Terms, such party (the
Disclosing Party) shall provide the other parties with prompt written notice of that
fact and shall consult with the other parties regarding such disclosure. At the
request of another party, the Disclosing Party shall, to the extent reasonably possible
and with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other parties, seek a protective
order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy. In any event, the
Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information that is legally
required and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that
confidential treatment will be accorded such information. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Other Exceptions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 8.2, the confidentiality obligations of the parties shall not apply to:
(i) information which a restricted party learns from a third party having the right to
make the disclosure, provided the restricted party complies with any restrictions
imposed by the third party; (ii) information which is rightfully in the restricted
partys possession prior to the time of disclosure by the protected party and not
acquired by the restricted party under a confidentiality obligation; or (iii)
information which enters the public domain without breach of confidentiality by the
restricted party. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Press Releases, Etc. No announcements regarding the Purchasers
investment in the Company may be made by any party hereto in any press conference,
professional or trade publication, marketing materials or otherwise to the public
without the prior written consent of the Purchaser and the Company, provided,
that any such announcement made by any partner, limited partner, bona fide potential
partner or bona fide potential limited partner of the Purchaser shall not be subject to
the consent of the Company or the Sellers. Further, the Company and the Sellers shall
not use the Purchasers name and logo in any manner, context or format (including
references or links to websites, press releases, etc,) without obtaining the approval
from the Purchaser in writing. |
17
|
(f) |
|
Other Information. The provisions of this Section 8.2 shall
terminate and supersede the provisions of any separate nondisclosure agreement executed
by any of the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. |
8.3 |
|
Transfer; Successors and Assigns. |
|
|
|
The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Save as expressly provided in this
Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any
party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights,
remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement. |
|
8.4 |
|
Governing Law. |
|
|
|
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Law of the State of
New York as to matters within the scope thereof, without regard to its principles of
conflicts of laws. |
|
8.5 |
|
Counterparts; Facsimile. |
|
|
|
This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic signature and
in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. |
|
8.6 |
|
Titles and Subtitles. |
|
|
|
The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to
be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. |
|
8.7 |
|
Notices. |
|
|
|
All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to
be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal
business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c)
five (5) days after having been delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after delivery by an internationally
recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of
receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set
forth on the signature pages, Schedule 1 or Schedule 2, as the case may be,
or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written
notice given in accordance with this Section 8.7. |
|
8.8 |
|
No Finders Fees. |
|
|
|
Each Party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finders fee or
commission in connection with this transaction. Each Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to
hold harmless the Company and the Sellers from any liability for any commission or |
18
|
|
compensation in the nature of a finders or brokers fee arising out of this transaction
(and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for
which each Purchaser or any of its officers, employees, or representatives is responsible.
The Company and the Sellers agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser from any
liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finders or brokers fee
arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such
liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or
representatives is responsible. |
|
8.9 |
|
Fees and Expenses. |
|
|
|
Each Seller shall each pay all of his or its own costs and expenses incurred in connection
with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and other
Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Sellers
shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Purchaser on a
pro rata basis based on the relative number of Shares sold hereunder, including all
reasonable costs and expenses in conducting due diligence investigations on the Group
Entities and in preparing, negotiating and executing all documentation, including all
reasonable fees and expenses of any outside legal counsel, as well as all costs and expenses
related to the financial due diligence review of the Group Entities, up to a maximum
aggregate amount of US$150,000 for Tiger and up to a maximum aggregate amount of RMB150,000
for KTB, which shall be deducted from the aggregate Purchase Price paid by Tiger and KTB
respectively to each Seller at each Closing. |
|
8.10 |
|
Attorneys Fees. |
|
|
|
If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or
interpret the terms of any of the Transaction Documents, the prevailing party shall be
entitled to reasonable attorneys fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any
other relief to which such party may be entitled. |
|
8.11 |
|
Amendments and Waivers. |
|
|
|
Any term of this Agreement may be amended, terminated or waived only with the written
consent of the Seller, the holders of a majority-in-interest among the Purchaser. Any
amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 8.11 shall be binding
upon the Company, the Sellers, the Purchaser, and each transferee of the Shares and each
future holder of all such securities. |
|
8.12 |
|
Severability. |
|
|
|
The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the
validity or enforceability of any other provision. |
|
8.13 |
|
Delays or Omissions. |
|
|
|
No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this
Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall |
19
|
|
impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor
shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence
therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any
waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default
theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or
character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any
waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be
in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.
All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party,
shall be cumulative and not alternative. |
8.14 |
|
Entire Agreement. |
|
|
|
This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto), the Restated Articles and the
other Transaction Documents constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement
between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral
agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly
canceled. |
|
8.15 |
|
Dispute Resolution. |
|
(a) |
|
Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement,
or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall first be subject
to resolution through consultation of the parties to such dispute, controversy or
claim. Such consultation shall begin within seven (7) days after one Party hereto has
delivered to the other Parties involved a written request for such consultation. If
within thirty (30) days following the commencement of such consultation the dispute
cannot be resolved, the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of
any Party with notice to the other Parties. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of the Hong
Kong International Arbitration Centre (the HKIAC). There shall be three arbitrators.
The complainant and the respondent to such dispute shall each select one arbitrator
within thirty (30) days after giving or receiving the demand for arbitration. Such
arbitrators shall be freely selected, and the Parties shall not be limited in their
selection to any prescribed list. The Chairman of the HKIAC shall select the third
arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice Law in New York. If either party to the
arbitration does not appoint an arbitrator who has consented to participate within
thirty (30) days after selection of the first arbitrator, the relevant appointment
shall be made by the Chairman of the HKIAC. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English. The arbitration
tribunal shall apply the Arbitration Rules of the HKIAC in effect at the time of the
arbitration. However, if such rules are in conflict with the provisions of this
Section 8.15, including the provisions concerning the appointment of
arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 8.15 shall prevail. |
20
|
(d) |
|
The arbitrators shall decide any dispute submitted by the parties to the
arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive Law of the State of New York
and shall not apply any other substantive law. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Each Party hereto shall cooperate with any party to the dispute in making full
disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested
by such party in connection with such arbitration proceedings, subject only to any
confidentiality obligations binding on the Party receiving the request. |
|
|
(f) |
|
The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the
disputing parties, and any party to the dispute may apply to a court of competent
jurisdiction for enforcement of such award. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Any party to the dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive
relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution
of the arbitral tribunal. |
8.16 |
|
No Commitment for Additional Financing. |
|
|
|
The Company and the Sellers acknowledge and agree that the Purchaser has not made any
representation, undertaking, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in
obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance, other than the purchase of the
Shares as set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein. In addition, the
Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) no oral statements made by any Purchaser or its
representatives on or after the date of this Agreement shall create an obligation,
commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing or
investment, (ii) the Company shall not rely on any such statement by any Purchaser or its
representatives and (iii) an obligation, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the
Company in obtaining any financing or investment may only be created by a written agreement,
signed by such Purchaser and the Company, setting forth the terms and conditions of such
financing or investment and stating that the parties intend for such writing to be a binding
obligation or agreement. Each Purchaser shall have the right, in it sole and absolute
discretion, to refuse or decline to participate in any other financing of or investment in
the Company, and shall have no obligation to assist or cooperate with the Company in
obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance. |
|
8.17 |
|
Rights Cumulative. |
|
|
|
Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of a Party will be considered to be
cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which such Party
may have at law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this
Agreement. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither
constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy
available to such Party. |
|
8.18 |
|
No Waiver. |
|
|
|
Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions |
21
|
|
hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver
or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or
remedy power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such
right, power or remedy at any other time or times. |
8.19 |
|
No Presumption. |
|
|
|
The Parties acknowledge that any applicable law that would require interpretation of any
claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application
and is expressly waived. If any claim is made by a Party relating to any conflict, omission
or ambiguity in the provisions of this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or
persuasion will be implied because this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of any
Party or its counsel. |
|
8.20 |
|
Third Party Beneficiaries. |
|
|
|
Each of the Indemnitees shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement with the full
ability to enforce Section 7 of this Agreement as if it were a Party hereto. |
|
8.21 |
|
Termination of Agreement. |
|
(a) |
|
This Agreement may be terminated before the Closing as follows: |
|
(1) |
|
at the election of the Purchaser on or after October 31, 2009,
if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before such date unless such date
is extended by the mutual written consent of the Seller and the Purchaser,
provided that: (i) the Purchaser are not in material default of any of their
obligations hereunder, and (ii) the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant
to this Section 8.22(a) shall not be available to the Purchaser if
their breach of any provision of this Agreement has been the cause of, or
resulted, directly or indirectly in, the failure of the Closing to be
consummated by October 31, 2009; |
|
|
(2) |
|
by mutual written consent of the Sellers and the Purchaser as
evidenced in writing signed by each of the Sellers and the Purchaser; |
|
|
(3) |
|
by the Purchaser in the event of any breach or violation of any
representation or warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein or in any of
the other Transaction Documents by any Warrantor that is not cured or curable
within thirty (30) Business Days of written notice; |
|
|
(4) |
|
by the Purchaser if any event, circumstance or change shall
have occurred that, individually or in the aggregate with one or more other
events, circumstances or changes, have had or reasonably could be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any other Group Entity; or |
|
|
(5) |
|
by the Sellers jointly in the event of any breach or violation
of any |
22
|
|
|
representation or warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein or in any
of the other Transaction Documents by the Purchaser with respect to such
Purchaser that is not cured or curable within thirty (30) Business Days of
written notice. |
|
(b) |
|
Effect of Termination. The date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Section 8.21(a) hereof shall be referred to as Termination Date. In the
event of termination by the Sellers and/or the Purchaser pursuant to Section
8.21(a) hereof, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other Party
and this Agreement shall terminate, and the purchase of the Shares hereunder shall be
abandoned and rescinded, without further action by the Parties hereto. Each of the
Parties shall be relieved of their duties and obligations arising under this Agreement
after the date of such termination and such termination shall be without liability to
the Sellers or the Purchaser; provided that no such termination shall relieve any party
hereto from liability for any breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this
Section 8.21, Section 7, Section 8.1, Section 8.2,
Section 8.9 and Section 8.15, hereof shall survive any termination of
this Agreement. |
8.22 |
|
Cross-Guarantees. |
|
|
|
Each of Zhang Bangxin, Cao Yundong, LIU Yachao and BAI Yunfeng shall unconditionally
guarantees the performance of BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED respectively under this
Agreement and vice versa, each of BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED, CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED and EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED shall unconditionally
guarantees the performance of Zhang Bangxin, Cao Yundong, LIU Yachao and BAI Yunfeng
respectively under this Agreement. |
[Remainder
of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
23
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
SELLERS
|
|
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Yundong Cao |
|
|
Name: CAO Yundong () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Yachao Liu |
|
|
Name: LIU Yachao () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Yunfeng Bai |
|
|
Name: BAI Yunfeng () |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
FOUNDERS |
|
ZHANG Bangxin () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAO YUNDONG () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Yundong Cao |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: CAO Yundong |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIU Yachao () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Yachao Liu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: LIU Yachao |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAI YUNFENG () |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Yunfeng Bai |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: BAI Yunfeng |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
XUEERSI INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION GROUP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
Title: Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HK COMPANY: |
|
TAL GROUP LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
Title: Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WFOE: |
|
TAL EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY (BEIJING) CO., LTD. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
Title: Legal Representative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Affix Seal: |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
DOMESTIC COMPANIES |
|
BEIJING XUEERSI EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Yachao Liu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: LIU Yachao |
|
|
Title: Legal Representative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Affix Seal: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BEIJING XUEERSI NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Yachao Liu |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: LIU Yachao |
|
|
Title: Legal Representative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Affix Seal: |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
PURCHASER: |
|
Tiger Global Five China Holdings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Share Purchase Agreement as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
PURCHASER: |
|
KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: Legal
Representative |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 1A
SCHEDULE OF SELLERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
Number of Common |
|
Common Shares |
|
Consideration |
|
Common |
|
Consideration |
|
|
Shares Held Prior to |
|
to be Sold to |
|
Paid by Tiger |
|
Shares to be |
|
Paid by KTB |
Name |
|
Closing |
|
Tiger |
|
(US$) |
|
Sold to KTB |
|
(US$) |
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED |
|
67,800,000 |
|
5,000,000 |
|
8,000,000 |
|
250,000 |
|
400,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CENTRAL GLORY |
|
31,200,000 |
|
10,087,500 |
|
16,140,000 |
|
812,500 |
|
1,300,000 |
INVESTMENTS LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERFECT WISDOM
INTERNATIONAL
LIMITED |
|
12,000,000 |
|
3,875,000 |
|
6,200,000 |
|
812,500 |
|
1,300,000 |
EXCELLENT NEW
LIMITED |
|
9,000,000 |
|
2,912,500 |
|
4,660,000 |
|
1,250,000 |
|
2,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
120,000,000 |
|
21,875,000 |
|
35,000,000 |
|
3,125,000 |
|
5,000,000 |
SCHEDULE 1B
SCHEDULE OF PURCHASER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchaser |
|
Number of Shares |
|
Consideration |
Tiger Global Five China Holdings
|
|
21,875,000 |
|
US$35,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND]
|
|
3,125,000 |
|
US$5,000,000 |
Total
|
|
25,000,000 |
|
US$40,000,000 |
SCHEDULE
1B
1
SCHEDULE 1C
SCHEDULE OF FOUNDERS
|
|
|
Name |
|
Identity Card |
ZHANG Bangxin ( )
|
|
3211 8219 8010 0129 13 |
|
|
|
CAO Yundong ( )
|
|
3728 3119 7910 2056 18 |
|
|
|
LIU Yachao ( )
|
|
2111 0319 8110 1521 38 |
|
|
|
BAI Yunfeng ( )
|
|
3605 2119 8109 2400 73 |
SCHEDULE
1C
1
SCHEDULE 2A
SCHEDULE OF SCHOOLS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definitions |
|
Full Name of the Schools |
1.
|
|
Beijing Haidian School
|
|
Beijing Haidian Xueersi Training
School () |
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Beijing Dongcheng School
|
|
Beijing Dongcheng Xueersi Training
School () |
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Beijing Xicheng School
|
|
Beijing Xicheng Xueersi Training
School () |
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
Shanghai Changning School
|
|
Shanghai Changning Lejiale Training
School () |
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Shanghai Minhang School
|
|
Shanghai Minhang Lejiale Training
School () |
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
Wuhan Jianghan School
|
|
Wuhan Jianghan Small New Star English
Training School
() |
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
Hubei Jianli School
|
|
Hubei Jianli Harvard English School () |
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
Hubei Qianjiang School
|
|
Hubei Qianjiang Small Harvard English
Training School
() |
SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definitions |
|
Full Name of Subsidiary Companies |
1.
|
|
Beijing Zhikang
|
|
Beijing Zhikang Cultural Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Shanghai Lehai
|
|
Shanghai Lehai Information Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
SCHEDULE OF COMPANY BRANCHES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definitions |
|
Full Name of Company Branches |
1.
|
|
Xueersi Education No. 2
Branch
|
|
No. 2 Branch of Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Xueersi Education No. 3
Branch
|
|
No. 3 Branch of Xueersi
Education Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Xueersi Education Haidian
No. 4 Branch
|
|
Haidian No. 4 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
SCHEDULE 2A
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definitions |
|
Full Name of Company Branches |
4.
|
|
Xueersi Education No. 5
Branch
|
|
No. 5 Branch of Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. () |
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Xueersi Education Haidian
No. 6 Branch
|
|
Haidian No. 7 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
Xueersi Education Haidian
No. 7 Branch
|
|
Haidian No. 7 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
Xueersi Education Haidian
No. 8 Branch
|
|
Haidian No. 7 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
Xueersi Education Haidian
No. 9 Branch
|
|
Haidian No. 7 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
|
Xueersi Education Haidian
No. 10 Branch
|
|
Haidian No. 7 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
|
Xueersi Education Haidian
No. 11 Branch
|
|
Haidian No. 7 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
|
Xueersi Education Chaoyang
No. 1 Branch
|
|
Chaoyang No. 1 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
12.
|
|
Xueersi Education Chaoyang
No. 2 Branch
|
|
Chaoyang No. 2 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
|
Xueersi Education Chaoyang
No. 3 Branch
|
|
Chaoyang No. 2 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
|
Xueersi Education Chaoyang
No. 4 Branch
|
|
Chaoyang No. 4 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
15.
|
|
Xueersi Education Chaoyang
No. 5 Branch
|
|
Chaoyang No. 5 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
16.
|
|
Xueersi Education Chaoyang
No. 6 Branch
|
|
Chaoyang No. 5 Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
|
Xueersi Education Shijingshan Branch
|
|
Shijingshan Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
18.
|
|
Xueersi Education Fangzhuang Branch
|
|
Fangzhuang Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
19.
|
|
Xueersi Education Dengshikou Branch
|
|
Fangzhuang Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
20.
|
|
Xueersi Education Dongcheng Branch
|
|
Dongcheng Branch of Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. () |
SCHEDULE 2A
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Definitions |
|
Full Name of Company Branches |
21.
|
|
Xueersi Education Pinganli
Branch
|
|
Pinganli Branch of Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
22.
|
|
Xueersi Education
Fuchengmen Branch
|
|
Fuchengmen Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
23.
|
|
Xueersi Education
Zhichunlu Branch
|
|
Fuchengmen Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
24.
|
|
Xueersi Education Fengtai
No. Branch
|
|
Fuchengmen Branch of Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() |
|
|
|
|
|
25.
|
|
Xueersi Education Tianjin
Branch
|
|
Tianjin Branch of Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. () |
SCHEDULE 2A
3
SCHEDULE 2B
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
I, [
], spouse of
, have read and approve the Share Purchase Agreement (the
Agreement), dated August 12, 2009, by and among the Sellers listed on
Schedule 1 (the
Sellers), the Founders, the Purchaser listed on
Schedule 1B, the Company, TAL Group
Limited, a company organized and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong, Beijing Xueersi Education
Technology Co., Ltd.
() (
Xueersi Education) and Beijing Xueersi Network
Technology Co., Ltd.
(), companies organized and existing under the Laws
of the PRC, and TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
(), a
wholly foreign owned enterprise organized and existing under the Laws of the PRC, and certain other
parties. In consideration of granting of the right to my spouse to sell Common Shares of the
Company, as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in
respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions
of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant
thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in
the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.
I further acknowledge that I am executing this Spousal Consent voluntarily.
SCHEDULE 2B
1
SCHEDULE 3
DEFINITIONS
1. |
|
Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which,
directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such
specified Person, including, without limitation, any partner, officer, director, member or
employee of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is
controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members
of, or shares the same management company with, such Person. |
|
2. |
|
Agreement has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble to this Agreement. |
|
3. |
|
Beneficial Owner has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c) of Exhibit G,
for the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
4. |
|
Breach has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1. |
|
5. |
|
Board of Directors means the Companys Board of Directors. |
|
6. |
|
Business Day means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the
commercial banks in Hong Kong or Beijing are authorized or required to be closed for the
conduct of regular banking business. |
|
7. |
|
Business Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 29 of Schedule 4. |
|
8. |
|
Change in Control has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c) of Exhibit G,
for the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
9. |
|
Commitment Period has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1 of Exhibit E. |
|
10. |
|
Common Share means Common Share of par value US$0.001 in the capital of the Company. |
|
11. |
|
Company means Xueersi International
Education Group, an exempted company duly
incorporated with limited liability and validly existing under the Laws of the Cayman Islands. |
|
12. |
|
Company Branches mean those branches indirectly controlled by the Company, as listed on
Schedule 2A. |
|
13. |
|
Company Intellectual Property means all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark
applications, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, domain names,
mask works, information and proprietary rights and processes as are necessary to the conduct
of the Companys business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. |
|
14. |
|
Company Law means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands. |
SCHEDULE 3
1
15. |
|
Confidential Information has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8 of Exhibit
E. |
|
16. |
|
Confidential Information Agreements has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 21 of
Schedule 4. |
|
17. |
|
Contract means a legally binding contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond,
loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise or license. |
|
18. |
|
Control or control of a given Person means the power or authority, whether exercised or
not, to direct the business, management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, which power or
authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or
power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at
a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of
a majority of the board of directors of such Person; the terms Controlling and Controlled
(and their lower-case counterparts) have meanings correlative to the foregoing. |
|
19. |
|
Convertible Securities means, with respect to any specified Person, securities convertible
or exchangeable into any shares of any class of such specified Person, however described and
whether voting or non-voting. |
|
20. |
|
Director or Directors means a member or the members of the Board of Directors. |
|
21. |
|
Disclosing Party has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2(c). |
|
22. |
|
Disclosure Schedule has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4. |
|
23. |
|
Domestic Companies means Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
() (Xueersi Education) and Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co.,
Ltd. (), companies organized and existing under the laws of the PRC. |
|
24. |
|
Employee Benefit Plans has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 16.7 of
Schedule 4. |
|
25. |
|
Employment Agreement has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.16. |
|
26. |
|
Establishment Documents has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 22.2 of
Schedule 4. |
|
27. |
|
Exchange Act has the meaning ascribed it in Section 8(a) of Exhibit G, for
the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
28. |
|
Exclusivity Period has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.3. |
|
29. |
|
Execution Date shall mean the date of this Agreement. |
|
30. |
|
Financial Statements shall mean the consolidated balance sheet, income statement and
statement of cash flows, prepared in accordance with the PRC GAAP and applied on a |
SCHEDULE 3
2
|
|
consistent
basis throughout the periods indicated. |
31. |
|
fines has the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) of Exhibit G, for the
purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
32. |
|
Foreigner Employment Certificate shall mean the certificate to be applied with and issued
by the human resource and social security department, only by virtue of which, the foreigners
is permitted to work with the entities in the PRC. |
|
33. |
|
Founders or Founder includes ZHANG Bangxin (a PRC citizen with ID Card No. 3211 8219 8010
0129 13), CAO Yundong (a PRC citizen with ID Card No. 3728 3119 7910 2056 18), LIU Yachao (a
PRC citizen with ID Card No. 2111 0319 8110 1521 38) and BAI Yunfeng (a PRC citizen with ID
Card No. 3605 2119 8109 2400 73), each a Founder. |
|
34. |
|
Future Issuance Price has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.20. |
|
35. |
|
Fund has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble of Exhibit G, for the purpose
of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
36. |
|
Governmental Authority means the government of any nation, province, state, city, locality
or other political subdivision of any thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, regulation or
compliance, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through share or capital
ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing. |
|
37. |
|
Group Entities means the Company, the WFOE, the Domestic Company, and any other direct or
indirect Subsidiary of any Group Entity collectively, and Group Entity means any one of
them. |
|
38. |
|
GC Product or Service has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.7 of Schedule
4. |
|
39. |
|
Hong Kong means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC. |
|
40. |
|
HKIAC has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.15(b). |
|
41. |
|
HK Company means TAL Group Limited incorporated and existing under the laws of Hong Kong. |
|
42. |
|
Indemnifiable Loss has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2. |
|
43. |
|
Indemnitees has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2. |
|
44. |
|
Independent Legal Counsel has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d) of Exhibit
G, for the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
45. |
|
Intellectual Property means all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks,
trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, processes, compositions of matter, formulas, |
SCHEDULE 3
3
|
|
designs,
inventions, proprietary rights, know-how and any other confidential or proprietary information
owned or otherwise used by the Group Entities. |
46. |
|
IPO means an initial public offering by the Company of its Common Shares on a public stock
exchange of the United States that has been registered under the Securities Act, or in a
similar public offering of Common Shares in a jurisdiction and on a recognized securities
exchange outside of the United States, provided such an initial public offering in terms of
price, offering proceeds and regulatory approval is reasonably equivalent to the aforesaid
public offering in the United States. |
|
47. |
|
Key Persons means those individuals listed on Exhibit E-3 of this Agreement. |
|
48. |
|
Knowledge including the phrase to the Warrantors knowledge shall mean the actual
knowledge after reasonable investigation of the Sellers. |
|
49. |
|
KTB means KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND. |
|
50. |
|
Law means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, official
policy or interpretation of any Governmental Authority and any injunction, judgment, order,
ruling, assessment or writ issued by any Governmental Authority. |
|
51. |
|
Letter of Commitment shall mean the Letter of Commitment and Non-competition (Sellers) as
provided under Exhibit E. |
|
52. |
|
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, claim, security interest, encumbrance, title defect, lien,
charge or other restriction or limitation. |
|
53. |
|
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including
intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property, prospects or results of
operations of the Group Entities, taken as a whole. |
|
54. |
|
Material Agreements has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.1 of
Schedule 4. |
|
55. |
|
New Concept English means an English teaching textbook and audio material published by
Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press and Longman Press. |
|
56. |
|
not opposed to the best interests of the Company has the meaning set forth in Section
10(b) of Exhibit G, for the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
57. |
|
Order means any order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling, writ, assessment or
arbitration award of a Governmental Authority. |
|
58. |
|
OFAC has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 18.2(a) of Schedule 4. |
|
59. |
|
OFAC Sanctions has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 18.2(a) of Schedule
4. |
|
60. |
|
OFAC Sanctioned Person has the meaning ascribed to such term is Section 18.2(b) of |
SCHEDULE 3
4
61. |
|
other enterprise has the meaning set forth in the Section 10(b) of the Exhibit
G, for the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter. |
|
62. |
|
Party and Parties has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. |
|
63. |
|
Period of Non-competition has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4 of
Exhibit E. |
|
64. |
|
Permitted Liens means (i) Liens for taxes not yet delinquent or the validity of which are
being contested and (ii) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, which (x) do not
in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the assets that are subject to such
Liens and (y) were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money. |
|
65. |
|
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship,
association, limited liability company, firm, trust, estate or other enterprise or entity. |
|
66. |
|
PFIC has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 17.3 of Schedule 4. |
|
67. |
|
PRC means the Peoples Republic of China, excluding Hong Kong, the Macau Special
Administrative Region and Taiwan. |
|
68. |
|
PRC GAAP means the generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the PRC. |
|
69. |
|
Purchase Price has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.1. |
|
70. |
|
Projections has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 28 of Schedule 4. |
|
71. |
|
Public Official means an employee of a Governmental Authority, a member of a political
party, a political candidate, an officer of a public international organization, or an officer
or employee of a state-owned enterprise, including a PRC state-owned enterprise. |
|
72. |
|
Public Software has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.7 of Schedule
4. |
|
73. |
|
Purchaser has the meaning ascribed to it in Preamble hereof. |
|
74. |
|
Related Party has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.4 of Schedule 4. |
|
75. |
|
Related Party Transaction means any transaction between any Group Entity on the one hand,
and any Founder, or any Affiliate of any Founder on the other hand, other than transactions
arising in the ordinary course of an employer/employee relationship. |
|
76. |
|
Representative has the meaning set forth in Section (1) of Exhibit H-2, for
the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
77. |
|
Reserve or Reservation has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4 of
Schedule 4. |
SCHEDULE 3
5
78. |
|
Restated Articles has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.6. |
|
79. |
|
Restricted Securities has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 5 of Schedule
6. |
|
80. |
|
Reviewing Party has the meaning set forth in Section 10(e) of Exhibit G,
for the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
81. |
|
RMB means the Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC. |
|
82. |
|
Schools means those education and training schools indirectly controlled by the Company, as
listed on Schedule 2A. |
|
83. |
|
SDN List has the meaning ascribed to such term is Section 18.2(b) of Schedule
4. |
|
84. |
|
SEC has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7 of Schedule 6. |
|
85. |
|
Secretary has the meaning ascribed to such term is Section 18.2(a) of Schedule
4. |
|
86. |
|
Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder (or comparable Laws in jurisdictions other than the
United States). |
|
87. |
|
Sellers and Sellers has the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Preamble. |
|
88. |
|
Series A Preferred Shares means the series A preferred shares, par value US$0.001 each of
the Company, issued pursuant to the Series A Purchase Agreement. |
|
89. |
|
Series A Purchase Agreement means the share purchase agreement entered into by and among
the Company, KTB and certain other parties thereto on February 12, 2009 for the issuance of
series A preferred shares in the Company. |
|
90. |
|
serving at the request of the Company has meaning as set forth in Section 10(b) of
Exhibit G, for the purpose of Director Indemnification Letter only. |
|
91. |
|
Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Recitals. |
|
92. |
|
Shareholders means a holder of Shares from time to time or its lawful successor. |
|
93. |
|
Shareholders Agreement means the agreement proposed to be entered into among the Company,
the Sellers, the Purchaser and certain other parties thereto, in the form of Exhibit C
attached to this Agreement. |
|
94. |
|
Share Purchase Agreement the agreement proposed to be entered into among the Company, the
Sellers, the Purchaser and certain other parties thereto concerning the purchase of certain
Common Shares of the Company by the Purchaser from the Sellers. |
|
95. |
|
Share Plan has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.2(a). Seller and Sellers
shall mean each of the Persons listed in Schedule 1A. |
SCHEDULE 3
6
96. |
|
Statement Date has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 14.1 of Schedule
4. |
|
97. |
|
Subsidiary or subsidiary means, as of the relevant date of determination, with respect to
any Person (the subject entity), (i) any Person (x) more than 50% of whose shares or other
interests entitled to vote in the election of directors or (y) more than a 50% interest in the
profits or capital of such Person are owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the
subject entity or through one (1) or more Subsidiaries of the subject entity, (ii) any Person
whose assets, or portions thereof, are consolidated with the net earnings of the subject
entity and are recorded on the books of the subject entity for financial reporting purposes in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards or U.S. GAAP, or (iii) any Person
with respect to which the subject entity has the power to otherwise direct the business and
policies of that entity directly or indirectly through another subsidiary. For the avoidance
of doubt, the Subsidiaries of the Company shall include the Group Entities. |
|
98. |
|
Subsidiary Companies mean those companies indirectly controlled by the Company, as listed
on Schedule 2A. |
|
99. |
|
Tiger means Tiger Global Five China Holdings, a company organized under the laws of
Mauritius, and its Affiliates or any of its (or their) successor(s). |
|
100. |
|
Training Centres means the teaching centres operated by the Schools that are engaging in
education and training activities in the PRC. |
|
101. |
|
Termination Date has the meaning ascribed to it Section 8.21(b). |
|
102. |
|
Transaction Documents means this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and any other
agreements, instruments or documents entered into in connection with this Agreement. |
|
103. |
|
Transaction Terms has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2(a). |
|
104. |
|
United States Person has the meaning ascribed to such term is Section 18.2(c) of
Schedule 4. |
|
105. |
|
Unrepresented Party has the meaning set forth in Section (1) of Exhibit
H-2, for the purpose of Management Rights Letter only. |
|
106. |
|
US$ means the United States dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America. |
|
107. |
|
Warrantors means each of the Founders and the Sellers, the Company, the HK Company, the
WFOE, each of the Domestic Companies, and Warrantor means any one of them. |
|
108. |
|
WFOE means TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (), a
wholly foreign-owned enterprise established and existing under the laws of the PRC. |
|
109. |
|
Xueersi Education means Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
(), a company established and existing under the laws of the PRC. |
SCHEDULE 3
7
110. |
|
Xueersi Technology means Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
(), a company established and existing under the laws of the PRC. |
SCHEDULE 3
8
SCHEDULE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE WARRANTORS
|
|
|
1. |
|
Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification. |
|
|
Each Group Entity is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of their jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite corporate power
and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be
conducted. Each Group Entity is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing
in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse
Effect. |
|
|
|
2. |
|
Capitalization of the Company. |
|
|
The authorized capital of the Company consists, immediately prior to the Closing, of: |
|
2.1 |
|
195,000,000 Common Shares, of which 120,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding,
immediately prior to the Closing. All of the outstanding Common Shares have been duly
authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable
securities laws. |
|
2.2 |
|
5,000,000 Series A Preferred Shares, of which 5,000,000 shares have been designated Series A
Preferred Shares, all of which have been issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Closing. The rights, privileges and preferences of the Series A Preferred Shares are as
stated in the Restated Articles and as provided by the Company Law. |
|
2.3 |
|
The Company has not reserved any Common Shares, any class of preferred shares or equity
securities of any kind for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the
Company under any equity incentive plan, stock option plan or other similar plan. |
|
2.4 |
|
Schedule 7 sets forth the capitalization of the Company immediately following the
Closing including the number of shares of the following: (i) issued and outstanding Common
Shares, including, with respect to restricted Common Shares, vesting schedule and repurchase
price; (ii) issued and granted stock options; (iii) stock options not yet issued but reserved
for issuance, including vesting schedule and exercise price; (iv) each Series A Preferred
Shares; and (v) warrants or stock purchase rights, if any. Except for (A) the conversion
privileges of the Series A Preferred Shares issued under the Series A Purchase Agreement dated
February 12, 2009, (B) the rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement, and (C) the rights
described in Section 6.6 of the Agreement, there are no outstanding options, warrants,
rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar
rights) or agreements, orally or in writing, to purchase or acquire from the Company any
Common Share or Series A Preferred Share, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable
for Common Share or Series A Preferred Share. The Companys issued and outstanding Common
Shares held by the Sellers and all the |
0
|
|
Companys underlying outstanding options are subject to (i) a right of first refusal in
favor of the Company upon any proposed transfer (other than transfers for estate planning
purposes); and (ii) a lock-up or market standoff agreement of not less than 180 days
following the Companys IPO pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under
the Securities Act. |
|
2.5 |
|
The Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner of one hundred percent (100%) of shares of
the HK Company. |
|
2.6 |
|
The HK Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the
equity of the WFOE. |
|
2.7 |
|
The Sellers are the sole legal and beneficial owner(s) of the Common Shares of the Company. |
|
2.8 |
|
Section 2.7 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the capitalization and
equity holders of the Domestic Companies, including all issued and outstanding equity capital
of the Domestic Companies. There are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including
conversion or, preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) or agreements,
orally or in writing, to purchase or acquire any equity interest or share capital, or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable for an equity interest or share capital, of the
Domestic Companies. |
|
|
Except as set forth in Section 3 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company and
each Group Entity do not currently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in
any other company, corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, association, or other
business entity. Neither the Company nor any Group Entity is a participant in any joint
venture, partnership or similar arrangement. |
|
|
All corporate action required to be taken by the relevant Group Entitys board of directors
and shareholders in order to authorize each respective Group Entity to enter into the
Transaction Documents to which such Group Entity is a party, and to issue the Shares at the
Closing, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of
the officers of the relevant Group Entity necessary for the execution and delivery of the
Transaction Documents, the performance of all obligations of such Group Entity under the
Transaction Documents to be performed as of the Closing, and the issuance and delivery of
the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of
the officers of the relevant Group Entity necessary for the performance of all obligations
of such Group Entity under the Transaction Documents to be performed as of the Closing has
been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Documents, when executed
and delivered by the relevant Group Entity, shall constitute valid and legally binding
obligations of the relevant Group Entity, enforceable against such Group Entity in
accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general |
SCHEDULE 4
1
|
|
application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally, (ii) as
limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or
other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in
the Shareholders Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement may be limited by applicable
securities laws. The sale of the Shares or is not subject to any preemptive rights or rights
of first refusal, or if any such preemptive rights or rights of first refusal exist, waiver
of such rights has been obtained from the holders thereof. For the purpose only of this
Agreement, reserve, reservation or similar words with respect to a specified number of
Common Shares or Series A Preferred Shares of the Company shall mean that the Company shall,
and the Board of Directors of the Company shall procure that the Company shall, refrain from
issuing such number of shares so that such number of shares will remain in the authorized
but unissued share capital of the Company until the conversion rights of the holders of any
Convertible Securities exercisable for such shares are exercised in accordance with the
Restated Articles or otherwise. |
5.1 |
|
Except for the restrictions on transfer contained in the Agreement and listed on Section
12.5(3) and Section 12.5(4) in the Shareholders Agreement, all of the Common Shares owned
and held by each Seller and listed opposite such Sellers name on Schedule 1 hereto
have been duly authorized, are validly issued and outstanding, are fully paid non-assessable,
and are owned by such Sellers, free and clear of any lien, claim, restriction upon transfer
(other than pursuant to applicable securities laws), option, charge, security interest or
other encumbrance. |
|
5.2 |
|
Upon delivery by each Seller or the Company of the certificates representing the Common
Shares owned and held by such Sellers and listed opposite such Sellers name on Schedule
1 hereto pursuant to this Agreement, and assuming the Purchaser acquires such Shares
without knowledge of any adverse claim thereto, the Purchaser will acquire good valid title to
the Shares, free and clear of any Lien. |
|
5.3 |
|
The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the
consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under
this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, applicable securities laws and liens or
encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Subject in part to the accuracy of the
representations of the Purchaser in Schedule 6 of this Agreement, the Shares will be
issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws. |
|
5.4 |
|
All presently outstanding Common Shares of the Company were duly and validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable, and are free and clear of any liens and free of restrictions on
transfer (except for any restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws) and have
been issued in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable
securities laws and regulations, including, to the extent applicable, the Securities Act. |
|
|
|
6. |
|
Governmental Consents and Filings. |
SCHEDULE 4
2
|
|
No consent, approval, order or authorization of or registration, qualification, designation,
declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required on the part of the
Company is required in connection with the valid execution, delivery and consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Shareholders Agreement or the offer or sale of
the Shares. |
|
|
Save as set out in the Section 7 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no
claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation pending or
to the Warrantors knowledge, currently threatened (i) against any Group Entity or any
officer, director or employee of any Group Entity that would either individually or in
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) to the
Warrantors knowledge, that questions the validity of the Transaction Documents or the right
of any Group Entity to enter into them, or to consummate the transactions contemplated by
the Transaction Documents. None of the Group Entities, its officers or directors, is a
party or is named as subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or
decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality which would either individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no
action, suit, proceeding or investigation by any Group Entity pending or which any Group
Entity intends to initiate. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits,
proceedings or investigations pending or threatened in writing (or any basis therefor known
to the Warrantors) involving the prior employment of any of the Group Entitys employees,
their services provided in connection with Group Entitys business, or any information or
techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations
under any agreements with prior employers. |
|
|
|
8. |
|
Intellectual Property. |
8.1 |
|
Each Group Entity owns or possesses sufficient legal rights to (i) all trademarks, service
marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and proprietary rights
and processes and (ii) to the Warrantors knowledge, all patents and patent rights, as are
necessary to the conduct of such Group Entitys business as now conducted and as presently
proposed to be conducted, without any known conflict with, or infringement of, the rights of
others. Section 8.1 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and
accurate list of all Intellectual Property owned, licensed to or used by each Group Entity,
whether registered or not, and a complete and accurate list of all licenses granted by such
Group Entity to any third party with respect to any Intellectual Property. No product or
service marketed or sold (or proposed to be marketed or sold) by any Group Entity violates or
will violate any license or infringe any intellectual property rights of any other party. |
8.2 |
|
No Group Entity has received any communications alleging that any Group Entity has violated
or, by conducting its business, would violate any of the patents, trademarks, service marks,
trade names, copyrights, trade secrets or other proprietary rights or processes of any other
person or entity. Except as set forth in Section 8.2.1 of the Disclosure
Schedule, each Group Entity has obtained and possesses valid licenses to use all of the
software programs present on the computers and other software-enabled electronic |
SCHEDULE 4
3
|
|
devices that it owns or leases or that it has otherwise provided to its employees for their
use in connection with such Group Entitys business. To the Warrantors knowledge, it will
not be necessary to use any inventions of any of its employees (or persons it currently
intends to hire) made prior to their employment by a Group Entity. Each employee has
assigned to the Group Entities all intellectual property rights he or she owns that are
related to the Group Entities business as now conducted. Section 8.2.2 of the
Disclosure Schedule lists all patents, patent applications, registered trademarks,
trademark applications, registered service marks, service mark applications, registered
copyrights and domain names of each Group Entity. |
|
8.3 |
|
Other than with respect to commercially available software products under standard end-user
object code license agreements, there are no outstanding options, licenses, agreements,
claims, encumbrances or shared ownership interests of any kind relating to the foregoing, nor
is any Group Entity bound by or a party to any options, licenses or agreements of any kind
with respect to the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade
secrets, licenses, information, proprietary rights and processes of any other person or
entity. |
|
8.4 |
|
No proceedings or claims, in which any Group Entity alleges that any person is infringing
upon, or otherwise violating, its Intellectual Property rights are pending, and none has been
served, instituted or asserted by any Group Entity. |
|
8.5 |
|
None of the employees of any Group Entity or the Sellers is obligated under any Contract
(including a Contract of employment), or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court
or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to
promote the interests of the Group Entities, or that would conflict with the business of any
Group Entity as presently conducted. To the knowledge of the Warrantors, it will not be
necessary to utilize in the course of any Group Entitys business operations any inventions of
any of the employees of any Group Entity made prior to their employment by the such Group
Entity, except for inventions that have been validly and properly assigned or licensed to such
Group Entity as of the date hereof. |
|
8.6 |
|
Each Group Entity has taken all security measures that in the judgment of such Person are
commercially prudent in order to protect the secrecy, confidentiality, and value of its
material Intellectual Property. |
|
8.7 |
|
To the best knowledge of the Warrantors, no Public Software (as defined below) forms
substantial part of any product or service provided by any Group Entity (GC Product or
Service), and no Public Software was or is used in connection with the development of any GC
Product or Service or is incorporated into, in substantial part, or has been distributed with,
in substantial part, any GC Product or Service. As used in this Section 8.7, Public Software
means any software that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any
software that is distributed as free software (as defined by the Free Software Foundation),
open source software (e.g., Linux or software distributed under any license approved by the
Open Source Initiative as set forth www.opensource.org) or similar licensing or distribution
models which require the distribution or making available of source code as well as object
code of the software to licensees without charge (except for |
SCHEDULE 4
4
|
|
the cost of the medium) and (b) the right of the licensee to modify the software and
redistribute both the modified and unmodified versions of the software, including software
licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses: (i) GNUs General Public
License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (ii) the Artistic License (e.g., PERL); (iii)
the Mozilla Public License; (iv) the Netscape Public License; (v) the BSD License; or (vi)
the Apache License. |
|
|
|
9. |
|
Compliance with Other Instruments. |
9.1 |
|
The Group Entities and the Sellers are not in violation or default (i) of any provisions of
its Memorandum of Association (if any), Articles of Association or any other applicable
constitutional document, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) under
any note, indenture or mortgage, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase
order to which it is a party or by which it is bound that is required to be listed on the
Disclosure Schedule, or (v) of any provision of statute, rule or regulation applicable to such
Group Entity, the violation of which would either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the
Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Documents will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or
without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (i) a default under any such
provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement or (ii) an event
which results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of any Group
Entity or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or
license applicable to any Group Entity, which would either individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
|
9.2 |
|
Penalties and Fines. |
|
|
|
Except as disclosed in Section 9.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no
penalties and fines of whatsoever nature that has ever been imposed on the any of the Group
Entity. |
10.1 |
|
Save for the agreements set out in Section 10.1 of the Disclosure Schedule
(the Material Agreements) and the Transaction Documents, there are no other agreements,
understandings, instruments, contracts or proposed transactions to which any Group Entity is a
party or by which it is bound that involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or
payments to, any Group Entity in excess of US$100,000 per annum or in excess of US$100,000 in
the aggregate, (ii) the transfer or license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other
proprietary right to or from any Group Entity, other than from or to another Group Entity or
from a Founder to a Group Entity, (iii) the grant of rights to manufacture, produce, assemble,
license, market, or sell its products to any other person or affect any Group Entitys
exclusive right to develop, manufacture, assemble, distribute, market or sell its products, or
(iv) indemnification by any Group Entity with respect to infringements of proprietary rights.
All the Material Agreements are valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties
thereto and the terms thereof have been complied with by the |
SCHEDULE 4
5
|
|
relevant Group Entity, and to the knowledge of the Warrantors, by all the other parties
thereto. There are to the knowledge of the Warrantors, no circumstances likely to give rise
to any material breach of such terms, no grounds for rescission, avoidance or repudiation of
any of the Material Agreements which would have a Material Adverse Effect and no notice of
termination or of intention to terminate has been received in respect of any Material
Agreement. |
|
10.2 |
|
Save as set out in Section 10.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has
not declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with
respect to any class of its share capital, and no Group Entity has (i) incurred any
indebtedness for money borrowed or incurred any other liabilities individually in excess of
US$100,000 or in excess of US$100,000 in the aggregate, (ii) made any loans or advances to any
person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses and trade receivables in the ordinary
course of business, or (iii) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or
rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business or otherwise
envisaged in this Agreement. For the purposes of Sections 10.1 and 10.2 of
this Schedule 4 all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings,
instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity shall be
aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such
subsection. |
|
10.3 |
|
No Group Entity is a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person, firm or
corporation that is not a Group Entity. |
|
10.4 |
|
Save as set out in Section 10.4 of the Disclosure Schedule or in connection
with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, no Group Entity has engaged in the
past three (3) months in any discussion with any representative of any corporation,
partnership, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity, or
any individual, regarding (i) a sale of all or substantially all of such Group Entitys
assets, or (ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of such
Group Entity with or into another corporation, entity or person. |
|
|
|
11. |
|
Conflict of Interest and Related Party Transactions. |
11.1 |
|
Other than (i) standard employee benefits generally made available to all employees, (ii)
standard director and officer indemnification agreements approved by the Board of Directors,
and (iii) the purchase of the Companys share capital in accordance with applicable law, and
the issuance of options to purchase the Companys Common Shares, in each instance, disclosed
in Section 11.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no agreements,
understandings or proposed transactions between any Group Entity and any of its officers,
directors, consultants or employees, or any Affiliate thereof, respectively. |
|
11.2 |
|
No Group Entity is indebted, directly or indirectly, to any of its directors, officers or
employees or to their respective immediate family members or to any Affiliate of any of the
foregoing, other than in connection with expenses or advances of expenses incurred in the
ordinary course of business or employee relocation expenses. None of the Group Entities
directors, officers or employees, or any members of their immediate families, or any Affiliate
of the foregoing (i) are, directly or indirectly, indebted to any Group Entity or, |
SCHEDULE 4
6
|
|
(ii) to the Warrantors knowledge, have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any
firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which any Group Entity has
a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with any Group Entity
except that directors, officers or employees or shareholders of the Company may own shares
in (but not exceeding one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of) publicly traded
companies that may compete with any Group Entity. To the Warrantors knowledge, none of the
Group Entities employees or directors or any members of their immediate families or any
Affiliate of any of the foregoing are, directly or indirectly, interested in any contract
with any Group Entity. None of the directors or officers, or any members of their immediate
families, has any material commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting,
charitable or familial relationship with any of the Group Entities five (5) largest
business relationship partners, service providers, joint venture partners, licensees and
competitors. |
|
11.3 |
|
Except for the Group Entities and the entities set forth in Section 11.3 of
Disclosure Schedule, there are no corporations, partnerships, trusts, joint ventures,
limited liability companies or other business entities in which any Founder owns or controls,
directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding voting interests. |
|
11.4 |
|
Except as disclosed in Section 11.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, no employee,
officer, or director of any Group Entity (Related Party) or member of such Related Partys
immediate family, or any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity
in which such Related Party is an officer, director or partner, or in which such Related Party
has significant ownership interests or otherwise controls, loans, or extend or guarantee
credit) to any of them. To the Companys knowledge and except as provided in Section 11.4
of the Disclosure Schedule, none of such persons has any direct or indirect
ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with
which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with
the Company, except that employees, officers, or directors of the Company and members of such
Related Partys immediate families may own stock in publicly traded companies that may compete
with the Company. Except as provide in Section 11.4 of the Disclosure
Schedule, no Related Party or member of their immediate family is directly or indirectly
interested in any material contract with the Company. |
|
|
|
12. |
|
Rights of Registration and Voting Rights. |
|
|
Except as provided in the Shareholders Agreement, no Group Entity is under any obligation
to register under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities laws, any of its
currently outstanding securities or any securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of
its currently outstanding securities. To the Warrantors knowledge, except as contemplated
in the Shareholders Agreement, no shareholder of any Group Entity has entered into any
agreements with respect to the voting of shares in the capital of the Company. Except as
contemplated by or disclosed in the Transaction Documents, no Founder is a party to or has
any knowledge of any agreements, written or oral, relating to the acquisition, disposition,
registration under the Securities Act, or voting of the shares or securities of any Group
Entity. |
SCHEDULE 4
7
|
|
Except as provided in Section 13 of the Disclosure Schedule, the property
and assets owned by the Group Entities are free and clear of all mortgages, deeds of trust,
liens, loans and encumbrances, except for statutory liens for the payment of current taxes
that are not yet delinquent and encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of
business and do not materially impair the Group Entities ownership or use of such property
or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, each Group Entity is in
compliance with such leases and, to the Warrantors knowledge, holds a valid leasehold
interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances other than those of the lessors of such
property or assets. |
|
|
|
14. |
|
Financial Statements. |
14.1 |
|
The Domestic Companies have delivered to the Purchaser its unaudited Financial Statements as
of December 31, 2008 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and its unaudited
Financial Statements as of June 30, 2009 and for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009 (the
Statement Date). The unaudited Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required
by generally accepted accounting principles. The Financial Statements fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition and operating results of the Domestic Companies and
Schools as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject in the case of the
unaudited Financial Statements to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in
the Financial Statements, the Domestic Companies and the Schools has no material liabilities
or obligations, contingent or otherwise, as of the Statement Date, other than (i) liabilities
incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the Statement Date, (ii) obligations
under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii)
liabilities and obligations of a type or nature not required under generally accepted
accounting principles to be reflected in the Financial Statements, which, in all such cases,
individually and in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Domestic
Companies and the Schools maintain and will continue to maintain a standard system of
accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. |
|
14.2 |
|
The Company and each Group Entity has filed (or has had filed on its behalf), will timely
file or will cause to be timely filed, or has timely filed for an extension of the time to
file all tax returns and reports (including information returns and reports) as required by
law. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects except to the
extent that a reserve has been reflected on the Financial Statements in accordance with the
applicable accounting principles. The Company and each Group Entity has paid all taxes and
other assessments due, except those contested by it in good faith that are listed in
Section 14.2 of the Disclosure Schedule and except to the extent that a reserve has
been reflected on the Financial Statements in accordance with the applicable accounting
principles. The provision for taxes of the Company and the Group Entities as shown in the
Financial Statements is adequate for taxes due or accrued as of the date thereof. Neither the
Company nor any Group Entity has made any elections pursuant to the United States Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) or pursuant to the applicable tax laws
of any jurisdiction other than the United States (other than elections that relate solely to
methods of accounting, depreciation or amortization) that would have a material adverse |
SCHEDULE 4
8
|
|
effect on the Companys consolidated financial condition, business as presently conducted or
proposed to be conducted or any of its properties or material assets. Neither the Company
nor any Group Entity has had any tax deficiency assessed, or to the knowledge of the Company
or the Founder, proposed against it or has executed any waiver of any statute of limitations
on the assessment or collection of any tax or governmental charge that remains in effect.
Neither the Companys nor any Group Entitys tax returns, federal, state or otherwise, have
been audited by any relevant governmental authority. Since the Financial Statement Date,
neither the Company nor any Group Entity has incurred any taxes, assessments or governmental
charges other than in the ordinary course of business and the Company has made adequate
provisions on its books of account for all taxes, assessments and governmental charges with
respect to their businesses, properties and operations for such period. The Group Entities
have withheld or collected from each payment made to each of their employees, the amount of
any taxes required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and have timely paid (or has had
timely paid on its behalf) the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized
depositories. |
|
|
Since the Statement Date, except as set forth in Section 15 of the Disclosure
Schedule or as contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, there has
not been: |
|
(a) |
|
any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results
of any Group Entity from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in
the ordinary course of business that have not caused, in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect on a Group Entity; |
|
|
(b) |
|
any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that
would have a Material Adverse Effect on a Group Entity; |
|
|
(c) |
|
any waiver or compromise by any Group Entity of a valuable right or of a
material debt owed to it; |
|
|
(d) |
|
any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of
any obligation by any Group Entity, except in the ordinary course of business and the
satisfaction or discharge of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect; |
|
|
(e) |
|
any material change to a material contract or agreement by which any Group
Entity or any of its assets is bound or subject; |
|
|
(f) |
|
any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any
employee, officer, director or shareholder; |
|
|
(g) |
|
any resignation or termination of employment of any officer or employee of any
Group Entity that might affect the continuity of business operation of the relevant
Group Entity; |
|
|
(h) |
|
any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by
any Group Entity, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except
liens |
SCHEDULE 4
9
|
|
|
for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of
business and do not materially impair such Companys ownership or use of such
property or assets; |
|
|
(i) |
|
any dividend, loans or guarantees made by any Group Entity to or for the
benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate
families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of
its business; |
|
|
(j) |
|
any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of
any Group Entitys share capital, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or
other acquisition of any of such shares by any Group Entity; |
|
|
(k) |
|
any sale, assignment or transfer of any Group Entity Intellectual Property that
could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; |
|
|
(l) |
|
receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation
by, any major customer of any Group Entity; |
|
|
(m) |
|
to the Warrantors knowledge, any other event or condition of any character,
other than events affecting the economy or the Companys industry generally, that
could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or |
|
|
(n) |
|
any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the things described
in this Section 15. |
16.1 |
|
Section 16.1 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a detailed description of
all compensation, including salary, bonus, severance obligations and deferred compensation
paid or payable for each officer, employee, consultant and independent contractor of any Group
Entity who received compensation in excess of US$100,000 for the past tweleve (12) months. |
|
16.2 |
|
To the Warrantors knowledge, no employee of any Group Entity is obligated under any contract
(including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to
any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would materially
interfere with such employees ability to promote the interest of the Group Entities or that
would conflict with the Group Entities business. Neither the execution or delivery of the
Transaction Documents, nor the carrying on of the Companys business by the employees of the
Group Entities, nor the conduct of the business as now conducted and as presently proposed to
be conducted, will, to the Warrantors knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the
terms, conditions, or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or
instrument under which any such employee is now obligated. |
|
16.3 |
|
No Group Entity is delinquent in payments to any of its employees, consultants, or
independent contractors for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, or other direct |
SCHEDULE 4
10
|
|
compensation for any service performed for it to the date hereof or amounts required to be
reimbursed to such employees, consultants, or independent contractors. Each Group Entity has
complied in all material respects with all applicable laws related to employment, including
those related to wages, hours, worker classification, and collective bargaining, and the
payment and withholding of taxes and other sums as required by law except where
noncompliance with any applicable law would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each
Group Entity has withheld and paid to the appropriate governmental entity or is holding for
payment not yet due to such governmental entity all amounts required to be withheld from
employees of such Group Entity and is not liable for any arrears of wages, taxes, penalties,
or other sums for failure to comply with any of the foregoing. |
|
16.4 |
|
To the Warrantors knowledge, no employee who is crucial for the business operation of the
Company Entities intends to terminate employment with any Group Entity or is otherwise likely
to become unavailable to continue as a employee, nor does any Group Entity have a present
intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing. The employment of each
employee of the Company is terminable at the will of the Company. Except as set forth in
Section 16.4 of the Disclosure Schedule or as required by law, upon
termination of the employment of any such employees, no severance or other payments will
become due. Except as set forth in Section 16.4 of the Disclosure Schedule,
the Company has no policy, practice, plan, or program of paying severance pay or any form of
severance compensation in connection with the termination of employment services. |
|
16.5 |
|
The Company has not made any representations regarding equity incentives to any officer,
employees, director or consultant that are inconsistent with the share amounts and terms set
forth in the Companys board minutes. |
|
16.6 |
|
Each former employee whose employment was terminated by the Company has entered into an
agreement with the Company providing for the full release of any claims against the Company or
any related party arising out of such employment. |
|
16.7 |
|
Save as set out in Section 16.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Entity
has completed its social security registration with the relevant labor bureau in the PRC, and
has duly performed its legal obligations in all material aspects to make social security
(including basic pension, basic medical insurance, unemployment insurance, work-related injury
insurance and maternity insurance) and housing fund contributions (the Employee Benefit
Plans) for its employees in full and on a timely basis as required by applicable laws. |
|
16.8 |
|
No Group Entity is bound by or subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by
or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement
with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to the Warrantors knowledge, has
sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of any Group Entity.
There is no strike or other labor dispute involving any Group Entity pending, or to the
Warrantors knowledge, threatened, which could have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is the
Company aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees. |
|
16.9 |
|
To the Warrantors knowledge, none of the Sellers or directors of any Group Entity during |
SCHEDULE 4
11
|
|
the previous four (4) years, has been (a) subject to voluntary or involuntary petition under
any applicable bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency laws or the appointment of manager, a
receiver or similar officer by a court for his business or property; (b) convicted in a
criminal proceeding or named as a subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding
traffic violations and other minor offenses); (c) subject to any order, judgment, or decree
(not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated) of any court of competent jurisdiction
permanently or temporarily enjoining him from engaging, or otherwise imposing limits or
conditions on his engagement in any securities, investment advisory, banking, insurance, or
other type of business or acting as an officer or director of a public company; or (d) found
by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by any relevant regulatory
organization to have violated any applicable securities, commodities, or unfair trade
practices law, which such judgment or finding has not been subsequently reversed, suspended,
or vacated. |
17.1 |
|
The provisions for taxes as shown on the balance sheet included in the Financial Statements
are sufficient in all material respects for the payment of all accrued and unpaid applicable
taxes of the Group Entities as of the date of each such balance sheet, whether or not assessed
or disputed as of the date of each such balance sheet. Except as set forth in Section
17 of the Disclosure Schedule, there have been no extraordinary examinations or
audits of any tax returns or reports by any applicable Governmental Authority. Except as set
forth in Section 17 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Entity has filed or
caused to be filed on a timely basis all tax returns that are or were required to be filed (to
the extent applicable), all such returns are correct and complete, and each Group Entity has
paid all taxes that have become due, or have reflected such taxes in accordance with US GAAP
(or another international recognized accounting standard acceptable to the Board of Directors
including the approval of Series A Director) as a reserve for taxes on the Financial
Statements. There are in effect no waivers of applicable statutes of limitations with respect
to taxes for any year. |
|
17.2 |
|
Immediately after the Closing, the Company will not be a Controlled Foreign Corporation
(CFC) as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor
thereto) (the Code) with respect to the shares held by the Purchaser. |
|
17.3 |
|
The Company has never been, and, to the best of its knowledge after consultation with its tax
advisors, will not be with respect to its taxable year during which the Closing occurs, a
passive foreign investment company (PFIC) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.
The Company shall use its best efforts to avoid being a PFIC. |
|
17.4 |
|
The Company hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges that (i) it has no plan to (and it
has not engaged in any transactions to) complete the direct or indirect acquisition of
substantially all of the properties held directly or indirectly by a domestic corporation or
substantially all of the properties constituting a trade or business of a domestic
partnership, (ii) it is not a surrogate foreign corporation within the meaning of Section
7874(a)(2)(B) of the Code. |
SCHEDULE 4
12
17.5 |
|
No shareholder of any member of a Group Entity, solely by virtue of its status as shareholder
of such Group Entity, have personal liability under local law for the debts and claims of such
Group Entity. There has been no communication from any tax authority relating to or affecting
the tax classification of any member of the Group Entities. |
18.1 |
|
Neither the Company nor any Group Entity or, to the Companys knowledge, any directors,
administrators, officers, board of directors (supervisory and management) members or employees
of the Company or any Group Entity is an OFAC Sanctioned Person (as defined below). The Group
Entities and, to the Companys knowledge, their directors, administrators, officers,
administrators, board of directors (supervisory and management) members or employees are in
compliance with, and have not previously violated, the USA Patriot Act of 2001, and all other
applicable United States and PRC anti-money laundering laws and regulations. None of (i) the
purchase and sale of the Shares, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement or any of the documents in Exhibits attached hereto, or (iii) the
consummation of any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, or the fulfillment of the
terms hereof or thereof, will result in a violation by anyone, including without limitation
the Shareholder, of any of the OFAC Sanctions or of any anti-money laundering laws of the
United States, the PRC or any other jurisdiction. |
|
18.2 |
|
For the purposes of this Section 18: |
|
(a) |
|
OFAC Sanctions means any sanctions program administered by the Office of
Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (OFAC) under
authority delegated to the Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) by the President
of the United States or provided to the Secretary by statute, and any order or license
issued by, or under authority delegated by, the President or provided to the Secretary
by statute in connection with a sanctions program thus administered by OFAC. For ease
of reference, and not by way of limitation, OFAC Sanctions programs are described on
OFACs website at www.treas.gov/ofac. |
|
|
(b) |
|
OFAC Sanctioned Person means any government, country, corporation or other
entity, group or individual with whom or which the OFAC Sanctions prohibit a United
States Person from engaging in transactions, and includes without limitation any
individual or corporation or other entity that appears on the current OFAC list of
Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the SDN List). For ease of
reference, and not by way of limitation, OFAC Sanctioned Persons other than government
and countries can be found on the SDN List on OFACs website at
ww.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn. |
|
|
(c) |
|
United States Person means any United States citizen, permanent resident
alien, entity organized under the laws of the United States (including foreign
branches), or any person (individual or entity) in the United States, and, with respect
to the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, also includes any corporation or other entity
that is owned or controlled by one of the foregoing, without regard to where it is
organized or doing business. |
SCHEDULE 4
13
|
|
|
19. |
|
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. |
|
|
None of the Company or any Group Entity or, to the Companys or the Sellers knowledge, any
of their directors, administrators, officers, board of directors (supervisory and
management) members or employees have made, directly or indirectly, any payment or promise
to pay, or gift or promise to give or authorized such a promise or gift, of any money or
anything of value, directly or indirectly, to (a) any foreign official (as such term is
defined in the FCPA) for the purpose of influencing any official act or decision of such
official or inducing him or her to use his or her influence to affect any act or decision of
a governmental authority, or (b) any foreign political party or official thereof or
candidate for foreign political office for the purpose of influencing any official act or
decision of such party, official or candidate or inducing such party, official or candidate
to use his, her or its influence to affect any act or decision of a foreign governmental
authority, in the case of both (a) and (b) above in order to assist the Company or any Group
Entity to obtain or retain business for, or direct business to the Company or any Group
Entity, as applicable. None of the Company, any Group Entity or any of their directors,
administrators, officers, board of directors (supervisory and management) members or
employees has made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful
payment of funds or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or
regulation. |
|
|
Section 20 of the Disclosure Schedule provides a complete list of each Group
Entitys insurance policies currently in effect. No Group Entity has done or omitted to do
or suffered anything to be done or not to be done other than any acts in the ordinary course
of business which has or would render any policies of insurance taken out by it or by any
other person in relation to any such Group Entitys assets void or voidable or which would
result in an increase in the rate of premiums on the said policies and there are no claims
outstanding and no circumstances which would give rise to any claim under any such policies
of insurance. |
|
|
|
21. |
|
Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements. |
|
|
Each current and former employee, consultant and officer of the Company or any Group Entity
has executed an agreement with the Company or such Group Entity regarding confidentiality
and proprietary information substantially in the form or forms delivered to the counsel for
the Purchaser (the Confidential Information Agreements). No current or former employee
has excluded works or inventions from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such
employees Confidential Information Agreement. The Company and any Group Entity are not
aware that any of the employees is in violation thereof. |
|
|
|
22. |
|
Governmental and Other Permits. |
|
|
Save as set out in Section 16.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Entity has
all franchises, governmental permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the |
SCHEDULE 4
14
|
|
conduct of its business. No Group Entity is in default in any material respect under any of
such franchises, governmental permits, licenses or other similar authority. |
|
22.1 |
|
The Domestic Companies have applied and obtained all requisite licenses, clearance and
permits required under PRC Laws as necessary for the conduct of its businesses, and the
Domestic Companies have complied in all material respects with all PRC Laws in connection with
foreign exchange, including without limitation, carrying out all relevant filings,
registrations and applications for relevant permits with the PRC State Administration of
Foreign Exchange and any other relevant authorities, and all such permits are validly
subsisting. |
|
22.2 |
|
The registered capital of the Domestic Companies and the WFOE has been fully paid up in
accordance with the schedule of payment stipulated in its respective articles of association,
approval document, certificate of approval and legal person business license (hereinafter
referred to as the Establishment Documents) and in compliance with PRC Laws and regulations,
and there is no outstanding capital contribution commitment. |
|
22.3 |
|
The Establishment Documents of the Domestic Companies and the WFOE have been duly approved
and filed in accordance with the laws of the PRC and are valid and enforceable. |
|
22.4 |
|
The business scope specified in the Establishment Documents of the Domestic Companies comply
with the requirements of all relevant PRC Laws. The operation and conduct of the business by
and the term of operation of the Domestic Companies in accordance with the Establishment
Documents is in compliance with the Laws of the PRC. |
|
22.5 |
|
The Domestic Companies and the Schools have passed its annual inspection by the relevant
governmental authorities for their operation in its last three years (where applicable), and
the relevant administration for industry and commerce has affixed an annual inspection chop on
its business license. |
|
22.6 |
|
The Disclosure Schedule sets out full and accurate details of all loan agreements entered
into between any one Group Entity regarding any inter-company loan, shareholders loan or
foreign exchange loan obtained by them. Such loan agreements have been duly registered in
accordance with the laws of the PRC (where necessary) and all such registrations are validly
subsisting under the laws of the PRC. |
|
|
The Memorandum and Articles of Association, and all other constitutional documents (or
analogous constitutional documents) of each Group Entity made after the closing of the
previous financing of the Company are in the form provided to the Purchaser. The copy of the
minute books of the Company provided to the Purchaser contains minutes of all meetings of
directors and shareholders and all actions by written consent without a meeting by the
directors and shareholders since the date of incorporation and accurately reflects in all
material respects all actions by the directors (and any committee of directors) and
shareholders with respect to all transactions referred to in such minutes. |
SCHEDULE 4
15
|
|
Except as set forth in Section 24 of the Disclosure Schedule or arising
under the instruments set forth in Section 10 of the Disclosure Schedule,
the Domestic Companies and the WFOE have no liabilities of any nature, whether accrued,
absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due, except for (i)
liabilities set forth in the Financial Statements, (ii) trade or business liabilities
incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) other liabilities that do not exceed
US$20,000 in the aggregate. |
|
|
|
25. |
|
Compliance with Laws. |
25.1 |
|
Except as set forth in Section 25.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group
Entity is in material compliance with all applicable laws applicable to it or to the conduct
or operation of its business or the ownership or use of any of its assets or properties; |
|
25.2 |
|
Except as set forth in Section 25.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, no event has
occurred and no circumstance exists that to the Warrantors knowledge (i) may constitute or
result in a violation by any Group Entity, or a failure on the part of any Group Entity to
comply with any law, or (ii) may give rise to any obligation on the part of any Group Entity
to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature,
except for such violations or failures by a Group Entity that, individually or in the
aggregate, would not result in any Material Adverse Effect; |
|
25.3 |
|
No Group Entity has received any written notice from any Governmental Authority regarding (i)
any actual, alleged or likely material violation of, or material failure to comply with, any
law, or (ii) any actual, alleged or likely material obligation on the part of any Group Entity
to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature; |
|
25.4 |
|
No Group Entity, nor any director, agent, employee or any other person acting for or on
behalf of any Group Entity, has directly or indirectly (i) made any contribution, gift, bribe,
payoff, influence payment, kickback, or any other fraudulent payment in any form, whether in
money, property, or services to any public official or otherwise (A) to obtain favorable
treatment in securing business for a Group Entity, (B) to pay for favorable treatment for
business secured, or (C) to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already
obtained, for or in respect of any Group Entity, in each case which would have been in
violation of any applicable law or (ii) established or maintained any fund or assets in which
any Group Entity shall have proprietary rights that have not been recorded in the books and
records of a Group Entity. |
|
|
|
26. |
|
Environmental and Safety Laws. |
|
|
To the knowledge of the Company, no Group Entity is in violation of any applicable statute,
law, or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, except
where such failure would not have a material adverse effect on such Group Entitys business
or properties, and no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with
any such existing statute, law or regulation. |
|
|
|
27. |
|
Manufacture, Marketing and Development Rights. |
SCHEDULE 4
16
|
|
No Group Entity has granted rights to manufacture, produce, assemble, license, market, or
sell its respective products or services to any other person and is not bound by any
agreement that affects any Group Entitys exclusive rights to develop, manufacture,
assemble, distribute, market or sell its respective products or services. |
|
|
|
28. |
|
Disclosure; Projections. |
|
|
The Company and the Sellers has made available to the Purchaser all the information
reasonably available to the Company that the Purchaser have requested for deciding whether
to acquire the Shares, including certain of financial projections with respect to the
Company (the Projections), each of which were prepared in good faith. To the Warrantors
knowledge, no representation or warranty of any Warrantor contained in this Agreement, as
qualified by the Disclosure Schedule, and no certificate furnished or to be furnished to the
Purchaser at the Closing contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state
a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not
misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. |
|
|
|
29. |
|
Business Plan and Budget. |
|
|
The Company has delivered to the Purchaser on or before the Closing a business plan and
budget for the twelve (12) months following the Closing (the Business Plan). Such
Business Plan was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions and projections which the
Sellers believe are reasonable and not materially misleading. |
|
|
The Company was formed solely to acquire and hold equity interest in the Group Entities, and
since its formation has not engaged in any business and has not incurred any material
liability in the course of its business of acquiring and holding its equity interest in the
Group Entities. The Group Entities are engaged solely in the principal businesses disclosed
to the Purchaser and have no other activities. |
31. |
|
SAFE Requirements.The Sellers and all other shareholders of the Company who are
deemed PRC domestic residents have completed the overseas investment foreign exchange
registration procedures as required by the State Administration on Foreign Exchange with
regard to the capitalization of the Group Entities. |
SCHEDULE 4
17
SCHEDULE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE PURCHASER
|
|
|
|
|
Such Purchaser has full power, authority and legal capacity to enter into, deliver and
perform the Transaction Documents. The Transaction Documents to which the Purchaser is a
party, when executed and delivered by such Purchaser, will constitute valid and legally
binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (i)
as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
conveyance, and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors
rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of a specific
performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (ii) to the extent the
indemnification provisions contained in the Shareholders Agreement may be limited by
applicable securities laws. |
|
|
|
2. |
|
Compliance with other Instruments. |
|
|
|
|
|
The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of the Transaction Documents does
not and will not contravene, breach or violate the terms of any agreement, document or
instrument to which such Purchaser is a party or by which any of such Purchasers assets or
properties are bound. |
|
|
|
3. |
|
Disclosure of Information. |
|
|
|
|
|
Such Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Group Entities business, management,
financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares with the Group
Entities management and has had an opportunity to review the Group Entities facilities.
The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the
Warrantor in Schedule 4 of this Agreement, or the right of the Purchaser to rely
thereon save as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. |
|
|
|
4. |
|
Purchase Entirely for Own Account. |
|
|
|
|
|
This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchasers representation to
the Company, which by the Purchasers execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby
confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment
for the Purchasers own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the
resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention
of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing
this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have
any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or
grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to |
SCHEDULE 6
1
|
|
|
|
|
any of the Shares. The Purchaser has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring
the Shares.] |
|
|
|
5. |
|
Restricted Securities. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under
the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of
the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the
investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchasers representations as expressed herein.
The Purchaser understands that the Shares are Restricted Securities under applicable U.S.
federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold
the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and
qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no
obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale except as set forth in the
Shareholders Agreement. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from
registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements
including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the
Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchasers
control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy. The
Purchaser understands that this offering is not intended to be part of the public offering,
and that the Purchaser will not be able to rely on the protection of Section 11 of the
Securities Act. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for the Shares, and that the
Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Shares. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Purchaser is an accredited investor as defined in the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, as presently in effect, under the Securities Act. |
SCHEDULE 6
2
SCHEDULE 7
CAPITALIZATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholding |
|
|
Shareholder |
|
|
No. of Shares |
|
|
Percentage |
Pre-Closing |
|
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED |
|
|
67,800,000 |
|
|
|
54.240 |
% |
|
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED |
|
|
31,200,000 |
|
|
|
24.960 |
% |
|
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED |
|
|
12,000,000 |
|
|
|
9.600 |
% |
|
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED |
|
|
9,000,000 |
|
|
|
7.200 |
% |
|
KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited |
|
|
5,000,000 |
|
|
|
4.000 |
% |
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
125,000,000 |
|
|
|
100.000 |
% |
|
Post-Closing |
|
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED |
|
|
62,800,000 |
|
|
|
50.240 |
% |
|
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED |
|
|
21,112,500 |
|
|
|
16.890 |
% |
|
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED |
|
|
8,125,000 |
|
|
|
6.500 |
% |
|
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED |
|
|
6,087,500 |
|
|
|
4.870 |
% |
|
Tiger Global Five China Holdings |
|
|
21,875,000 |
|
|
|
17.500 |
% |
|
KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited |
|
|
5,000,000 |
|
|
|
4.000 |
% |
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
125,000,000 |
|
|
|
100.000 |
% |
SCHEDULE 7
3
SCHEDULE 8
NOTICES
SCHEDULE 8
1
exv10w4
Exhibit 10.4
ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
THIS
ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT is made the 4th day of September, 2009, by and between Xueersi
International Education Group (the Company); and KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND (the New KTB Investor).
The Company and the New Investor shall be referred to collectively as the Parties.
WHEREAS
(A) |
|
As of August 12, 2009, the Company, certain existing shareholders of the Company and certain
other parties entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) and
Shareholders Agreement (the Shareholders Agreement), attached hereto as Exhibit A
and Exhibit B, respectively. |
(B) |
|
The New KTB Investor wishes to purchase an aggregate of up to 3,125,000 Common Shares (as
defined in the Shareholders Agreement) from the Sellers (as defined in the Shareholders
Agreement) by way of exercising its option of investment pursuant to Section 6.23 of the
Purchase Agreement, and in accordance with the Purchase Agreement has agreed to enter into
this Assumption Agreement (the Assumption Agreement). |
(C) |
|
The Company is entering into this Assumption Agreement on behalf of itself and as agent for
all the existing Shareholders and other signing parties of the Shareholders Agreement of the
Company as listed below: |
|
(1) |
|
BRIGHT UNISON LIMITED; |
|
|
(2) |
|
CENTRAL GLORY INVESTMENTS LIMITED; |
|
|
(3) |
|
PERFECT WISDOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED; |
|
|
(4) |
|
EXCELLENT NEW LIMITED; |
|
|
(5) |
|
KTB/UCI China Ventures II Limited; |
|
|
(6) |
|
Tiger Global Five China Holdings (collectively with the shareholders
listed under (1) to (5) above, the Existing Shareholders); |
|
|
(7) |
|
TAL Group Limited; |
|
|
(8) |
|
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
(); |
|
|
(9) |
|
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
(); |
|
|
(10) |
|
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
(); |
1
|
(11) |
|
ZHANG Bangxin; |
|
|
(12) |
|
CAO Yundong; |
|
|
(13) |
|
LIU Yachao; and |
|
|
(14) |
|
BAI Yunfeng. |
NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. |
|
INTERPRETATION |
|
|
|
In this Assumption Agreement, except as the context may otherwise require, all words and
expressions defined in the Shareholders Agreement shall have the same meanings when used
herein. |
|
2. |
|
COVENANT |
|
|
|
The New KTB Investor hereby covenants to the Company as trustee for all other persons who
are at present or who may hereafter become bound by the Shareholders Agreement, and to the
Company itself, to adhere to and be bound by all the duties, burdens and obligations of a
party holding Common Shares imposed pursuant to the provisions of the Shareholders
Agreement and all documents expressed in writing to be supplemental or ancillary thereto as
if the New KTB Investor had been an original party to the Shareholders Agreement as a
common shareholder of the Company since the date thereof. |
|
3. |
|
ENFORCEABILITY |
|
|
|
Each of the Existing Shareholders and the Company shall be entitled to enforce the
Shareholders Agreement against the New KTB Investor, and the New KTB Investor shall be
entitled to all rights and benefits of a common shareholder under the Shareholders
Agreement, in each case as if New KTB Investor had been an original party to the
Shareholders Agreement since the date hereof. |
|
4. |
|
GOVERNING LAW |
|
|
|
This Assumption Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the Law of the State of
New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereunder. |
|
5. |
|
COUNTERPARTS |
|
|
|
This Assumption Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts which together shall
form one and the same agreement. |
2
|
6. |
|
FURTHER ASSURANCE |
|
|
Each party agrees to take all such further action as may be reasonably necessary to give
full effect to this Assumption Agreement on its terms and conditions. |
|
7. |
|
HEADINGS |
|
|
|
The headings used in this Assumption Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to
be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. |
[Reminder of page intentionally left blank]
3
IN WITNESS whereof the parties have executed and delivered this Assumption Agreement on the day and
year first hereinbefore mentioned.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
Xueersi International Education Group
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Bangxin Zhang |
|
|
Name: |
ZHANG Bangxin |
|
|
Title: |
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New KTB Investor: |
KTB CHINA OPTIMUM FUND
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
Legal Representative |
|
|
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT]
4
exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
FORM OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated as of _________, 20___, is made by and
between TAL Education Group, a Cayman Islands company (the
Company) and _________ (the
Indemnitee)
WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as its directors
and officers the most capable persons available;
WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation
risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability of director and officer liability
insurance have made it increasingly difficult for the Company to attract and retain such persons;
WHEREAS, the Companys governing documents permit it to indemnify its directors and officers
to the fullest extent permitted by law and permit it to make other indemnification arrangements and
agreements; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of
the Indemnitees rights to full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless
of any amendment to or revocation of the Companys governing documents or any change in the
ownership of the Company).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the
Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of Expenses.
(i) Third-Party Claims. Subject to Section 8 below, the Company shall indemnify and
hold harmless the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if the Indemnitee was or is or
becomes a party to or witness in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in, any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution
mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that such Indemnitee reasonably believes might
lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution
mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other (hereinafter a Claim)
(other than an action by right of the Company) by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was
a director or officer of the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliated entity of the Company, or is
or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of
any action or inaction on the part of the Indemnitee while serving in such capacity (hereinafter,
an Agent) or as a direct or indirect result of any Claim made by any stockholder of the Company
against the Indemnitee and arising out of or related to any round of financing of the Company
(including but not limited to Claims regarding non-participation, or non-pro rata participation, in
such round by such stockholder), or made by a third party against the Indemnitee based on any
misstatement or omission of a material fact by the Company in violation of any duty of disclosure
imposed on the Company by securities or common laws (hereinafter an Indemnification Event)
against any and all expenses (including attorneys fees and all other costs, expenses and
obligations), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid
1
in settlement (if, and only if, such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) (the Expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by
the Indemnitee in connection with investigating, defending or participating in (including on
appeal) such Claim if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
(ii) Derivative Actions. If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any Claim by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment
in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason
of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity, the Company shall indemnify the
Indemnitee against any amounts paid in settlement of any such Claim and all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or
appeal of such Claim if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed
to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; except that no
indemnification under this subsection shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of
competent jurisdiction due to willful misconduct of a culpable nature in the performance of his or
her duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such proceeding was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability and in view of
all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for
such amounts the court may deem proper.
(b) Reviewing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the
Company under Section 1(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party (as defined
in Section 10(e) hereof) shall not have determined that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
indemnified under applicable law or pursuant to Section 8 hereof, and (ii) the Indemnitee
acknowledges and agrees that the obligation of the Company to make an advance payment of Expenses
to the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2(a) (an Expense Advance) shall be subject to the condition
that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee would not
be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law or Section 8 hereof, the Company shall be
entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to promptly reimburse the Company)
for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if the Indemnitee has commenced or
thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a
determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law or Section 8 hereof,
any determination made by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and the Indemnitee shall not be required to
reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with
respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). The
Indemnitees obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance shall be unsecured and no
interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control (as defined in
Section 10(c) hereof), the Reviewing Party shall be selected by a majority of the Board of
Directors (excluding the Indemnitee), and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a
Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Companys Board of Directors (other
than the Indemnitee) who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing
Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 1(e) hereof. If there has been
no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee
substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law or
Section 8 hereof, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial
determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any
aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to
service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party
otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Indemnitee.
2
(c) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 1(a) above is, for
any reason other than the statutory limitations of applicable law or as provided in Section 8, held
by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to the Indemnitee in respect of any losses,
claims, damages, expenses or liabilities in which the Company is jointly liable with the
Indemnitee, as the case may be (or would be jointly liable if joined), then the Company, in lieu of
indemnifying the Indemnitee thereunder, shall contribute to the amount actually and reasonably
incurred and paid or payable by the Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Indemnitee, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company and the
Indemnitee in connection with the action or inaction that resulted in such losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
fault of the Company and the Indemnitee shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Indemnitee
and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent the circumstances resulting in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities.
The Company and the Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section 1(c) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other
method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in
the immediately preceding paragraph. No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act)) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of
such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(d) Survival Regardless of Investigation. The indemnification and contribution
provided for in this Section 1 will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
made by or on behalf of the Indemnitee.
(e) Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the
Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Companys
Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then, with
respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to payments of
Expenses under this Agreement, any other agreement or under the Companys Memorandum and Articles
of Association, as amended (the M&A), Independent Legal Counsel (as defined in Section 10(d)
hereof) shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld). The Company agrees to abide by the determination of the Independent
Legal Counsel and to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and
to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys fees), claims,
liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant
hereto.
(f) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, to the extent the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, in the
defense of any Claim referred to in Section 1(a) hereof or in the defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by the Indemnitee in connection herewith.
2. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure.
(a) Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 8 and except as prohibited by
applicable law, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection
with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Claim to which the Indemnitee is a
party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an
Agent of the Company or by reason
3
of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity. The Indemnitee hereby
undertakes to promptly repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall
ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under
the provisions of this Agreement, the M&A, applicable law or otherwise. The advances to be made
hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee as soon as practicable but in any event no
later than thirty (30) days after written demand by the Indemnitee therefor to the Company.
(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee. The Indemnitee shall give the Company notice in
writing promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any Claim, or the threat of the
commencement of any Claim, made against the Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be
sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other
person and/or address as the Company shall designate in writing to the Indemnitee).
(c) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination
of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction,
or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the
Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a
court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither
the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether the Indemnitee has
met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by
the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee had not met such standard of conduct or did not have such
belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by the Indemnitee to secure a judicial
determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, shall be a defense to
the Indemnitees claim or create a presumption that the Indemnitee had not met any particular
standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief. In connection with any determination by
the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified
hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that the Indemnitee is not so
entitled.
(d) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of
a Claim pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect which may
cover such Claim, the Company shall give prompt written notice of the commencement of such Claim to
the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in each of the policies. The Company
shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of
the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or
investigation in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(e) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated hereunder to
pay the Expenses of any Claim, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim,
with legal counsel reasonably approved by the Indemnitee, upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of
written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such legal
counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such legal counsel by the Company, the Company will
not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred
by the Indemnitee with respect to the same Claim; provided that, (i) the Indemnitee shall have the
right to employ the Indemnitees legal counsel in any such Claim at the Indemnitees expense; (ii)
the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its own legal counsel in connection with any such
proceeding, at the expense of the Company, if such legal counsel serves in a review, observer,
advice and counseling capacity and does not otherwise materially control or participate in the
defense of such proceeding; and (iii) if (A) the employment of legal counsel by the Indemnitee has
been previously authorized by the Company, (B) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that
there is a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such
defense, or (C) the Company shall not in fact continue to retain such legal counsel to defend such
4
Claim, then the fees and expenses of the Indemnitees legal counsel shall be at the expense of
the Company.
3. Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity.
(a) Scope. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest
extent permitted by law (except as provided in Section 8) with respect to Claims for
Indemnification Events, even if such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other
provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement, the M&A, or by statute. In the event of any
change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the
right of a Cayman Islands company to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, it
is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater
benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule
which narrows the right of a Cayman Islands company to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors
or an officer, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be
applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties rights and
obligations hereunder except as set forth in Section 8 hereof.
(b) Nonexclusivity. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the indemnification
provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to any rights to which the Indemnitee may be
entitled under the M&A, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the
laws of the Cayman Islands, or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the
indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee for any action
the Indemnitee took or did not take while serving in an indemnified capacity even though such
Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity and such indemnification shall inure to the
benefit of the Indemnitee from and after the Indemnitees first day of service as a director or
officer of the Company.
4. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement
to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against the Indemnitee to the extent the
Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, M&A or otherwise)
of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
5. Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this
Agreement to indemnification by the Company for any portion of Expenses incurred in connection with
any Claim, but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless
indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which the Indemnitee is entitled.
6. Mutual Acknowledgement. The Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain
instances, applicable law or public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its
directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or
otherwise.
7. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains liability insurance for
its directors and officers, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide that
the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the
same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Companys directors
and officers.
8. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
(a) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify the Indemnitee for expenses and the
payment of profits or an accounting thereof arising from the purchase and sale by the Indemnitee of
securities in violation of the provisions of Section 16(b) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or any similar provisions of any international, federal,
state or local
5
statutory law;
(b) Unauthorized Settlements. To indemnify the Indemnitee hereunder for any amounts
paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the Company consents in advance in writing to such
settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
(c) Unlawful Indemnification. To indemnify the Indemnitee if a final decision by a
court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.
In this respect, the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission takes the position that indemnification for liabilities arising under
securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for
indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication;
(d) Fraud. To indemnify the Indemnitee if a final decision by a court having
jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that the Indemnitee has committed fraud on the Company;
(e) Insurance. To indemnify the Indemnitee for which payment is actually and fully
made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy; or
(f) Company Contracts. To indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to any Claim related
to any dispute or breach arising under any contract or similar obligation between the Company and
the Indemnitee.
9. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action
shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitees
estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of five
(5) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the
Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal
action within such five (5) year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of
limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.
10. Construction of Certain Phrases.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, references to the Company shall include, in addition to
the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent)
absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have
had power and authority to indemnify its directors and officers, so that if the Indemnitee is or
was or may be deemed a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was or may be
deemed to be serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise,
the Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect
to the resulting or surviving corporation as the Indemnitee would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, references to other enterprises shall include employee
benefit plans; references to fines shall include any excise taxes assessed on the Indemnitee with
respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to serving at the request of the Company
shall include any service as a director or officer of the Company which imposes duties on, or
involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its
participants or its beneficiaries; and if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner
Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an
employee benefit plan, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the
best interests of the Company as referred to in this Agreement.
6
(c) For purposes of this Agreement a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if
(i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act),
other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the
Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the
beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Company representing more than thirty percent (30%) of the total voting power
represented by the Companys then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two (2)
consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of
Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or
nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority
of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or
whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to
constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which
would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto
continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting
Securities of the surviving entity) at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total voting power represented
by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such
merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one
transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Companys assets;
provided that in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to include (A) a merger,
consolidation or reorganization of the Company for the purpose of changing the Companys state of
incorporation and in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company or its
successor (as the case may be), or (B) the Companys first firm commitment underwritten public
offering of any of its securities to the general public pursuant to (x) a registration statement
filed under the Securities Act, or (y) the securities laws applicable to an offering of securities
in another jurisdiction pursuant to which such securities will be listed on an internationally
recognized securities exchange (the IPO).
(d) For purposes of this Agreement, Independent Legal Counsel shall mean an attorney or firm
of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(e) hereof, who shall not have
otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee within the last two (2) years (other
than with respect to matters concerning the right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement).
(e) For purposes of this Agreement, a Reviewing Party shall mean any appropriate person or
body consisting of a member or members of the Companys Board of Directors (other than the
Indemnitee) or any other person or body appointed by the Board of Directors who is not a named
party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or Independent Legal
Counsel.
(f) For purposes of this Agreement, Voting Securities shall mean any securities of the
Company that vote generally in the election of directors.
11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall constitute an original.
12. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors,
assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise
to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and
personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether
direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a
substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly
7
to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that
the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement
shall continue in effect with respect to Claims relating to Indemnifiable Events regardless of
whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as a director or officer of the Company or of any other
enterprise, including subsidiaries of the Company, at the Companys request.
13. Attorneys Fees. Subject to Section 8 and except as prohibited by applicable law,
in the event that any action is instituted by the Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any
liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms
hereof or thereof, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all Expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to such action if the Indemnitee is ultimately successful
in such action. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this
Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be
entitled to be paid Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in defense of such
action (including costs and expenses incurred with respect to the Indemnitee counterclaims and
cross-claims made in such action), and shall be entitled to the advancement of Expenses with
respect to such action, in each case only to the extent that the Indemnitee is ultimately
successful in such action.
14. Notice. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder
shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given
(a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if
delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one
(1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight
courier, freight prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after the business day of delivery by facsimile
transmission, with a copy thereof delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid. Any mail shall be
directed, if addressed to the Indemnitee, at his or her address as set forth beneath his or her
signature to this Agreement and, if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate
offices (attention: Chief Executive Officer), or at such other address as such party may designate
by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.
15. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event
that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or
sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise
unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement
(including, without limitations, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be
invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall
be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal
or unenforceable.
16. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, as applied to contracts between
California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of New York,
without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
17. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee who
shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such
rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
18. Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or
cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by the parties to
be bound thereby. Notice of same shall be provided to all parties hereto. No waiver of any of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be
8
deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar)
nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
19. No Construction as Employment Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall be construed as giving the Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employment or service
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities.
20. Corporate Authority. The Board of Directors of the Company and its stockholders
in accordance with Cayman Islands law have approved the terms of this Agreement.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as
of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
a Cayman Islands company
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
10
exv10w6
Exhibit 10.6
FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is entered into as of , 20 by and between TAL Education Group, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the
Cayman Islands (the Company) and , an individual (the Executive).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the
Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below) and under the terms and conditions of
the Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and
under the terms and conditions of the Agreement;
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein
contained, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:
1. |
|
EMPLOYMENT |
|
|
|
The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such
employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the Employment). |
2. |
|
TERM |
|
|
|
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the initial term of the Employment
shall be years, commencing on , (the Effective
Date) and ending on , (the Initial Term), unless
terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Upon expiration of the Initial
Term of the Employment, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive
periods of months each (each, an Extension Period) unless either party shall
have given 60 days advance written notice to the other party, in the manner set forth in
Section 19 below, prior to the end of the Extension Period in question, that the term of
this Agreement that is in effect at the time such written notice is given is not to be
extended or further extended, as the case may be (the period during which this Agreement is
effective being referred to hereafter as the Term). |
|
(a) |
|
During the Term, the Executive shall serve as of the Company or in
such other position or positions with a level of duties and responsibilities consistent
with the foregoing with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates as the Board
of Directors of the Company (the Board) may specify from time to time and
shall have the duties, responsibilities and obligations customarily assigned to
individuals serving in the position or positions in which the Executive serves
hereunder and as assigned by [the Board], or if authorized by the Board, by the
Companys Chief Executive Officer. |
|
(b) |
|
The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or
appointed thereto, as a director of the Company or any parent, subsidiaries or
affiliated entity of the Company (collectively, the Group) and as a member of
any committees of the board of directors of any such entity, provided that the
Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less
favorable than is currently provided to any other director of any member of the Group. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Executive agrees to devote all of his or her working time and efforts to
the performance of his/her duties for the Company and to faithfully and diligently
serve the Company in accordance with the Agreement and the guidelines, policies and
procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board. |
4. |
|
NO BREACH OF CONTRACT |
|
|
|
The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of the
Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executives duties
hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other
agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is otherwise
bound, except that the Executive does not make any representation with respect to agreements
required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group
pursuant to the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Executive is based, if any;
(ii) that the Executive is not in possession of any information (including, without
limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) the knowledge of which would prevent
the Executive from freely entering into the Agreement and carrying out his/her duties
hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or
similar agreement with any person or entity other than any member of the Group. |
5. |
|
LOCATION |
|
|
|
The Executive will be based in , China or any other location as requested by the
Company during the Term. |
6. |
|
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS |
|
(a) |
|
Cash Compensation. As compensation for the performance by the
Executive of his or her obligations hereunder, during the Term, the Company shall pay
the Executive cash compensation (inclusive of the statutory benefit contributions that
the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) pursuant
to Schedule A hereto, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board or
any committee designated by the Board. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Equity Incentives. During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to
participate, at a level comparable to similarly situated executives of the Company, in
such long-term compensation arrangements as may be authorized from time to time by the
Board, including any share incentive plan the Company may adopt from time to time in
its sole discretion. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in all of the employee benefit plans and arrangements made available by the
Company to its similarly situated executives, including, but not limited to, any
retirement plan, medical insurance |
2
|
|
|
plan and travel/holiday policy, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms,
conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. |
7. |
|
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT |
|
|
|
The Employment may be terminated as follows: |
|
|
(a) |
|
Death. The Employment shall terminate upon his/her death. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Disability. The Employment shall terminate if the Executive has a
disability, including any physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined
by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of
his/her position at the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not
impose an undue burden on the Company, for more than 180 days in any 12-month period,
unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period
shall apply. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Cause. The Company may terminate the Executives employment hereunder
for Cause. The occurrence of any of the following, as reasonably determined by the
Company, shall be a reason for Cause, provided that, if the Company determines that the
circumstances constituting Cause are curable, then such circumstances shall not
constitute Cause unless and until the Executive has been informed by the Company of the
existence of Cause and given an opportunity of [ten] business days to cure, and such
Cause remains uncured at the end of such [ten]-day period: |
|
(1) |
|
continued failure by the Executive to
satisfactorily perform his duties; |
|
|
(2) |
|
willful misconduct or gross negligence by the
Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder, including
insubordination; |
|
|
(3) |
|
the Executives conviction or entry of a guilty
or nolo contendere plea of any felony or any misdemeanor
involving moral turpitude; |
|
|
(4) |
|
the Executives commission of any act involving
dishonesty that results in material financial, reputational or other
harm, monetary or otherwise, to any member of the Group, including but
not limited to an act constituting misappropriation or embezzlement of
the property of any member of the Group as determined in good faith by
the Board; or |
|
|
(5) |
|
any material breach by the Executive of this
Agreement. |
|
(d) |
|
Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for
Good Reason upon the occurrence, without the written consent of the Executive, of an
event constituting a material breach of this Agreement by the Company that has not been
fully cured within [ten] business days after written notice thereof has been given by
the Executive to the Company setting forth in sufficient detail the conduct or
activities the Executive believes constitute grounds for Good Reason, including but not
limited to: |
|
(1) |
|
the assignment to the Executive of any duties
materially inconsistent with the Executives status as a senior officer
of the Company or a |
3
|
|
|
substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of the
Executives responsibilities; and |
|
(2) |
|
the failure by the Company to pay to the
Executive any portion of the Executives current compensation or to pay
to the Executive any portion of an installment of deferred compensation
under any deferred compensation program of the Company, within [seven]
business days of the date such compensation is due. |
|
(e) |
|
Without Cause by the Company; Without Good Reason by the Executive.
The Company may terminate the Executives employment hereunder at any time without
Cause upon one-month prior written notice to the Executive. The Executive may
terminate the Executives employment voluntarily for any reason or no reason at any
time by giving one-month prior written notice to the Company. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executives employment
under the Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination (Notice
of Termination)from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of
termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of the Agreement relied upon in
effecting the termination. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Date of Termination. The Date of Termination shall mean (i)
if the Executives employment is terminated by the Executives death, the date of his
death, (ii) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Executives disability,
by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason, the date specified in
the Notice of Termination and (iii) if the Executives employment is terminated without
cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is
given or any later date (within thirty (30) days) set forth in such Notice of
Termination. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Compensation upon Termination. |
|
(1) |
|
Death. If the Executives employment
is terminated by reason of the Executives death, the Company shall
have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement and
the Executives benefits shall be determined under the Companys
retirement, insurance and other benefit and compensation plans or
programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such plans and
programs. |
|
|
(2) |
|
By Company without Cause or by the
Executive for Good Reason. If the Executives employment is
terminated by the Company other than for Cause or by the Executive for
Good Reason, the Company shall (i) continue to pay and otherwise
provide to the Executive, during any notice period (not to exceed
thirty (30) days), all compensation, base salary and previously earned
but unpaid incentive compensation, if any, and shall continue to allow
the Executive to participate in any benefit plans in accordance with
the terms of such plans during such notice period; and (ii) pay to the
Executive, in lieu of benefits under any severance plan or policy of
the Company, an amount equal to the sum of the Executives 12 months
base salary as in effect as of the Date of Termination. |
4
|
(3) |
|
By Company for Cause or by the Executive
other than for Good Reason. If the Executives employment shall be
terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive other than for
Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive his base salary at the
rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given through the
Date of Termination, and the Company shall have no additional
obligations to the Executive under this Agreement. |
|
|
(4) |
|
Compensation Upon any Termination.
Following any termination of the Executives employment, the Company
shall pay the Executive all amounts, if any, to which the Executive is
entitled as of the Date of Termination under any compensation plan or
benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are
due in accordance with the terms of such plans or programs. |
|
(i) |
|
Return of Company Property. The Executive agrees that following the
termination of the Executives employment for any reason, or at any time prior to the
Executives termination upon the request of the Company, he/she shall return all
property of the Group, which is then in or thereafter comes into his/her possession,
including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information (as defined below) or
Intellectual Property (as defined below), or any other documents, contracts,
agreements, plans, photographs, projections, books, notes, records, electronically
stored data and all copies, excerpts or summaries of the foregoing, as well as any
automobile or other materials or equipment supplied by the Group to the Executive, if
any. |
|
|
(j) |
|
Requirement for a Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Companys obligations to pay or provide any benefits shall (1) cease as of the date the
Executive breaches any of the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 11 hereof, and (2) be
conditioned on the Executive signing the Companys customary release of claims in favor
of the Group and the expiration of any revocation period provided for in such release. |
8. |
|
CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE |
|
(a) |
|
Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure. |
|
(1) |
|
The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (A)
the Executive holds a position of trust and confidence with the Company
and that his employment by the Company will require that the Executive
have access to and knowledge of valuable and sensitive information,
material, and devices relating to the Company and/or its business,
activities, products, services, customers and vendors, including, but
not limited to, the following, regardless of the form in which the same
is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of the Companys actual
and prospective customers and their representatives; prior, current or
future research or development activities of the Company and/or its
customers; the products and services provided or offered by the Company
to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such
services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service
needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost
information; information concerning the development, engineering, design,
|
5
|
|
|
specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or
services of the Company; unique and/or proprietary computer
equipment, programs, software and source codes, licensing
information, personnel information, vendor information, marketing
plans and techniques, forecasts, and other trade secrets
(Confidential Information); and (B) the direct and indirect
disclosure of any such Confidential Information would place the
Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary
or otherwise, to the Companys business. |
|
|
(2) |
|
During the Term and at all times thereafter,
the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually,
as a director, stockholder, owner, partner, employee, consultant,
principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, publish
or make known, disclose, furnish, reproduce, make available, or utilize
any of the Confidential Information without the prior express written
approval of the Company, other than in the proper performance of the
duties contemplated herein, unless and until such Confidential
Information is or shall become general public knowledge through no
fault of the Executive. |
|
|
(3) |
|
In the event that the Executive is required by
law to disclose any Confidential Information, the Executive agrees to
give the Company prompt advance written notice thereof and to provide
the Company with reasonable assistance in obtaining an order to protect
the Confidential Information from public disclosure. |
|
|
(4) |
|
The failure to mark any Confidential
Information as confidential shall not affect its status as Confidential
Information under this Agreement. |
|
(c) |
|
Third Party Information in the Executives Possession. The Executive
agrees that he shall not, during the Term, (i) improperly use or disclose any
proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or
entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence
information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of Company
any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former
employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer,
person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from
and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable
attorneys fees and costs of litigation, arising out of or in connection with any
violation of the foregoing. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Third Party Information in the Companys Possession. The Executive
recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from
third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the
Companys part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only
for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company
and such third parties, during the Term and thereafter, a duty to hold all such
confidential or proprietary information in strict confidence and not to disclose such
information to any person or firm, or otherwise use such information, in a manner
inconsistent with the limited purposes permitted by the Companys agreement with such
third party. |
6
|
|
This Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the
event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek remedies
permissible under applicable law. |
|
(a) |
|
Prior Inventions. The Executive has attached hereto, as Schedule
B, a list describing all inventions, ideas, improvements, designs and discoveries,
whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, original works of
authorship and trade secrets made or conceived by or belonging to the Executive
(whether made solely by the Executive or jointly with others) that (i) were developed
by Executive prior to the Executives employment by the Company (collectively,
Prior Inventions), (ii) relate to the Company actual or proposed business,
products or research and development, and (iii) are not assigned to the Company
hereunder; or, if no such list is attached, the Executive represents that there are no
such Prior Inventions. Except to the extent set forth in Schedule B, the
Executive hereby acknowledges that, if in the course of his/her service for the
Company, the Executive incorporates into a Company product, process or machine a Prior
Invention owned by the Executive or in which he has an interest, the Company is hereby
granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide
right and license (which may be freely transferred by the Company to any other person
or entity) to make, have made, modify, use, sell, sublicense and otherwise distribute
such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Assignment of Intellectual Property. The Executive hereby assigns to
the Company or its designees, without further consideration and free and clear of
any lien or encumbrance, the Executives entire right, title and interest (within
the United States and all foreign jurisdictions), to any and all inventions,
discoveries, improvements, developments, works of authorship, concepts, ideas,
plans, specifications, software, formulas, databases, designees, processes and
contributions to Confidential Information created, conceived, developed or reduced
to practice by the Executive (alone or with others) during the Employment Period
which (A) are related to the Companys current or anticipated business, activities,
products, or services, (B) result from any work performed by Executive for the
Company, or (iii) are created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice with the
use of Company property, including any and all Intellectual Property Rights (as
defined below) therein (Work Product). Any Work Product which falls
within the definition of work made for hire, as such term is defined in the U.S.
Copyright Act, shall be considered a work made for hire, the copyright in which
vests initially and exclusively in the Company. The Executive waives any rights to
be attributed as the author of any Work Product and any droit morale (moral
rights) in Work Product. The Executive agrees to immediately disclose to the
Company all Work Product. For purposes of this Agreement, Intellectual
Property shall mean any patent, copyright, trademark or service mark, trade
secret, or any other proprietary rights protection legally available. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Patent and Copyright Registration. The Executive agrees to execute and
deliver any instruments or documents, and to do all other things reasonably requested
by the Company in order to more fully vest the Company with all ownership rights in the
Work Product. If any Work Product is deemed by the Company to be patentable or
otherwise registrable, the Executive shall assist the Company (at the Companys
expense) in obtaining letters of patent or other applicable registration therein and
shall execute all |
7
|
|
|
documents and do all things, including testifying (at the Companys expense)
necessary or appropriate to apply for, prosecute, obtain, or enforce any
Intellectual Property right relating to any Work Product. Should the Company be
unable to secure the Executives signature on any document deemed necessary to
accomplish the foregoing, whether due to the Executives disability or other reason,
the Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and each of its
duly authorized officers and agents as the Executives agent and attorney-in-fact to
act for and on the Executives behalf and stead to take any of the actions required
of Executive under the previous sentence, with the same effect as if executed and
delivered by the Executive, such appointment being coupled with an interest. |
|
|
This Section 9 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the
event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have right to seek remedies
permissible under applicable law. |
10. |
|
CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT. |
|
|
The Executive hereby agrees that, during the Term, he/she will not engage in any other
employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in
which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the Term, nor will the
Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his/her obligations to the
Company without the prior written consent of the Company. |
11. |
|
NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION |
|
(a) |
|
Non-Competition. In consideration of the compensation provided to the
Executive by the Company hereunder, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the
parties hereto, the Executive agree that during the Term and for a period of two years
following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason, the Executive shall
not engage in Competition (as defined below) with the Group. For purposes of this
Agreement, Competition by the Executive shall mean the Executives engaging in, or
otherwise directly or indirectly being employed by or acting as a consultant or lender
to, or being a director, officer, employee, principal, agent, stockholder, member,
owner or partner of, or permitting the Executives name to be used in connection with
the activities of, any other business or organization which competes, directly or
indirectly, with the Group in the Business; provided, however, it shall
not be a violation of this Section 11(a) for the Executive to become the registered or
beneficial owner of up to five percent (5%) of any class of the capital stock of a
corporation in Competition with the Group that is registered under the U.S. Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provided that the Executive does not otherwise
participate in the business of such corporation. |
|
|
|
|
For purposes of this Agreement, the Business means after-school tutoring
services and any other business which the Group engages in, or is preparing to become
engaged in, during the Term. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference. During the Employment Period and
for a period of one year following the termination of the Executives employment for
any reason, the Executive agrees that he or she will not, directly or indirectly, for
the Executives benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity, do any of the
following: |
8
|
(1) |
|
solicit from any customer doing business with
the Group during the Term business of the same or of a similar nature
to the Business; |
|
|
(2) |
|
solicit from any known potential customer of
the Group business of the same or of a similar nature to that which has
been the subject of a known written or oral bid, offer or proposal by
the Group, or of substantial preparation with a view to making such a
bid, proposal or offer; |
|
|
(3) |
|
solicit the employment or services of, or hire
or engage, any person who is known to be employed or engaged by the
Group; or |
|
|
(4) |
|
otherwise interfere with the business or
accounts of the Group, including, but not limited to, with respect to
any relationship or agreement between the Group and any vendor or
supplier. |
|
(c) |
|
Injunctive Relief; Indemnity of Company. The Executive agrees that any
breach or threatened breach of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 12 would result
in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which an award of money to the
Company would not be an adequate remedy. The Executive therefore also agrees that in
the event of said breach or any reasonable threat of breach, the Company shall be
entitled to seek an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach
and/or threatened breach and/or continued breach by the Executive and/or any and all
persons and/or entities acting for and/or with the Executive. The terms of this
paragraph shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for
any breach or threatened breach hereof, including, but not limited to, remedies
available under this Agreement and the recovery of damages. The Executive and the
Company further agree that the provisions of this Section 11 are reasonable. The
Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against all
reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may
be incurred by the Company in connection with, or arising out of, any violation of this
Agreement by the Executive. This Section 11 shall survive the termination of the
Agreement for any reason. |
12. |
|
WITHHOLDING TAXES |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause
there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or
pursuant to the Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment,
or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or
regulation. |
13. |
|
ASSIGNMENT |
|
|
|
The Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the
consent of the other, assign or transfer the Agreement or any rights or obligations
hereunder; provided, however, that the Company may assign or transfer the Agreement or any
rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent. If the
Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if
the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein,
shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executives devisee,
legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executives estate. The
Company will require any and all successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or
assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this |
9
|
|
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to
perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach
of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the
same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled to hereunder if the
Company had terminated the Executives employment other than for Cause, except that for
purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes
effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Agreement, Company
shall mean the Company as herein before defined and any successor to its business and/or
assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section
13 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by
operation of law. |
|
14. |
|
SEVERABILITY |
|
|
|
If any provision of the Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity
shall not affect other provisions or applications of the Agreement which can be given effect
without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of the
Agreement are declared to be severable. |
|
15. |
|
ENTIRE AGREEMENT |
|
|
|
The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and
the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or
contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive
acknowledges that he has not entered into the Agreement in reliance upon any representation,
warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in the Agreement. |
|
16. |
|
GOVERNING LAW |
|
|
|
The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of
New York, USA, without regard to the conflicts of law principles. |
|
17. |
|
AMENDMENT |
|
|
|
The Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a
formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to the Agreement, which agreement
is executed by both of the parties hereto. |
|
18. |
|
WAIVER |
|
|
|
Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy,
power or privilege under the Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or
further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any
waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed
as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence.
No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to
have granted such waiver. |
10
19. |
|
NOTICES |
|
|
|
All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under the
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i)
delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, (iii) sent by a
recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the
other party; or (iv) sent by e-mail with confirmation of receipt. |
|
20. |
|
COUNTERPARTS |
|
|
|
The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed
an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument. The Agreement shall become binding when one
or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of
all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed
counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose. |
|
21. |
|
NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER |
|
|
|
Each party recognizes that the Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that
such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any
construction of the terms of the Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either
party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms. |
[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank.]
11
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive
|
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule A
Cash Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount |
|
Pay Period |
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Bonus |
|
|
|
|
13
Schedule B
List of Prior Inventions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identifying Number |
Title |
|
Date |
|
or Brief Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No inventions or improvements
Additional Sheets Attached
Signature of Executive:
Print Name of Executive:
Date:
14
exv10w7
English
Translation
Exhibit 10.7
Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement
This Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (Agreement) is entered into as of
June 25, 2010 by and among the following parties in Beijing, the Peoples Republic of China
(PRC), and amends and restates the Service Agreements executed on February 12, 2009, including
the supplemental agreement thereto, and the exclusive business cooperation framework agreement
executed on June 10, 2010:
Party A:
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Party B refers to each of:
(1) Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
(2) Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
Affiliated Entities of Party B: as listed in Appendix I, and other entities hereafter added to the
list in Appendix I pursuant to the Agreement, which are hereafter invested in or controlled by
Party B, including but not limited to any company or school of which Party B directly or indirectly
owns more than 50% of the investment interests and such company or schools affiliated entities.
Party C refers to each of:
Bangxin Zhang, ID Card No. 321182198010012913;
Yundong Cao, ID Card No. 372831197910205618;
Yachao Liu, ID Card No. 211103198110152138;
Yunfeng Bai, ID Card No. 360521198109240073.
(Each of Party A, Party B, Affiliated Entities of Party B and Party C, a Party, and collectively
the Parties.)
WHEREAS,
(1) Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise duly registered and validly existing under
the PRC laws, owning resources to provide intellectual property licensing, system software
technical support, technology and business consulting services;
(2) Party B is a corporation duly registered and validly existing under the PRC laws and
engages in education investments and related businesses directly or indirectly through Affiliated
Entities of Party B.
(3) Party C are the shareholders of the two companies listed as Party B and collectively owns
100% of the equity interests of each of the two companies;
1
(4) Party A entered into a series of Service Agreements as of February 12, 2009 with the
Affiliated Entities of Party B, and agreed to provide exclusive licensing, technical and business
support to Party B and Affiliated Entities of Party B with Party As advantages in technology,
human resource and information. The Parties agree on such cooperation and wish to enter into this
Agreement to unify the principle terms and conditions for such cooperation.
NOW THEREFORE, the Parties through amiable negotiations agree as follows:
|
1.1 |
|
In accordance with the terms and conditions herein, Party B and Party C appoint
Party A as Party Bs exclusive service provider to provide comprehensive intellectual
property licensing, technical and business support services as described in detail in
Appendix II hereto to Party B and Affiliated Entities of Party B. |
|
|
|
|
Party B shall, and cause Affiliated Entities of Party B to, determine the specific terms
of services within the scope listed in Appendix II with Party A or any entity designated
by Party A in accordance with the actual business needs of Party B and Affiliated
Entities of Party B. |
|
|
1.2 |
|
Party B, Affiliated Entities of Party B and Party C further agree that during the
term of this Agreement, Party B, Affiliated Entities of Party B and Party C shall not,
and shall ensure that their affiliates do not, directly or indirectly obtain the same or
similar services as those provided under this Agreement from any third party, or
establish any similar business cooperative relation with any third party with respect to
the matters stipulated herein without the prior written consent of Party A. |
|
|
1.3 |
|
To ensure the normal operations of the ordinary business of Party B and Affiliated
Entities of Party B, Party A may, but is not obligated to, in its discretion and to the
extent permitted by laws and regulations of PRC, act as guarantor for the performance of
the agreements entered into by Party B or Affiliated Entities of Party B with any third
parties with respect to the business of Party B and Affiliated Entities of Party B. Party
B, Affiliated Entities of Party B and Party C hereby agree and affirm that if they need
to provide any guarantee for the performance of any agreements or the repayment of loans
by their affiliated entities in their affiliated entities course of business, they will
first seek Party A to act as guarantor. |
2. |
|
Service Fee and Payment |
|
2.1 |
|
With respect to the specific services provided and the customers of the services,
relevant Parties shall determine a fair service fee and proper payment methods based on
the income and the total number of student enrollments during a set period of the Party
receiving the services. The formula for calculating service fees and determining |
2
|
|
|
payment
methods is set forth in Appendix II hereto.
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
If Party A determines the formula for calculating service fees specified herein
shall no longer apply due to any reason, Parties receiving the services shall negotiate
in good faith with Party A within 10 business days after Party A delivers a written
request for fee adjustment to set a new formula for service fees or new payment methods.
If any Party receiving the services does not respond within the aforementioned 10-day
period, it shall be deemed to have accepted the adjustments proposed by Party A. Party A
shall also negotiate in good faith with Parties receiving the services regarding any fee
adjustment request by such Parties. The Parties hereby reaffirm that Party A and
Affiliated Entities of Party B have orally agreed on and implemented the service
agreements in accordance with Article 2.2 of the Agreement, and retroactively affirm all
service fee adjustmenst since February 12, 2009. |
3. |
|
Intellectual Properties |
|
3.1 |
|
Any intellectual properties created in connection with the performance of this
Agreement, including but not limited to copyrights, patents, and technological secrets,
belong to Party A, and Party B and its Affiliated entities enjoy no rights other than
those provided herein. The Parties agree that this clause shall remain effective
regardless of whether the Agreement is modified or terminated. |
|
|
3.2 |
|
However, if any development by Party A is based on intellectual properties owned by
Party B or Affiliated Entities of Party B, Party B and Affiliated entities of Party shal
ensure that such intellectual properties are not defective. Party B and Affiliated
Entities of Party B shall bear all damages and losses of Party A as a result of defects
in such intellectual properties. If Party A is to bear any liabilities to any third party
because of defects in such intellectual properties, it has the right to recover all of
its losses from Party B or relevant Affiliated Entities of Party B. |
|
4.1 |
|
The Agreement is executed and becomes effective as of the date first stated above. |
|
|
4.2 |
|
The Agreement is effective within the operation term of Party A, Party B and
Affiliated Entities of Party B unless earlier terminated by mutual agreement of the
Parties. |
|
5.1 |
|
This Agreement and all clauses hereof are confidential information and shall not be
disclosed to any third parties except for relevant senior officers, directors, employees,
agents or professional consultants. This clause shall not apply in the event any Party is
required by laws or regulations to disclose information relating to this Agreement to any
governmental authorities, the public or the shareholders, or file this Agreement with
|
3
|
|
|
relevant authorities for record. |
|
|
5.2 |
|
This clause shall survive any modification or termination of this Agreement. |
6. |
|
Liabilities for Breach of Agreement |
|
|
|
In the event any Party shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or
make any untrue or inaccurate representation or warranty, such Party shall have breached the
Agreement and shall be liable for all the losses of the other Parties for breach of the
Agreement, or pay penalties according to any agreement otherwise reached by the relevant
Parties. |
|
7. |
|
Force Majeure |
|
|
|
In the event the performance of the Agreement is effected by any Force Majeure event, the
Party affected by such an event shall notify the other Parties by telegram, facsimile or other
electronic means immediately after the occurrence of such event and shall provide written
documents evidencing the occurrence of such Force Majeure event within fifteen (15) business
days. The Parties shall determine through negotiation whether to terminate, partly terminate
or suspend the performance of this Agreement according to the extent the Agreement is effected
by such a Force Majeure event. |
|
8. |
|
Change of Parties |
|
8.1 |
|
If Party B shall add any affiliated entities at any time after the effectiveness of
this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall cause such newly added affiliated entity to
eexecute assumption agreement or other legal documents permitted or required by the PRC
laws to include such newly added affiliated entity in the Agreement such that it enjoys
all rights and undertakes all obligations as Affiliated Entities of Party B under this
Agreement. As of the date of execution of such assumption agreement or other legal
documents permitted or required by PRC laws, the newly added affiliated entity shall be
deemed as a party to this Agreement. Other Parties of the Agreement hereby agree to the
aforementioned arrangement. |
|
|
8.2 |
|
Rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be legally binding upon
assignees, successors of Partiesf, no matter such assignment of obligations and rights is
caused by takeover, restructuring, inheritance, assignment or any other reason. |
|
9.1 |
|
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws.
All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved
through good faith negotiations between the Parties. Unresolved disputes shall be settled
through arbitration by the Beijing Arbitration Committee according to such committees
|
4
|
|
|
rules of arbitration. The arbitration shall take place in Beijing. The arbitration ruling
shall be final. |
|
|
9.2 |
|
The Agreement shall replace any and all promises, memorandums, agreements or other
documents among the Parties, including but not limited to: |
|
(1) |
|
Technical Service Agreement for Management Information System of
Registration and Payment Collection; |
|
|
(2) |
|
Agreement for the Development and Use of Online Networks; |
|
|
(3) |
|
Exclusive Management and Consulting Agreement; |
|
|
(4) |
|
Technical Support and Service Agreement; |
|
|
(5) |
|
Teaching Materials Research and Development Agreement; |
|
|
(6) |
|
Technical Service Agreement for Internal Information Management System; |
|
|
(7) |
|
Technical Service Agreement for Human Resource Information Management
System (the above seven agreements were all executed on February 12, 2009 and are
collectively referred to herein as the Service Agreements); |
|
|
(8) |
|
Supplemental Agreement to the Service Agreements (dated as of April 9,
2009); and |
|
|
(9) |
|
Exclusive Business Cooperation Framework Agreement (dated as of June 10.
2010). |
|
|
|
In the event of any conflict between any of the above listed agreements and the
Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement including its appendixes shall prevail. |
|
|
9.3 |
|
This Agreement is written in Chinese. The number of original copies of the
Agreement corresponds to the number of parties hereto. Each of Party A, Party B,
Affiliated Entities of Party B and shareholders listed under Party C shall have an
original copy. |
[Signature pages to follow]
5
[SIGNATURE PAGE OF THE EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT]
Party A:
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Party B:
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
[SIGNATURE PAGE OF THE EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT]
Affiliated Entities of Party B:
Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi Training School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Beijing Haidian Lejiale Training School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi Training School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
[SIGNATURE PAGE OF THE EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT]
Affiliated Entities of Party B:
Tianjin Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Shenzhen Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Shanghai Lehai Science and Technology Information Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Shanghai Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Lejiale School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Shanghai Minhang District Lejiale School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Guangzhou Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing English Training School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Hubei Qianjiang Xiaohafu English Training School
/s/ Authorized Representative
Hubei Jianli Hafu English Training School
/s/ Authorized Representative
[SIGNATURE PAGE OF THE EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT]
Party C:
/s/ Bangxin Zhang
Bangxin Zhang
/s/ Yundong Cao
Yundong Cao
/s/ Yachao Liu
Yachao Liu
/s/ Yunfeng Bai
Yunfeng Bai
Appendix I: Affiliated Entities of Party B
1. |
|
Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi Training School |
|
2. |
|
Beijing Haidian Lejiale Training School |
|
3. |
|
Tianjin Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. |
|
4. |
|
Shenzhen Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. |
|
5. |
|
Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi Training School |
|
6. |
|
Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School |
|
7. |
|
Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution Co., Ltd. |
|
8. |
|
Shanghai Lehai Science and TechnologyInformation Co., Ltd. |
|
9. |
|
Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Lejiale School |
|
10. |
|
Shanghai Minhang District Lejiale School |
|
11. |
|
Shanghai Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. |
|
12. |
|
Guangzhou Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. |
|
13. |
|
Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing English Training School |
|
14. |
|
Hubei Qianjiang Xiaohafu English Training School |
|
15. |
|
Hubei Jianli Hafu English Training School |
Appendix II: Services, Calculation and Payment of the Service Fees
(1) |
|
Providing educational software and course materials research and development services; |
|
(2) |
|
Providing employee training services; |
|
(3) |
|
Providing technology development, transfer and consulting services; |
|
(4) |
|
Providing public relation services; |
|
(5) |
|
Providing market survey, research and consulting services; |
|
(6) |
|
Providing near-to-mid-term market development and market planning services; |
|
(7) |
|
Providing human resource management and internal information management; |
|
(8) |
|
Providing network development, upgrade and ordinary maintenance services; |
|
(9) |
|
Providing sales services of proprietary products; |
|
(10) |
|
Licensing of software and trademarks; and/or |
|
(11) |
|
Other services agreed upon from time to time by Party A and the Parties receiving services
according to the business needs and the capacity to provide services. |
|
2. |
|
Calculation and Payment of Service Fee |
|
|
|
The Fee for the services provided under this Agreement is calculated based on a percentage of
the total revenues of the Party receiving the services or according to the total number of
student enrollments of Affiliated Entities of Party B. The specific percentage or amount shall
be agreed upon by both Party A and the Party receiving the services taking into account the
actual services provided as evidenced by service bills or other written documents delivered by
Party A to the Party receiving the services. |
|
3. |
|
The amount of service fees shall be determined by the Parties taking into account the
following factors: |
|
(1) |
|
The technical difficulty and complexity of the services; |
|
|
(2) |
|
The amount of time spent by employees of Party A to render the services; |
|
|
(3) |
|
The content and commercial value of the services; |
|
|
(4) |
|
The market prices for similar services. |
4. |
|
Party A shall calculate the total amount fees payable on a fixed schedule and send Parties
receiving the services a bill of service fees to notify such party, who shall pay the stated
fees to the bank account designated by Party A within 10 business days after receipt of the
bill and send a copy of the remittance certificate by facsimile or mail to Party A within 10
business days after payment. |
exv10w8
Exhibit 10.8
English
Translation
Call Option Agreement
The Call Option Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2009, is made by and among the following
parties:
Party A:
|
|
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., a wholly foreign owned enterprise duly
established and validly existing under the laws of the Peoples Republic of China (PRC)
with its legal address at No.1 Floor 2, Suzhou Street, Haidian District, Beijing. |
Party B refers to each of:
|
|
Bangxin Zhang, ID Card No. 321182198010012913
Yundong Cao, ID Card No. 372831197910205618
Yachao Liu, ID Card No. 211103198110152138
Yunfeng Bai, ID Card No. 360521198109240073 |
Party C refers to each of:
(1) Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., a corporation duly established
and validly existing under the PRC laws with its legal address at Room 413, Tower A,
Zhongding Building, A No.18, West Road of the North 3rd Ring, Haidian
District, Beijing.
(2) Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd., a corporation duly established and
validly existing under the PRC laws with its legal address at Room 509, Tower A,
Zhongding Building, A No.18, West Road of the North 3rd Ring, Haidian
District, Beijing.
Through amiable negotiation, the Parties above agree as follows concerning Party As purchase of
the equity interests in Party C held by Party B:
1. |
|
Call Option |
|
1.1 |
|
Party A has the right to demand at any time Party B to transfer all or part of the equity
interests (Target Equity Interests) of Party C it owns (Purchase Right), as the specific
demand may be, and Party B shall accordingly transfer Target Equity Interests to Party A or
any third party designated by Party A, in the following circumstances,: |
|
(1) |
|
Party A or any third party designated by Party A is allowed to own all
or part of Target Equity Interests under the laws and regulations of PRC; or |
|
|
(2) |
|
In other circumstances where Party A deems appropriate or necessary. |
|
|
The Purchase Right of Party A under this Agreement is exclusive, unconditional and
irrevocable. |
1
1.2 |
|
The Parties agree that Party A has the sole discretion to determine whether to exercise the
Purchase Right in part or in all to acquire all or part of Target Equity Interests. The
Parties further agree that there shall be no restriction on the timing, manner, quantity and
frequency with respect to Party As exercise of the Purchase Right. |
|
1.3 |
|
The Parties agree that Party A may designate any third party to purchase part or all of
Target Equity Interests. Party B shall not refuse to transfer Target Equity Interests to such
third party unless such transfer is prohibited by any PRC laws or regulations. |
|
1.4 |
|
Party B shall not transfer Target Equity Interests to any third party without the prior
written approval by Party A before Target Equity Interests are transferred under this
Agreement to Party A or a third party designated by Party A. |
|
2. |
|
Procedures |
|
2.1 |
|
Party B hereby confirms that the Equity Interest Transfer Agreement and the Consent Letter to
be delivered upon an exercise of Purchase Right by Party A shall be in the form set forth in
the Appendix attached hereto. |
|
2.2 |
|
If Party A decides to exercise its Purchase Right pursuant to Article 1.1, it shall deliver a
written notice (the Exercise Notice) in the form set forth in the Appendix attached hereto
to Party B, stating the amount or percentage of the equity interests to be purchased and the
name and identity of the purchaser. Party B and Party C shall, within seven days of the
delivery of the Exercise Notice, provide all materials and documents necessary for the
transfer of Target Equity Interests, including signing the Equity Interest Transfer Agreement
and Consent Letter in the form set forth in the Appendix attached hereto. |
|
2.3 |
|
Except for the Exercise Notice provided in Article 2.2, there are no other conditions
precedent or incidental to, or procedures for, Party As exercise of Purchase Right. |
|
2.4 |
|
Party B shall provide Party C with timely and necessary assistance for Party C to complete
the approving procedures (if required by law) with competent authorities and the registration
procedures of the equity interest transfer with relevant business authorities according to the
applicable PRC laws and regulations. |
|
2.5 |
|
The date of completion of the transfer of all Target Equity Interests is the date of
consummation of the exercise of Purchase Right. |
|
3. |
|
Purchase Price |
|
3.1 |
|
When all the Target Equity Interests are transferred in whole, the purchase price shall be
the
lowest price permitted by the PRC laws and regulations at the time such Target Equity
Interests are being transferred. In the event the Target Equity Interests are transferred in
part |
2
|
|
or in installments, the purchase price shall be determined based on the time and the
percentage of Target Equity Interests being transferred. |
|
3.2 |
|
Each party shall bear any taxes or expenses incurred by it in the transfer of Target Equity
Interests. |
|
3.3 |
|
Party B hereby agrees to assign to Party C without any consideration from Party C the entire
amount of purchase price paid by Party A or any third party designated by Party A for Target
Equity Interests in exercising Purchase Right. |
|
4. |
|
Representations and Warranties |
|
4.1 |
|
Each Party represents and warrants to the other Parties as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
It has full rights, capacity and authorization to execute this Agreement and bear all the
obligations and liabilities hereunder; |
|
(b) |
|
It has gone through all necessary internal procedures for the execution of this Agreement and
has obtained all necessary internal and external authorizations and approvals; and |
|
(c) |
|
Its execution and performance of this Agreement will not breach any material agreements or
contracts by which it or its assets are bound. |
|
4.2 |
|
Party B and Party C severally and jointly represent and warrant to Party A as follows: |
|
(a) |
|
As of the date of the effectiveness of this Agreement, Party B legally owns the equity
interests of Party C, and has full and valid right of disposal of such equity interests. The
registered capital of Party C has been fully contributed. Except for the pledge under the
Equity Interest Pledge Agreement and other rights consented to in writing by Party A, the
equity interests of Party C owned by Party B are not subject to any pledge, mortgage, guaranty
or any other rights or interests of any third party, and are free from any claims by any third
party. No third party may demand any distribution, issuance, sales, transfer or exchange of
any of Partys equity interests pursuant to any option, conversion right, right of first
refusal or other agreements. |
|
(b) |
|
During the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not transfer, pledge, mortgage or create any
other security interest in the equity interests of Party C without the prior written consent
from Party A. |
|
(c) |
|
Party B and Party C shall extend the operation period of Party C to the extent permitted by
relevant PRC laws and regulations to match the approved operation period of Party A. |
|
5. |
|
Appendix |
|
|
|
Appendixes of this Agreement constitute an integrated part of this Agreement and have |
3
|
|
equally
binding legal effect as other sections of this Agreement. |
|
6. |
|
Confidentiality |
|
|
|
This Agreement and all clauses herein are confidential information and shall not be disclosed
to any third party except for the relevant senior officers, directors, employees, agents and
professional consultants. This clause shall not apply in the event parties hereto are required
by relevant laws or regulations to disclose information relating to this Agreement to any
governmental authorities, the public or the shareholders, or file this Agreement with relevant
authorities for record. |
|
|
|
This clause shall survive any modification or termination of this Agreement. |
|
7. |
|
Liabilities for Breach of Agreement |
|
|
|
If any party hereto shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, make
any untrue or inaccurate representation or breach any warranty, such party shall be liable for
all the losses of the other parties hereto for its breach of this Agreement. |
|
8. |
|
Force Majeure |
|
|
|
A Force Majeure event means any unforeseen event which cannot be prevented, controlled or
overcome by any party of the Agreement, including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon,
flood, fire, boycott, war or riot and etcetera. |
|
|
|
Any party encountering a Force Majeure event shall (i) notify the other parties by telegram,
facsimile or other electronic means immediately after the occurrence of such Force Majeure
event and shall provide written documents evidencing the occurrence of such Force Majeure
event within fifteen (15) business days; and (ii) to the extent reasonable and lawful under
the circumstances, use its best efforts to mitigate or eliminate the effect of such Force
Majeure event, and resume its performance of the Agreement after such effect is mitigated or
eliminated. The parties to the Agreement shall determine through negotiation whether to
terminate, partly terminate or suspend the performance of this Agreement taking into account
the extent to which the Agreement is effected by such Force Majeure event. |
|
9. |
|
Miscellaneous |
|
9.1 |
|
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws
in all respects. All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall
be resolved through good faith negotiations between the Parties. Unresolved disputes
shall be submitted to binding arbitration by China International Economic and Trade
Arbitration Commission under its rules. The arbitration shall take place in Beijing. The
arbitration ruling shall be final. Other provisions of the Agreement that are not subject
of
any arbitration proceedings shall remain in effect. |
4
|
9.2 |
|
This Agreement becomes effective on the date of execution by all parties hereto and
shall terminate upon Party As exercise of Purchase Right to purchased all Target Equity
Interests according to the Agreement or the Agreement is terminated by mutual agreement
of all the parties hereto. |
|
|
9.3 |
|
The Agreement is written in Chinese and has three original copies, with each of
Party A, Party B and Party C holding one original copy. |
|
|
9.4 |
|
This Agreement together with its appendixes constitute the entire agreement among
the parties hereto and supersedes all prior oral or written communications, undertakings
and memorandums among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. |
|
|
9.5 |
|
Any modification of this Agreement shall be made in signed writing by all the
parties hereto only. |
5
CALL OPTION AGREEMENT
(SIGNATURE PAGE)
Party A: TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative:
Party B:
/s/ Bangxin Zhang
Bangxin Zhang
/s/ Yundong Cao
Yundong Cao
/s/ Yachao Liu
Yachao Liu
/s/ Yunfeng Bai
Yunfeng Bai
Party C:
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
CALL OPTION AGREEMENT
Appendix:
Equity Interest Transfer Agreement
This Equity Interest Transfer Agreement (the Agreement), dated as of [ ], is made by and
among the following parties in Beijing, China:
Transferor:
Bangxin Zhang, ID Card No. 321182198010012913
Yundong Cao, ID Card No. 372831197910205618
Yachao Liu, ID Card No. 211103198110152138
Yunfeng Bai, ID Card No. 360521198109240073
Transferee:
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Through amiable negotiation the Parties stated above agree as follows regarding transfer of equity
interests:
1. |
|
Transferor agrees to transfer 100% equity interests of Beijing Xueersi Education Technology
Co., Ltd. it owns (Target Equity Interests) to Transferee for a total consideration of RMB
500,000, and Transferee agrees to purchase such Target Equity Interests. |
2. |
|
Upon consummation of the transfer of Target Equity Interests, Transferor shall no longer
enjoy any rights or bear any obligations as holders of Target Equity Interests, and Transferee
shall enjoy all such rights and bear all such obligations. |
3. |
|
Other related matters not set forth in the Agreement may be determined by supplemental
agreements between the parties. |
4. |
|
The Agreement becomes effective on the date of execution by both parties. |
5. |
|
The Agreement shall have four original copies, with each party holding one copy and the
remaining copies reserved registration with business authorities. |
|
|
|
Transferor: |
|
|
Bangxin Zhang:
|
|
Yundong Cao: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
Yachao,Liu:
|
|
Yunfeng Bai: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
Transferee: TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:
CALL OPTION AGREEMENT
Consent Letter
To: TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
I, as a shareholder of Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. (the Company), hereby agree
and affirm as follows:
1. |
|
I agree to and accept all the terms and conditions of the Call Option Agreement entered into
between the Company and TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.(WFOE) on February 12,
2009, and waive my right of first refusal to acquire equity interests of the Company when WFOE
exercises its Purchase Right under the Call Option Agreement. I will take all measures to
assist WFOE in procedures for transferring such equity interests. |
2. |
|
I agree to waive my right of first refusal with respect to the Companys equity interests
when any other shareholder of the Company transfers equity interests of the Company it owns to
WFOE or any third party designated by WFOE. |
3. |
|
In the event any other shareholder of the Company transfers equity interests of the Company
it owns to WFOE or any third party designated by WFOE, I will execute or provide necessary
documents for the transfer of such equity interests. |
This Consent Letter becomes effective on the date of execution.
|
|
|
Bangxin Zhang:
|
|
Yundong Cao: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
Yachao,Liu:
|
|
Yunfeng Bai: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
Date: [ ]
CALL OPTION AGREEMENT
Exercise Notice
|
|
|
To: |
|
Shareholders of Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.; and/or
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. (the Company) |
In accordance with the Call Option Agreement entered into by you and our company on February 12,
2009, in so far as permitted by relevant PRC laws and regulations, you shall transfer your equity
interests of the Company to our company or any other transferee designated by us upon our request.
Therefore, our company hereby deliver to you this Exercise Notice to provide you notice of the
following:
Our company hereby requests to exercise the Purchase Right under the Call Option Agreement that our
company or another transferee designated by us shall purchase the equity interests of the Company
owned by you which constitutes [ ] % of the registered capital of the Company (Transferring
Equity Interest) for a total consideration of RMB [ ]. Please conduct all necessary procedures
to transfer such Transferring Equity Interest to our company or the other transferee designated by
us according to the terms and conditions of the Call Option Agreement after your receipt of this
Notice.
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:
Name:
Title:
Date:
CALL OPTION AGREEMENT
Equity Interest Transfer Agreement
This Equity Interest Transfer Agreement (the Agreement), dated as of [ ], is made by and
among the following parties in Beijing, China:
The Transferor:
Bangxin Zhang, ID Card No. 321182198010012913
Yundong Cao, ID Card No. 372831197910205618
Yachao,Liu ID Card No. 211103198110152138
Yunfeng Bai, ID Card No. 360521198109240073
The Transferee:
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Through friendly negotiation the Parties stated above agree as follows regarding transfer of equity
interests:
1. |
|
Transferor agrees to transfer 100% equity interests of Beijing Xueersi Network Technology
Co., Ltd. it owns (Target Equity Interest) to Transferee for a total consideration of RMB
3,000,000, and Transferee agrees to purchase such Target Equity Interest. |
2. |
|
Upon consummation of the transfer of Target Equity Interest, Transferor shall no longer enjoy
any rights or bear any obligations as holders of Target Equity Interests, and Transferee shall
enjoy all such rights or bear all such obligations. |
3. |
|
Other related matters not set forth in the Agreement may be determined by supplemental
agreements between the parties. |
4. |
|
The Agreement becomes effective on the date of execution by both parties. |
5. |
|
The Agreement shall have four original copies, with each party holding one copy and the
remaining copies reserved registration with business authorities. |
|
|
|
Transferor: |
|
|
Bangxin Zhang:
|
|
Yundong Cao: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
Yachao,Liu:
|
|
Yunfeng Bai: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
Transferee: TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:
CALL OPTION AGREEMENT
Consent Letter
To: TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
I, as a shareholder of Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. (the Company), hereby agree
and affirm as follows:
1. |
|
I agree to and accept all the terms and conditions of the Call Option Agreement entered into
between the Company and TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.(WFOE) on February 12,
2009, and waive my right of first refusal to acquire equity interests of the Company when WFOE
exercises its Purchase Right under the Call Option Agreement. I will take all measures to
assist WFOE in procedures for transferring such equity interests. |
|
2. |
|
I agree to waive my right of first refusal with respect to the Companys equity interests
when any other shareholder of the Company transfers equity interests of the Company it owns to
WFOE or any third party designated by WFOE. |
|
3. |
|
In the event any other shareholders of the Company transfers equity interest of the Company
it owns to WFOE or any third party designated by WFOE, I will execute or provide necessary
documents for the transfer of equity interest. |
This Confirmation Letter becomes effective on the date of execution.
|
|
|
Bangxin Zhang:
|
|
Yundong Cao: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
Yachao,Liu:
|
|
Yunfeng Bai: |
Signature:
|
|
Signature: |
Date: [ ]
CALL OPTION AGREEMENT
Exercise Notice
To: Shareholders of Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.; and/or
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. (the Company)
In accordance with the Call Option Agreement entered into by you and our company on February 12,
2009, in so far as permitted by relevant PRC laws and regulations, you shall transfer your equity
interest of the Company to our company or any other transferee designated by us upon our request.
Therefore, our company hereby deliver to you this Exercise Notice to provide you notice of the
following:
Our company hereby requests to exercise the Purchase Right under the Call Option Agreement, that
our company or another transferee designated by us shall purchase the equity interest of the
Company owned by you which constitutes [ ] % of the registered capital of the Company
(Transferring Equity Interests) at for a total consideration of RMB [ ]. Please conduct all
necessary procedures to transfer such Transferring Equity Interests to our company or the other
transferee designated by us according to the terms and conditions of the Call Option Agreement
after your receipt of this Notice.
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Authorized Representative:
Name:
Title:
Date:
exv10w9
Exhibit 10.9
English Translation
Equity Pledge Supplemental Agreement
This Equity Pledge Supplemental Agreement (Agreement) was entered into as of June 25, 2010 by and
between the following parties:
Party A:
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., a wholly foreign owned enterprise duly
established and validly existing under the laws of the Peoples Republic of China (PRC)
with its legal address at Room 1702-03, Lantian Hesheng Building, 32 Zhongguancun Street,
Haidian District, Beijing.
Party B refers to each of:
Bangxin Zhang, ID Card No. 321182198010012913
Yundong Cao, ID Card No. 372831197910205618
Yachao Liu, ID Card No. 211103198110152138
Yunfeng Bai, ID Card No. 360521198109240073
Party C:
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd., a corporation duly established
and validly existing under the PRC laws with its legal address at Room 413, Tower A,
Zhongding Building, A No.18, West Road of the North 3rd Ring, Haidian
District, Beijing.
(Each of Party A, Party B and Party C, a Party, and collectively the Parties.)
WHEREAS,
(1) |
|
Party A, Party B, Party C and the subsidiaries and schools of Party C (the Affiliated
Entities, a list of which is attached hereto as Appendix I, and such list may be modified
after the execution of this Agreement upon changes to Party Cs investments) have already
executed the agreement listed in Appendix II hereto (the Main Agreement); |
|
(2) |
|
Party C received capital contributions in the amount of RMB 2 million on October 27, 2009,
including RMB1.13 million from Bangxin Zhang, RMB0.52 million from Yundong Cao, RMB0.2 million
from Yachao Liu and RMB0.15 million from Yunfeng Bai. Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu
and Yunfeng Bai collectively owns 100% of the equity interests of Party C. |
|
(3) |
|
The Parties entered into the Equity Pledge Agreement on February 12, 2009 (the Original
Agreement), pursuant to which Party B agreed to irrevocably and unconditionally pledge 100%
of the equity interests of Party C it owned to Party A. and registered such equity pledge |
1
|
|
valued at RMB0.50 million. on August 7, 2009. |
NOW THEREFORE, Party A, Party B and Party C through mutual negotiations hereby enter into this
Agreement based upon the following terms:
|
|
Party B agrees to unconditionally and irrevocably pledge 100% of the equity interests of Party
C it owns (the Pledged Equity Interests), valued at RMB2,000,000, to Party A, as security for
the performance of the obligations by Party B, Party C and Party Cs subsidiaries and schools
(the Affiliated Entities) under the Main Agreement (listed in Annex II) (the Pledge). |
|
|
The Pledge under this Agreement extends to all obligations of Party B, Party C and the
Affiliated Entities under the Main Agreements (including but not limited to any amounts
payable, penalties, damages and etcetera owing to Party A), any fees relating exercising the
creditors rights and the rights under the Pledge, and any other related expenses. |
|
|
The Pledge under this Agreement shall be effective from the date of registration of the Pledge
with competent Industrial and Commercial authorities to the latest of the complete performance,
expiration and termination of all of the Main Agreements. During the term of the Pledge, if
Party B, Party C or the Affiliated Entities shall fail to perform any of their obligations
under the Main Agreements, or if any of the events provided in Article 6.1 hereof shall occur,
Party A is entitled to dispose the Pledged Equity Interests in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement. |
|
4.1 |
|
Party B and Party C promise to Party A that Party B and Party C shall: (i) on the
date of the execution of the Agreement, record the Pledge under this Agreement on the
shareholders register of Party C and deliver the shareholders register to Party As
custody; (ii) on the date of the execution of the Agreement, deliver the Capital
Contribution Certificate of Party B issued by Party C to Party As custody; (iii) within
ten (10) business days after the execution of this Agreement or a shorter period that is
practicable, register the Pledged Equity Interests with relevant Industrial and
Commercial Registration authorities and obtain documents evidencing such registration.
Without limitation to any other provisions of this Agreement, during the term of this
Agreement, the shareholders register of Party C shall always be in the custody of Party
A or any person designated by Party A, except when any necessary registration or
modification of registration is required in the operation of Party C or the Affiliated |
2
|
4.2 |
|
Party B and Party C further covenant that after the execution of this Agreement,
Party B may make capital contribution to Party C with the prior consent of Party A,
provided that any such capital contribution by Party B to Party C shall become part of
the Pledged Equity Interests. Party B and Party C shall make necessary modifications to
the shareholders register and record of capital contributions by shareholders and
perform the pledge registration procedures according to Article 4.1. |
|
|
4.3 |
|
The pledgor and the pledge shall each bear its fees and expenses related to this
Agreement, including but not limited to registration fees, costs, stamp duties or any
other taxes and expenses according to relevant laws and regulations. |
|
|
|
5. |
|
Representations and Warranties of Party B and Party C |
|
|
Party B and Party C hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Party A as follows: |
|
5.1 |
|
Party B is the lawful owner of the Pledged Equity Interests, the
ownership of which is not subject to any existing or potential dispute. Party B has
the right to dispose the Pledged Equity Interests or any part thereof without any
restriction by any third party. |
|
|
5.2 |
|
Except for the Pledge provided hereunder, Party B has not created any
other pledge or any other third party interest on the Pledged Equity Interests. |
|
|
5.3 |
|
Party B and Party C fully understand and voluntarily enter into this
Agreement based on a true understanding of the Agreement. Party B and Party C have
taken all necessary measures and obtained all necessary internal authorizations
required to execute and perform this Agreement, and executed all necessary documents
to make sure the Pledge under the Agreement is lawful and valid. |
|
|
5.4 |
|
During the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not transfer or assign
the Pledged Equity Interests, grant any rights, options or other interests relating
to the Pledged Equity Interests to any third party, or create or permit to be
created any security or other interests which may potentially affect on the rights
or benefits of the Party A without prior written consent of Party A. |
|
|
5.5 |
|
During the term of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall abide by and
comply with all relevant PRC laws and regulations concerning the pledge of rights,
and in the event of receiving any notice, order or recommendation from competent
authorities concerning the Pledged Equity Interests, shall timely notify Party A and |
3
|
|
|
show to Party A such notice or order within five (5) business days upon receipt
thereof, comply with such notice or order or upon Party As reasonable request or
written consent, raise objections to such notice or order. |
|
5.6 |
|
Party B and Party C shall not perform or permit to be performed any
conduct that may damage the value of the Pledged Equity Interests or the Pledge
right of Party A. Party B and Party C shall notify Party A of any event that may
affect the value of the Pledged Equity Interests or the Pledge right of Party A
within five (5) business days after it becomes aware of such event. Party A shall
bear no responsibility to any reduction in the value of the Pledged Equity
Interests, for which Party B and Party C shall have no right to demand any
compensation from or make any request to Party A. |
|
|
5.7 |
|
To the extent permitted by the PRC laws and regulations, the Pledge under
this Agreement shall remain in full effect during the term of the Agreement, and
shall not be affected by any insolvency, liquidation, loss of capacity, or change of
organizational structure or status of Party B or Party C, any offset among the
Parties or any other events. |
|
|
5.8 |
|
For the purpose of performing this Agreement, Party A is entitled to
dispose the Pledged Equity Interests in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement. Party As exercise of such right shall not be interrupted or jeopardized
by Party B or Party C, or their successors or agents, or any other persons by way of
legal proceedings. |
|
|
5.9 |
|
In order to protect and perfect the security provided by this Agreement
for the obligations of Party B, Party C and the Affiliated Entities under the Main
Agreements, Party B and Party C shall faithfully execute and cause any related
parties to execute all certificates and agreements requested by Party A in
connection with the performance of the Agreement, take or cause such third parties
to take any measures required by Party A relating to the Agreement, and provide
assistance to Party A concerning the exercise of the Pledge right hereunder. |
|
|
5.10 |
|
In order to protect the interests of Party A, Party B and Party C shall
abide by and perform all warranties, covenants, agreements, representations and
conditions. In the event Party B or Party C shall fail to do so resulting in damages
to Party A, Party B and Party C shall indemnify Party A for all of such damages and
losses. |
|
|
|
6. |
|
Events of Default and Exercise of the Pledge Right |
4
|
6.1 |
|
If any of the following events (Events of Default) shall occur, Party A
may require Party B or Party C to perform all the obligations under this Agreement
and may immediately claim the Pledge under the Agreement: |
|
a) |
|
Any warranties or representations made by Party B,
Party C or the Affiliated Entities in the Agreement or the Main Agreements
are inconsistent, incorrect, untrue or become untrue or incorrect; Party
B, Party C or the Affiliated Entities fail to perform all the obligations,
covenants or warranties made by them under the Agreement or the Main
Agreements; or |
|
|
b) |
|
Any obligation of Party B, Party C or the Affiliated
Entities under the Agreement or the Main Agreements is deemed to be
illegal or invalid; or |
|
|
c) |
|
A material breach by Party B or Party C of its
obligations hereunder. |
|
6.2 |
|
If an Events of Default shall occur, Party A may exercise its Pledge
right pursuant to the relevant PRC laws and regulations by purchasing at a discount,
designating another party to purchase at a discount, auctioning or selling the
Pledged Equity Interests. Party A may exercise such Pledge right without exercising
any other security rights, or take any other measures or proceedings against Party
B, Party C or any other party. |
|
|
6.3 |
|
Upon request by Party A, Party B and Party C shall take all lawful and
appropriate measures to permit the exercise of the Pledge right by Party A. For such
a purpose, Party B and Party C shall execute all appropriate documents and
materials, and take all proper measures reasonably requested by Party A. |
|
|
|
7. |
|
Transfer or Assignment |
|
7.1 |
|
Party B and Party C have no right to transfer or assign the rights and obligations
under this Agreement without the prior written consent from Party A, which does not apply
to the Call Option Agreement entered into by Party A and Party B. |
|
|
7.2 |
|
The Agreement shall be binding upon Party B and its successors and be effective for
Party A and its successors and assignees. |
|
|
7.3 |
|
Party A may transfer or assign all and any of its rights and obligations under the
Main Agreements to any person (natural or legal) it designates, in which case, the
assignee shall enjoy the same rights and undertake the same obligations as Party A
hereunder as if the assignee were an original party hereto. Upon Party As transfer or
assignment of the rights and obligations under the Main Agreements and Party As request,
Party B and/or Party C shall execute relevant agreements and documents with respect to
such transfer or assignment. |
|
|
7.4 |
|
Subsequent to an assignment or transfer by Party A, the new parties to the Pledge
shall re- |
5
|
|
|
execute a separate agreement. Party B and Party C shall provide assistance to the
assignee with respect to the registration procedures of the Pledge (if applicable). |
|
|
This Agreement and all clauses hereof are confidential information and shall not be disclosed
to any third party except for the relevant senior officers, directors, employees, agents or
professional consultants. This clause shall not apply in the event parties hereto are required
by relevant laws or regulations to disclose information relating to this Agreement to any
governmental authorities, the public or the shareholders, or file this Agreement with relevant
authorities for record. |
|
|
|
This clause shall survive any modification or termination of this Agreement. |
|
|
|
9. |
|
Liabilities for Breach of Agreement |
|
|
In the event any Party shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or
make any untrue or inaccurate representation or warranty, such Party shall be liable for all
the actual losses of the other Parties for breach of the Agreement. |
|
|
A Force Majeure event means any unforeseen event which cannot be prevented, controlled or
overcome by any party of the Agreement, including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon,
flood, fire, boycott, war or riot and etcetera. |
|
|
|
Any party encountering a Force Majeure event shall (i) notify the other parties by telegram,
facsimile or other electronic means immediately after the occurrence of such Force Majeure
event and shall provide written documents evidencing the occurrence of such Force Majeure
event within fifteen (15) business days; and (ii) to the extent reasonable and lawful under
the circumstances, use its best efforts to mitigate or eliminate the effect of such Force
Majeure event, and resume its performance of the Agreement after such effect is mitigated or
eliminated. The parties to the Agreement shall determine through negotiation whether to
terminate, partly terminate or suspend the performance of this Agreement taking into account
the extent to which the Agreement is effected by such Force Majeure event. |
|
11.1 |
|
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws
in all respects. All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall
be resolved through good faith negotiations between the Parties. Unresolved disputes
shall be submitted to binding arbitration by China International Economic and Trade
Arbitration Commission under its rules. The arbitration shall take place in Beijing. The |
6
|
|
|
arbitration ruling shall be final. Other provisions of the Agreement that are not subject
of any arbitration proceedings shall remain in effect. |
|
11.2 |
|
This Agreement becomes effective on the date of execution by all Parties and
terminates when all the obligations under the Main Agreements are completely fulfilled or
terminated for any reason. |
|
|
11.3 |
|
This Agreement amends and restates the Original Agreement. In the case of any
discrepancies between this Agreement and the Original Agreement, this Agreement shall
govern. |
|
|
11.4 |
|
The Agreement has seven (7) original copies, with each of Party A, Party B and
Party C holding one copy, and the remaining copy to be submitted to relevant Industrial
and Commercial authorities for filing and registration. |
|
|
11.5 |
|
Any modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall only
become effective upon signing by all Parties of the Agreement. |
7
[SIGNATURE PAGE]
Party A:
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Party B:
/s/ Bangxin Zhang
Bangxin Zhang
/s/ Yundong Cao
Yundong Cao
/s/ Yachao Liu
Yachao,Liu
/s/ Yunfeng Bai
Yunfeng Bai
Party C:
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
8
Appendix I List of Affiliated Entities
1. |
|
Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi Training School |
|
2. |
|
Beijing Haidian District Lejiale Training School |
|
3. |
|
Tianjin Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. |
|
4. |
|
Shenzhen Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. |
9
Appendix II List of Main Agreement
Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated as of June 25, 2010
10
exv10w10
Exhibit 10.10
English Translation
Equity Pledge Supplemental Agreement
This Equity Pledge Supplemental Agreement (Agreement) was entered into as of June 25, 2010 by and
between the following parties:
Party A:
|
|
|
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd., a wholly foreign owned enterprise duly
established and validly existing under the laws of the Peoples Republic of China (PRC)
with its legal address at Room 1702-03, Lantian Hesheng Building, No.32, Zhongguancun
Street, Haidian District, Beijing. |
Party B refers to each of:
|
|
|
Bangxin Zhang, ID Card No. 321182198010012913
Yundong Cao, ID Card No. 372831197910205618
Yachao Liu, ID Card No. 211103198110152138
Yunfeng Bai, ID Card No. 360521198109240073 |
Party C:
|
|
|
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd., a corporation duly established and validly
existing under the PRC laws with its legal address at Room 509, Tower A, Zhongding
Building, A No.18, West Road of the North 3rd Ring, Haidian District, Beijing. |
(Each of Party A, Party B and Party C, a Party, and collectively the Parties.)
WHEREAS,
(1) |
|
The Parties entered into the Equity Pledge Agreement on February 12, 2009 (the Original
Agreement) pursuant to which Party B unconditionally and irrevocably pledged 100% of the
equity interests of Party C it owns to Party A; |
|
(2) |
|
The Parties entered into the Termination Agreement on June 10, 2010, pursuant to which the
Intellectual Property License Agreement was terminated before any actual performance thereof;
and the Parties entered into the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement on June 25, 2010,
which replaces in the entirety the seven agreements (including any supplemental agreements)
listed in Appendix II of the Original Agreement. The Main Agreements as defined in the
Original Agreement therefore have changed. |
NOW THEREFORE, Party A, Party B and Party C through mutual negotiations hereby enter into this
Agreement based upon the following terms:
1
|
|
Party B agrees to unconditionally and irrevocably pledge 100% of the equity interests of Party
C it owns (the Pledged Equity Interests), at a value of RMB3,000,000, to Party A, as security
for the performance of the obligations by Party B, Party C and Party Cs subsidiaries and
schools (the Affiliated Entities) under the Main Agreement (listed in Annex II). |
|
|
The Pledge under this Agreement extends to all obligations of Party B, Party C and the
Affiliated Entities under the Main Agreements (including but not limited to any amounts
payable, penalties, damages and etcetera owing to Party A), any fees relating exercising the
creditors rights and the rights under the Pledge, and any other related expenses. |
|
|
The Pledge under this Agreement shall be effective from the date of registration of the Pledge
with competent Industrial and Commercial authorities to the latest of the complete performance,
expiration and termination of all of the Main Agreements. During the term of the Pledge, if
Party B, Party C or the Affiliated Entities shall fail to perform any of their obligations
under the Main Agreements, or if any of the events provided in Article 6.1 hereof shall occur,
Party A is entitled to dispose the Pledged Equity Interests in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement. |
|
4.1 |
|
Party B and Party C promise to Party A that Party B and Party C shall: (i) on the
date of the execution of the Agreement, record the Pledge under this Agreement on the
shareholders register of Party C and deliver the shareholders register to Party As
custody; (ii) on the date of the execution of the Agreement, deliver the Capital
Contribution Certificate of Party B issued by Party C to Party As custody; (iii) within
ten (10) business days after the execution of this Agreement or a shorter period that is
practicable, register the Pledged Equity Interests with relevant Industrial and
Commercial Registration authorities and obtain documents evidencing such registration.
Without limitation to any other provisions of this Agreement, during the term of this
Agreement, the shareholders register of Party C shall always be in the custody of Party
A or any person designated by Party A, except when any necessary registration or
modification of registration is required in the operation of Party C or the Affiliated
Entities. |
|
|
4.2 |
|
Party B and Party C further covenant that after the execution of this Agreement,
Party B may make capital contribution to Party C with the prior consent of Party A,
provided that any such capital contribution by Party B to Party C shall become part of
the Pledged Equity Interests. Party B and Party C shall make necessary modifications to
the |
2
|
|
|
shareholders register and record of capital contributions by shareholders and perform
the pledge registration procedures according to Article 4.1. |
|
|
4.3 |
|
The pledgor and the pledge shall each bear its fees and expenses related to this
Agreement, including but not limited to registration fees, costs, stamp duties or any
other taxes and expenses according to relevant laws and regulations. |
|
|
|
5. |
|
Representations and Warranties of Party B and Party C |
|
|
Party B and Party C hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Party A as follows: |
|
5.1 |
|
Party B is the lawful owner of the Pledged Equity Interests, the
ownership of which is not subject to any existing or potential dispute. Party B has
the right to dispose the Pledged Equity Interests or any part thereof without any
restriction by any third party. |
|
|
5.2 |
|
Except for the Pledge provided hereunder, Party B has not created any
other pledge or any other third party interest on the Pledged Equity Interests. |
|
|
5.3 |
|
Party B and Party C fully understand and voluntarily enter into this
Agreement based on a true understanding of the Agreement. Party B and Party C have
taken all necessary measures and obtained all necessary internal authorizations
required to execute and perform this Agreement, and executed all necessary documents
to make sure the Pledge under the Agreement is lawful and valid. |
|
|
5.4 |
|
During the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not transfer or assign
the Pledged Equity Interests, grant any rights, options or other interests relating
to the Pledged Equity Interests to any third party, or create or permit to be
created any security or other interests which may potentially affect on the rights
or benefits of the Party A without prior written consent of Party A. |
|
|
5.5 |
|
During the term of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall abide by and
comply with all relevant PRC laws and regulations concerning the pledge of rights,
and in the event of receiving any notice, order or recommendation from competent
authorities concerning the Pledged Equity Interests, shall timely notify Party A and
show to Party A such notice or order within five (5) business days upon receipt
thereof, comply with such notice or order or upon Party As reasonable request or
written consent, raise objections to such notice or order. |
|
|
5.6 |
|
Party B and Party C shall not perform or permit to be performed any
conduct that |
3
|
|
|
may damage the value of the Pledged Equity Interests or the Pledge right of Party A.
Party B and Party C shall notify Party A of any event that may affect the value of
the Pledged Equity Interests or the Pledge right of Party A within five (5) business
days after it becomes aware of such event. Party A shall bear no responsibility to
any reduction in the value of the Pledged Equity Interests, for which Party B and
Party C shall have no right to demand any compensation from or make any request to
Party A. |
|
|
5.7 |
|
To the extent permitted by the PRC laws and regulations, the Pledge under
this Agreement shall remain in full effect during the term of the Agreement, and
shall not be affected by any insolvency, liquidation, loss of capacity, or change of
organizational structure or status of Party B or Party C, any offset among the
Parties or any other events. |
|
|
5.8 |
|
For the purpose of performing this Agreement, Party A is entitled to
dispose the Pledged Equity Interests in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement. Party As exercise of such right shall not be interrupted or jeopardized
by Party B or Party C, or their successors or agents, or any other persons by way of
legal proceedings. |
|
|
5.9 |
|
In order to protect and perfect the security provided by this Agreement
for the obligations of Party B, Party C and the Affiliated Entities under the Main
Agreements, Party B and Party C shall faithfully execute and cause any related
parties to execute all certificates and agreements requested by Party A in
connection with the performance of the Agreement, take or cause such third parties
to take any measures required by Party A relating to the Agreement, and provide
assistance to Party A concerning the exercise of the Pledge right hereunder. |
|
|
5.10 |
|
In order to protect the interests of Party A, Party B and Party C shall
abide by and perform all warranties, covenants, agreements, representations and
conditions. In the event Party B or Party C shall fail to do so resulting in damages
to Party A, Party B and Party C shall indemnify Party A for all of such damages and
losses. |
|
|
|
6. |
|
Events of Default and Exercise of the Pledge Right |
|
6.1 |
|
If any of the following events (Events of Default) shall occur, Party A
may require Party B or Party C to perform all the obligations under this Agreement
and may immediately claim the Pledge under the Agreement: |
|
a) |
|
Any warranties or representations made by Party B,
Party C or the Affiliated Entities in the Agreement or the Main Agreements
are |
4
|
|
|
inconsistent, incorrect, untrue or become untrue or incorrect; Party B,
Party C or the Affiliated Entities fail to perform all the obligations,
covenants or warranties made by them under the Agreement or the Main
Agreements; or |
|
|
b) |
|
Any obligation of Party B, Party C or the Affiliated
Entities under the Agreement or the Main Agreements is deemed to be
illegal or invalid; or |
|
|
c) |
|
A material breach by Party B or Party C of its
obligations hereunder. |
|
6.2 |
|
If an Events of Default shall occur, Party A may exercise its Pledge
right pursuant to the relevant PRC laws and regulations by purchasing at a discount,
designating another party to purchase at a discount, auctioning or selling the
Pledged Equity Interests. Party A may exercise such Pledge right without exercising
any other security rights, or take any other measures or proceedings against Party
B, Party C or any other party. |
|
|
6.3 |
|
Upon request by Party A, Party B and Party C shall take all lawful and
appropriate measures to permit the exercise of the Pledge right by Party A. For such
a purpose, Party B and Party C shall execute all appropriate documents and
materials, and take all proper measures reasonably requested by Party A. |
7. |
|
Transfer or Assignment |
|
7.1 |
|
Party B and Party C have no right to transfer or assign the rights and obligations
under this Agreement without the prior written consent from Party A, which does not apply
to the Call Option Agreement entered into by Party A and Party B. |
|
|
7.2 |
|
The Agreement shall be binding upon Party B and its successors and be effective for
Party A and its successors and assignees. |
|
|
7.3 |
|
Party A may transfer or assign all and any of its rights and obligations under the
Main Agreements to any person (natural or legal) it designates, in which case, the
assignee shall enjoy the same rights and undertake the same obligations as Party A
hereunder as if the assignee were an original party hereto. Upon Party As transfer or
assignment of the rights and obligations under the Main Agreements and Party As request,
Party B and/or Party C shall execute relevant agreements and documents with respect to
such transfer or assignment. |
|
|
7.4 |
|
Subsequent to an assignment or transfer by Party A, the new parties to the Pledge
shall re-execute a separate agreement. Party B and Party C shall provide assistance to
the assignee with respect to the registration procedures of the Pledge (if applicable). |
|
|
This Agreement and all clauses hereof are confidential information and shall not be disclosed |
5
|
|
to any third party except for the relevant senior officers, directors, employees, agents or
professional consultants. This clause shall not apply in the event parties hereto are required
by relevant laws or regulations to disclose information relating to this Agreement to any
governmental authorities, the public or the shareholders, or file this Agreement with relevant
authorities for record. |
|
|
|
This clause shall survive any modification or termination of this Agreement. |
|
|
|
9. |
|
Liabilities for Breach of Agreement |
|
|
In the event any Party shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or
make any untrue or inaccurate representation or warranty, such Party shall be liable for all
the actual losses of the other Parties for breach of the Agreement. |
|
|
A Force Majeure event means any unforeseen event which cannot be prevented, controlled or
overcome by any party of the Agreement, including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon,
flood, fire, boycott, war or riot and etcetera. |
|
|
|
Any party encountering a Force Majeure event shall (i) notify the other parties by telegram,
facsimile or other electronic means immediately after the occurrence of such Force Majeure
event and shall provide written documents evidencing the occurrence of such Force Majeure
event within fifteen (15) business days; and (ii) to the extent reasonable and lawful under
the circumstances, use its best efforts to mitigate or eliminate the effect of such Force
Majeure event, and resume its performance of the Agreement after such effect is mitigated or
eliminated. The parties to the Agreement shall determine through negotiation whether to
terminate, partly terminate or suspend the performance of this Agreement taking into account
the extent to which the Agreement is effected by such Force Majeure event. |
|
11.1 |
|
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the PRC laws
in all respects. All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall
be resolved through good faith negotiations between the Parties. Unresolved disputes
shall be submitted to binding arbitration by China International Economic and Trade
Arbitration Commission under its rules. The arbitration shall take place in Beijing. The
arbitration ruling shall be final. Other provisions of the Agreement that are not subject
of any arbitration proceedings shall remain in effect. |
|
|
11.2 |
|
This Agreement becomes effective on the date of execution by all Parties and
terminates when all the obligations under the Main Agreements are completely fulfilled or
terminated for any reason. |
6
|
11.3 |
|
This Agreement amends and restates the Original Agreement. In the case of any
discrepancies between this Agreement and the Original Agreement, this Agreement shall
govern. |
|
|
11.4 |
|
The Agreement has seven (7) original copies, with each of Party A, Party B and
Party C holding one copy, and the remaining copy to be submitted to relevant Industrial
and Commercial authorities for filing and registration. |
|
|
11.5 |
|
Any modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall only
become effective upon signing by all Parties of the Agreement. |
7
[SIGNATURE PAGE]
Party A:
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
Party B:
/s/ Bangxin Zhang
Bangxin Zhang
/s/ Yundong Cao
Yundong Cao
/s/ Yachao Liu
Yachao Liu
/s/ Yunfeng Bai
Yunfeng Bai
Party C:
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
/s/ Authorized Representative
8
Appendix I List of Affiliated Entities
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi Training School |
2.
|
|
Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School |
3.
|
|
Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution Co., Ltd. |
4.
|
|
Shanghai Lehai Science and TechnologyInformation Co., Ltd. |
5.
|
|
Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Lejiale School |
6.
|
|
Shanghai Minhang District Lejiale School |
7.
|
|
Shanghai Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. |
8.
|
|
Guangzhou Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. |
9.
|
|
Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing English Training School |
10.
|
|
Hubei Jianli Hafu English Training School |
11.
|
|
Hubei Qianjiang Xiaohafu English Training School |
9
Appendix II List of Main Agreement
Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated as of June 25, 2010
10
exv10w11
English
Translation
Exhibit 10.11
Powers of Attorney
We, Bangxin Zhang, Yundong Cao, Yachao Liu and Yunfeng Bai, collectively own 100% of the
equity interests of Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd. (Xueersi Education) and
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd. (Xueersi Network) (particularly, Bangxin Zhang owns
56.5%, Yundong Cao owns 26%, Yachao Liu owns 10% and Yunfeng Bai owns 7.5% of the equity interest
of each of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network). We hereby irrevocably authorize TAL Education
Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (WFOE) to exercise the following rights concerning the
abovementioned equity interests while the powers of attorney (the Powers of Attorney) granted
hereby remain effective:
We exclusively authorize WFOE or its designated representative(s) (Agent) to exercise our rights
as our agent according to the agents own will, which rights include but are not limited to:
1. |
|
Attending shareholders meetings of Xueersi Education
and Xueersi Network; |
|
2. |
|
Exercising all the rights of shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network on such
shareholders meetings pursuant to relevant laws and regulations and the articles of
association of such companies, which rights include but are not limited to the right to
nominate and the right to vote. |
Without limiting the Powers of Attorney, Agent has the right to execute the Equity Interest
Transfer Agreement provided for under the Call Option Agreement on behalf of us within the scope of
the Powers of Attorney, and to perform the Call Option Agreement and Equity Pledge Agreement dated
as of February 12, 2009 to which we are parties.
The Powers of Attorney are irrevocable and remain effective during the entire period when we are
shareholders of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network, commencing from the date of execution of the
Powers of Attorney.
During the effective period of the Powers of Attorney, we shall relinquish any rights with respect
to the equity interests of Xueersi Education and Xueersi Network that are entrusted to Agent
hereby, and shall not exercise any such rights
We shall accept and bear responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from Agents exercise
of the authority granted hereby. We hereby affirm that in any case Agent shall not be required to
bear any liabilities or make any economic compensation for exercising such authority.
We shall provide Agent with full support in its exercise of the authority granted hereby, including
timely executing shareholders consent already agreed upon by Agent or other legal documents when
necessary (such as when required by relevant governmental authorities for approval,
registration or filing procedures).
If the authority granted to Agent hereby cannot be exercised for any reason other than our breach
of the Powers of Attorney within the effective period of the Powers of Attorney, the parties shall
seek a closest alternative to the arrangements hereunder and modify or amend the terms and
conditions of the Powers of Attorney by signing supplemental agreements to achieve the purpose of
the Powers of Attorney.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY, AND THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.]
[SIGNATURE PAGE OF THE POWERS OF ATTORNEY]
|
|
|
/s/ Bangxin Zhang
|
|
/s/ Yundong Cao |
Bangxin Zhang
|
|
Yundong Cao |
|
|
|
/s/ Yachao Liu
|
|
/s/ Yunfeng Bai |
Yachao Liu
|
|
Yunfeng Bai |
Date: August 12, 2009
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
List of the Subsidiaries and Affiliated Entities of TAL Education Group
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
Affiliate
Relationship with The Registrant |
Subsidiaries: |
|
|
|
|
Beijing Huanqiu Zhikang Shidai Education Consulting Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Wholly-owned subsidiary |
Beijing Yidu Huida Education Technology Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Wholly-owned subsidiary |
TAL Education Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Wholly-owned subsidiary |
Xueersi International Education Group Limited
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
Wholly-owned subsidiary |
|
|
|
|
|
Affiliated Entities: |
|
|
|
|
Beijing Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Beijing Xueersi Network Technology Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Beijing Dongcheng District Xueersi Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Beijing Haidian District Xueersi Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Beijing Haidian Lejiale Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Beijing Xicheng District Xueersi Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Beijing Zhikang Culture Distribution Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Guangzhou Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Hubei Jianli Hafu English Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Hubei Qianjiang Xiaohafu English Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Shanghai Changning District Xueersi-Lejiale School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Shanghai Lehai Science and Technology Information Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Shanghai Minhang District Lejiale School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Shanghai Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Shenzhen Xueersi Education Technology Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Tianjin Hexi District Xueersi Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Tianjin Xueersi Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
Wuhan Jianghanqu Xiaoxinxing English Training School
|
|
PRC
|
|
Affiliated entity |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated July 1, 2010,
except for Note 23, as to which the date is September 29, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements of TAL Education Group and its subsidiaries and
variable interest entities as of February 28, 2009 and 2010, and for the years ended February 29,
2008, February 28, 2009 and 2010, and the financial statement schedule of TAL Education Group
included in Schedule I, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Summary Consolidated Financial Data and
Operating Data, Selected Consolidated Financial Data, and Experts in such Prospectus.
/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd.
Beijing, the Peoples Republic of China
September 29, 2010
exv23w4
Exhibit 23.4
August 16, 2010
Board of Directors
TAL Education Group
18/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District
Beijing 100080
Peoples Republic of China
Subject: Written Consent of iResearch
We hereby consent to the use of our firms name, and the inclusion of, summary of and reference to
the research data and information prepared by us, in TAL Education Groups Registration Statement
on Form F-1 (as may be amended or supplemented, the Registration Statement), which, as the case
may be, is confidentially submitted, to be confidentially submitted or to be publicly filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and in roadshows and other promotional materials in
connection with the proposed offering under the Registration Statement. We also hereby consent to
the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ iResearch Consulting Group
|
|
|
exv23w5
Exhibit 23.5
Board of Directors
TAL Education Group
17/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District
Beijing, 100080, Peoples Republic of China
Subject: WRITTEN CONSENT OF AMERICAN APPRAISAL CHINA LIMITED
We hereby consent to the references to our name and our final appraisal reports addressed to the
board of directors of TAL Education Group (the Company), and to references to our valuation
methodologies, assumptions and conclusions associated with such reports, in the Registration
Statement on Form F-1 of the Company and any amendments and supplements thereto (the Registration
Statement) submitted, to be submitted, filed or to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission. We further consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement.
In reaching our value conclusions, we relied on the accuracy and completeness of the financial
statements and other data provided by the Company and its representatives. We did not audit or
independently verify such financial statements or other data and take no responsibility for the
accuracy of such information. The Company determined the fair values and our valuation reports
were used to assist the Company in reaching its determinations.
In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose
consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules
and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder (the Securities Laws
and Regulations), nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such
Registration Statement within the meaning of the term experts as used in the Securities Laws and
Regulations .
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yours faithfully,
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ AMERICAN APPRAISAL CHINA LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
exv23w6
Exhibit 23.6
September 27, 2010
TAL Education Group
18/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District
Beijing 100080
The Peoples Republic of China
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to
the references of my name in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the Registration Statement)
of TAL Education Group (the Company), and any amendments thereto, which indicate that I have
accepted the nomination to become a director of the Company. I further agree that immediately upon
the Securities and Exchange Commissions declaration of effectiveness of the Registration
Statement, I will serve as a member of the board of directors of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely yours,
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jane Jie Sun
|
|
|
Name: |
Jane Jie Sun |
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv23w7
Exhibit 23.7
September 29, 2010
TAL Education Group
18/F, Hesheng Building
32 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District
Beijing 100080
The Peoples Republic of China
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to
the references of my name in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the Registration Statement)
of TAL Education Group (the Company), and any amendments thereto, which indicate that I have
accepted the nomination to become a director of the Company. I further agree that immediately upon
the Securities and Exchange Commissions declaration of effectiveness of the Registration
Statement, I will serve as a member of the board of directors of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely yours,
|
|
|
/s/ Wai Chau Lin
|
|
|
Name: |
Wai Chau Lin |
|
|
|
|
|
exv99w1
EXHIBIT 99.1
TAL EDUCATION GROUP
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
(Adopted by the Board of Directors of
TAL Education Group on September 29, 2010, effective upon the effectiveness of the
Companys Registration Statement on
Form F-1 relating to the Companys initial public offering)
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code) contains general guidelines for
conducting the business of TAL Education Group, a Cayman Islands company, and its subsidiaries and
affiliate entity (collectively, the Company) consistent with the highest standards of business
ethics, and is intended to qualify as a code of ethics within the meaning of Section 406 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder. To the extent this Code requires a
higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we
adhere to these higher standards.
This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:
|
|
|
honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent
conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; |
|
|
|
|
full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents
that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
(the SEC) and in other public communications made by the Company; |
|
|
|
|
compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; |
|
|
|
|
prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and |
|
|
|
|
accountability for adherence to the Code. |
This Code applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, whether they work
for the Company on a full-time, part-time, consultative or temporary basis (each, an
employee and collectively, the employees). Certain provisions of the Code apply
specifically to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, senior finance officer,
controller, vice presidents and any other persons who perform similar functions for the Company
(each, a senior officer, and collectively, the senior officers).
1
The Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has appointed [], the Companys [], as
the Compliance Officer for the Company (the Compliance Officer). If you have any questions
regarding the Code or would like to report any violation of the Code, please call the Compliance
Officer at [] or e-mail him at [].
|
|
|
III. |
|
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST |
Identifying Conflicts of Interest
A conflict of interest occurs when an employees private interest interferes, or appears to
interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole. An employee should actively
avoid any private interest that may impact such employees ability to act in the interests of the
Company or that may make it difficult to perform the employees work objectively and effectively.
In general, the following should be considered conflicts of interest:
|
|
|
Competing Business. No employee may be employed by a business that competes
with the Company or deprives it of any business. |
|
|
|
|
Corporate Opportunity. No employee should use corporate property, information
or his or her position with the Company to secure a business opportunity that would
otherwise be available to the Company. If an employee discovers a business opportunity
that is in the Companys line of business through the use of the Companys property,
information or position, the employee must first present the business opportunity to the
Company before pursuing the opportunity in your individual capacity. |
|
(i) |
|
No employee may have any financial interest (ownership or otherwise),
either directly or indirectly through a spouse or other family member, in any
other business or entity if such interest adversely affects the employees
performance of duties or responsibilities to the Company, or requires the employee
to devote time to it during such employees working hours at the Company; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
No employee may hold any ownership interest in a privately held
company that is in competition with the Company; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
An employee may hold up to 5% ownership interest in a publicly
traded company that is in competition with the Company; provided that if the
employees ownership interest in such publicly traded company increases to more
than 5%, the employee must immediately report such ownership to the Compliance
Officer; |
2
|
(iv) |
|
No employee may hold any ownership interest in a company that has a
business relationship with the Company if such employees duties at the Company
include managing or supervising the Companys business relations with that
company; and |
|
|
(v) |
|
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Code, |
|
|
|
|
(a) a director or any immediate family member of such director (collectively,
Director Affiliates) or a senior officer or any immediate family
member of such senior officer (collectively, Officer Affiliates) may
continue to hold his or her investment or other financial interest in a
business or entity (an Interested Business) that: |
|
|
|
|
(1) was made or obtained either (x) before the Company invested in or
otherwise became interested in such business or entity; or (y) before the
director or senior officer joined the Company (for the avoidance of doubt,
regardless of whether the Company had or had not already invested in or
otherwise become interested in such business or entity at the time the director
or senior officer joined the Company); or |
|
|
|
|
(2) may in the future be made or obtained by the director or senior
officer, provided that at the time such investment or other financial interest
is made or obtained, the Company has not yet invested in or otherwise become
interested in such business or entity; |
|
|
|
|
provided that such director or senior officer shall disclose such investment or
other financial interest to the Board; |
|
|
|
|
(b) an interested director or senior officer shall refrain from participating
in any discussion among senior officers of the Company relating to an
Interested Business and shall not be involved in any proposed transaction
between the Company and an Interested Business; and |
|
|
|
|
(c) before any Director Affiliate or Officer Affiliate (i) invests, or
otherwise acquires any equity or other financial interest, in a business or
entity that is in competition with the Company; or (ii) enters into any
transaction with the Company, the related director or senior officer shall
obtain prior approval from the Audit Committee of the Board. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Code, a company or entity is deemed to be in competition with the
Company if it competes with the Companys business of providing private educational
services and/or any other business in which the Company is engaged. |
|
|
|
Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee may obtain loans or
guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial
transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor
of the Company.
|
3
|
|
|
This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with recognized
banks or other financial institutions. |
|
|
|
Service on Boards and Committees. No employee shall serve on a board of
directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit)
whose interests could reasonably be expected to conflict with those of the Company.
Employees must obtain prior approval from the Board before accepting any such board or
committee position. The Company may revisit its approval of any such position at any time
to determine whether an employees service in such position is still appropriate. |
The above is in no way a complete list of situations where conflicts of interest may arise.
The following questions might serve as a useful guide in assessing a potential conflict of interest
situation not specifically addressed above:
|
|
|
Is the action to be taken legal? |
|
|
|
|
Is it honest and fair? |
|
|
|
|
Is it in the best interests of the Company? |
Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest
The Company requires that employees fully disclose any situations that could reasonably be
expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If an employee suspects that he or she has a
conflict of interest, or a situation that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of
interest, the employee must report it immediately to the Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest
may only be waived by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and will be promptly
disclosed to the public to the extent required by law and applicable rules of the New York Stock
Exchange.
Family Members and Work
The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to conflicts of
interest because they may influence an employees objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the
Company. If a member of an employees family is interested in doing business with the Company, the
criteria as to whether to enter into or continue the business relationship and the terms and
conditions of the relationship must be no less favorable to the Company compared with those that
would apply to an unrelated party seeking to do business with the Company under similar
circumstances.
Employees should report any situation involving family members that could reasonably be
expected to give rise to a conflict of interest to their supervisor or the Compliance Officer. For
purposes of this Code, family members or members of employees family include an employees
spouse, siblings, parents, in-laws and children.
4
|
|
|
IV. |
|
GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT |
The giving and receiving of appropriate gifts may be considered common business practice.
Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships
and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should never
compromise, or appear to compromise, an employees ability to make objective and fair business
decisions.
It is the responsibility of employees to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule,
employees may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the
gift or entertainment is in compliance with applicable law, insignificant in amount and not given
in consideration or expectation of any action by the recipient. All gifts and entertainment
expenses made on behalf of the Company must be properly accounted for on expense reports.
We encourage employees to submit gifts received to the Company. While it is not mandatory to
submit small gifts, gifts of over RMB200 must be submitted immediately to the administration
department of the Company.
Bribes and kickbacks are criminal acts, strictly prohibited by law. An employee must not
offer, give, solicit or receive any form of bribe or kickback anywhere in the world.
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) prohibits giving anything of value, directly
or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to
obtain or retain business. A violation of FCPA does not only violate the Companys policy but also
constitute a civil or criminal offense under FCPA which the Company is subject to after the
Effective Time. No employee shall give or authorize directly or indirectly any illegal payments to
government officials of any country. While the FCPA does, in certain limited circumstances, allow
nominal facilitating payments to be made, any such payment must be discussed with and approved by
an employees supervisor in advance before it can be made.
|
|
|
VI. |
|
PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS |
Employees should protect the Companys assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate
business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Companys
profitability. Any use of the funds or assets of the Company, whether for personal gain or not, for
any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.
To ensure the protection and proper use of the Companys assets, each employee should:
5
|
|
|
Exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property; |
|
|
|
|
Promptly report any actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company
property; |
|
|
|
|
Safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials
from unauthorized access; and |
|
|
|
|
Use Company property only for legitimate business purposes. |
Except as approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, the Company prohibits political contributions (directly or through trade associations) by
any employee on behalf of the Company. Prohibited political contributions include:
|
|
|
any contributions of the Companys funds or other assets for political purposes; |
|
|
|
|
encouraging individual employees to make any such contribution; and |
|
|
|
|
reimbursing an employee for any political contribution. |
|
|
|
VII. |
|
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIALITY |
|
|
|
All inventions, creative works, computer software, and technical or trade
secrets developed by an employee in the course of performing the employees duties
or primarily through the use of the Companys assets or resources while working at
the Company shall be the property of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
Employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them
by the Company or its customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally
mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might
be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its customers, if disclosed. |
|
|
|
|
The Company maintains a strict confidentiality policy. During an employees term
of employment with the Company, the employee shall comply with any and all written
or unwritten rules and policies concerning confidentiality and shall fulfill the
duties and responsibilities concerning confidentiality applicable to the employee. |
|
|
|
|
In addition to fulfilling the responsibilities associated with his position in
the Company, an employee shall not, without obtaining prior approval from the
Company, disclose, announce or publish trade secrets or other confidential |
6
|
|
|
business
information of the Company, nor shall an employee use such confidential information
outside the course of his duties to the Company. |
|
|
|
Even outside the work environment, an employee must maintain vigilance and
refrain from disclosing important information regarding the Company or its
business, customers or employees. |
|
|
|
|
An employees duty of confidentiality with respect to the confidential
information of the Company survives the termination of such employees employment
with the Company for any reason until such time as the Company discloses such
information publicly or the information otherwise becomes available in the public
sphere through no fault of the employee. |
|
|
|
|
Upon termination of employment, or at such time as the Company requests, an
employee must return to the Company all of its property without exception,
including all forms of medium containing confidential information, and may not
retain duplicate materials. |
|
|
|
VIII. |
|
ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS |
Upon the completion of the IPO, the Company will be required to report its financial results
and other material information about its business to the public and the SEC. It is the Companys
policy to promptly disclose accurate and complete information regarding its business, financial
condition and results of operations. Employees must strictly comply with all applicable standards,
laws, regulations and policies for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates
and forecasts. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely
damage the Company and result in legal liability.
Employees should be on guard for, and promptly report, any possibility of inaccurate or
incomplete financial reporting. Particular attention should be paid to:
|
|
|
Financial results that seem inconsistent with the performance of the underlying
business; |
|
|
|
|
Transactions that do not seem to have an obvious business purpose; and |
|
|
|
|
Requests to circumvent ordinary review and approval procedures. |
The Companys senior financial officers and other employees working in the finance department
have a special responsibility to ensure that all of the Companys financial disclosures are full,
fair, accurate, timely and understandable. Any practice or situation that might undermine this
objective should be reported to the Compliance Officer.
Employees are prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to coerce, manipulate,
mislead or fraudulently influence the Companys independent auditors for the
7
purpose of rendering
the financial statements of the Company materially misleading. Prohibited actions include but are
not limited to:
|
|
|
issuing or reissuing a report on the Companys financial statements that is not
warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of U.S. GAAP, generally
accepted auditing standards or other professional or regulatory standards); |
|
|
|
|
not performing audit, review or other procedures required by generally accepted
auditing standards or other professional standards; |
|
|
|
|
not withdrawing an issued report when withdrawal is warranted under the
circumstances; or |
|
|
|
|
not communicating matters required to be communicated to the Companys Audit
Committee. |
Accurate and reliable records are crucial to the Companys business and form the basis of its
earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public. The Companys records
are a source of essential data that guides business decision-making and strategic planning. Company
records include, but are not limited to, booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and
expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records,
electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.
All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. There is
never an acceptable reason to make false or misleading entries. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds,
payments or receipts are strictly prohibited. An employee is responsible for understanding and
complying with the Companys record keeping policy. An employee should contact the Compliance
Officer if he or she has any questions regarding the record keeping policy.
|
|
|
X. |
|
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS |
Each employee has an obligation to comply with the laws of the cities, provinces, regions and
countries in which the Company operates. This includes, without limitation, laws covering
commercial bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy,
insider trading, offering or receiving gratuities, employment harassment, environmental protection,
occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information, misuse of corporate
assets and foreign currency exchange activities. Employees are expected to understand and comply
with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to their positions at the Company. If any doubt
exists about whether a course of action is lawful, the employee should seek advice immediately from
the Compliance Officer.
8
|
|
|
XI. |
|
DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT |
The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment
and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on race, ethnicity, religion,
gender, age, national origin or any other protected class. For further information, employees
should consult the Compliance Officer.
Each employee should endeavor to deal fairly with the Companys customers, suppliers,
competitors and employees. None should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation,
concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other
unfair-dealing practice.
The Company strives to provide employees with a safe and healthy work environment. Each
employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for other employees by
following environmental, safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries
and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions. Violence or threats of violence are not permitted.
Each employee is expected to perform his or her duty to the Company in a safe manner, not
under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances. The use of illegal
drugs or other controlled substances in the workplace is prohibited.
|
|
|
XIV. |
|
VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE |
All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including
any violation of laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. Reporting a known
or suspected violation of this Code by others will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an
action to safeguard the reputation and integrity of the Company and its employees.
If an employee knows of or suspects a violation of this Code, it is such employees
responsibility to immediately report the violation to the Compliance Officer, who will work with
the employee to investigate his or her concern. All questions and reports of known or suspected
violations of this Code will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. The Compliance Officer and
the Company will protect the employees confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with the
law and the Companys need to investigate the employees concern.
It is the Companys policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to
appropriate discipline, including termination of employment, based upon the facts and circumstances
of each particular situation. An employees conduct, if it does not comply with
9
the law or with
this Code, can result in serious consequences for both the employee and the Company.
The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help
or reports known or suspected violations. An employee inflicting reprisal or retaliation against
another employee for reporting a known or suspected violation will be subject to disciplinary
action, including termination of employment.
Waivers of this Code will be granted on a case-by-case basis and only in extraordinary
circumstances. Waivers of this Code may be made only by the Board, or the appropriate committee of
the Board, and may be promptly disclosed to the public if so required by applicable laws and
regulations and rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent
with the highest standards of business ethics. If employees have any questions about these
guidelines, they should contact the Compliance Officer. We expect all employees to adhere to these standards. Each employee is separately responsible for his or her actions.
Conduct that violates the law or this Code cannot be justified by claiming that it was ordered by a
supervisor or someone in higher management positions. If an employee engages in conduct prohibited
by the law or this Code, such employee will be deemed to have acted outside the scope of your
employment. Such conduct will subject the employee to disciplinary action, including termination of
employment.
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
10